Guide

  • Uploaded by: pavankumar001
  • 0
  • 0
  • February 2021
  • PDF

This document was uploaded by user and they confirmed that they have the permission to share it. If you are author or own the copyright of this book, please report to us by using this DMCA report form. Report DMCA


Overview

Download & View Guide as PDF for free.

More details

  • Words: 204,713
  • Pages: 770
Loading documents preview...
CFX-5 Reference Guide • Introduction to CFD • CFX Expression Language • Import Mesh API • CFX-Pre CCL Details • CFX-Post CCL Details • Frequently Asked Questions • Bibliography • Master Index

Notice This document and the CFX software products described or referred to in it are confidential and proprietary products of CFX Ltd. or its licensors. They are provided under, and are subject to, the terms and conditions of a written license agreement between CFX Ltd. or its licensors, and their customers, and must not be transferred, disclosed or otherwise provided to third parties unless otherwise permitted by that agreement. CFX is a registered trademark of CFX Ltd. CFX is a trademark of Sony Corporation in Japan. MSC MSC/PATRAN and all other trademarks and service marks mentioned are the property of their respective owners. Copyright © 1996 – 2003 by CFX Ltd. All rights reserved. CFX Ltd. The Gemini Building, Fermi Avenue Harwell International Business Centre Didcot Oxfordshire OX11 OQR United Kingdom Website: http://www.ansys.com/cfx Any enquiries regarding copyright should be directed to CFX Ltd. at the address shown above, or by email to [email protected].

CFX-5 Reference Guide

CFX-5 Reference Guide

CFX-5 Reference Guide Contents Introduction to CFD • Introduction to Computational Fluid Dynamics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 • What is Computational Fluid Dynamics? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 • The History of CFD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 • The Mathematics of CFD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 • Uses of CFD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 • CFD Methodology. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 • Further Background Reading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 CFX Expression Language • Introduction to CFX Expression Language (CEL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 • CEL Fundamentals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 • How CEL Interacts with the CFX-5 Solver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11 • Values and Expressions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11 • CFX Expression Language Statements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12 • CEL Variables, Functions and Constants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 • Variables Available for use in CEL Expressions. . . . . . . . . . . . .14 • CEL Operators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .21 • CEL Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22 • CEL Constants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25 • Using Expressions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .26 • CEL Examples. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 • Example 1: Reynolds Number Dependent Viscosity . . . . . . . . .28 • Example 2: Feedback to Control Inlet Temperature . . . . . . . . . .29 • The Expression Editor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 • CEL Technical Details . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Import Mesh API • Introduction to the Import Mesh API . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 • Valid Mesh Elements in CFX-5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .36 • Creating your own Mesh Import Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 • A Custom Mesh Import Example . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38 • Linking your Code into CFX-5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 • Using your Custom Import Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 • API Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 • Defined Constants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46 • Initialisation Routines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .47 • Termination Routines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48 • Error Handling Routines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49 CFX-5.6

Contents

Page i

CFX-5 Reference Guide

• Node Routines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50 • Element Routines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .51 • Primitive Region Routines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .54 • Composite Regions Routines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56 • Explicit Node Pairing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57 • FORTRAN Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .58 • Unsupported routines previously available in the API . . . . . . . .59 • Import Programs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 • TASCflow v2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60 • CFX-5 Def/Res . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .61 • CFX-TfC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .61 • CFX-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62 • CFX-5.1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .63 • PATRAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .64 • I-DEAS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .64 • GridPro/az3000. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .64 • NASTRAN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65 • ICEM CFX. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .66 • ANSYS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .66 • CGNS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .66 CFX-Pre CCL Details • Using the CCL Content Documentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 • CCL Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 • ADAPTION ADVANCED OPTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .71 • ADAPTION CONVERGENCE CRITERIA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .71 • ADAPTION CRITERIA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .72 • ADAPTION METHOD. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .72 • ADDITIONAL VARIABLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .73 • ADDITIONAL VARIABLE PAIR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .76 • ADDITIONAL VARIABLES CONTROL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .77 • ADVECTION SCHEME . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .77 • ALGEBRAIC SLIP MODEL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .79 • ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .80 • BACKUP RESULTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .81 • BACKWARD REACTION RATE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .82 • BODY FORCES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .83 • BOUNDARY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .84 • BOUNDARY CONDITIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .85 • BUILT IN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .87 • BULK SOURCE DISTRIBUTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .87 • BULK SOURCES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .88 • BUOYANCY MODEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .88 • CAMERA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .89 • CARTESIAN COORDINATES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90 • CARTESIAN VELOCITY COMPONENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90 • CASE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .92 • CAVITATION MODEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .93 • CCL2FLOW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .94 Page ii

Contents

CFX-5.6

CFX-5 Reference Guide

• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • CFX-5.6

CCLSETUP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .94 CEL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .95 CHECK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .95 COARSENING CONTROL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .96 COMBUSTION CONTROL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .96 COMBUSTION MODEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .97 COMMAND FILE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .98 COMPONENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .99 COMPONENT PAIR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .101 CONVERGENCE CONTROL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .102 CONVERGENCE CRITERIA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .103 COORD FRAME. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .104 CYLINDRICAL VELOCITY COMPONENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . .105 DATA READER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .106 DIRECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .107 DOMAIN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .108 DOMAIN DEFORMATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .109 DOMAIN INTERFACE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .109 DOMAIN MODELS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .111 DOMAIN MOTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .112 DRAG FORCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113 DYNAMIC MODEL CONTROL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .115 DYNAMIC VISCOSITY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .115 EMISSIVITY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .116 ENERGY SOURCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .117 ENHANCED TURBULENCE PRODUCTION MODEL . . . . . . .117 EPSILON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .118 EPSILON SOURCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119 EQUATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119 EQUATION CLASS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119 EQUATION DEFINITION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .120 EQUATION DEFINITIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .120 EQUATION PAIR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .121 EQUATION PROPERTIES FOR FLUID. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .126 EQUATION SOURCE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .126 EXPERT PARAMETERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .128 EXPORT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .132 EXPRESSION EVALUATOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .133 EXPRESSION PREVIEW. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .134 EXPRESSIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .134 FLAMMABILITY LIMITS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .134 FLOW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .135 FLOW DIRECTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .136 FLOW REGIME . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .137 FLUID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .138 FLUID BUOYANCY MODEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .138 FLUID MODELS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .139 FLUID PAIR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .140 FLUID1 ADDITIONAL VARIABLE TRANSFER . . . . . . . . . . . .141 Contents

Page iii

CFX-5 Reference Guide

• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Page iv

Contents

FLUID1 INTERPHASE HEAT TRANSFER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .142 FLUID1 SPECIES MASS TRANSFER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .142 FLUID2 ADDITIONAL VARIABLE TRANSFER . . . . . . . . . . . .143 FLUID2 INTERPHASE HEAT TRANSFER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .144 FLUID2 SPECIES MASS TRANSFER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .145 FORWARD REACTION RATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .145 FRAME CHANGE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .146 FREE STREAM TURBULENCE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .148 FREE SURFACE MODEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .148 FUNCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .149 GENERAL MOMENTUM SOURCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .150 GRAY GAS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .150 GTM DATA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .151 HARDCOPY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .151 HEAT TRANSFER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .154 HEAT TRANSFER MODEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .156 HYDRO CONTROL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .157 INITIAL CONDITIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .157 INITIAL TIME . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .159 INITIALISATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .159 INTERFACE MODELS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .160 INTERFACIAL EQUILIBRIUM MODEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .161 INTERPHASE HEAT TRANSFER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .162 INTERPHASE TRANSFER MODEL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .163 INTERPOLATION DATA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .164 INTERSECTION CONTROL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .164 JUNCTION BOX ROUTINES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .165 K . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .165 K SOURCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .166 LABEL CONTROL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .166 LAMINAR FLAME SPEED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .167 LIBRARY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .168 LIFT FORCE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .168 LOSS COEFFICIENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .169 MASS AND MOMENTUM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .169 MASS TRANSFER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .173 MATERIAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .174 MESH ADAPTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .175 MESH MOVEMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .176 MESH TRANSFORMATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .177 MIXTURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .180 MIXTURE FRACTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .180 MIXTURE FRACTION VARIANCE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .181 MOMENTUM SOURCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .182 MOMENTUM TRANSFER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .182 MONITOR OBJECTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .183 MONITOR POINT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .183 MORPHOLOGY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .184 MULTIPHASE MODELS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .185 CFX-5.6

CFX-5 Reference Guide

• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • CFX-5.6

NON OVERLAP CONDITIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .186 OMEGA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .186 OUTPUT CONTROL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .187 PARTICLE CONTROL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .188 PARTICLE DIAMETER DISTRIBUTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .188 PARTICLE INTEGRATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .190 PARTICLE MASS FLOW RATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .191 PARTICLE POSITION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .191 PARTICLE SHAPE FACTORS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .193 PARTICLE TRACK FILE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .193 PARTICLE UNDER RELAXATION FACTORS . . . . . . . . . . . .194 PHASE CHANGE MODEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .194 PHYSICS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .195 PITCH CHANGE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .195 PRESSURE AVERAGING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .196 PRIMITIVE REGIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .197 PRIMITIVE2D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .197 PRIMITIVE3D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .198 PRODUCTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .199 PROPERTIES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .199 RADIATION INTENSITY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .206 RADIATION SOURCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .206 RAY TRACING CONTROL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .208 REACTANTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .208 REACTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .209 REACTION PROGRESS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .210 REFERENCE PRESSURE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .211 REFLECTIVITY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .211 REGION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .212 REGION ATLAS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .213 REGION MAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .213 RESIDUALS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .214 RESISTANCE SOURCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .214 RESULTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .215 REYNOLDS STRESS COMPONENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .216 ROOT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .217 SATURATION PRESSURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .220 SATURATION TEMPERATURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .221 SCALAR VARIABLE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .221 SCATTERING MODEL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .223 SESSION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .223 SIMULATION TYPE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .224 SOLID MODELS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .224 SOLID PRESSURE MODEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .225 SOLUTION UNITS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .225 SOLVER CONTROL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .226 SOOT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .227 SOOT MODEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .228 SOOT NUCLEI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .229 Contents

Page v

CFX-5 Reference Guide

• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Page vi

Contents

SOURCE POINT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .230 SOURCES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .231 SPECIFIC HEAT CAPACITY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .232 SPECIFIED MASS TRANSFER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .232 SPECTRAL BAND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .233 SPECTRAL MODEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .234 STANDARD OBJECT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .235 STATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .235 STATIC PRESSURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .236 SUBDOMAIN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .237 SURFACE TENSION MODEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .237 TABLE UNITS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .238 TEMPERATURE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .239 TEMPERATURE VARIANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .239 THERMAL CONDUCTIVITY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .241 THERMAL RADIATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .242 THERMAL RADIATION CONTROL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .243 THERMAL RADIATION MODEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .244 THIRD BODY TERM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .245 TIME DURATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .246 TRANSIENT RESULTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .247 TRANSIENT SCHEME . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .248 TRANSIENT STATISTICS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .248 TURBULENCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .249 TURBULENCE CONTROL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .252 TURBULENCE MODEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .253 TURBULENCE TRANSFER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .254 TURBULENCE WALL DAMPING. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .254 TURBULENT DISPERSION FORCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .255 TURBULENT WALL FUNCTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .255 UNIT SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .256 USER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .256 USER ROUTINE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .257 USER ROUTINE DEFINITIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .257 USER SCALAR VARIABLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .258 VARIABLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .259 VECTOR VARIABLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .261 VELOCITY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .262 VELOCITY PRESSURE COUPLING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .263 VIEWER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .264 VIEWPORT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .265 VIEWPORT MANAGER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .266 VIRTUAL MASS FORCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .267 VISKTRB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .267 VOLUME FRACTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .268 WALL ADHESION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .268 WALL CONTACT AREA. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .269 WALL CONTACT MODEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .269 WALL INFLUENCE ON FLOW. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .270 CFX-5.6

CFX-5 Reference Guide

• WALL LUBRICATION FORCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .271 • WALL ROUGHNESS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .272 • WALL SCALE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .272 • WALL SLIP MODEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .273 • WALL VELOCITY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .274 • WIREFRAME . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .275 • WRITE CASE FILE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .276 • CCL Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277 • Absolute Transformation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .277 • Absorption Coefficient. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .277 • Activation Energy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .277 • Activation Temperature. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .277 • Adapt To Geometry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .277 • Adaption Target Residual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .278 • Additional Variable Flux . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .278 • Additional Variable Source . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .278 • Additional Variable Source Coefficient . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .278 • Additional Variable Transfer Coefficient . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .278 • Additional Variable User Flux . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .278 • Additional Variable User Flux Coefficient . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .279 • Additional Variable Value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .279 • Agglomerate Control Surfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .279 • Algebraic Slip Model . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .279 • Alternate Rotation Model . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .279 • Angle End . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .279 • Angle Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .279 • Angle Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .280 • Angular Velocity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .280 • Animate Camera. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .280 • Animation Filename . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .280 • Animation Frame Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .280 • Animation Hardcopy Filename . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .281 • Animation Name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .281 • Anisotropy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .281 • Antoine Enthalpic Coefficient B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .281 • Antoine Pressure Scale . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .281 • Antoine Reference State Constant A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .281 • Antoine Temperature Offset C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .282 • Apply Instancing Transform . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .282 • Apply Reflection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .282 • Apply Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .282 • Apply Translation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .282 • Area Fraction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .282 • Argument List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .283 • Assembly Name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .283 • Auxiliary Fluids List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .283 • Axial Coordinate Direction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .283 • Axis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .283 • Axis 3 Point X Coord. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .283 CFX-5.6

Contents

Page vii

CFX-5 Reference Guide

• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Page viii

Contents

Axis 3 Point Y Coord. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .284 Axis 3 Point Z Coord. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .284 Axis Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .284 Axis Visibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .284 Background Colour . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .284 Ballast Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .285 Base Material . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .285 Base Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .285 Bitmap Resolution. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .285 Blackbody Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .285 Blend Factor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .285 Blend Factor Relaxation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .286 Blend Factor Relaxation Option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .286 Body Force Averaging Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .286 Body Force Fluid Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .286 Body Force Redistribution List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .286 Border Visibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .286 Bound Radius . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .287 Boundary List1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .287 Boundary List2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .287 Boundary Only Field . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .287 Boundary Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .287 Boundary Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .287 Bounded Volume Fraction Linearisation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .288 Bounds Violation Action . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .288 Buoyancy Reference Density . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .288 Buoyancy Reference Temperature. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .288 CCL Object . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .288 CCL Parameter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .289 CCL Setup Debug Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .289 CEL Root . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .289 CallBack Name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .289 Calling Name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .289 Camera Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .289 Case Filename . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .290 CaseParmName . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .290 CaseParmPath . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .290 Catalogue Memory Factor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .290 Catalogue Size Multiplier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .290 Cavitation Condensation Coefficient. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .290 Cavitation Pressure Coefficient Factor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .291 Cavitation Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .291 Cavitation Rate Under Relaxation Factor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .291 Cavitation Vaporization Coefficient. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .291 Centre Point for Normal Distribution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .291 Character Memory Factor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .291 Check Entropy Table Consistency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .292 CheckParm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .292 CheckValue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .292 CFX-5.6

CFX-5 Reference Guide

• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • CFX-5.6

Chemical Amount Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .292 Chemical Timescale . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .292 Clip Plane . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .292 Clip Scene . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .293 Close CFXPre. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .293 Colour . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .293 Colour Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .293 Colour Variable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .293 Combination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .294 Compaction Modulus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .294 Component Bounds Flag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .294 Component Clip Factors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .294 Component Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .294 Component Long Names . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .294 Component Lower Bounds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .294 Component MMS Names . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .295 Component Short Names . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .295 Component Upper Bounds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .295 Components Bounds Flag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .295 Connection Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .295 Conservation Target . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .295 Const Physics Param . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .295 Constitutive Relation Iteration Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .296 Constitutive Relation Temperature Criterion. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .296 Constitutive Relation Under Relaxation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .296 Coord Frame. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .296 Coord Frame Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .296 Coord Transform. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .297 Critical Stress . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .297 Cross Sectional Area Factor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .297 Culling Mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .297 Current Frame . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .297 Current GTM Checkpoint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .297 Current Units. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .298 Curvature Under Relaxation Factor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .298 Custom Units Setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .298 Damping Factor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .298 Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .298 Data Pairs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .298 Default Source Variable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .299 Default Vulnerability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .299 Define Particle Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .299 Definition Method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .299 Definition Path . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .299 Delete Original . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .299 Delete Reflected . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .300 Density . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .300 Density Depends On. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .300 Diagnostic Output Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .300 Contents

Page ix

CFX-5 Reference Guide

• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Page x

Contents

Diameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .300 Diffuse Fraction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .300 Direction 1 Bound . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .300 Direction 1 Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .301 Direction 1 Points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .301 Direction 2 Bound . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .301 Direction 2 Points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .301 Displacement X Component . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .301 Displacement Y Component . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .301 Displacement Z Component . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .302 Distance from Centre Point. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .302 Distribution Factor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .302 Domain List. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .302 Domain Name. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .302 Domain Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .302 Domain Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .302 Drag Coefficient . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .303 Drag Coefficient Derivative . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .303 Draw Faces. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .303 Draw Lines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .303 Dynamic Viscosity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .303 Eddy Dissipation Model Coefficient A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .303 Eddy Dissipation Model Coefficient B. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .304 Eddy Length Scale . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .304 Eddy Viscosity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .304 Eddy Viscosity Prandtl Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .304 Eddy Viscosity Ratio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .304 Edge Angle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .305 Efficiency Factor List. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .305 Elasticity Modulus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .305 Emissivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .305 Energy Flux. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .305 Energy Flux Coefficient. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .305 Energy Source . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .306 Energy Source Coefficient . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .306 Energy Under Relaxation Factor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .306 Enhanced Eddy Viscosity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .306 Enthalpy Table Error Tolerance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .306 Enthalpy Table Maximum Points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .306 Enthalpy Table Pressure Extrapolation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .306 Enthalpy Table Temperature Extrapolation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .307 Entropy Table Error Tolerance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .307 Entropy Table Maximum Points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .307 Entropy Table Pressure Extrapolation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .307 Entropy Table Temperature Extrapolation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .307 Epsilon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .307 Epsilon Flux . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .307 Epsilon Flux Coefficient . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .308 Epsilon Source . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .308 CFX-5.6

CFX-5 Reference Guide

• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • CFX-5.6

Epsilon Source Coefficient . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .308 Equation Class Scope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .308 Evaluated Expression . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .308 Export File. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .308 Expression . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .308 Expression Value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .309 Extend Max. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .309 Extend Min . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .309 Extinction Temperature. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .309 Face Colour . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .309 Face Weighting Factor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .309 Field Variable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .310 File Path . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .310 Final Number of Nodes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .310 Fine Structure Length Coefficient . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .310 Fine Structure Velocity Coefficient . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .310 First Iteration for Particle Calculation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .310 First Line Point for Normal Distribution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .311 First Point of Axis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .311 Fixed Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .311 Flow Direction Linearisation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .311 Fluctuation Level. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .311 Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .311 Fluid Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .312 Fluid1 Additional Variable Flux Coefficient . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .312 Fluid1 Additional Variable Transfer Coefficient. . . . . . . . . . . . .312 Fluid1 Area Density Coefficient . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .312 Fluid1 Flux Coefficient . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .312 Fluid1 Flux Fluid1 Coefficient . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .312 Fluid1 Flux Fluid2 Coefficient . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .313 Fluid1 Flux out . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .313 Fluid1 Heat Flux Coefficient . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .313 Fluid1 Heat Transfer Coefficient . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .313 Fluid1 Mass Transfer Coefficient . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .313 Fluid1 Nusselt Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .313 Fluid1 Sherwood Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .314 Fluid1 Value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .314 Fluid1 xFlux out . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .314 Fluid1 xValue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .314 Fluid1 xxFlux out. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .314 Fluid1 xxValue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .314 Fluid1 xyFlux out. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .315 Fluid1 xyValue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .315 Fluid1 xzFlux out. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .315 Fluid1 xzValue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .315 Fluid1 yFlux out . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .315 Fluid1 yValue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .316 Fluid1 yyFlux out. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .316 Fluid1 yyValue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .316 Contents

Page xi

CFX-5 Reference Guide

• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Page xii

Contents

Fluid1 yzFlux out. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .316 Fluid1 yzValue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .316 Fluid1 zFlux out . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .316 Fluid1 zValue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .317 Fluid1 zzFlux out. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .317 Fluid1 zzValue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .317 Fluid1to2 Additional Variable Flux . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .317 Fluid1to2 Flux . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .317 Fluid1to2 Heat Flux. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .317 Fluid1to2 Mass Flow. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .318 Fluid1to2 Mass Flux . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .318 Fluid1to2 Phase Change Mass Flux. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .318 Fluid1to2 xFlux . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .318 Fluid1to2 xxFlux . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .318 Fluid1to2 xyFlux . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .318 Fluid1to2 xzFlux . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .319 Fluid1to2 yFlux . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .319 Fluid1to2 yyFlux . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .319 Fluid1to2 yzFlux . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .319 Fluid1to2 zFlux . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .319 Fluid1to2 zzFlux . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .319 Fluid2 Additional Variable Flux Coefficient . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .320 Fluid2 Additional Variable Transfer Coefficient. . . . . . . . . . . . .320 Fluid2 Area Density Coefficient . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .320 Fluid2 Flux Coefficient . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .320 Fluid2 Flux Fluid1 Coefficient . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .320 Fluid2 Flux Fluid2 Coefficient . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .320 Fluid2 Flux in . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .321 Fluid2 Heat Flux Coefficient . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .321 Fluid2 Heat Transfer Coefficient . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .321 Fluid2 Mass Transfer Coefficient . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .321 Fluid2 Nusselt Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .321 Fluid2 Sherwood Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .322 Fluid2 Value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .322 Fluid2 xFlux in. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .322 Fluid2 xValue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .322 Fluid2 xxFlux in. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .322 Fluid2 xxValue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .322 Fluid2 xyFlux in. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .323 Fluid2 xyValue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .323 Fluid2 xzFlux in. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .323 Fluid2 xzValue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .323 Fluid2 yFlux in. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .323 Fluid2 yValue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .324 Fluid2 yyFlux in. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .324 Fluid2 yyValue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .324 Fluid2 yzFlux in. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .324 Fluid2 yzValue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .324 Fluid2 zFlux in. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .324 CFX-5.6

CFX-5 Reference Guide

• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • CFX-5.6

Fluid2 zValue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .325 Fluid2 zzFlux in. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .325 Fluid2 zzValue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .325 Fluids List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .325 Font. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .325 Fractional Intensity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .325 Frame Increment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .326 Frame Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .326 Free Surface Harmonic Averaging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .326 Freestream Damping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .326 Freestream Damping for Curvature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .326 Freestream Damping for Interface Normal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .327 Frequency Lower Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .327 Frequency Upper Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .327 Fuel Carbon Mass Fraction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .327 Fuel Consumption Reaction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .327 Fuel Material . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .327 Full Circle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .328 Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .328 GTM Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .328 General Availability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .328 Global Dynamic Model Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .328 Glue Copied Assemblies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .328 Glue Reflected Assemblies. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .329 Gradient Relaxation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .329 Gradient Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .329 Gravity X Component . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .329 Gravity Y Component . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .329 Gravity Z Component . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .329 Groove Direction X Component . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .329 Groove Direction Y Component . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .330 Groove Direction Z Component . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .330 Hardcopy Filename. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .330 Hardcopy Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .330 Hardcopy Tolerance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .330 Has Hybrid Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .330 Heat Flux in. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .331 Heat Transfer Coefficient . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .331 Highlight Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .331 Homogeneous Coefficient Factor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .331 Homogeneous Model . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .331 HybridMax. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .331 HybridMin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .332 Image Height . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .332 Image Scale . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .332 Image Width . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .332 Include Boundary Temperature Slip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .332 Include Header . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .332 Include Marangoni Force . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .333 Contents

Page xiii

CFX-5 Reference Guide

• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Page xiv

Contents

Include Normal Viscous Force . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .333 Include Pressure Transient Term . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .333 Include Resistance in Rhie Chow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .333 Include Viscous Work Term . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .333 Include in Total Energy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .333 Instancing Transform . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .334 Integer Memory Factor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .334 Interface Boundary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .334 Interface Length Scale . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .334 Interface Region List1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .334 Interface Region List2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .334 Interface Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .335 Interfacial Area Density. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .335 Intermediate File Format. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .335 Invert Plane Bound . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .335 Is A Copy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .335 Is Sim Closing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .335 Isentropic Compressibility. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .336 Isothermal Compressibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .336 Iteration Frequency. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .336 Iteration Interval . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .336 Iteration List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .336 JPEG Image Quality . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .336 Junction Box Location. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .336 Junction Box Routine List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .337 Kappa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .337 Keep Intermediate Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .337 Keep Track File. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .337 Keyframe Filename. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .337 Keyframe List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .337 Keyframe Name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .338 Kinematic Diffusivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .338 Kinematic Eddy Viscosity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .338 Lag Transient Term . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .338 Laminar Flame Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .338 Last Saved GTM Checkpoint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .338 Lean Flammability Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .338 Length Scale. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .339 Length Scale Option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .339 Length Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .339 Library File . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .339 Library Name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .339 Library Path . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .339 Lift Coefficient . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .340 Light Angle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .340 Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .340 Line Colour . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .340 Line Samples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .340 Line Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .341 CFX-5.6

CFX-5 Reference Guide

• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • CFX-5.6

Line Width. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .341 Linear Resistance Coefficient . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .341 Linearisation Scheme . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .341 Load Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .341 Local Timescale Factor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .341 Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .342 Location List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .342 Location Path List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .342 Location X Component . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .342 Location Y Component . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .342 Location Z Component . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .342 Location of Maximum Flame Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .342 Logical Memory Factor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .343 Long Name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .343 Looping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .343 Looping Cycles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .343 Loss Coefficient . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .343 Lower Turbulence Model . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .343 Lubrication Coefficient C1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .343 Lubrication Coefficient C2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .344 Luminance Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .344 MMS Name. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .344 MPEG Scale . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .344 Mach Blending . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .344 Mass Concentration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .344 Mass Flow Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .345 Mass Flow Update Option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .345 Mass Flux . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .345 Mass Flux Coefficient . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .345 Mass Fraction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .345 Mass Fraction Equilibrium Ratio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .346 Mass Fraction List. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .346 Mass Source. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .346 Mass Source Coefficient. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .346 Mass Transfer Coefficient. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .346 Mass Under Relaxation Factor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .346 Mass Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .346 Materials List. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .347 Max . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .347 Maximize Viewport . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .347 Maximum Absolute Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .347 Maximum Blend Factor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .347 Maximum Blocking Factor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .347 Maximum Buffer Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .347 Maximum Density Ratio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .348 Maximum Diameter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .348 Maximum Distance from Axis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .348 Maximum Flame Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .348 Maximum Iterations per Step . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .348 Contents

Page xv

CFX-5 Reference Guide

• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Page xvi

Contents

Maximum Number of Adaption Steps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .348 Maximum Number of Coefficient Loops . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .349 Maximum Number of Integration Steps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .349 Maximum Number of Iterations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .349 Maximum Number of Photons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .349 Maximum Number of Timesteps. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .349 Maximum Number of Track Segments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .349 Maximum Packing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .350 Maximum Temperature. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .350 Maximum Timescale. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .350 Maximum Tracking Distance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .350 Maximum Tracking Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .350 Maximum Volume Fraction for Area Density . . . . . . . . . . . . . .350 Mean Diameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .350 Mesh Adaption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .351 Mesh Filename . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .351 Mesh Format. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .351 Mesh Import General Options. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .351 Mesh Import Specific Options. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .351 Mesh Match Tolerance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .351 Min . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .352 Minimum Absolute Pressure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .352 Minimum Blocking Factor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .352 Minimum Diameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .352 Minimum Distance from Axis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .352 Minimum Edge Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .352 Minimum Number of Coefficient Loops. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .352 Minimum Number of Iterations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .353 Minimum Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .353 Minimum Volume Fraction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .353 Minimum Volume Fraction for Area Density . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .353 Minimum Volume Fraction for Correction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .353 Mixing Rate Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .353 Mixture Fraction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .353 Mixture Fraction Turbulent Schmidt Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . .354 Mixture Fraction Variance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .354 Mixture Fraction Variance Turbulent Schmidt Number. . . . . . .354 Molar Concentration Equilibrium Ratio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .354 Molar Concentration Henry Coefficient. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .354 Molar Fraction Equilibrium Ratio. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .354 Molar Fraction Henry Coefficient . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .354 Molar Mass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .355 Momentum Source Coefficient . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .355 Momentum Source X Component . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .355 Momentum Source Y Component . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .355 Momentum Source Z Component. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .355 Money Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .355 NASA Coefficient List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .355 Name Strategy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .356 CFX-5.6

CFX-5 Reference Guide

• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • CFX-5.6

Newton Coefficient . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .356 Newton Pressure Criterion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .356 Newton Pressure Iteration Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .356 Newton Pressure Under Relaxation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .356 Node Allocation Parameter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .356 Node Factor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .356 Nonuniform Scale . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .357 Normal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .357 Normal Speed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .357 Normalising Stress . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .357 Nuclei Concentration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .357 Nuclei Cross Coefficient . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .357 Nuclei Formation Activation Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .358 Nuclei Formation Pre Exponential Factor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .358 Nuclei Linear Coefficient. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .358 Nuclei Specific Concentration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .358 Nuclei Volume Fraction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .358 Nukiyama Tanasawa Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .359 Null Token. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .359 Number Of Frames . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .359 Number of Adaption Levels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .359 Number of Arguments. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .359 Number of Backup Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .359 Number of Batches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .359 Number of Copies. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .360 Number of Gray Gas Definitions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .360 Number of Histories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .360 Number of Integration Steps per Element . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .360 Number of Monitor Points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .360 Number of Nodes in Adapted Mesh . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .360 Number of Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .360 Number of Radiation Sources. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .361 Number of Rays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .361 Number of Results Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .361 Number of Spectral Band Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .361 Number of Timescale Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .361 Number of Timesteps per Run . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .361 Number of Transient Results Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .361 Number of Transient Statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .361 Nusselt Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .362 Object Exists. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .362 Object Name List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .362 Object Origin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .362 Object Type List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .362 Omega . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .362 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .363 Option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .363 Origin X Coord . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .363 Origin Y Coord . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .363 Contents

Page xvii

CFX-5 Reference Guide

• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Page xviii

Contents

Origin Z Coord . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .363 Output Boundary Flows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .364 Output Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .364 Output Variable Operators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .364 Output Variables List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .364 Output to Jobfile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .364 Output to Postprocessor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .364 Outside Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .364 Overlay Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .365 Overwrite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .365 Pan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .365 Paper Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .365 Paper Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .365 Parallel Coefficient of Restitution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .366 Parameter Exists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .366 Parent Mesh . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .366 Parent Primitive3D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .366 Particle Coupling. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .366 Particle Source Change Target . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .366 Particles List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .366 Periodic Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .367 Perpendicular Coefficient of Restitution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .367 Physical Availability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .367 Physical Timescale . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .367 Physics Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .367 Physics Path . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .367 Physics Result . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .367 Physics Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .368 Physics Value List. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .368 Pitch Angle Side1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .368 Pitch Angle Side2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .368 Pitch Ratio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .368 Pivot Point. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .369 Plane 13 Point X Coord . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .369 Plane 13 Point Y Coord . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .369 Plane 13 Point Z Coord . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .369 Plane Bound . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .369 Plane Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .370 Playback Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .370 Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .370 Point 1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .370 Point 2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .370 Point 3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .370 Point Symbol. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .371 Position Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .371 Pre Exponential Factor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .371 Precision . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .371 Preferred Units System. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .371 Pressure Coefficient . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .372 CFX-5.6

CFX-5 Reference Guide

• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • CFX-5.6

Pressure Profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .372 Pressure Profile Blend . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .372 Pressure Profile Decay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .372 Preview Evaluated Units. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .372 Preview Expression . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .372 Preview Input Units. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .372 Preview Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .373 Preview Range Steps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .373 Preview Required Variables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .373 Preview Variable Ranges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .373 Preview Variable Values. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .373 Preview Varying Variable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .373 Prim2d Global Visibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .373 Prim2d Visibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .373 Prim3d Visibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .374 Primary Fluid. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .374 Primitive Region List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .374 Principal Axis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .374 Principal Variable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .374 Print Line Width . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .374 Print Quality . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .374 Projection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .375 Quadratic Resistance Coefficient . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .375 Quantity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .375 Quantity Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .375 Quenching Critical Velocity Gradient . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .375 Quenching Variance Factor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .375 Radiation Flux. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .376 Radiation Intensity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .376 Radiation Source . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .376 Radiative Heat Flux . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .376 Radius. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .376 Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .376 Ray Reflection Threshold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .377 Reaction Order List. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .377 Reaction Progress . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .377 Reaction Progress Turbulent Schmidt Number . . . . . . . . . . . .377 Reaction Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .377 Reactions List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .378 Read State Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .378 Real Memory Factor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .378 Recipe. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .378 Reference Coord Frame . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .378 Reference Elasticity Modulus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .378 Reference Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .379 Reference Specific Enthalpy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .379 Reference Specific Entropy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .379 Reference Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .379 Reference Thermal Conductivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .379 Contents

Page xix

CFX-5 Reference Guide

• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Page xx

Contents

Reference Viscosity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .379 Reflection Option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .379 Reflection Plane . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .380 Refractive Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .380 Region List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .380 Region List A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .380 Region List B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .380 Related Object . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .380 Relative Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .380 Relative Static Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .381 Relevant Object . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .381 Render Edge Angle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .381 Residual Relaxation Initial Value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .381 Residual Relaxation Iterations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .381 Residual Target . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .381 Residual Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .382 Result . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .382 Result Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .382 Rich Flammability Limit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .382 Rosin Rammler Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .382 Rosin Rammler Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .382 Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .383 Rotation Angle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .383 Rotation Angle Option. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .383 Rotation Axis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .383 Rotation Axis Begin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .383 Rotation Axis End . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .383 Rotation Axis From . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .384 Rotation Axis To . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .384 Rotation Axis Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .384 Rotation Option. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .384 Rotation Quaternion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .384 Rotational Offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .385 Roughness Height . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .385 Saturation Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .385 Saturation Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .385 Save Hardcopy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .385 Save Intermediate Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .386 Save State Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .386 Save State Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .386 Scalar Dissipation Rate Coefficient Cxi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .386 Scale. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .386 Scale Option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .386 Scale Origin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .387 Scattering Coefficient . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .387 Screen Capture. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .387 Search List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .387 Second Line Point for Normal Distribution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .387 Second Point of Axis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .387 CFX-5.6

CFX-5 Reference Guide

• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • CFX-5.6

Secondary Heat Flux Option. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .388 Secondary Physics Path. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .388 Separator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .388 Session Filename . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .388 Set Individually . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .388 Sherwood Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .388 Show Boundary Labels. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .389 Show Boundary Markers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .389 Show Domain Labels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .389 Show Inlet Markers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .389 Show Interface Markers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .389 Show Label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .389 Show Labels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .390 Show Marker. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .390 Show Opening Markers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .390 Show Outlet Markers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .390 Show Prim2d Labels. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .390 Show Prim3d Labels. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .390 Show Region Labels. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .391 Show Symmetry Markers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .391 Show Wall Markers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .391 Skip Over Scalar Dissipation Rate Samples. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .391 Slip Power. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .391 Slip Vel u. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .391 Slip Vel v. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .392 Slip Vel w . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .392 Slip Velocity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .392 Smagorinsky Model Constant. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .392 Small Coarse Grid Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .392 Solid Angle Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .392 Solid Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .392 Solid Timescale . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .393 Solid Timescale Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .393 Solid Timescale Factor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .393 Solids List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .393 Solver Name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .393 Solver Setup Debug Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .393 Solver Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .393 Soot Cross Coefficient . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .394 Soot Density . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .394 Soot Linear Coefficient . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .394 Soot Particle Mean Diameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .394 Source . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .394 Source Coefficient . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .395 Source Coefficient List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .395 Source Variable List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .395 Specific Heat Capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .395 Specific Heat Capacity at Constant Volume . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .395 Specific Heat Depends On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .395 Contents

Page xxi

CFX-5 Reference Guide

• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Page xxii

Contents

Specular Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .395 Speed Of Sound . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .396 Standard Deviation for Normal Distribution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .396 Standard Deviation in Diameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .396 Standard View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .396 Start Iteration List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .396 State Filename . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .396 Static Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .397 Stationary Frame Total Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .397 Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .397 Stoichiometric Coefficient List. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .397 Stokes Coefficient. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .397 Stop Iteration List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .397 Subdomain List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .397 Sum Continuity Coefficients . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .397 Surface Area Factor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .398 Surface Drawing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .398 Surface Tension Coefficient . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .398 Surface Tension Weighting Option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .398 Sutherlands Constant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .398 Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .398 Symbol Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .399 Symbol Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .399 Table Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .399 Table Name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .399 Target Assemblies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .399 Target Coarsening Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .399 Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .400 Temperature Exponent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .400 Temperature Fluctuation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .400 Temperature Limit List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .400 Temperature Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .400 Temperature Variance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .400 Temperature Variance Dissipation Coefficient C2 . . . . . . . . . .400 Temperature Variance Production Coefficient C1 . . . . . . . . . .401 Temporary Directory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .401 Tensor Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .401 Text Colour . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .401 Text Height . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .401 Text Position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .402 Text Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .402 Text String . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .402 Thermal Conductivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .402 Thermal Conductivity Axial Component . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .402 Thermal Conductivity Theta Component . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .402 Thermal Conductivity X Component . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .403 Thermal Conductivity Y Component . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .403 Thermal Conductivity Z Component . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .403 Thermal Conductivity r Component . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .403 CFX-5.6

CFX-5 Reference Guide

• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • CFX-5.6

Thermal Expansivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .403 Thermodynamic State. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .403 Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .404 Time Interval . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .404 Time List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .404 Time Units. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .404 Time per run . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .404 Timescale Control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .404 Timescale Ramping Factor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .404 Timescale Update Frequency. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .405 Timestep Interpolation Method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .405 Timesteps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .405 Timesteps for the Run . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .405 Total Source . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .405 Total Source Coefficient . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .405 Total Source Coefficient List. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .406 Total Source Variable List. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .406 Total Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .406 Total Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .406 Track Distance Spacing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .406 Track File Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .406 Track Position Interval . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .406 Track Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .407 Track Printing Interval. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .407 Track Time Spacing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .407 Transfer Coefficient . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .407 Transformation Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .407 Transformation Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .407 Transition Iteration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .408 Transition Value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .408 Transition xValue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .408 Transition xxValue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .408 Transition xyValue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .408 Transition xzValue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .408 Transition yValue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .409 Transition yyValue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .409 Transition yzValue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .409 Transition zValue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .409 Transition zzValue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .409 Translation Axis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .409 Translation Deltas. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .410 Translation Option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .410 Translation Root . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .410 Translation Tip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .410 Translation Vector. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .410 Translation Velocity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .410 Transparency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .411 Turbulent Dispersion Coefficient. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .411 Turbulent Flame Speed Factor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .411 Contents

Page xxiii

CFX-5 Reference Guide

• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Page xxiv

Contents

Turn Multigrid Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .411 U . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .411 Under Relaxation Factor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .411 Uniform Scale . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .412 Unit Vector Axial Component . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .412 Unit Vector Theta Component . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .412 Unit Vector X Component . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .412 Unit Vector Y Component . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .412 Unit Vector Z Component . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .412 Unit Vector r Component . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .412 Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .413 Update Units to Preferred . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .413 Use Coord Frame . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .413 Use Mass Consistent Velocities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .413 Use Multiple Copy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .413 Use Screen Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .413 User Camera . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .414 User Level. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .414 User Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .414 V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .414 Value. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .414 VarMax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .414 VarMin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .415 Variable. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .415 Variable Class. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .415 Variable Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .415 Variable Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .415 Variable Is Turbo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .415 Variable List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .416 Variable Scope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .416 Variable Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .416 Variables List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .416 Vector Brackets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .416 Vector Display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .416 Vector Variable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .417 Vector xValue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .417 Vector yValue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .417 Vector zValue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .417 Velocity Axial Component. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .417 Velocity Fluctuation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .417 Velocity Scale . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .418 Velocity Theta Component . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .418 Velocity Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .418 Velocity Under Relaxation Factor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .418 Velocity r Component . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .418 Verbose . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .418 Version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .419 Vertex Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .419 Viewport Layout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .419 CFX-5.6

CFX-5 Reference Guide

• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • CFX-5.6

Viewport List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .419 Virtual Mass Coefficient . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .419 Visibility. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .419 Volume Fraction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .420 Volume Fraction Averaging Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .420 Volume Fraction Correction Exponent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .420 Volume Fraction Smoothing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .420 Volume Fraction Weighting Method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .420 W . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .420 Wall Contact Angle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .420 Wall Scale. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .421 Wall U . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .421 Wall V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .421 Wall Velocity Axial Component. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .421 Wall Velocity Theta Component . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .421 Wall Velocity r Component . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .421 Wall W . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .421 Wavelength Lower Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .422 Wavelength Upper Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .422 Wavenumber Lower Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .422 Wavenumber Upper Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .422 Weight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .422 White Background . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .422 Write Session Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .423 X . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .423 X Justification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .423 X Pos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .423 X Split . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .423 Y . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .424 Y Justification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .424 Y Pos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .424 Y Split . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .424 Z . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .424 Z Pos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .425 always output post processing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .425 auto turnoff solve eq flag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .425 backup file at zero. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .425 backup frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .425 boundary relaxation option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .426 build artificial wall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .426 buoyancy ted source. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .426 buoyancy tef source . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .426 buoyancy tke source. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .426 check isolated regions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .427 coupled scalars. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .427 degeneracy check tolerance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .427 delete backup files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .427 force intersection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .428 ggi periodic axial radial tolerance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .428 Contents

Page xxv

CFX-5 Reference Guide

• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Page xxvi

Contents

ignore solve flag on restart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .428 include associated fields. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .428 include pref in forces. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .428 k . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .429 k Flux . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .429 k Flux Coefficient . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .429 k Source . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .429 k Source Coefficient . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .429 laplacian stresses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .429 max continuity loops . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .430 mg solver option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .430 min timesteps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .430 model coefficient relaxation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .430 monitor forces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .430 monitor ftrans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .431 monitor ranges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .431 monitor residuals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .431 monitor scales. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .431 monitor totals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .431 multigrid solver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .432 outer loop relaxations default . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .432 output eq flows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .432 output eq residuals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .432 part cvs weighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .433 pressure diffusion scheme . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .433 pressure profile type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .433 pressure reference node. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .433 pressure reference value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .433 relax mass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .434 rfr domain rotation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .434 scalar diffusion scheme . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .434 solve energy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .434 solve fluids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .434 solve masfrc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .435 solve mixture fraction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .435 solve radiation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .435 solve reaction progress. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .435 solve rs eps. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .436 solve scalar. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .436 solve soot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .436 solve temperature variance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .436 solve tke eps. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .436 solve tke omega . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .437 solve visktrb . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .437 solve volfrc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .437 solver relaxation fluids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .437 solver relaxation scalar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .438 solver target reduction fluids. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .438 solver target reduction scalar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .438 CFX-5.6

CFX-5 Reference Guide

• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

stress diffusion scheme . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .438 target imbalance scalar. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .438 tbulk for htc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .439 tef numerics option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .439 temperature damping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .439 temperature damping factor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .439 temperature damping limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .439 tke eps timescale limiter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .440 topology estimate factor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .440 transient initialisation override . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .440 use kolmogorov ts for extinction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .440 uu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .440 uv . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .441 uw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .441 vector parallel tolerance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .441 vv . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .441 vw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .441 wall clock time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .441 wallscale diffusion scheme . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .442 wallscale relaxation factor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .442 ww. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .442 xValue. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .442 xxValue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .442 xyValue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .442 xzValue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .443 yValue. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .443 yyValue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .443 yzValue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .443 zValue. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .443 zzValue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .444

CFX-Post CCL Details • Using the CCL Content Documentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 446 • CCL Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 447 • UNIT SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .447 • STREAMLINE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .447 • DOMAIN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .450 • TURBO SURFACE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .453 • TURBO LINE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .456 • ROOT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .459 • LIBRARY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .462 • POINT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .463 • POLYLINE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .465 • PARTICLE TRACK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .467 • RES PARTICLE TRACK. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .471 • SUBDOMAIN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .475 • BOUNDARY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .477 • WIREFRAME . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .479 • VECTOR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .479 CFX-5.6

Contents

Page xxvii

CFX-5 Reference Guide

• SYMBOL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .482 • ISOSURFACE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .482 • USER SURFACE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .484 • PLANE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .488 • CLIP PLANE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .491 • VOLUME. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .492 • LINE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .495 • CONTOUR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .496 • SURFACE GROUP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .498 • HARDCOPY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .500 • DATA READER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .503 • EXPORT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .505 • SESSION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .506 • STATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .506 • VIEWPORT MANAGER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .507 • VIEWPORT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .507 • VIEWER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .509 • VECTOR VARIABLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .510 • SCALAR VARIABLE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .511 • USER SCALAR VARIABLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .513 • CEL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .514 • EXPRESSIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .514 • ANIMATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .514 • KEYFRAME . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .516 • GROUP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .517 • DEFAULT INSTANCE TRANSFORM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .517 • INSTANCE TRANSFORM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .518 • REFLECTION PLANE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .519 • CAMERA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .520 • LEGEND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .521 • DEFAULT LEGEND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .523 • TEXT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .524 • COORD FRAME. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .525 • CHART . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .526 • CHART LINE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .527 • CALCULATOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .528 • MESH CALCULATOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .531 • EXPRESSION EVALUATOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .532 • EXPRESSION PREVIEW. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .532 • CCL Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 534 • Absolute Tolerance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .534 • Activate Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .534 • Angle Definition Method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .534 • Angular Velocity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .534 • Animate Camera. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .534 • Animation Bit Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .535 • Animation Filename . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .535 • Animation Frame Pattern . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .535 • Animation Frame Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .535 Page xxviii

Contents

CFX-5.6

CFX-5 Reference Guide

• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • CFX-5.6

Animation Hardcopy Filename . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .535 Animation Name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .536 Any All Condition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .536 Apply Instancing Transform . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .536 Apply Reflection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .536 Apply Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .536 Apply Scale. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .536 Apply Translation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .537 Axis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .537 Axis 3 Point X Coord. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .537 Axis 3 Point Y Coord. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .537 Axis 3 Point Z Coord. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .537 Axis From File. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .538 Axis Visibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .538 Background Colour . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .538 Background Mesh Density . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .538 Background Mesh Generation Method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .538 Base Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .538 Blade Region . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .539 Border Visibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .539 Bound Radius . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .539 Boundary List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .539 Boundary Only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .539 Boundary Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .539 Boundary Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .540 Calculate Global Ranges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .540 Camera Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .540 Chart Axes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .540 Chart Font. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .540 Chart Legend . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .541 Chart Legend Margin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .541 Chart Line Colour . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .541 Chart Line List. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .541 Chart Line Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .541 Chart Symbol Colour . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .542 Chart Symbol Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .542 Chart Text Colour . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .542 Chart Title . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .542 Chart Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .543 Chart Viewport Colour . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .543 Chart X Axis Label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .543 Chart X Variable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .543 Chart Y Axis Label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .543 Chart Y Variable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .544 Circumferential Average Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .544 Clear All Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .544 Clip Cone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .544 Clip Contour . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .544 Clip Plane . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .544 Contents

Page xxix

CFX-5 Reference Guide

• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Page xxx

Contents

Clip Scene . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .545 Colour . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .545 Colour Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .545 Colour Scale . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .545 Colour Variable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .545 Colour Variable Boundary Values. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .546 Component Bounds Flag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .546 Component Clip Factors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .546 Component Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .546 Component Long Names . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .546 Component Lower Bounds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .546 Component MMS Names . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .546 Component Short Names . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .546 Component Upper Bounds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .547 Constant Contour Colour . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .547 Contour Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .547 Contour Name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .547 Contour Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .547 Convert to CFX5 Variable Names . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .548 Coord Frame Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .548 Coord Transform. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .548 Cross Periodics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .548 Culling Mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .548 Current Case Name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .549 Current File Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .549 Current Frame . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .549 Current Results File . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .549 Current Results File Version. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .549 Current Rotation Axis From . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .549 Current Rotation Axis To . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .550 Current Timestep . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .550 Current Timevalue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .550 Custom Units Setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .550 Default Vulnerability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .550 Diameter Max . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .550 Diameter Min . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .551 Direction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .551 Direction 1 Bound . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .551 Direction 1 Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .551 Direction 1 Points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .551 Direction 2 Bound . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .551 Direction 2 Points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .552 Display Chart Line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .552 Display Chart Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .552 Do Turbo Initialization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .552 Domain List. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .552 Domain Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .552 DownStream Domain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .553 Draw All Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .553 CFX-5.6

CFX-5 Reference Guide

• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • CFX-5.6

Draw Contours . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .553 Draw Faces. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .553 Draw Lines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .553 Draw Streams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .554 Draw Symbols. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .554 Draw Tracks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .554 Edge Angle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .554 Element Type List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .554 End Boundary List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .554 Ending Boundary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .555 Evaluated Expression . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .555 Export File. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .555 Expression . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .555 Expression List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .555 File Angle Units. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .555 File Chemical Amount Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .555 File Current Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .556 File Is Turbo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .556 File Length Units. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .556 File Light Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .556 File Mass Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .556 File Money Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .556 File Solid Angle Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .557 File Temperature Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .557 File Time Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .557 Filter On Diameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .557 Filter On End. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .557 Filter On Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .558 Filter On Track Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .558 Flip Normal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .558 Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .558 Font. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .558 Force File Reload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .558 Frame Increment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .559 Fringe Fill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .559 Full Circle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .559 Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .559 General Availability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .559 Grid Tolerance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .560 Hardcopy Filename. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .560 Hardcopy Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .560 Hardcopy Tolerance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .560 Has Axis of Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .560 Has Hybrid Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .561 Highlight Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .561 Hub Curve Mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .561 Hub Line Object . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .561 Hub Region. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .561 HybridMax. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .562 Contents

Page xxxi

CFX-5 Reference Guide

• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Page xxxii

Contents

HybridMin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .562 Image Height . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .562 Image Scale . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .562 Image Width . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .562 Include Header . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .562 Inclusive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .563 Inlet Curve Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .563 Inlet Line Object . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .563 Inlet Region. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .563 Input File . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .563 Instancing Info From Domain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .564 Instancing Transform . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .564 Interface Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .564 Intermediate File Format. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .564 Invert Line Bound . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .564 Invert Plane Bound . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .565 Invert Surface Bound . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .565 Is Rotating. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .565 Isovolume Intersection Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .565 JPEG Image Quality . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .565 Keep Camera Position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .566 Keep Intermediate Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .566 Keyframe Filename. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .566 Keyframe List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .566 Keyframe Name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .566 Legend Aspect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .566 Legend Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .567 Legend Object List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .567 Legend Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .567 Legend Plot. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .567 Legend Position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .567 Legend Resolution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .567 Legend Shading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .568 Legend Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .568 Legend Ticks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .568 Legend Title . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .568 Legend Title Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .568 Legend X Justification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .569 Legend Y Justification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .569 Light Angle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .569 Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .569 Line Bound . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .569 Line Colour . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .570 Line Name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .570 Line Samples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .570 Line Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .570 Line Width. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .570 Load Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .571 Local Variable Ranges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .571 CFX-5.6

CFX-5 Reference Guide

• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • CFX-5.6

Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .571 Location List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .571 Long Name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .571 Looping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .571 Looping Cycles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .572 MMS Name. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .572 MPEG Height . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .572 MPEG Scale . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .572 MPEG Width . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .572 Material . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .572 Max . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .573 Max Result . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .573 Max X . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .573 Max Y . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .573 Maximize Viewport . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .573 Maximum Number of Sampling Points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .574 Maximum Number of Tracks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .574 Member List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .574 Mesh Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .574 Min . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .574 Min Result. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .575 Min X. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .575 Min Y. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .575 Node Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .575 Normal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .575 Normalized . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .575 Null Token. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .576 Number Of Frames . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .576 Number of Components in 360. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .576 Number of Contours . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .576 Number of Copies. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .576 Number of Displayed Tracks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .577 Number of Elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .577 Number of Hexahedra . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .577 Number of Nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .577 Number of Pyramids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .577 Number of Samples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .577 Number of Sides . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .578 Number of Tetrahedra . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .578 Number of Tracks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .578 Number of Wedges. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .578 Object Name Exclusion List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .578 Object Name List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .578 Object State . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .579 Object Type Exclusion List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .579 Object Type List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .579 Offset Direction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .579 Offset Distance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .579 Offset Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .579 Contents

Page xxxiii

CFX-5 Reference Guide

• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Page xxxiv

Contents

Offset Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .580 Offset Variable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .580 Opposite Boundary List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .580 Option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .580 Origin X Coord . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .580 Origin Y Coord . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .581 Origin Z Coord . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .581 Outlet Curve Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .581 Outlet Line Object . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .581 Outlet Region . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .581 Output to Jobfile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .581 Output to Postprocessor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .582 Overlay Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .582 Overwrite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .582 Pan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .582 Paper Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .582 Paper Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .582 Particle Diameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .583 Particle Diameter Condition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .583 Particle Track Material List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .583 Periodic 1 Region . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .583 Periodic 2 Region . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .583 Periodicity Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .583 Physical Availability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .584 Pivot Point. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .584 Plane 13 Point X Coord . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .584 Plane 13 Point Y Coord . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .584 Plane 13 Point Z Coord . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .584 Plane Bound . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .584 Plane Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .585 Playback Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .585 Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .585 Point 1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .585 Point 2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .585 Point 3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .586 Point Coord System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .586 Point Symbol. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .586 Position Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .586 Precision . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .586 Preferred Units System. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .587 Preview Evaluated Units. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .587 Preview Expression . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .587 Preview Input Units. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .587 Preview Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .587 Preview Range Steps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .587 Preview Required Variables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .587 Preview Variable Ranges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .587 Preview Variable Values. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .588 Preview Varying Variable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .588 CFX-5.6

CFX-5 Reference Guide

• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • CFX-5.6

Principal Axis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .588 Print Line Width . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .588 Print Quality . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .588 Projection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .588 Projection Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .589 Quantity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .589 Quantity Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .589 Radius. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .589 Random Seed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .589 Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .589 Range Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .590 Read State Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .590 Recipe. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .590 Reduction Factor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .590 Reduction or Max Tracks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .590 Reference Coord Frame . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .591 Reference Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .591 Reflection Plane . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .591 Related Object . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .591 Render Edge Angle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .591 Result . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .592 Result Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .592 Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .592 Rotation Angle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .592 Rotation Axis From . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .592 Rotation Axis To . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .592 Rotation Axis Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .593 Rotation Quaternion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .593 Save Hardcopy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .593 Save State Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .593 Save State Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .594 Scale. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .594 Scale Factor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .594 Screen Capture. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .594 Separator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .594 Session Filename . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .594 Show Legend Units. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .595 Show Numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .595 Show Track Labels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .595 Shroud Curve Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .595 Shroud Line Object . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .595 Shroud Region . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .596 Slice Plane . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .596 Solver Name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .596 Span . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .596 Span Max . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .596 Span Min. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .596 Span Points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .597 Specular Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .597 Contents

Page xxxv

CFX-5 Reference Guide

• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Page xxxvi

Contents

Standard View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .597 Start Boundary List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .597 Starting Boundary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .597 State Filename . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .598 Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .598 Stream Drawing Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .598 Stream Initial Direction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .598 Stream Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .598 Stream Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .598 Streamline Direction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .599 Streamline Maximum Periods. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .599 Streamline Maximum Segments. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .599 Streamline Maximum Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .599 Streamline Solver Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .599 Streamline Width . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .600 Streamwise Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .600 Streamwise Max . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .600 Streamwise Min . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .600 Streamwise Points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .600 Surface Bound . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .600 Surface Drawing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .601 Surface Name. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .601 Surface Sampling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .601 Surface Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .601 Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .601 Symbol Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .602 Symbol Start Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .602 Symbol Stop Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .602 Symbol Time Interval . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .602 Symbol Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .602 Temporary Directory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .603 Tensor Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .603 Text Colour . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .603 Text Height . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .603 Text Position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .603 Text Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .603 Text String . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .604 Theta. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .604 Theta Max. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .604 Theta Min . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .604 Theta Points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .604 Timestep Interpolation Method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .605 Timestep List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .605 Tolerance Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .605 Track Drawing Mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .605 Track File Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .605 Track Filename . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .606 Track Index Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .606 Track Initial Direction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .606 CFX-5.6

CFX-5 Reference Guide

• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • CFX-5.6

Track Line Width. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .606 Track Material . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .606 Track Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .606 Track Size. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .606 Track Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .607 Tracks Displayed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .607 Translation Vector. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .607 Transparency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .607 Turbo Domain List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .607 Turbo Line Mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .608 Turbo Principal Axis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .608 Turbo Rotation Axis From. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .608 Turbo Rotation Axis To . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .608 Turbo Rotation Axis Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .608 Under Relaxation Factor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .609 UpStream Domain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .609 Update Units to Preferred . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .609 Use Screen MPEG Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .609 Use Screen Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .609 User Camera . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .609 User Level. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .610 User Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .610 Value. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .610 Value 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .610 Value 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .610 Value List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .611 VarMax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .611 VarMin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .611 Variable. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .611 Variable Bit Rate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .611 Variable Boundary Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .611 Variable Class. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .612 Variable Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .612 Variable Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .612 Variable Is Turbo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .612 Variable List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .612 Variable Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .612 Vector Brackets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .613 Vector Display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .613 Vector Variable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .613 Verbose . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .613 Viewport Layout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .613 Viewport List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .614 Visibility. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .614 Volume Intersection Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .614 White Background . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .614 Write Session Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .614 X . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .615 X Justification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .615 Contents

Page xxxvii

CFX-5 Reference Guide

• • • • •

X Split . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .615 Y . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .615 Y Justification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .615 Y Split . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .615 Z . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .616

Frequently Asked Questions • Introduction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 618 • The Questions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 619 • General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .619 • Help Documentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .619 • CFX-Build . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .619 • CFX-Pre . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .621 • CFX-5 Solver and Solver Manager. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .622 • CFX-Post . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .622 • The Answers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 624 • General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .624 • Help Documentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .625 • CFX-Build . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .627 • CFX-Pre . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .640 • CFX-5 Solver and Solver Manager. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .642 • CFX-Post . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .645 Bibliography • The CFX-5 Bibliography. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 650 Master Index 657

Page xxxviii

Contents

CFX-5.6

CFX-5 Reference Guide

CFX-5 Reference Guide

Introduction to CFD • Introduction to Computational Fluid Dynamics p. 24 • Further Background Reading p. 30

CFX-5.6

Page 23

CFX-5 Reference Guide Introduction to CFD

Introduction to Computational Fluid Dynamics What is Computational Fluid Dynamics? Computational Fluid Dynamics (CFD) is a computer-based tool for simulating the behaviour of systems involving fluid flow, heat transfer and other related physical processes. It works by solving the equations of fluid flow (in a special form) over a region of interest, with specified (known) conditions on the boundary of that region.

The History of CFD Computers have been used to solve fluid flow problems for many years. Numerous programs have been written to solve either specific problems, or specific classes of problem. From the mid-1970’s the complex mathematics required to generalise the algorithms began to be understood, and general purpose CFD solvers were developed. These began to appear in the early 1980’s and required what were then very powerful computers, as well as an in-depth knowledge of fluid dynamics, and large amounts of time to set up simulations. Consequently CFD was a tool used almost exclusively in research. Recent advances in computing power, together with powerful graphics and interactive 3-D manipulation of models mean that the process of creating a CFD model and analysing the results is much less labour-intensive, reducing the time and therefore the cost. Advanced solvers contain algorithms which enable robust solution of the flow field in a reasonable time. As a result of these factors, Computational Fluid Dynamics is now an established industrial design tool, helping to reduce design timescales and improving processes throughout the engineering world. CFD provides a cost-effective and accurate alternative to scale model testing, with variations on the simulation being performed quickly, offering obvious advantages.

The Mathematics of CFD The set of equations which describe the processes of momentum, heat and mass transfer are known as the Navier-Stokes equations. These are partial differential equations which were derived in the early nineteenth century. They have no known general analytical solution but can be discretised and solved numerically. Page 24

Introduction to Computational Fluid Dynamics

CFX-5.6

CFX-5 Reference Guide Introduction to CFD

Equations describing other processes, such as combustion, can also be solved in conjunction with the Navier-Stokes equations. Often, an approximating model is used to derive these additional equations, turbulence models being a particularly important example. There are a number of different solution methods which are used in CFD codes. The most common, and the one on which CFX-5 is based, is known as the finite volume technique. In this technique, the region of interest is divided into small subregions, called control volumes. The equations are discretised and solved iteratively for each control volume. As a result, an approximation of the value of each variable at specific points throughout the domain can be obtained. In this way, one derives a full picture of the behaviour of the flow. For full details on the Navier-Stokes equations and other mathematical aspects of the CFX-5 software suite see Basic Solver Capability Theory (p. 1 in Solver Theory).

Uses of CFD CFD is used by engineers and scientists in a wide range of fields. Typical applications include: • Process industry: Mixing vessels, chemical reactors • Building services: Ventilation of buildings, such as atria • Health and safety: Investigating the effects of fire and smoke • Motor industry: Combustion modelling, car aerodynamics • Electronics: Heat transfer within and around circuit boards • Environmental: Dispersion of pollutants in air or water • Power and energy: Optimisation of combustion processes • Medical: Blood flow through grafted blood vessels

CFD Methodology CFD may be used to determine the performance of a component at the design stage or it can be used to analyse difficulties with an existing component and lead to its improved design.

CFX-5.6

Introduction to Computational Fluid Dynamics

Page 25

CFX-5 Reference Guide Introduction to CFD

For example, the pressure drop through a component may be considered excessive:

The first step is to identify the region of interest:

The geometry of the region of interest is then defined. If the geometry already exists in CAD, it can be imported directly. The mesh is then created. After importing the mesh into the pre-processor, other elements of the simulation are then defined, including the boundary conditions (inlets, outlets etc.) and fluid properties.

Page 26

Introduction to Computational Fluid Dynamics

CFX-5.6

CFX-5 Reference Guide Introduction to CFD

The flow solver is then run to produce a file of results which contain the variation of velocity, pressure and any other variables throughout the region of interest. The results can be visualised and provide the engineer with a full understanding of the behaviour of the fluid throughout the region of interest.

This can lead to design modifications which can be tested by changing the geometry of the CFD model and seeing the effect. The process of performing a single CFD simulation is split into four components: Geometry/Mesh

Physics Definition

Solver

Post-processing

Geometry/Mesh This interactive process is the first pre-processing stage. Its aim is to produce a mesh for input to the physics pre-processor. Before a mesh can be produced, a closed geometric solid is required. The geometry and mesh can be created in CFX-Build or one of a variety of other geometry/mesh creation tools. The basic steps involve: • Defining the geometry of the region of interest. • Creating regions of fluid flow, solid regions and surface boundary names. • Setting properties for the mesh. This pre-processing stage is becoming increasingly automated. In CFX-5, geometry can be imported from most major CAD packages using native format, and the mesh of control volumes is generated automatically. CFX-5.6

Introduction to Computational Fluid Dynamics

Page 27

CFX-5 Reference Guide Introduction to CFD

Physics Definition This interactive process is the second pre-processing stage and is used to create the input for the solver. The mesh files are loaded into the physics pre-processor, CFX-Pre, and then the following properties are defined: • The physical models which are to be included in the simulation are selected. • The properties of the fluid are specified. • The boundary conditions are specified. The Solver The solver is the component which solves the CFD problem, producing the required results. It is a non-interactive/batch process. It solves the CFD problem as follows: • The partial differential equations are integrated over all the control volumes in the region of interest. This is equivalent to applying a basic conservation law (e.g. for mass or momentum) to each control volume. • These integral equations are converted to a system of algebraic equations by generating a set of approximations for the terms in the integral equations. • The algebraic equations are solved iteratively. An iterative approach is required because of the non-linear nature of the equations and as the solution approaches the exact solution it is said to converge. For each iteration, an error, or residual, is reported as a measure of the overall conservation of the flow properties. How close the final solution is to the exact solution depends on a number of factors, including the size and shape of the control volumes and the size of the final residuals. Complex physical processes, such as combustion and turbulence are often modelled using empirical relationships, and the approximations inherent in these models also contribute to differences between the CFD solution and the real flow. The solution process requires no user interaction and is therefore usually carried out as a batch process. The solver produces a file of results which is then passed to the post-processor.

Page 28

Introduction to Computational Fluid Dynamics

CFX-5.6

CFX-5 Reference Guide Introduction to CFD

The Post-processor The post-processor is the component used to analyse, visualise and present the results interactively. Post-processing includes anything from obtaining point values to complex animated sequences. Examples of some important features of post-processors are: • Visualisation of the geometry and control volumes. • Vector plots showing the direction and magnitude of the flow. • Visualisation of the variation of scalar variables (variables which have only magnitude, not direction, such as temperature, pressure and speed) through the domain. • Quantitative numerical calculations. • Animation • Charts showing graphical plots of variables • Hardcopy output.

CFX-5.6

Introduction to Computational Fluid Dynamics

Page 29

CFX-5 Reference Guide Introduction to CFD

Further Background Reading A selection of books related to fluids, thermodynamics, CFD and computing are given below. • An Introduction to Computational Fluid Dynamics, The Finite Volume Method, H K Versteeg and W Malalasekera, Longman, 1995. An excellent introduction to the theory of CFD with well presented derivations of the equations. • Using Computational Fluid Dynamics, C T Shaw, Prentice Hall, 1992. An introduction to the practical aspects of using CFD. • Numerical Heat Transfer and Fluid Flow, S V Patankar, Taylor & Francis, 1980. A standard text on the details of numerical methods. • Engineering Thermodynamics, Work and Heat Transfer, G F C Rogers and Y R Mayhew, Longman, 1980. An undergraduate thermodynamics text book. • Mechanics of Fluids, B S Massey, Chapman and Hall, 1989. An undergraduate fluid mechanics text book. • Viscous Fluid Flow, F M White, McGraw Hill, 1991. An advanced text on fluid dynamics. • Perry’s Chemical Engineer’s Handbook (6th Edition), McGraw Hill, 1984. A superb reference for the physical properties of fluids. • An Album of Fluid Motion, Milton Van Dyke, The Parabolic Press, 1982. Fluid flow phenomena demonstrated in pictures. • UNIX in a Nutshell, Daniel Gilly and the staff of O’Reilly & Associates, Inc, O’Reilly & Associates, Inc, 1992. An excellent UNIX reference book. If you are unfamiliar with using the UNIX operating system or with UNIX system administration, you may like to obtain and read the following books published by O’Reilly & Associates. • Learning the UNIX Operating System by Grace Todino, John Strange and Jerry Peek. • Essential System Administration by Æleen Frisch. • A Scientist’s and Engineer’s Guide to Workstations and Supercomputers, Rubin H Landau and Paul J Fink Jr., John Wiley and Sons Inc., 1993. A clear and practical guide to powerful computers which use the UNIX operating system.

Page 30

Further Background Reading

CFX-5.6

CFX-5 Reference Guide

CFX-5 Reference Guide

CFX Expression Language • Introduction to CFX Expression Language (CEL) p. 10 • CEL Fundamentals p. 11 • CEL Variables, Functions and Constants p. 14 • CEL Examples p. 28 • The Expression Editor p. 32 • CEL Technical Details p. 33

CFX-5.6

Page 9

CFX-5 Reference Guide CEL

Introduction to CFX Expression Language (CEL) CEL is an interpreted, declarative language which has been developed to enable CFX-5 users to enhance their simulations without recourse to writing and linking separate external FORTRAN routines. You can use CEL expressions in CFX-Pre and CFX-Post anywhere a value is required for input. CEL can be used to: • Define material properties which depend on other variables. • Specify complex boundary conditions. • Add terms to the solved equations. You can also monitor the value of an expression during the solution using monitor points; see Monitor Points (p. 318 in CFX-Pre).

Page 10

Introduction to CFX Expression Language (CEL)

CFX-5.6

CFX-5 Reference Guide CEL

CEL Fundamentals How CEL Interacts with the CFX-5 Solver At various points in the flow solver operation, the calculation requires information such as the rate of flow at an inlet boundary, or the viscosity in some part of the fluid. This dependence can be specified in a simple manner, but more complex dependencies may be developed by using CEL. Consider the case of flow through a pipe. You may wish to set a velocity profile at the inlet which will typically be greatest at the centre. The profile can be expressed mathematically in terms of a function of x, y and z, which are CFX-5 System Variables known to the CFX-5 Solver. The mathematical definition of the profile is called an Expression, and the value of this expression is a Term which is input to the flow solver. You can define many terms in CFX-5 by way of expressions: fluid properties, subdomain sources, boundary conditions and initial values are all CFX-5 terms which can be described using expressions. A key feature of CEL is that it is used dynamically by the CFX-5 Solver. For example, you can set viscosity to be dependent on temperature using CEL, and the current heat transfer CFD solution will be computed for this relationship.

Values and Expressions CEL can be used to generate both Values and Expressions. Values are dimensional (i.e. with units) or dimensionless constants. The simplest type of definition is the dimensionless value, for example: b = 3 .743 You can also specify a value with units, for example: g = 9.81 [m s^-2] The dimensions of the quantities of interest for CFD calculations can be written in terms of mass, length, time, temperature and angle. The concept of units is fundamental to the behaviour of values and expressions. Values can be used directly, or they can be used as part of an Expression. For example, you can use an expression to add two values together: CFX-5.6

CEL Fundamentals

Page 11

CFX-5 Reference Guide CEL

<Expr_1> = + . In this example, you may wish to pre-define and , but this is not required. However, in order to add two quantities together, they must have the same dimension, i.e. it is meaningful to add a quantity in inches to one expressed in metres, but it is not meaningful to add one expressed in kilograms to one in square feet. Expressions can also be functions of other (pre-defined) expressions: <Expr_2> = <Expr_1> + Units follow the conventions in the rest of CFX-5, in that a calculation has a set of solution units (by default, SI units), and that any quantity can be defined either in terms of the solution units, or any other set of units with the correct form. An expression does not have its own units string, but if it references quantities which have dimensions, these will determine the resulting units for the expression. For example, if an expression depends inversely on the square of the x coordinate, then it has implied dimensions of length to the power -2.

CFX Expression Language Statements The CFX Expression Language is declarative. You declare the name and definition of the expression (and an optional comment or description) using expression language statements. The statements must conform to a predefined syntax which is similar to FORTRAN mathematical statements. The statement must consist of the following: • a number, optionally with associated units. This defines a constant. Constants without units are termed dimensionless. • one or more references to constants, system variables, or existing user variables, separated by + (addition), - (subtraction), * (multiplication), / (division) and ^ (exponentiation), with optional grouping of these by parentheses. The syntax rules for these expressions are the same as those for conventional arithmetic.

Page 12

CEL Fundamentals

CFX-5.6

CFX-5 Reference Guide CEL

Use of Constants Constants do not need to be defined prior to being used in an expression. For example, you could choose to evaluate the expression x + 5 [m]. Or, you could define a constant, b = 5 [m] and then create an expression x + b. The use of constants may be of benefit in generating complicated expressions or if you have several expressions that use the same constants. Expression Syntax All numbers are treated as real numbers. The precedence of operators is as follows (from highest to lowest): • The unary minus or negation operator ‘-’ as in ‘-x’. • The power operator ‘^’ as in ‘x^y’. • Multiplication and division as in ‘x*y/z’. • Addition and subtraction as in ‘x+y-z’. Note a difference from FORTRAN is that in FORTRAN, if A has the value 1, then -A**2 is interpreted as -(A**2) and has the value -1. In CEL -A^2 is interpreted as (-A)^2 and has the value 1. For clarity, you can always use brackets to specify the order of operations. Multiple-Line Expressions It is often useful, particularly with complex expressions, to use more than one line when creating your expression. CFX-5 allows you to use multiple lines to generate an expression, provided each line is separated by an appropriate operator. For example, you may have an equation, A + B/C, that consists of three complex terms, A, B, and C. In this case, you could use three lines to simplify creating the expression: A+ B /C Note that the operator may be used at the end of a line (A +) or at the beginning of a line (/ C). You do not need to enter the operator twice. Once the expression has been created, it will appear in the Existing Definitions listbox as if it was generated on a single line (A + B/C). CFX-5.6

CEL Fundamentals

Page 13

CFX-5 Reference Guide CEL

CEL Variables, Functions and Constants Variables Available for use in CEL Expressions The following is a list of the more common variables that are available for use with CEL when defining expressions. To view a complete list you can right-click in the Expression Editor Definition panel in CFX-Pre, see Expression Editor (p. 150 in CFX-Pre). Many variables have a long and a short form (e.g. Pressure or p). CEL only supports the short form for variable names, as shown in the above table. Additional variable are available in CFX-Post, see CFX Expression Language (CEL) in CFX-Post (p. 198 in CFX-Post) for details. Table 1 Common CEL variables Name

Units

Meaning

u

m s^-1

Velocity in the x coordinate direction

v

m s^-1

Velocity in the y coordinate direction

w

m s^-1

Velocity in the z coordinate direction

velstn u

m s^-1

Velocity in Stationary Frame in the x coordinate direction

velstn v

m s^-1

Velocity in Stationary Frame in the y coordinate direction

velstn w

m s^-1

Velocity in Stationary Frame in the z coordinate direction

p

kg m^-1 s^-2

Pressure

pabs *

kg m^-1 s^-2

Absolute Pressure

ptot

kg m^-1 s^-2

Total Pressure

ptotstn

kg m^-1 s^-2

Total Pressure in Stationary Frame

vfc

Dimensionless

Conservative Volume Fraction. See Volume Fraction (p. 144 in Solver Modelling).

vf

Dimensionless

Volume Fraction

density

kg m^-3

Density

specvol *

m^3

Specific Volume

mw *

kg mol^-1

Molar Mass

enthalpy

m^2 s^-2

Static Enthalpy

Page 14

CEL Variables, Functions and Constants

CFX-5.6

CFX-5 Reference Guide CEL

Name

Units

Meaning

speedofsound *

m s^-1

Local speed of sound in fluid

Mach

Dimensionless

Mach Number

Machstn

Dimensionless

Mach Number in Stationary Frame

beta

K^-1

Thermal Expansivity

viscosity

kg m^-1 s^-1

Dynamic Viscosity

visckin *

m^2 s^-1

Kinematic Viscosity

cond

kg m s^-3 K^-1

Thermal Conductivity

Cp

m^2 s^-2 K^-1

Specific Heat Capacity at Constant Pressure

Cv *

m^2 s^-2 K^-1

Specific Heat Capacity at Constant Volume

absorb

m^-1

Absorption Coefficient

scatter

m^-1

Scattering Coefficient

extinct *

m^-1

Extinction Coefficient

refrac

Dimensionless

Refractive Index

ke

m^2 s^-2

Turbulent kinetic energy

ed

m^2 s^-3

Turbulent eddy dissipation

tef

s^-1

Turbulent Eddy Frequency

rs uu, rs vv, rs ww, rs uv, rs uw, rs vw

m^2 s^-2

The six Reynolds Stress components

rsstat uu, rsstat vv, rsstat ww, rsstat uv, rsstat uw, rsstat vw

m^2 s^-2

The six Statistical Reynolds Stress components

eddy viscosity

kg m^-1 s^-1

Eddy Viscosity

sstrnr

s^-1

Shear strain rate

T

K

Temperature

Ttot

K

Total Temperature

Ttotstn

K

Total Temperature in Stationary Frame

htot

m^2 s^-2

Total Enthalpy

rothalpy

m^2 s^-2

Rothalpy

htotstn

m^2 s^-2

Total Enthalpy in Stationary Frame

CFX-5.6

CEL Variables, Functions and Constants

Page 15

CFX-5 Reference Guide CEL

Name

Units

Meaning

radint

kg s^-3

Radiative Emission

emis

Dimensionless

Emissivity

radinc

kg s^-3

Incident Radiation

rademis

kg s^-3

Radiative Emission

mfc *

Dimensionless

Conservative Mass Fraction

mf

Dimensionless

Mass Fraction

tmf *

Dimensionless

Total Bounded Mass Fraction

mconc

m^-3 kg

Mass concentration of a component

molf

Dimensionless

Molar Fraction

molconc

m^-3 mol

Molar Concentration

x y z

m

Direction 1, 2 and 3 in Local Coordinate Frame. See Coordinate Frames (p. 24 in Solver Modelling) for details. Cannot be used as the variable in the functions documented in Table 4 (p. 24).

xGlobal yGlobal zGlobal

m

Direction 1, 2 and 3 in Global Coordinate Frame. See Coordinate Frames (p. 24 in Solver Modelling) for details.

r

m

2 2 Radial spatial location, r = x + y . See CEL Variables “r” and “theta” (p. 17).

theta

rad

Angle, arctan(y/x). See CEL Variables “r” and “theta” (p. 17).

t*

s

Time

atstep *

Dimensionless

Accumulated time step. See CEL Variables “atstep”, “ctstep”, “aitern” and “citern” (p. 18).

ctstep *

Dimensionless

Current time step. CEL Variables “atstep”, “ctstep”, “aitern” and “citern” (p. 18).

aitern *

Dimensionless

Accumulated iteration number. CEL Variables “atstep”, “ctstep”, “aitern” and “citern” (p. 18).

citern *

Dimensionless

Current iteration number. CEL Variables “atstep”, “ctstep”, “aitern” and “citern” (p. 18).

rNoDim *

Dimensionless

Non-dimensional radius (only available when a rotating domain exists). See CEL Variable “rNoDim” (p. 18).

Page 16

CEL Variables, Functions and Constants

CFX-5.6

CFX-5 Reference Guide CEL

Name

Units

Meaning

subdomain *

Dimensionless

Subdomain variable (1.0 in Subdomain, 0.0 elsewhere). See CEL Variable “subdomain” (p. 18).

mean particle diameter *

m

Mean Particle Diameter

af *

Dimensionless

Contact Area Fraction

mixture length scale *

m

Mixture Model Length Scale

deneff *

kg m^-3

Effective Density

mixfrc

Dimensionless

Mixture Fraction Mean

mixvar

Dimensionless

Mixture Fraction Variance

sootmf

Dimensionless

Soot mass fraction

sootncl

m^-3

Soot nuclei specific concentration

AV name

Additional Variable name

* Not output to CFX-Post. See CEL Variables In CFX-Post (p. 198 in CFX-Post) for details.

System Variable Prefixes In order to distinguish system variables of the different components and fluids in your CFX-5 model, prefixes are used. For example, if carbon dioxide is a material used in the fluid air, then some of the system variables that you might expect to see are:

air.density - the density of air air.viscosity - the viscosity of air air.carbondioxide.mf - the mass fraction of carbon dioxide in air In a single phase simulation the fluid prefix may be omitted, however for multiphase cases you must include the fluid prefix to distinguish between different fluids. CEL Variables “r” and “theta” r is defined as the normal distance from the third axis with respect to the Reference Coordinate Frame. theta is defined as the angular rotation about the third axis with respect to the Reference Coordinate Frame. Note: theta is expressed in Radians and will have values between -π and π. CFX-5.6

CEL Variables, Functions and Constants

Page 17

CFX-5 Reference Guide CEL

r and theta are particularly useful for describing radial distributions, for instance the velocity profile at the inlet to a pipe. Figure 1 r and theta with respect to the reference coordinate frame

Y Reference Coordinate Frame r

theta X

Z

CEL Variable “rNoDim” rNoDim is a dimensionless system variable which can be useful for rotating machinery applications. It is a ratio of radii, defined to be zero at the minimum radius and unity at the maximum radius, so that in general: R – R min rNoDim = ----------------------------R max – R min where R is the radius of any point in the Domain from the axis of rotation. rNoDim is only available for Domains defined with a rotating frame of reference. CEL Variable “subdomain” subdomain is essentially a step function variable, defined to be unity within a Subdomain and zero elsewhere. This is useful for describing different initial values or fluid properties in different regions of the Domain. It works in all subdomains, and cannot be applied to specific subdomains (e.g. an expression for temperature in a subdomain could be 373*subdomain [K]). CEL Variables “atstep”, “ctstep”, “aitern” and “citern” These variables allow access to timestep and iteration number in CEL expressions. They may be useful in setting parameters such as the Physical Timescale via CEL expressions. Page 18

CEL Variables, Functions and Constants

CFX-5.6

CFX-5 Reference Guide CEL

Steady-State Runs In steady-state runs, only aitern and citern are of use. citern gives the timestep number of the current run. The timestep number begins at 1 for each run, irrespective of whether it is a restarted run. aitern gives the accumulated timestep number, which accumulates across multiple restarted run. atstep is equivalent to aitern in a steady-state run and ctstep is equivalent to citern. Transient Runs In transient runs, atstep and ctstep are used for the accumulated and current timestep numbers of the outer timestep loop. citern gives the current timestep number of the inner coefficient loop within each timestep. Thus, citern will cycle between 1 and n for each timestep during a transient run, where n is the number of coefficient loops. aitern is of no use in a transient run, but if used is equivalent to citern. Expression names Your CEL expression name can be any name that does not conflict with the name of a CFX-5 system variable, mathematical function, or an existing CEL expression. See The RULES and VARIABLES Files (p. 87 in CFX-5 Solver Manager) for further details on viewing reserved names. Scalar expressions A scalar expression is a real valued expression using pre-defined variables, user variables and literal constants (e.g. 1.0). Note that literal constants have to be of the same dimension. Scalar expressions can include the operators + - * / and ^ and several of the mathematical functions found in standard FORTRAN (e.g. sin() and exp()). An expression’s value is a real value and has specified dimensions (except where it is dimensionless - but this is also a valid dimension setting). For example, if t is time and L is a length then the result of L/t has the same dimensions as speed. The + and - operators are only valid between expressions with the same dimensions and result in an expression of those dimensions.

CFX-5.6

CEL Variables, Functions and Constants

Page 19

CFX-5 Reference Guide CEL

The * and / operators combine the dimensions of their operands in the usual fashion. X^I, where I is an integer, results in an expression whose dimensions are those of X to the power I. The trigonometric functions all work in terms of an angle in radians and a dimensionless ratio. Expression properties There are three properties of expressions: • An expression is a simple expression if the only operations are +, -, *, / and there are no functions used in the expression. • An expression is a constant expression if all the numbers in the expression are explicit (i.e. they don’t depend on values from the solver). • An expression is an integer expression if all the numbers in the expression are integers and the result of each function or operation is an integer. For example (3+5)/2 is a simple, constant, integer expression. However, 2*(1/2) is not a constant integer expression, since the result of 1/2 is 0.5, not an integer. Also 3.*4 is not a constant integer expression, since 3. is not an integer. Moreover 2^3 is not a simple, constant, integer expression, since ^ is not in the list (+, -, *, /). Expressions are evaluated at runtime and in single precision floating point arithmetic. Available and Unavailable Variables CFX-5 System Variables and user-defined expressions will be available or unavailable depending on the simulation you are performing and the expressions you wish to create. In some circumstances, System Variables are logically unavailable; for instance, time (t) is not available for steady-state simulations. In others, the availability of a System Variable is not allowed for physical model reasons. For example, density can be a function of pressure (p), temperature (T) and location (x, y, z), but no other system variables. See The RULES and VARIABLES Files (p. 87 in CFX-5 Solver Manager) for information on how to find dependencies for all parameters. CFX-Pre checks expressions for syntax and use of system variables when you use them to define a parameter in CFX-Pre. Page 20

CEL Variables, Functions and Constants

CFX-5.6

CFX-5 Reference Guide CEL

The expression definition can depend on any system variable. If, however, that expression depends on a system variable which is unavailable for a particular context, then that expression will also be unavailable.

CEL Operators CFX-5 provides a range of mathematical operators as built-in mathematical functions to help you create complex expressions using the Expression Editor. Table 2 CEL operators Operator

First Operand’s Dimensions [x]

-x

Any

x+y

Any

x-y

Second Operand’s Dimensions [y]

Operands’ Values (Approx)

Result’s Dimensions

Any

[x]

[x]

Any

[x]

Any

[x]

Any

[x]

x*y

Any

Any

Any

[x]*[y]

x/y

Any

Any

y≠0

[x]/[y]

x^y (if y is a simple, constant, integer expression)

Any

Dimensionless

Any*

[x]^y

x^y (if y is any simple, constant, expression)

Any

Dimensionless

x>0

[x]^y

x^y (if y is not simple & constant)

Dimensionless

Dimensionless

x>0

Dimensionless

*For y < 0, x must be non-zero.

The following mathematical functions are available for use with all CEL expressions. In the ‘Function’ column in the table below, [ ] denotes a dimensionless quantity and [a] denotes any dimension of the first operand.

CFX-5.6

CEL Variables, Functions and Constants

Page 21

CFX-5 Reference Guide CEL

CEL Functions Standard Mathematical Functions The mathematical functions listed in the table below can be incorporated into any CEL expression in CFX-Pre, the CFX-5 Solver or CFX-Post. Table 3 Standard mathematical CEL functions Function

Operand’s Values

Result’s Dimensions

sin( [radians] )

Any

Dimensionless

cos( [radians] )

Any

Dimensionless

tan( [radians] )

Any **

Dimensionless

asin( [ ] )

-1 ≤ x ≤ 1

Radians

acos( [ ] )

-1 ≤ x ≤ 1

Radians

atan( [ ] )

Any

Radians

atan2( [a], [a] )

Any

Radians

exp( [ ] )

Any

Dimensionless

loge( [ ] )

0<x

Dimensionless

log10( [ ] )

0<x

Dimensionless

abs( [a] )

Any

[x]

sqrt( [a] )

0≤x

[x]^0.5

step( [ ] ) *

Any *

Dimensionless

min( [a], [a] )

Any

[x]

max( [a], [a] )

Any

[x]

*step(x) is 0 for negative x, 1 for positive x and 0.5 for x=0. x must be dimensionless. ** note that tan(x) is undefined for nπ/2 where n=1, 3, 5 .. .

Page 22

CEL Variables, Functions and Constants

CFX-5.6

CFX-5 Reference Guide CEL

Additional CFX-5 Solver CEL Functions CEL expressions can also incorporate specialised functions that are useful in CFD calculations. Table 4 (p. 24) summarises additional CEL functions that are available for use in CFX-Pre and the CFX-5 Solver. Important: The additional CEL functions and syntax documented here does not apply to use of CEL in CFX-Post. See Quantitative CEL Functions in CFX-Post (p. 200 in CFX-Post) for these details. The syntax used for calling these functions when used within CEL expressions is: [.]()@ where terms enclosed in square braces [ ] are optional and terms in < > should be replaced with the required entry. • [.] is optional and will default to all domain fluids if not specified. For multiphase results, it can be set to any single fluid in the domain by entering the fluid name followed by a period before the function definition. Table 4 (p. 24) lists the functions that accept this option. • specifies the CEL function to evaluate. Table 4 (p. 24) lists these functions. • () is the variable to be operated on. If this is not required (see Table 4 (p. 24)), it should be left blank (i.e. ()). You must use the short form for variable names, as listed in Table 1 (p. 14). You cannot use a general CEL expression, as in CFX-Post. You could create an Additional Variable based on an expression and then use the Additional Variable as the argument. The variable operated on is always the conservative variable. • @ should be a named boundary, domain or subdomain region that is defined in the CCL file. The valid regions for each function are listed in Table 4 (p. 24). An example of the calling syntax in an expression is: Pinitial = areaAve(p)@Inlet

which results in the area-weighted average of pressure on the boundary named Inlet.

CFX-5.6

CEL Variables, Functions and Constants

Page 23

CFX-5 Reference Guide CEL

The CEL variables x, y and z, representing the local coordinates, cannot be used as the variable. However, the variables xGlobal, yGlobal and zGlobal can be used (see Coordinate Frames (p. 24 in Solver Modelling)). For example, the following is a valid expression definition: z*areaAve(xGlobal)@inlet

Operations performed on a domain use vertex values. Operations on a subdomain use element values. By combining these functions with the monitor points feature, you can monitor the value of an expression which is based on these functions; see Monitor Points (p. 318 in CFX-Pre). Table 4 Additional CEL functions in CFX-Pre/CFX-5 Solver Function Name and Argument

Description

Quantity Type

Valid Region

area( )

Area of a boundary or interface.

Area

Any boundary or interface

area_x( ) area_y( ) area_z( ) *

The (signed) component of the normal area vector in the x, y or z direction.

Area

Any boundary or interface

areaAve()

Area-weighted average of on a boundary

Units of

Any boundary or interface

areaInt()

Area-weighted integral of on a boundary.

Units of multiplied by area

Any boundary or interface

ave()

Arithmetic average of within a domain or subdomain

Units of

Domain or subdomain

force( )

The magnitude of the force vector on a boundary.

Force

Walls

force_x( ) force_y( ) force_z( )

The (signed) component of the force vector in the x, y or z direction.

Force

Walls

mass( )

The total mass within a domain or subdomain. This is fluid dependent.

Mass

Domain or subdomain

massAve()

Mass-weighted average of on a domain or subdomain

Units of

Domain or subdomain

massInt()

The mass-weighted integration of within a domain or subdomain

Units of multiplied by mass

Domain or subdomain

Page 24

CEL Variables, Functions and Constants

CFX-5.6

CFX-5 Reference Guide CEL

Function Name and Argument

Description

Quantity Type

Valid Region

massFlowAve()

Mass flow weighted average of on a boundary

Units of

Inlets, Outlets, Openings and fluidfluid interfaces

massFlowInt()

Mass flow weighted integration of on a boundary

Units of multiplied by mass flow

Inlets, Outlets, Openings and fluidfluid interfaces

massFlow( )

Mass flow through a boundary

Mass flow

Inlets, Outlets, Openings and fluidfluid interfaces

maxVal()

Maximum Value of within a domain or subdomain

Units of

Domain or subdomain

minVal()

Minimum Value of within a domain or subdomain

Units of

Domain or subdomain

rmsAve()

RMS average of within a domain.

Units of

Domain

sum()

Sum of over all domain or subdomain vertices

Units of

Domain or subdomain

volume( )

The total volume of a domain or subdomain

Volume

Domain or subdomain

volumeAve()

Volume-weighted average of on a domain

Units of

Domain

volumeInt()

Volume-weighted integration of within a domain or subdomain

Units of *volume

Domain or subdomain

* The normal area vectors are always directed into the domain, therefore you may obtain positive or negative areas depending on the orientation of your domain and the boundary you are operating on. The area of a closed surface will always be zero.

CEL Constants The Expression Editor provides the following useful constants for developing expressions using CEL. Table 5 CEL constants

CFX-5.6

Constant

Units

Description

e

Dimensionless

Constant: 2.7182817

g

m s^-2

Acceleration due to gravity: 9.8066502 CEL Variables, Functions and Constants

Page 25

CFX-5 Reference Guide CEL

Constant

Units

Description

pi

Dimensionless

Constant: 3.1415927

R

J K^-1 mol^-1

Universal Gas Constant: 8.314472

stefan

W m^-2 K^-4

5.670400E-08

boltzmann

J K^-1

1.3806503E-23

planck

Js

6.62606876E-34

clight

m s^-1

2.99792458E+08

avogadro

mol^-1

6.02214199E+23

Using Expressions The interaction with CEL consists of two phases: • a definition phase, and, • a use phase. The definition phase consists of creating a set of values and expressions of valid syntax. The purpose of the Expression Editor is to help you to do this. Use of Offset Temperature When using temperature values in expressions it is generally safer to only use units of [K]. When units are used that posses an offset temperature scale are used (e.g. [C]), they are converted internally to [K]. When a term is specified with a simple temperature unit (to the power of unity), then any units conversion will include the offset between temperature scales. However, in all other cases the offset is ignored since this is usually the most appropriate behaviour. You should therefore take care when specifying an expression involving non-unit powers of temperature. For example, each of the expressions below is equivalent: Temperature Temperature Temperature Temperature

= = = =

30 [C] 303.15 [K] 0 [C] + 30 [K] 273.15 [K] + 30 [K]

These are only equivalent because all units are to the power of unity and units other than [K] appear no more than once in each expression. The following expression will not produce the expected result: Page 26

CEL Variables, Functions and Constants

CFX-5.6

CFX-5 Reference Guide CEL

Temperature = 0 [C] + 30 [C]

This is equivalent to 576.30 [K], since each value is converted to [K] and then summed. The two expression below are equivalent (as expected) because the offset in scales is ignored for non-unit powers of temperature: Specific Heat = 4200 [J kg^-1 C^-1] Specific Heat = 4200 [J kg^-1 K^-1]

CFX-5.6

CEL Variables, Functions and Constants

Page 27

CFX-5 Reference Guide CEL

CEL Examples In addition to the examples presented below, the following links to the CFX-5 Tutorials contain examples of creating CEL expressions in your model: • To create an expression for temperature dependent viscosity (p. 122 in CFX-5 Tutorials). • Expression Method for the Inlet Velocity Profile (p. 285 in CFX-5 Tutorials). • To create the expression for shear rate dependent viscosity (p. 343 in CFX-5 Tutorials).

Example 1: Reynolds Number Dependent Viscosity In this example it is assumed that some of the fluid properties, including the dynamic viscosity, are not known. However the Reynolds number, inlet velocity and a length scale are known. The flow is compressible and therefore the density is variable. Given this information it is possible to calculate the fluid dynamic viscosity based on the Reynolds number. The Reynolds number is given by: ρUL Re = ----------µ where ρ is density, U a velocity scale, L a length scale and µ the dynamic viscosity. The velocity scale is taken as the inlet velocity, the length scale as the inlet width and the density is calculated as the average density over the inlet area. The LIBRARY section of the CCL (CFX Command Language) file appears as follows: LIBRARY : CEL : EXPRESSIONS : Re = 4.29E6 [ ] Vel = 60 [m s^-1] L=1.044[m] Visc=areaAve(density)@in*Vel*L/Re END END MATERIAL : Air Ideal Gas Page 28

CEL Examples

CFX-5.6

CFX-5 Reference Guide CEL

Option = Pure Substance PROPERTIES : Option = Ideal Gas Molar Mass = 2.896E1 [kg kmol^-1] Dynamic Viscosity = Visc Specific Heat Capacity = 1.E3 [J kg^-1 K^-1] Thermal Conductivity = 2.52E-2 [W m^-1 K^-1] END END END

This shows that four CEL expressions have been created. The first three expressions define constant values that are used in the Visc expression. The Visc expression calculates the dynamic viscosity based on the equation for Reynolds number given above. Within the expression the function areaAve(density)@in is used to evaluate the average density at the inlet. This function can be selected in CFX-Pre in the Expression Editor, see Expression Editor (p. 150 in CFX-Pre). The Visc expression can now be used to replace the value of Dynamic Viscosity in the MATERIAL > PROPERTIES section.

Example 2: Feedback to Control Inlet Temperature In this example a feedback loop is used to control the outlet temperature by varying the temperature at an inlet. To illustrate the example consider the geometry shown below: Figure 2 Temperature feedback loop Side Inlet Temperature Control Inlet Flow = 5 m/s Flow = 1 m/s T = 375 K T = Tcontrol

Main Inlet Flow = 0.5 m/s T = 275 K

CFX-5.6

Outlet

CEL Examples

Page 29

CFX-5 Reference Guide CEL

Fluid from a main and a side inlet enter at temperatures of 275 K and 375 K respectively. The temperature of the fluid entering from the third inlet depend on the outlet temperature. When the outlet temperature is greater than 325 K, the fluid from the third inlet is set to 275 K. When the outlet temperature is less than 325 K, the fluid from the third inlet is set to 375 K. In addition an expression is used to set the dynamic viscosity to be a linear function of temperature. The LIBRARY section of the CCL (CFX Command Language) file appears as follows. Note that the the “\” character indicates a line continuation in CCL. LIBRARY: MATERIAL: Water at STP Modified Option = Pure Substance PROPERTIES: Option = General Fluid Density = 9.999E2 [kg m^-3] Dynamic Viscosity = VisT Specific Heat Capacity = 4.21E3 [J kg^-1 K^-1] Thermal Conductivity = 5.69E-1 [W m^-1 K^-1] END # PROPERTIES END # MATERIAL Water at STP Modified CEL: EXPRESSIONS: Tupper = 375.0 [ K ] # Upper temp. Tlower = 275.0 [ K ] # Lower temp. Visupper = 0.000545 [ N s m^-2 ] # Vis. at Tupper Vislower = 0.0018 [ N s m^-2 ] # Vis. at Tlower VisT = Vislower+(Visupper-Vislower)*(T-Tlower)/ \ (Tupper-Tlower) # Vis.-Temp. relationship Tm=(Tupper+Tlower)/2 Tout=areaAve(Water at STP Modified.T)@outlet Tcontrol=Tlower*step((Tout-Tm)/1[K]) \ +Tupper*step((Tm-Tout)/1[K]) END # EXPRESSIONS END # CEL END # LIBRARY

Page 30

CEL Examples

CFX-5.6

CFX-5 Reference Guide CEL

The first four expressions, Tupper, Tlower, Visupper and Vislower are simply constant values to define temperature and viscosity values. The expression VisT produces a linear function for the dynamic viscosity taking a value of Visupper at Tupper and a value of Vislower at Tlower. The expression Tm sets the desired value of the outlet temperature. In this case it is set to a mean value of the two inlet temperatures. Tout calculates the outlet temperature using the areaAve function. This function can be selected in CFX-Pre in the Expression Editor, see Expression Editor (p. 150 in CFX-Pre). Finally the expression Tcontrol is used to set the temperature of the third inlet. Two step functions are used so that the temperature is equal to Tlower when Tout-Tm is positive (i.e. the outlet temperature is greater than Tm), and is equal to Tupper when Tout-Tm is positive.

CFX-5.6

CEL Examples

Page 31

CFX-5 Reference Guide CEL

The Expression Editor The Expression Editor is an interactive tool accessible through the CFX-Pre Tools menu, allowing you to develop expressions for use within CFX-5. A detailed description of the Expression Editor is given in Expression Editor (p. 149 in CFX-Pre).

Page 32

The Expression Editor

CFX-5.6

CFX-5 Reference Guide CEL

CEL Technical Details CEL is a byte code compiled language. Compiled languages, such as FORTRAN, rely on a translation program to convert them into the native machine language of the host platform. Interpreted languages are of two types: the fully interpreted languages such as the UNIX C shell, and the byte code compiled languages such as CEL. With byte codes, host machines are loaded with a client program (written in a compiled language and compiled for that machine architecture) which interprets the byte stream. The advantage of the byte code is that they can be the same on all host platforms, obviating the need for platform dependent codes. Since the byte codes are interpreted, there is no need to re-link executable programs to perform a different calculation. Furthermore, many of the problems encountered by writing and linking in separate routines, for instance in C or FORTRAN, are averted, and the time taken to set up and debug complicated problems reduced considerably. The link between CEL and the CFX-5 Solver is accomplished through an internal program called genicode. Genicode generates intermediate code from your CEL definitions and writes to a file which is then interpreted by the CFX-5 Solver during the solution process.

CFX-5.6

CEL Technical Details

Page 33

CFX-5 Reference Guide CEL

Page 34

CEL Technical Details

CFX-5.6

CFX-5 Reference Guide

CFX-5 Reference Guide

Import Mesh API • Introduction to the Import Mesh API p. 36 • Creating your own Mesh Import Program p. 37 • Linking your Code into CFX-5 p. 43 • Using your Custom Import Format p. 45 • API Functions p. 46 • Import Programs p. 60

CFX-5.6

Page 35

CFX-5 Reference Guide Mesh Import API

Introduction to the Import Mesh API The Import Mesh Application Programming Interface allows you to build your own import mesh program using a set of utility subroutines. The API has been provided for those users who require mesh import capabilities beyond those available through the normal Import Mesh forms in CFX-Pre.

Valid Mesh Elements in CFX-5 The CFX-5 Solver can solve flows in any mesh comprising one or more of the following element types:

Tetrahedral

Prismatic (Wedge)

Pyramidal

Hexahedral

Your custom interface can be developed to support these element types allowing hybrid meshes to be imported and used by CFX-5.

Page 36

Introduction to the Import Mesh API

CFX-5.6

CFX-5 Reference Guide Mesh Import API

Creating your own Mesh Import Program You can create your own customised Import Mesh program using the C programming language. Several mesh import utility routines are provided as libraries with the CFX-5 installation for you to incorporate into your own programs. You can also use one of the existing Import Mesh source routines as the basis of your custom mesh import program. The basic structure of the API is common in all of the examples: • Include cfxImport.h header file. • Initialise for import with the cfxImportInit routine. • Define node data with cfxImportNode. • Define element data with cfxImportElement. • Optionally define 2D and 3D regions with cfxImportRegion or cfxImportBegReg or cfxImportAddReg and cfxImportEndReg. • Finish the import and transfer data with cfxImportDone. The utility routine libraries are located in

/lib/// where is the directory in which CFX is installed, is the release number (e.g. 5.6) and is the operating system (e.g. solaris). More information on how to find out what these are for your system can be found in Document Conventions (p. 3 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5). See API Functions (p. 46) for more details. The header files for the definition of the utility routines are located in

/include// The header file cfxImport.h should be included in your import program to define the API routines. After creating the program, you will need to link it with the API routine libraries and run it through CFX-Pre. See Linking your Code into CFX-5 (p. 43) and Using your Custom Import Format (p. 45) for more details. Note: Windows users should note that custom mesh import or export programs must be compiled as multi-threaded applications.

CFX-5.6

Creating your own Mesh Import Program

Page 37

CFX-5 Reference Guide Mesh Import API

A Custom Mesh Import Example The following is an annotated listing of sections of the C source code for the Patran import option. The full source code is available for use as a template and is located in /examples//ImportTemplate.c. #include #include #include #include #include #include #include

<stdio.h> <stdlib.h> <string.h> <math.h> <sys/types.h> <sys/stat.h>

#include "cfxImport.h" #include "getargs.h"

Specify the inclusion of header files which define functions required for the custom import. These files should always be included, and this section should be at the beginning of your custom coding.

static char options[] = "velF:"; static char *usgmsg[] = { "usage : ImportPatran [options] Patran_file", "options:", " -v = verbose output", " -l = process packet 6 - distributed loads", NULL }; void main (argc, argv) int argc; char *argv[]; { int n, packet, nlines; int nnodes, elemid, nodeid[8]; int lastid = -1, loadid; int verbose = 0, do_loads = 0; double xyz[3]; char *p, buffer[256]; char *testfile = NULL; FILE *fp; struct stat st;

Page 38

Creating your own Mesh Import Program

Define the import options.

Define the main program variables including the array to hold the x,y,z coordinates of the nodal locations.

CFX-5.6

CFX-5 Reference Guide Mesh Import API

while ((n = getargs (argc, argv, options)) > 0) { switch (n) { case 'v': verbose = 7; break; case 'l': do_loads = 1; break; case 'F': testfile = argarg; break; } }

while (packet != 99) {

Filter command line arguments for the import program.

Loop through all the packets

/* node */ if (packet == 1) { if (0 != (verbose & 4)) { printf ("reading packet 01 (nodes)...\n"); fflush (stdout); verbose &= 3; } *nodeid = atoi (&buffer[2]); getline (); p = buffer + 48; for (n = 2; n >= 0; n--) { *p = 0; p -= 16; xyz[n] = atof (p); } getline (); cfxImportNode (*nodeid, xyz[0], xyz[1], xyz[2]); }

CFX-5.6

Import nodes (packet 01)

Creating your own Mesh Import Program

Page 39

CFX-5 Reference Guide Mesh Import API

/* element */ else if (packet == 2) { if (0 != (verbose & 2)) { printf ("reading packet 02 (elements)...\n"); fflush (stdout); verbose &= 1; } elemid = atoi (&buffer[2]); n = atoi (&buffer[10]); nlines = atoi (&buffer[18]); if (n == 5 || n == 7 || n == 8) { getline (); nnodes = n == 8 ? n : n-1; lineno++; for (n = 0; n < nnodes; n++) { if (1 != fscanf (fp, "%d", &nodeid[n]) || nodeid[n] < 1) cfxImportFatal ("missing or invalid node ID"); } while (getc (fp) != '\n') ; nlines -= 2; cfxImportElement (elemid, nnodes, nodeid); } while (nlines-- > 0) getline (); }

Page 40

Creating your own Mesh Import Program

Import elements (packet 02)

CFX-5.6

CFX-5 Reference Guide Mesh Import API

/* distributed loads */ else if (packet == 6 && do_loads) { elemid = atoi (&buffer[2]); loadid = atoi (&buffer[10]); nlines = atoi (&buffer[18]);

Import loads (packet 06)

if (loadid != lastid) { sprintf (buffer, "PatranLoad%d", loadid); if (verbose) { printf ("reading packet 06 (loads) as region <%s>...\n", buffer); fflush (stdout); } cfxImportBegReg (buffer, cfxImpREG_NODES); lastid = loadid; } getline (); /* add if element load flag is set */ if ('1' == buffer[0]) add_face (elemid, &buffer[9]); while (--nlines > 0) getline (); }

Finish import /* finish up and send the data */ if (verbose) { printf ("transferring data...\n"); fflush (stdout); } cfxImportDone ();

CFX-5.6

Creating your own Mesh Import Program

Page 41

CFX-5 Reference Guide Mesh Import API

/* print summary */

Print a summary of the import

if (verbose) { int stats[cfxImpCNT_SIZE]; long bytes; static char *statname[] = { "imported nodes ", "imported elements ", "imported regions ", "unreferenced nodes", "duplicate nodes ", "tet elements ", "pyramid elements ", "wedge elements ", "hex elements ", "total bytes sent " }; bytes = cfxImportTotals (stats); putchar ('\n'); for (n = 0; n < 9; n++) printf ("%s = %d\n", statname[n], stats[n]); printf ("%s = %ld\n", statname[9], bytes); } exit (0); }

Page 42

Creating your own Mesh Import Program

CFX-5.6

CFX-5 Reference Guide Mesh Import API

Linking your Code into CFX-5 In order to build an export utility routine, it must be linked with the Import API library. The library is named libmeshimport.a on UNIX and libmeshimport.lib on Windows platforms.

UNIX

On most UNIX systems you should be able to build the executable with the command: cc myimport.c -o myimport -L/lib// -lmeshimport -lio -lm -I/include//

where is the directory in which CFX is installed, is the release number (e.g. 5.6) and is the architecture of the machine that you are running on (e.g. one of solaris, irix, hpux, aix, osf,linux). To find out what is for your installation, see Specific Directory Names (p. 4 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5). To find out what is for your machine, see Operating System Names (p. 5 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5). In this example, your own import program is named myimport.c and the executable file will be called myimport. You should ensure that the libraries that you are linking to (the path given after -L) appear on the command line after the source file (or object file if you are just linking to an existing object).

Windows

On Windows systems, assuming that you are using the Microsoft Developer Studio which comes with Visual C++ version 5, you can do the following to build your executable: • Create a new project by selecting File > New, which should be a Win32 Console Application. • Specify the libraries which need to be linked in, by selecting Project > Add to Project > Files. Add Library Files libio.lib and libmeshimport.lib from the \lib\\winnt directory, where is the directory in which CFX is installed, is the release number (e.g. 5.6).

CFX-5.6

Linking your Code into CFX-5

Page 43

CFX-5 Reference Guide Mesh Import API

• Specify the header files which need to be included, by selecting Project > Settings. Select Settings for: All Configurations and the C/C++ tab, and select the Preprocessor category. You need to add the Additional Include Directory \include\\. • Next, you should create your C++ source file. Select New > C++ source file, and copy your C++ source file into the window for this file. • Before building the executable, you must choose to ignore the standard C and LIBCD libraries. To do this: under Project Settings, click on the Link tab and enter C,LIBCD in the Ignore Libraries box. • You must also compile with multithreading ON. Under Project Settings, click on the C/C++ tab, select Code Generation from the Category option menu, and select Multithreaded DLL from the Use run-time Library option menu. • To build the executable, select Build > Build <program_name>.exe, where <program_name> is the name of the project.

Page 44

Linking your Code into CFX-5

CFX-5.6

CFX-5 Reference Guide Mesh Import API

Using your Custom Import Format Running the program from CFX-Pre To access your routine, you need to select the mesh file to import on the Import Mesh Panel (p. 89 in CFX-Pre) form and set the Mesh Format to User Import. When this option is selected, you should select the Advanced tab, enter the name of your compiled program into the box marked Exec Location and enter any command line arguments that your program requires into the Exec Arguments box. When OK is pressed your program will be called with the syntax

<User’s Import Executable> <Executable Arguments> <Mesh file> Alternatively, to specify the executable program every time you start CFX-Pre, you can add the following line to your .cfx5rc file: CFX_IMPORT_EXEC="<executable_path>"

where <executable_path> is the full path and name of your executable. See Resources Set in cfx5rc Files (p. 162 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5) for more details on .cfx5rc files. When you next use the User Import option for importing a mesh, the form will appear with the name of your executable in the User’s Import Executable databox.

CFX-5.6

Using your Custom Import Format

Page 45

CFX-5 Reference Guide Mesh Import API

API Functions This section lists the various routines available through the Mesh Import API that are available when you write your own customised program. A description of how to use the Import Mesh API is given in Creating your own Mesh Import Program (p. 37), and this includes information on how to write a customised Import Mesh program, how to link it into CFX-5, and how to run it. The locations of all the necessary files and libraries and an example are described in this document, and you are recommended to read it before trying to use any of the routines listed here.

Defined Constants The following are defined in the header file cfxImport.h, which should be included in the import program. Element Types There are currently 4 types of elements, which are identified by the number of nodes: Tetrahedrons (4 nodes), pyramids (5 nodes), wedges or prisms (6 nodes), and hexahedrons (8 nodes). The element types may be identified by the defined constants: #define #define #define #define

cfxELEM_TET cfxELEM_PYR cfxELEM_WDG cfxELEM_HEX

4 5 6 8

The element node ordering and local face numbering follow Patran Neutral file conventions for element descriptions. Region Types Regions may be defined in terms of nodes, faces or elements, based on the type argument to the cfxImportBegReg or cfxImportRegion routines. The three types are defined by the defined constants: #define cfxImpREG_NODES #define cfxImpREG_FACES #define cfxImpREG_ELEMS

1 2 3

Node and Face regions define 2D regions of the imported mesh. Element regions define 3D regions of the imported mesh. Page 46

API Functions

CFX-5.6

CFX-5 Reference Guide Mesh Import API

It is best to use face regions to define 2D regions of the mesh and element regions to define 3D regions of the mesh. Node regions will be automatically transformed into a face region by the import process. This transformation requires the node ID’s specified to define vertices of valid element faces. If no element faces can be constructed from the defined node region the node region will be deleted. Note: Due to the limited topological information recoverable from a set of nodes it is not advisable to define 2D regions internal to a 3D region using nodes. In this case it is advisable to use Face regions.

Node regions are specified by a list of node ID’s. Face regions are defined by a list of face ID’s. These face ID’s are a combination of an element ID and a local face number in the element. The following macro is provided in cfxImport.h to construct the face ID: #define cfxFACEID(elemid,facenum) ((elemid<<3)|(facenum&7))

In Fortran, the same operation may be done as: faceid = 8 * elemid + facenum

Element regions are specified as a list of element ID’s.

Initialisation Routines The following routines check and initialise the Import API. With the exception of cfxImportStatus the first call to the Import API must be either cfxImportInit for communication with CFX-5, or cfxImportTest for testing the import routine in stand-alone mode. cfxImportStatus int cfxImportStatus ()

Checks the current status of the connection to CFX-5 based on the state of the file descriptor associated with a communication channel. Returns 0 if descriptor is not opened and -1 if not opened for writing. In the normal case, 1 is returned if opened for writing to a CFX-5, and 2 if opened for writing to a file. cfxImportInit void cfxImportInit () CFX-5.6

API Functions

Page 47

CFX-5 Reference Guide Mesh Import API

Performs initialisation to begin communicating with CFX-5. This routine should be called early on in the import program to let CFX-5 know that data is to be sent. If not called within 60 seconds, CFX-5 will terminate the import process. If called and there is no connection with CFX-5, then the routine cfxImportTest("/dev/null") (UNIX) or cfxImportTest("null") (Windows) will be called. This routine will be automatically called by most of the API routines if not already called. There is no return value for this routine. In the case of an error, cfxImportFatal will be called. cfxImportTest int cfxImportTest (filename) char *filename;

This routine allows testing of import program in isolation from CFX-5 by writing data to a file filename instead of attempting to write it to the CFX-5 communication channel. The routine will return the file descriptor of the output file or will terminate with a call to cfxImportFatal on error.

Termination Routines With the exception of cfxImportTotals the last call to the Import API must always be cfxImportDone. This function performs the final processing of the import data, and then transfers the data to CFX-5. cfxImportDone long cfxImportDone ()

Indicate to the import API that all mesh data has been given and the API should now send the data to CFX-5. Except for cfxImportTotals, this should be last call made to the API. Returns the total number of bytes transferred to CFX-5 by the import program. cfxImportTotals long cfxImportTotals (counts) int counts[cfxImpCNT_SIZE];

Page 48

API Functions

CFX-5.6

CFX-5 Reference Guide Mesh Import API

Get the total number of nodes, elements, regions and other useful information given to the mesh import API by the program. This information is returned in the array counts, which should be of size at least cfxImpCNT_SIZE (currently defined as 9). The values returned in counts may be indexed by the enum list in cfxImport.h, which is: counts[cfxImpCNT_NODE] counts[cfxImpCNT_ELEMENT] counts[cfxImpCNT_REGION] counts[cfxImpCNT_UNUSED] counts[cfxImpCNT_DUP] counts[cfxImpCNT_TET] counts[cfxImpCNT_PYR] counts[cfxImpCNT_WDG] counts[cfxImpCNT_HEX]

= = = = = = = = =

number number number number number number number number number

of of of of of of of of of

nodes elements regions unused nodes duplicate nodes tetrahedral elements pyramid elements wedge elements hexahedral elements

The return value for the function is the total number of bytes of data sent to CFX-5 or written to the test file given when cfxImportTest was called.

Error Handling Routines The following two routines allow the programmer to define an error callback function, and a termination routine which terminates the import process cleanly. cfxImportError void cfxImportError (callback) void (*callback)(char *errmsg);

Define a user routine to be called before terminating due to a fatal error. callback is the application-supplied function to be called in the case of an error. The callback routine takes a single argument, errmsg, which will be passed by cfxImportFatal and should be processed by the callback function as a brief message describing the error that has occurred,. If this function is not called or callback is not specified, then the normal termination behaviour of the import mesh API will be that the any fatal errors will write the error message to stderr as well as being sent to CFX-5. cfxImportFatal void cfxImportFatal (errmsg) CFX-5.6

API Functions

Page 49

CFX-5 Reference Guide Mesh Import API

char *errmsg;

Terminate with an error message, errmsg. This routine will send the message to CFX-5, shut down the communication channel or test file and call the user callback function (if specified by a call to cfxImportError).

There is no return from this call. The import program will terminate immediately after clean up tasks have been performed.

Node Routines These routines define the 3D coordinates of points in space(nodes) which will be used to define elements or 2D regions which are to be imported to CFX-5. Each node has a unique identifier called a node ID. cfxImportNode int cfxImportNode (nodeid, x, y, z) int nodeid; double x, y, z;

Define a node in the import API to be subsequently imported into CFX-5. The unique identifier of the node is given by nodeid, and the coordinates of the node by x, y, and z. Returns 0 if nodeid is invalid (less than 1), -1 if the node had already been defined (in which case the node is redefined using the new coordinates), or nodeid if successfully defined. cfxImportGetNode int cfxImportGetNode (nodeid, x, y, z) int nodeid; double *x, *y, *z;

Get the coordinates for the node identified by nodeid and return the values in x, y, and z. Returns 0 if the node has not been defined or the node ID for the node. cfxImportNodeList int * cfxImportNodeList ()

Returns an array of all node identifiers currently defined or NULL if no nodes have been defined. The first entry in the array is the number of nodes currently defined. Page 50

API Functions

CFX-5.6

CFX-5 Reference Guide Mesh Import API

The memory for the array returned is allocated using malloc by the routine, consequently it should be destroyed when no longer required by calling free.

Element Routines The following routines define the topology of elements (using node ID’s) which are to be imported to CFX-5. Also included here are routines which get the local face number and vertices of an element. cfxImportElement int cfxImportElement (elemid, elemtype, nodelist) int elemid, elemtype, *nodelist;

Define a new element to be imported to CFX-5. The unique identifier of the element is given by elemid, the element type by elemtype and the list of vertices by nodelist. If an element with the same ID has already been defined, it will be replaced by the new element being defined. Only volume elements are currently supported by CFX-5; these may be tetrahedrons (4 vertices), pyramids (5 vertices), prisms (6 vertices) or hexahedrons (8 vertices). elemtype is the number of vertices for the element. The following defines are included in the header file, cfxImport.h for convenience: #define #define #define #define

cfxELEM_TET cfxELEM_PYR cfxELEM_WDG cfxELEM_HEX

4 5 6 8

/* /* /* /*

tet element (4 nodes ) */ pyramid element (5 nodes ) */ wedge element (6 nodes) */ hex element (8 nodes) */

The list of vertices in nodelist refers to ID’s of nodes which on termination of the import program by a call to cfxImportDone must have been defined by calls to cfxImportNode. If this is not the case a fatal error will be reported and the API will terminate. The vertex ordering for the elements follows Patran Neutral File element conventions, and is shown in the following figure.

CFX-5.6

API Functions

Page 51

CFX-5 Reference Guide Mesh Import API

5 4

4

3 2

3

1

1

2 Pyramid

Tetrahedron 6

8 5

7

5 6

4

4

3 2 1

Prism

3

1 2 Hexahedron

Returns 0 in the case of an elemid is invalid (less than 1) or an unsupported value is given by elemtype, -1 if the element already exists and has been redefined , or elemtype if the element is successfully defined. cfxImportGetElement int cfxImportGetElement (elemid, nodelist) int elemid, nodelist[];

Get the node ID’s for corresponding to the vertices of element identified by elemid and store in the array nodelist. This array needs to be at least as large the number of vertices for the element (a size of 8 will handle all possible element types). Returns 0 if the element is not defined, or the element type (number of vertices). The node ID’s will be ordered in the order expected by cfxImportElement if the program was to redefine the element.

Page 52

API Functions

CFX-5.6

CFX-5 Reference Guide Mesh Import API

cfxImportElementList int * cfxImportElementList ()

Returns an array of all the currently defined element ID’s or NULL if no elements have been defined. The first entry in the array is the number of elements. The memory for the array returned is allocated using malloc by the routine, consequently it should be destroyed when no longer required by calling free. cfxImportGetFace int cfxImportGetFace (elemid, facenum, nodelist) int elemid, facenum, nodelist[];

Gets the node ID’s for the local facenum’th face of the element identified by elemid. The node ID’s is returned in nodelist, which should be of at least of size 4. The nodes correspond to the vertices of the face and are ordered counter-clockwise such that the normal for the face points away from the element. The face numbers, and associated node indices follows Patran Neutral File element and are detailed in the following table: Element Type

Face

Nodes

tetrahedron

1

1

3

2

2

1

2

4

3

2

3

4

4

1

4

3

1

1

4

3

2

1

2

5

3

2

3

5

4

3

4

5

5

1

5

4

1

1

3

2

2

4

5

6

3

1

2

5

pyramid

prism

CFX-5.6

2

4

API Functions

Page 53

CFX-5 Reference Guide Mesh Import API

Element Type

hexahedron

Face

Nodes

4

1

4

6

3

5

2

3

6

5

1

1

2

6

5

2

3

4

8

7

3

1

4

3

2

4

2

3

7

6

5

5

6

7

8

6

1

5

8

4

Returns -1 if the element has not been defined, 0 if the face number is out of range, or the number of nodes for the face (3 or 4): cfxImportFindFace int cfxImportFindFace (elemid, nnodes, nodeid) int elemid, nnodes, nodeid[];

Gets the local face number in element identified by elemid that contains all the nodes supplied by the calling routine in nodeid. nnodes is the number of nodes for the face (3 or 4). Returns -1 if the element is not found or nodeid is not supplied or nnodes is greater than 4 or less than 3. Returns 0 if there is no match, or the local face number (1 to 6) of the element.

Primitive Region Routines The following routines allow for the specification of 2D regions as a group of nodes or faces, or a 3D region as a group of elements. In the case of nodes and faces, only those which are define faces of valid imported elements will be imported; others are ignored by CFX-5. cfxImportBegReg int cfxImportBegReg (regname, regtype) char *regname; int regtype;

Initialise for the specification of a region. If a region is currently being defined, cfxImportEndReg will be called. Page 54

API Functions

CFX-5.6

CFX-5 Reference Guide Mesh Import API

The name of the region is given by regname. If the region name is NULL, the name Unnamed Region 2D or Unnamed Region 3D, with a sequential integer appended, will be used. If a region named regname has already been defined, then additional objects will be added to the previous region. The type of region is given by regtype, which should be one of cfxImpREG_NODES, cfxImpREG_FACES or cfxImpREG_ELEMS depending on whether the region is to be defined by nodes, faces or elements, respectively. It is not currently possible to mix types in a region; doing so will cause the import API to terminate with an error message. Returns the number of objects (node, faces or elements) currently in the region. cfxImportAddReg int cfxImportAddReg (numobjs, objlist) int numobjs, *objlist;

Add ID’s of objects being defined to the current region. A region must be currently defined or reactivated by cfxImportBegReg or an error will occur, and the API will terminate. The number of objects to add is given by numobjs and the ID’s of the objects are supplied in objlist. The objects are interpreted as node ID’s, face ID’s, or element ID’s, depending on the type of the region indicated when cfxImportBegReg was called. On calling cfxImportDone, any node ID’s , face ID’s or element ID’s specified in the object list must have been defined by the appropriate routine or they will be removed from the region. Returns the total number of objects in the current region after the object ID’s have been added. cfxImportEndReg int cfxImportEndReg ()

End the specification of the current region. Returns the number of objects (nodes, faces or elements) in the region.

CFX-5.6

API Functions

Page 55

CFX-5 Reference Guide Mesh Import API

cfxImportRegion int cfxImportRegion (regname, regtype, numobjs, objlist) char *regname; int regtype, numobjs, *objlist;

Import a region named regname of type regtype. The number of objects to add to the region is given by numobjs, and the list of object ID’s by objlist. This routine combines calls to cfxImportBegReg, cfxImportAddReg and cfxImportEndReg. Returns the total number of objects in the region on termination of the routine. cfxImportRegionList char ** cfxImportRegionList ()

Return a NULL terminated list of currently defined region names. The memory for the array and each character string in the array returned is allocated using malloc by the routine, consequently each array member and the array itself should be destroyed when no longer required by calling free. cfxImportGetRegion int * cfxImportGetRegion (regname) char *regname;

Returns a list of objects in the region named regname, or NULL if the region does not exist. The first entry in the returned list is the region type and the second entry is the number of object ID’s. The memory for the array is allocated using malloc by the routine, consequently the array itself should be destroyed when no longer required by calling free.

Composite Regions Routines The following routines allow composite regions to be defined in terms of regions referring to object ID’s or other composite regions. cfxImportBegCompRegion cfxImportBegCompReg() char *regionName; Page 56

API Functions

CFX-5.6

CFX-5 Reference Guide Mesh Import API

Begin defining a composite region with the name regionName, Returns -1 if a primitive region regionName is already defined or memory couldn’t be allocated, or 0 if successfully created. cfxImportAddCompRegComponents int cfxImportAddCompRegComponents(componentCount,components) int componentCount; char **components;

Add a set of component region names specified in components to the composite region currently being defined. componentCount specified how many components are specified in the components array, Returns -1 if a composite region isn’t being defined or insufficient memory is available to add the components of the composite region, or 0 if the components were successfully added. cfxImportEndCompReg int cfxImportEndCompReg()

Finish defining the current composite region. Returns -1 if a composite region isn’t currently being defined or 0 otherwise. cfxImportCompositeRegion int cfxImportCompositeRegion(regionName, componentCount, components) char *regionName, **components; int componentCount;

Define a composite region named regionName with componentCount components supplied in character array components. Returns 0 if successful or -1 if an error occurred preventing the composite region being defined.

Explicit Node Pairing The following routine provides a method for explicitly marking two nodes as being identical (or in the same position in space).

CFX-5.6

API Functions

Page 57

CFX-5 Reference Guide Mesh Import API

cfxImportMap int cfxImportMap (nodeid, mapid) int nodeid, mapid;

Explicitly map the node identified by nodeid to the node identified by mapid. On calling cfxImportDone the Import Mesh API will update regions and elements referencing the mapped node to the node it is mapped to. This therefore reduces the total node count imported to CFX-5 and eliminates the duplicate nodes. Duplicate nodes may also be removed by CFX-5 if the appropriate options are turned on in the CFX-5 interface and an appropriate tolerance set. See Import Mesh Panel (p. 89 in CFX-Pre).

FORTRAN Interface The following routines are callable from FORTRAN, and interface with the corresponding C routine. There are currently no return values. cfxinit call cfxinit

Interface to cfxImportInit. Initialises for import. cfxtest CHARACTER*n filename call cfxtest(filename)

Interface to cfxImportTest. Filename is a CHARACTER*n value which gives the name of the file to dump the output to. cfxdone call cfxdone

Interface to cfxImportDone. Terminates import and transfers the data. cfxnode INTEGER idnode REAL x,y,z call cfxnode(idnode,x,y,z) Page 58

API Functions

CFX-5.6

CFX-5 Reference Guide Mesh Import API

Interface to cfxImportNode. idnode is an INTEGER value for the node ID, and x, y, and z are the REAL coordinates of the node. cfxelem INTEGER idelem,itelem,nodes(*) call cfxelem(idelem,itelem,nodes)

Interface to cfxImportElement. idelem is element ID, and itelem is the element type (number of nodes - 4,5,6, or 8). Both are INTEGERS. Nodes is an array of INTEGER node ID’s dimensioned of size at least itelem. cfxregn CHARACTER*n regname INTEGER type,nobjs,objs(*) call cfxregn(regname,type,nobjs,objs)

Interface to cfxImportRegion. Regname is a CHARACTER*n string defining the region name, type is an INTEGER value specifying the type of region, either 1 for nodes, 2 for faces, or 3 for elements. Nobjs is an INTEGER value which gives the number of objects in the region, and objs is an INTEGER array of object ID’s dimensioned at least size nobjs.

Unsupported routines previously available in the API In CFX-5.6 certain functionality available in previous releases are no longer supported. These routines have been removed as they are directly implemented in CFX-5. The following is a list of routines removed from the mesh import API: cfxImportFixElements cfxImportTolerance cfxImportGetTol cfxImportSetCheck cfxImportRange cfxImportCheck cfxtol cfxset cfxchk

CFX-5.6

API Functions

Page 59

CFX-5 Reference Guide Mesh Import API

Import Programs The following documents the currently available import programs and their command line options. Each of these are available from within the CFX-Pre User Interface and you are strongly advised to use them by selecting the appropriate mesh type on the Import Mesh form, rather than running them directly using the User Import option, wherever possible. See Import Mesh Panel (p. 89 in CFX-Pre) for more details on the Import Mesh form. If you wish to use command line options which cannot be specified through the CFX-Pre User Interface, then you may wish to run these programs as user-defined mesh import programs. See Using your Custom Import Format (p. 45) for details on how to run a mesh import program. The programs can be found in /bin// /, where is the directory in which CFX is installed, is the release number (e.g. 5.6) and is the architecture of the machine that you are running on (e.g. one of solaris, irix, hpux, aix, osf, winnt, linux). To find out what is for your installation, see Specific Directory Names (p. 4 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5). To find out what is for your machine, see Operating System Names (p. 5 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5).

TASCflow v2 Imports TASCflow Version 2 files. The external import routine is ImportGRD. The import routine will read the interface information from the GRD file and automatically remove duplicate nodes, thus the duplicate node checking (options -d and -D) is unneeded. Available command line options are: -v Verbose output. Echo additional data to stdout during the import. -V More verbose output. -i Ignore the blockoff file (BCF). -c Ignore GCI file. -o Old style 2.4 format. -b Specifies bcf file which contains blocked-off regions (boundary condition information is ignored. See CFX-TASCflow v2 (p. 93 in CFX-Pre)).

Page 60

Import Programs

CFX-5.6

CFX-5 Reference Guide Mesh Import API

-g Specifies gci file to import. See CFX-TASCflow v2 (p. 93 in CFX-Pre)). -f Formatted (ASCII) GRD file. -u FORTRAN unformatted GRD file. -3 Import labelled 3-D regions. -M <machine type> Set the machine type in the case of a binary or unformatted file so that data conversion may be done if needed. The default file format is 32-bit IEEE (Iris, Sun, HP, IBM). The currently recognised machine types are: • IEEE - generic 32-bit IEEE machine. • BSIEEE - generic 32-bit byteswapped IEEE machine. • IBM - IBM 32-bit IEEE. • IRIS - Iris 32-bit IEEE. • HP - HP 32-bit IEEE. • SUN - Sun 32-bit IEEE. • ALPHA - Compaq Tru64 UNIX Alpha 64-bit byte-swapped IEEE. • DOS - DOS 16-bit byte-swapped IEEE. • Compaq Tru64 UNIX - Compaq Tru64 UNIX 32-bit byte-swapped IEEE. • CRAY - Cray 64-bit format. • CONVEX - native Convex floating point format. • Windows - 32-bit Windows. The argument machine type is case insensitive, and only the first 2 characters are needed (any others are ignored).

CFX-5 Def/Res Imports the mesh from a CFX-5 Definition or Results file. The external import routine is ImportDef. Available options are: -v Verbose output. Echo additional data to stdout during the import.

CFX-TfC Imports a CFX-TfC 1.3 mesh file. The external import routine is ImportGEM. CFX-5.6

Import Programs

Page 61

CFX-5 Reference Guide Mesh Import API

Available options are: -v Verbose output. Echo additional data to stdout during the import. -f Input file is formatted. -u Input file is unformatted (FORTRAN). -r Read regions from BFI file. -b Use file as BFI file name instead of default name. -M <machine type> Set the machine type in the case of a binary or unformatted file so that data conversion may be done if needed. The default file format is 32-bit IEEE (Iris, Sun, HP, IBM). The currently recognised machine types are: • IEEE - generic 32-bit IEEE machine. • BSIEEE - generic 32-bit byteswapped IEEE machine. • IBM - IBM 32-bit IEEE. • IRIS - Iris 32-bit IEEE. • HP - HP 32-bit IEEE. • SUN - Sun 32-bit IEEE. • ALPHA - Compaq Tru64 UNIX Alpha 64-bit byte-swapped IEEE. • DOS - DOS 16-bit byte-swapped IEEE. • Compaq Tru64 UNIX - Compaq Tru64 UNIX 32-bit byte-swapped IEEE. • CRAY - Cray 64-bit format. • CONVEX - native Convex floating point format. • Windows - 32-bit Windows. The argument machine type is case insensitive, and only the first 2 characters are needed (any others are ignored).

CFX-4 Imports a CFX-4 grid file. The external import routine is ImportCFX4. Available options are: -v Verbose output. Echo additional data to stdout during the import. -C Read coordinates as being in cylindrical coordinates. -i Included interfaces in regions. -3 Include USER3D and POROUS regions as 3D regions. Page 62

Import Programs

CFX-5.6

CFX-5 Reference Guide Mesh Import API

-c Import blocked-off conducting solid regions as 3D regions. -l Include blocked-off solid regions as 3D regions. -X Import axisymmetric problem with default values in geometry file. -a Override the number of planes created in the k direction by nk (e.g. split theta with nk planes) for axisymmetric import. -A Create a total sector of theta degrees for axisymmetric import. -S Rename multiple symmetry planes with the same name to conform to CFX-5 Solver requirements (i.e. must lie in a plane).

CFX-5.1 Imports a CFX-5.1 Results File. The external import routine is ImportCFX5. Available options are: -v Verbose output. Echo additional data to stdout during the import. -f Input file is formatted. -u Input file is unformatted (FORTRAN). -M <machine type> Set the machine type in the case of a binary or unformatted file so that data conversion may be done if needed. The default file format is 32-bit IEEE (Iris, Sun, HP, IBM). The currently recognised machine types are: • IEEE - generic 32-bit IEEE machine. • BSIEEE - generic 32-bit byteswapped IEEE machine. • IBM - IBM 32-bit IEEE. • IRIS - Iris 32-bit IEEE. • HP - HP 32-bit IEEE. • SUN - Sun 32-bit IEEE. • ALPHA - Compaq Tru64 UNIX Alpha 64-bit byte-swapped IEEE. • DOS - DOS 16-bit byte-swapped IEEE. • Compaq Tru64 UNIX - Compaq Tru64 UNIX 32-bit byte-swapped IEEE. • CRAY - Cray 64-bit format. • CONVEX - native Convex floating point format. • Windows - 32-bit Windows. CFX-5.6

Import Programs

Page 63

CFX-5 Reference Guide Mesh Import API

The argument machine type is case insensitive, and only the first 2 characters are needed (any others are ignored).

PATRAN Imports a PATRAN Neutral file. The external import routine is ImportPatran. Reads packet 01 (nodes) as nodes, packet 02 (elements) as elements, and nodes (type 5) from packet 21 (named groups) as regions. A command line option is available to read packet 06 (loads) as regions also. All other packets are read, but not processed. Available options are: -v Verbose output. Echo additional data to stdout during the import. -l Import packet 06 (distributed loads) as regions. The regions will be assigned the name PatranLoadX where the X is replaced by the load ID number.

I-DEAS Imports an I-DEAS Universal file from SDRC. The external import routine is ImportIDEAS. Reads datasets 781 and 2411 (nodes) as nodes, 780 and 2412 (elements) as elements, and nodes (type 7) from datasets 752 and 2417 (permanent groups) as regions. All other datasets are read, but not processed. Available options are: -v Verbose output. Echo additional data to stdout during the import. -n Import nodes in a PERMANENT group as a 2D region. -l Import elements in a PERMANENT group as a 3D region. -f Import faces in a PERMANENT group as a 2D region.

GridPro/az3000 Imports a GridPro/az3000 grid and connectivity file from Program Development Corporation (PDC).

Page 64

Import Programs

CFX-5.6

CFX-5 Reference Guide Mesh Import API

The external import routine is ImportPDC. The import routine will attempt to determine the connectivity file associated with the grid file by appending the extension conn to the grid file name. If the file is not found, then the grid file name extension will be replaced by conn and the new file checked for. If neither of these are found, the import routine will look for a file named conn.tmp, and if found will use it. A command line option (-c) is also available to explicitly name the connectivity file. If a connectivity file is found, the interface information in the file will be used to eliminate the duplicate nodes at block interfaces, and boundaries conditions will be imported as regions into CFX-5. If the boundary condition is named in the connectivity file, then that name will be used for the region name, else the default name UnnamedRegionX with the X replaced by a number will be used. If a connectivity file is not found, or the command line option to ignore the connectivity file is given (-i), then only the grid file will be imported, resulting in duplicate nodes at the block interfaces. You may then wish to eliminate these duplicate nodes with the command line option (-d or -D). Available options are: -v Verbose output. Echo additional data to stdout during the import. -i Ignore the connectivity file. Duplicate nodes will result and no regions will be imported. -c Set the name of the connectivity file associated with the grid file to connfile. -p Include periodic boundary conditions as regions. These are not normally included in the import. Setting this flag will result in these being imported as regions. -q Read from the property file -P <propfile> Set the name of the property file associated with the grid file to propfile. -3 Import grid blocks as 3-D regions

NASTRAN Imports a NASTRAN file. The external import routine is ImportMSC. Currently reads only nodes (GRID), tet (CTETRA) and hex (CHEXA) elements. Available options are: -v Verbose output. Echo additional data to stdout during the import. CFX-5.6

Import Programs

Page 65

CFX-5 Reference Guide Mesh Import API

-l Import PLOAD4 datasets as 2D regions. -s Import 3D regions.

ICEM CFX Imports a file written for CFX-5 by ICEM Tetra. The external import routine is ImportICEM. Available options are: -v Verbose output. Echo additional data to stdout during the import. -P Read coordinate data from a binary file as double precision.

ANSYS Imports an ANSYS file The external import routine is ImportANSYS. Available options are: -v Verbose output. Echo additional data to stdout during the import. -l Process packet 6 (distributed loads).

CGNS Imports an CGNS file The external import routine is ImportCGNS. Available options are: -v Verbose output. Echo additional data to stdout during the import. -b Read a grid from the specific CGNS base. -B Read all CGNS bases. (default) -c Read BOCO information as 2D regions. SplitCGNS.exe The SplitCGNS.exe program will take a single CGNS file and split it into multiple files on a "file per problem basis". The method for running this is: SplitCGNS.exe [ -l ] If the file contains two problems called "Pipe" and "Elbow", the import filter will only currently read "Pipe", but using SplitCGNS will produce two files called basename_Pipe.cgns and basename_Elbow.cgns each containing a single problem which can then be selected for import via the normal method. Page 66

Import Programs

CFX-5.6

CFX-5 Reference Guide Mesh Import API

Specifying the "-l" option "links" the part of the data in the original file to the created file using a relative pathname. The created file does not therefore need to duplicate data. The "-l" option should only be used if the original file and resulting files are going to be kept relative to each other i.e. if when SplitCGNS was run the original file was in ../../example.cgns, it must always remain in this position relative to the created files.

CFX-5.6

Import Programs

Page 67

CFX-5 Reference Guide Mesh Import API

Page 68

Import Programs

CFX-5.6

Reference Guide

Reference Guide

CFX-Pre CCL Details • Using the CCL Content Documentation p. 70 • CCL Objects p. 71 • CCL Parameters p. 277

CFX-5.6

Page 69

Reference Guide CCL Content

Using the CCL Content Documentation This document is generated from the RULES file in the / etc/ directory. It contains a description of all the possible CCL objects and parameters. This includes currently unsupported models, use of which may cause incorrect results or Solver failure. If you cannot set an option in CFX-Pre, but find it defined here, then we recommend contacting CFX support before using it in a simulation.

Page 70

Using the CCL Content Documentation

CFX-5.6

Reference Guide CCL Content

CCL Objects ADAPTION ADVANCED OPTIONS Description Singleton Object: Allowed Parameters Essential Parameters Node Allocation Parameter : Number of Adaption Levels : Adapt To Geometry :

ADAPTION CONVERGENCE CRITERIA Description Singleton Object: Allowed Parameters Essential Parameters Maximum Iterations per Step : Option : Adaption Target Residual : Context Sensitive Settings Context Controlling Parameter: Option Allowed Context Settings: RMS Norm for Residuals, MAX Norm for Residuals

CFX-5.6

CCL Objects

Page 71

Reference Guide CCL Content

ADAPTION CRITERIA Description Singleton Object: Allowed Parameters Essential Parameters Variables List : Maximum Number of Adaption Steps : Option : Context Sensitive Settings Context Controlling Parameter: Option Allowed Context Settings: Multiple of Initial Mesh, Final Number of Nodes Option = Final Number of Nodes Essential Parameters Number of Nodes in Adapted Mesh : Option = Multiple of Initial Mesh Essential Parameters Node Factor :

ADAPTION METHOD Description Singleton Object: Allowed Parameters Essential Parameters Option : Page 72

CCL Objects

CFX-5.6

Reference Guide CCL Content

Context Sensitive Settings Context Controlling Parameter: Option Allowed Context Settings: Solution Variation, Solution Variation * Edge Length Option = Solution Variation Essential Parameters Minimum Edge Length :

ADDITIONAL VARIABLE Description Named Object: Hold information specific to a single additional variable. This object is used in a number of different contexts, including the specification of boundary conditions, sources, initial conditions, etc. Allowed Parameters Essential Parameters Option : Context Sensitive Settings Context Controlling Parameter: Option Allowed Context Settings: Definition, Automatic, Automatic with Value, Default, Value, Zero Flux, Flux in, Wall Flux in, Conservative Interface Flux, Transfer Coefficient, Wall Transfer Coefficient, Domain Interface, Source, Flux, Transport Equation, Diffusive Transport Equation, Algebraic Equation, Vector Algebraic Equation, Domain Transport Equation, Diffusive Domain Transport Equation, Domain Algebraic Equation, Fluid Dependent Option = Algebraic Equation Essential Parameters Additional Variable Value : Additional Variable Value

CFX-5.6

CCL Objects

Page 73

Reference Guide CCL Content

Option = Domain Algebraic Equation Essential Parameters Additional Variable Value : Additional Variable Value Option = Vector Algebraic Equation Essential Parameters Vector xValue : x component of vector expression. Vector yValue : y component of vector expression. Vector zValue : z component of vector expression. Option = Diffusive Transport Equation Essential Parameters Kinematic Diffusivity : Option = Flux in Essential Parameters Additional Variable Flux : Additional Variable Flux value. Option = Wall Transfer Coefficient Essential Parameters Additional Variable Value : Additional Variable Value Transfer Coefficient : Option = Source Optional Parameters Additional Variable Source : Additional Variable Source value. Additional Variable Source Coefficient : Additional Variable Source Coefficient value. Option = Flux Optional Parameters Additional Variable User Flux : Additional Variable Flux value as defined by a user-defined function. NOTE - This is a CCL-only feature. Additional Variable User Flux Coefficient : Additional Variable Flux Coefficient value as defined by a user-defined function. NOTE - This is a CCL-only feature. Page 74

CCL Objects

CFX-5.6

Reference Guide CCL Content

Option = Wall Flux in Essential Parameters Additional Variable Flux : Additional Variable Flux value. Option = Definition Default Parameters Variable Type : Units : Tensor Type : Option = Value Essential Parameters Additional Variable Value : Additional Variable Value Option = Domain Transport Equation Optional Sub-Objects EQUATION PROPERTIES FOR FLUID : This object defines equationspecific properties for fluids Option = Automatic with Value Essential Parameters Additional Variable Value : Additional Variable Value Option = Diffusive Domain Transport Equation Optional Sub-Objects EQUATION PROPERTIES FOR FLUID : This object defines equationspecific properties for fluids Option = Transfer Coefficient Essential Parameters Additional Variable Value : Additional Variable Value Transfer Coefficient : Option = Transport Equation Default Parameters CFX-5.6

CCL Objects

Page 75

Reference Guide CCL Content

Kinematic Diffusivity :

ADDITIONAL VARIABLE PAIR Description Named Object: Specifies additional variable transfer model between a fluid pair containing additional variables of the same type and dimensions. Allowed Parameters Essential Parameters Option : Optional Parameters Under Relaxation Factor : Context Sensitive Settings Context Controlling Parameter: Option Allowed Context Settings: Additional Variable Transfer Coefficient, Sherwood Number, Ranz Marshall, Hughmark, Interface Flux, Two Resistance Option = Interface Flux Essential Parameters Fluid1to2 Additional Variable Flux : Value part of flux from first fluid to second. Fluid1 Additional Variable Flux Coefficient : First fluid add. var. coefficient part of flux from first fluid to second. Fluid2 Additional Variable Flux Coefficient : Second fluid add.var. coefficient part of flux from first fluid to second. Option = Sherwood Number Essential Parameters Sherwood Number :

Page 76

CCL Objects

CFX-5.6

Reference Guide CCL Content

Option = Additional Variable Transfer Coefficient Essential Parameters Additional Variable Transfer Coefficient : Option = Two Resistance Essential Sub-Objects FLUID1 ADDITIONAL VARIABLE TRANSFER : Specifies additional variable transfer model to first fluid of a fluid pair. FLUID2 ADDITIONAL VARIABLE TRANSFER : Specifies additional variable transfer model to second fluid of a fluid pair.

ADDITIONAL VARIABLES CONTROL Description Singleton Object: Holds information specific to additional variables for dynamic model control. Allowed Parameters Optional Parameters Transition Iteration :

ADVECTION SCHEME Description Singleton Object: Defines the scheme used by the solver to discretise the advection term in transport equations. Allowed Parameters Essential Parameters Option : Context Sensitive Settings Context Controlling Parameter: Option CFX-5.6

CCL Objects

Page 77

Reference Guide CCL Content

Allowed Context Settings: Specified Blend Factor, High Resolution, Compressive, Upwind, Central Difference, Second Order Upwind, QUICK Option = Compressive Optional Parameters Blend Factor Relaxation : Under-relaxation factor for the NAC term multiplier Blend Factor Relaxation Option : Relaxation option (1=always, 2=increasing only) Freestream Damping : Gradient Relaxation : Gradient Type : Mach Blending : Determines whether density advection blends with CDS at low Mach numbers. Option = Specified Blend Factor Essential Parameters Blend Factor : Specifies the blend between pure UDS (0.0) and second order (1.0) discretisation. Optional Parameters Gradient Relaxation : Gradient Type : Mach Blending : Determines whether density advection blends with CDS at low Mach numbers. Option = High Resolution Optional Parameters Blend Factor Relaxation : Under-relaxation factor for the NAC term multiplier Blend Factor Relaxation Option : Relaxation option (1=always, 2=increasing only) Maximum Blend Factor : Freestream Damping : Gradient Relaxation : Page 78

CCL Objects

CFX-5.6

Reference Guide CCL Content

Gradient Type : Mach Blending : Determines whether density advection blends with CDS at low Mach numbers. Option = Central Difference Optional Parameters Mach Blending : Determines whether density advection blends with CDS at low Mach numbers. Option = Upwind Optional Parameters Mach Blending : Determines whether density advection blends with CDS at low Mach numbers. Option = Second Order Upwind Optional Parameters Gradient Relaxation : Mach Blending : Determines whether density advection blends with CDS at low Mach numbers. Option = QUICK Optional Parameters Gradient Relaxation : Mach Blending : Determines whether density advection blends with CDS at low Mach numbers.

ALGEBRAIC SLIP MODEL Description Singleton Object: Defines the type of Algebraic Slip Model being used Allowed Parameters Essential Parameters Option :

CFX-5.6

CCL Objects

Page 79

Reference Guide CCL Content

Context Sensitive Settings Context Controlling Parameter: Option Allowed Context Settings: Slip Velocity, Drag Force Balance Option = Drag Force Balance Essential Sub-Objects DRAG FORCE : Specifies drag force between two phases. Essential Parameters Mean Diameter : Option = Slip Velocity Essential Parameters Slip Vel u : Slip Vel v : Slip Vel w :

ASSEMBLY Description Named Object: Links 3D primitives to their parent mesh assembly Allowed Sub-Objects Optional Sub-Objects PRIMITIVE3D : Links 2D primitives to their parent 3D primitive, is also a wireframe. Allowed Parameters Optional Parameters Name Strategy : sets the naming convention for assembly and copies

Page 80

CCL Objects

CFX-5.6

Reference Guide CCL Content

BACKUP RESULTS Description Named Object: Defines the frequency and type of backup files created during a solver run. Allowed Parameters Essential Parameters Option : Optional Parameters Iteration List : Iteration Interval : Context Sensitive Settings Context Controlling Parameter: Option Allowed Context Settings: Selected Variables,Smallest, Essential, Full Option = Selected Variables Essential Parameters Output Variables List : Optional Parameters Output Variable Operators : Sets whether or not variable gradients and High Resolution "Beta" Fields are output to results files. Output Boundary Flows : Sets whether or not boundary equation flows are output to results files. If these are in minimal files then accurate calculations of forces are possible in CFX-Post. Option = Smallest Optional Parameters Output Variable Operators : Sets whether or not variable gradients and High Resolution "Beta" Fields are output to results files.

CFX-5.6

CCL Objects

Page 81

Reference Guide CCL Content

Output Boundary Flows : Sets whether or not boundary equation flows are output to results files. If these are in minimal files then accurate calculations of forces are possible in CFX-Post. Option = Essential Optional Parameters Output Boundary Flows : Sets whether or not boundary equation flows are output to results files. If these are in minimal files then accurate calculations of forces are possible in CFX-Post. Option = Full Optional Parameters Output Boundary Flows : Sets whether or not boundary equation flows are output to results files. If these are in minimal files then accurate calculations of forces are possible in CFX-Post.

BACKWARD REACTION RATE Description Singleton Object: Defines the backwards rate for a chemical reaction. Allowed Parameters Essential Parameters Option : Context Sensitive Settings Context Controlling Parameter: Option Allowed Context Settings: Expression, Arrhenius, Arrhenius with Temperature PDF, Equilibrium Option = Expression Essential Parameters Reaction Rate : Molar Reaction Rate

Page 82

CCL Objects

CFX-5.6

Reference Guide CCL Content

Option = Arrhenius Essential Parameters Pre Exponential Factor : Pre-exponential factor for Arrhenius reaction rate. Temperature Exponent : Optional Parameters Activation Energy : Activation Energy of a reaction. Activation Temperature : Activation Temperature of a reaction. Option = Arrhenius with Temperature PDF Essential Parameters Temperature Limit List : Pre Exponential Factor : Pre-exponential factor for Arrhenius reaction rate. Temperature Exponent : Optional Parameters Activation Energy : Activation Energy of a reaction. Activation Temperature : Activation Temperature of a reaction.

BODY FORCES Description Singleton Object: Defines the details of discretisation of body forces. Allowed Parameters Optional Parameters Body Force Averaging Type : Method to average body forces to elements Body Force Fluid Type : Volume Fraction Averaging Type : Method to average volume fractions to elements

CFX-5.6

CCL Objects

Page 83

Reference Guide CCL Content

BOUNDARY Description Named Object: The main object for storing boundary conditions and other model settings on an external two dimensional region. Allowed Sub-Objects Optional Sub-Objects WALL CONTACT MODEL : Specifies model for fluid-wall contact and bulk boundary conditions at walls in multi-fluid flow. BOUNDARY CONDITIONS : Specifies boundary conditions for all equations being solved. NON OVERLAP CONDITIONS : Specifies boundary conditions on non overlap regions of a domain interface. NOTE: Not currently implemented in the solver. FLUID : This object encloses fluid-specific models and data. FLUID PAIR : Specifies interface physics for a given fluid pair. SOURCES : Holds the definition of sources for one or more equations. Allowed Parameters Essential Parameters Boundary Type : Internal parameter tells the type of the boundary. Optional Parameters Location : A locator name. Interface Boundary : Defines whether a boundary is of type interface. Location Path List : a path list of locators Show Label : If true display label Show Marker : If true display marker Default Parameters Coord Frame : Local coordinate frame for computing expressions. The default at the top level of the command data structure is Coord 0, that is no transformation. The default at lower levels is to inherit the value from objects higher up the structure. Page 84

CCL Objects

CFX-5.6

Reference Guide CCL Content

Frame Type : Sets the frame in which velocity components or flow direction components are specified. If set to Rotating then the components are in the relative frame. If set to Stationary then the components are in the absolute frame of reference.

BOUNDARY CONDITIONS Description Singleton Object: Specifies boundary conditions for all equations being solved. Allowed Sub-Objects Optional Sub-Objects EMISSIVITY : The specification of radiative emissivity. REFLECTIVITY : Sets the reflectivity for radiation on a boundary. FLOW REGIME : States if a boundary is subsonic or supersonic MASS AND MOMENTUM : Specifies conditions on Mass and Momentum at a boundary. VELOCITY : Sets velocity part of mass and momentum boundary condition PRESSURE AVERAGING : Controls details of how pressure is averaged over an outlet. FLOW DIRECTION : Sets the velocity direction imposed at a boundary. LOSS COEFFICIENT : Defines the Loss Coefficient to be applied at an opening boundary. TURBULENCE : Sets conditions on turbulence at a boundary. COMPONENT : Hold information specific to a single component of a multi-component fluid. This object is used in a number of different contexts, including the specification of boundary conditions, sources, initial conditions, etc. WALL INFLUENCE ON FLOW : Specifies wall velocity or slip conditions at a boundary. WALL ROUGHNESS : Sets wall roughness on a wall boundary condition. CFX-5.6

CCL Objects

Page 85

Reference Guide CCL Content

HEAT TRANSFER : Specifies heat transfer conditions at a boundary. TEMPERATURE VARIANCE : Defines data specific to the Temperature Variance equation. THERMAL RADIATION : Sets the conditions on Thermal Radiation at a boundary ADDITIONAL VARIABLE : Hold information specific to a single additional variable. This object is used in a number of different contexts, including the specification of boundary conditions, sources, initial conditions, etc. VOLUME FRACTION : Sets boundary condition or initial condition on volume fraction WALL CONTACT AREA : Specifies fluid-wall contact area for a given fluid under the WALL CONTACT MODEL: Option=Specify Area Fraction. MIXTURE : Specification of Fuel/Oxidiser mixture at a boundary. REACTION PROGRESS : Defines initialisation of the reaction progress variable. SOOT : Defines initialisation of Soot. WALL ADHESION : Specifies surface tension wall conditions at a boundary. PARTICLE POSITION : Defines how particle positions are to be distributed on a boundary. PARTICLE DIAMETER DISTRIBUTION : Defines the size distribution for a particle group. PARTICLE MASS FLOW RATE : Defines the mass flow rate for a group of particles. MESH MOVEMENT : Defines the movement or displacement of mesh at a boundary. NOTE - Not fully supported by the solver. Allowed Parameters Optional Parameters Define Particle Data : Defines whether particle data is set on this boundary

Page 86

CCL Objects

CFX-5.6

Reference Guide CCL Content

BUILT IN Description Named Object: Declares an intrinsic physics check in CFX-Pre. Allowed Sub-Objects Essential Sub-Objects CASE : Defines a specific physics check in CFX-Pre. Allowed Parameters Essential Parameters Physics Path : This is the CCL path for checking within the CUE physics checker Optional Parameters Physics Result : The logical expression for the result of a Physics Check. Physics Description : A description of the check that was performed in the CUE Physics checker. CheckParm : The name of the Parameter within a CCL path that is to be checked.

BULK SOURCE DISTRIBUTION Description Singleton Object: Model for contribution of a bulk source to given fluid. Allowed Parameters Essential Parameters Option : Context Sensitive Settings Context Controlling Parameter: Option CFX-5.6

CCL Objects

Page 87

Reference Guide CCL Content

Allowed Context Settings: Distribution Factor, Constraint Option = Distribution Factor Essential Parameters Distribution Factor :

BULK SOURCES Description Singleton Object: Specifies bulk sources in multi-fluid flow. Allowed Sub-Objects Optional Sub-Objects MOMENTUM SOURCE : Holds source terms for momentum. EQUATION SOURCE : Specifies a source for the named equation. For mass equation use option Fluid Mass Source, or Total Fluid Mass Source. Allowed Parameters Essential Parameters Option : Context Sensitive Settings Context Controlling Parameter: Option Allowed Context Settings: Use Volume Fraction

BUOYANCY MODEL Description Singleton Object: Defines type of buoyancy model and gravity vector in a domain.

Page 88

CCL Objects

CFX-5.6

Reference Guide CCL Content

Allowed Parameters Essential Parameters Option : Context Sensitive Settings Context Controlling Parameter: Option Allowed Context Settings: Non Buoyant, Buoyant Option = Buoyant Essential Parameters Gravity X Component : Gravity Y Component : Gravity Z Component : Optional Parameters Buoyancy Reference Temperature : Buoyancy Reference Temperature Buoyancy Reference Density : Buoyancy Reference Density

CAMERA Description Named Object: Defines a camera that can be used to specify the current view in the VIEWER object. Allowed Parameters Essential Parameters Option : Context Sensitive Settings Context Controlling Parameter: Option Allowed Context Settings: Pivot Point and Quaternion, Pivot Point and Rotation CFX-5.6

CCL Objects

Page 89

Reference Guide CCL Content

Option = Pivot Point and Quaternion Optional Parameters Pivot Point : Defines the center of rotation (pivot point) for the camera. Rotation Quaternion : Defines the camera rotation quaternion. Scale : Pan : Defines the camera pan in screen (X, Y) coordinates, with positive X pointing right and positive Y pointing up. Option = Pivot Point and Rotation Optional Parameters Pivot Point : Defines the center of rotation (pivot point) for the camera. Rotation : Scale : Pan : Defines the camera pan in screen (X, Y) coordinates, with positive X pointing right and positive Y pointing up.

CARTESIAN COORDINATES Description Singleton Object: Position vector specified by cartesian components. Allowed Parameters Essential Parameters X : The X coordinate value for the location of this object. Y : The Y coordinate value for the location of this object. Z : The Z coordinate value for the location of this object.

CARTESIAN VELOCITY COMPONENTS Description Singleton Object: Defines initialisation of velocity by Cartesian components.

Page 90

CCL Objects

CFX-5.6

Reference Guide CCL Content

Allowed Parameters Essential Parameters Option : Context Sensitive Settings Context Controlling Parameter: Option Allowed Context Settings: Automatic, Automatic with Value, Default, Value Option = Automatic with Value Essential Parameters U: V: W: Optional Parameters Velocity Fluctuation : Velocity Fluctuation Option = Value Essential Parameters U: V: W: Optional Parameters Velocity Fluctuation : Velocity Fluctuation Option = Automatic Optional Parameters Velocity Scale : Option = Default Optional Parameters Velocity Scale :

CFX-5.6

CCL Objects

Page 91

Reference Guide CCL Content

CASE Description Named Object: Defines a specific physics check in CFX-Pre. Allowed Parameters Essential Parameters Physics Type : The type of Physics check that is to be performed. Optional Parameters CaseParmPath : The CCL path of a parameter for reference within a CASE object. CaseParmName : The name of a CCL parameter for reference within a CASE object. Relevant Object : This is used to generate error messages for the Physics Validator. Context Sensitive Settings Context Controlling Parameter: Physics Type Allowed Context Settings: Dependency, Required Parameter, Required Object Physics Type = Required Object Essential Parameters CCL Object : The path of the CCL object that is to be Validated using the CUE Physics Checker. Object Exists : Logical specifying if a Physics Check object exists. Physics Type = Dependency Essential Parameters CCL Parameter : The path of the CCL parameter that is to be Validated using the CUE Physics Checker. Physics Value List : A list of possible value for a Physics Check.

Page 92

CCL Objects

CFX-5.6

Reference Guide CCL Content

Physics Type = Required Parameter Essential Parameters CCL Parameter : The path of the CCL parameter that is to be Validated using the CUE Physics Checker. Parameter Exists : Logical specifying if a Physics Check parameter exists.

CAVITATION MODEL Description Singleton Object: Specifies the cavitation model. Allowed Parameters Essential Parameters Option : Optional Parameters Cavitation Rate Under Relaxation Factor : Cavitation rate underrelaxation factor Cavitation Pressure Coefficient Factor : Scale factor for cavitation rate pressure coefficient Maximum Density Ratio : Context Sensitive Settings Context Controlling Parameter: Option Allowed Context Settings: User Defined, Rayleigh Plesset Option = User Defined Essential Parameters Cavitation Rate : Cavitation mass transfer rate from fluid 1 to 2 Saturation Pressure : Saturation pressure for cavitation of a pure substance. Option = Rayleigh Plesset Essential Parameters CFX-5.6

CCL Objects

Page 93

Reference Guide CCL Content

Mean Diameter : Saturation Pressure : Saturation pressure for cavitation of a pure substance. Optional Parameters Cavitation Condensation Coefficient : Parameter in cavitation model for condensation Cavitation Vaporization Coefficient : Parameter in cavitation model for vaporisation Nuclei Volume Fraction :

CCL2FLOW Description Singleton Object: Container object for ccl2flow-only data. Allowed Sub-Objects Optional Sub-Objects STANDARD OBJECT : Defines named objects to ccl2flow

CCLSETUP Description Singleton Object: Internal parameter settings for CCL to solver data structure processing Allowed Parameters Optional Parameters Catalogue Memory Factor : Increases memory for MMS catalogue in CCLSETUP in case default estimate is insufficient. Character Memory Factor : Integer Memory Factor : Logical Memory Factor : Real Memory Factor : Page 94

CCL Objects

CFX-5.6

Reference Guide CCL Content

CCL Setup Debug Level : Solver Setup Debug Level :

CEL Description Singleton Object: Stores user-defined CFX Command Language functions and expressions. Allowed Sub-Objects Optional Sub-Objects FUNCTION : The definition of a user-defined CFX Expression Language function. EXPRESSIONS : Definition of CFX Command Language Expressions

CHECK Description Named Object: Declares a data-driven physics check in CFX-Pre. Allowed Sub-Objects Essential Sub-Objects CASE : Defines a specific physics check in CFX-Pre. Allowed Parameters Essential Parameters Physics Path : This is the CCL path for checking within the CUE physics checker Physics Result : The logical expression for the result of a Physics Check. Physics Description : A description of the check that was performed in the CUE Physics checker. Optional Parameters CFX-5.6

CCL Objects

Page 95

Reference Guide CCL Content

CheckValue : The allowable value of a Parameter within a particular CCL path. CheckParm : The name of the Parameter within a CCL path that is to be checked. Secondary Physics Path : This is a CCL path for checking within the CUE physics checker, different from the Physics path

COARSENING CONTROL Description Singleton Object: Holds parameters to control creation of the radiation coarse grid. Allowed Parameters Optional Parameters Target Coarsening Rate : Target coarsening rate for radiation solver Minimum Blocking Factor : Minimum blocking factor per level for coarsening Maximum Blocking Factor : Maximum blocking factor per level for coarsening Small Coarse Grid Size : Size at which to stop coarsening a grid Diagnostic Output Level : Diagnostic Output Level

COMBUSTION CONTROL Description Singleton Object: Holds information specific to combustion for dynamic model control. Allowed Parameters Optional Parameters Transition Iteration :

Page 96

CCL Objects

CFX-5.6

Reference Guide CCL Content

COMBUSTION MODEL Description Singleton Object: Defines the combustion model to be used. Allowed Parameters Essential Parameters Option : Context Sensitive Settings Context Controlling Parameter: Option Allowed Context Settings: None, Eddy Dissipation, Finite Rate Chemistry, Finite Rate Chemistry and Eddy Dissipation, Laminar Flamelet with PDF, Partially Premixed and Laminar Flamelet with PDF, Fluid Dependent Option = Eddy Dissipation Optional Parameters Eddy Dissipation Model Coefficient A : Eddy Dissipation Model Coefficient A Eddy Dissipation Model Coefficient B : Eddy Dissipation Model Coefficient B Chemical Timescale : Chemical Timescale Limit For Extinction Extinction Temperature : Extinction-Ignition Temperature Mixing Rate Limit : Eddy Dissipation Mixing Rate Upper Limit Option = Partially Premixed and Laminar Flamelet with PDF Optional Parameters Mixture Fraction Turbulent Schmidt Number : Mixture Fraction Variance Turbulent Schmidt Number : Scalar Dissipation Rate Coefficient Cxi : Reaction Progress Turbulent Schmidt Number : Turbulent Schmidt Number for Reaction Progress Equation

CFX-5.6

CCL Objects

Page 97

Reference Guide CCL Content

Quenching Critical Velocity Gradient : Critical Velocity Gradient for Quenching Model Quenching Variance Factor : Factor for Turbulence Eddy Dissipation Variance for Quenching Model Turbulent Flame Speed Factor : Coefficient for Turbulent Flame Speed Closure (TFC) Option = Laminar Flamelet with PDF Optional Parameters Mixture Fraction Turbulent Schmidt Number : Mixture Fraction Variance Turbulent Schmidt Number : Scalar Dissipation Rate Coefficient Cxi : Option = Finite Rate Chemistry Optional Parameters Chemical Timescale : Chemical Timescale Limit For Extinction Extinction Temperature : Extinction-Ignition Temperature Option = Finite Rate Chemistry and Eddy Dissipation Optional Parameters Eddy Dissipation Model Coefficient A : Eddy Dissipation Model Coefficient A Eddy Dissipation Model Coefficient B : Eddy Dissipation Model Coefficient B Chemical Timescale : Chemical Timescale Limit For Extinction Extinction Temperature : Extinction-Ignition Temperature Mixing Rate Limit : Eddy Dissipation Mixing Rate Upper Limit

COMMAND FILE Description Singleton Object: Stores the Version of the current command file.

Page 98

CCL Objects

CFX-5.6

Reference Guide CCL Content

Allowed Parameters Optional Parameters Version :

COMPONENT Description Named Object: Hold information specific to a single component of a multi-component fluid. This object is used in a number of different contexts, including the specification of boundary conditions, sources, initial conditions, etc. Allowed Parameters Essential Parameters Option : Context Sensitive Settings Context Controlling Parameter: Option Allowed Context Settings: Automatic, Automatic with Value, Default, Value, Mass Fraction, Mass Flow Rate, Mass Transfer Coefficient, Conservative Interface Flux, Source, Flux, Transport Equation, Algebraic Slip Deposition, Algebraic Equation, Library, Constraint Option = Mass Transfer Coefficient Optional Parameters Mass Concentration : Transfer Coefficient : Option = Mass Flow Rate Optional Parameters Mass Flow Rate : Option = Automatic with Value Essential Parameters CFX-5.6

CCL Objects

Page 99

Reference Guide CCL Content

Mass Fraction : Option = Value Essential Parameters Mass Fraction : Option = Constraint Optional Parameters Kinematic Diffusivity : Option = Algebraic Equation Essential Parameters Mass Fraction : Optional Parameters Kinematic Diffusivity : Option = Mass Fraction Optional Parameters Mass Fraction : Option = Source Optional Parameters Mass Source : Mass Source Coefficient : Option = Transport Equation Optional Sub-Objects ALGEBRAIC SLIP MODEL : Defines the type of Algebraic Slip Model being used Default Parameters Kinematic Diffusivity : Option = Flux Optional Parameters Mass Flux : Page 100

CCL Objects

CFX-5.6

Reference Guide CCL Content

Mass Flux Coefficient :

COMPONENT PAIR Description Named Object: Specifies species mass transfer between a fluid pair. Allowed Sub-Objects Optional Sub-Objects INTERFACIAL EQUILIBRIUM MODEL : Specifies equilibrium model for species and AV transfer. Allowed Parameters Essential Parameters Option : Optional Parameters Under Relaxation Factor : Context Sensitive Settings Context Controlling Parameter: Option Allowed Context Settings: Mass Transfer Coefficient, Sherwood Number, Ranz Marshall, Hughmark, Two Resistance Option = Mass Transfer Coefficient Essential Parameters Mass Transfer Coefficient : Option = Sherwood Number Essential Parameters Sherwood Number : Option = Two Resistance Essential Sub-Objects CFX-5.6

CCL Objects

Page 101

Reference Guide CCL Content

FLUID1 SPECIES MASS TRANSFER : Specifies species mass transfer model to first fluid of a fluid pair. FLUID2 SPECIES MASS TRANSFER : Specifies species mass transfer model to first fluid of a fluid pair.

CONVERGENCE CONTROL Description Singleton Object: Holds basic parameters that affect solver convergence. Allowed Parameters Optional Parameters Solid Timescale Control : Timescale Control : Maximum Number of Coefficient Loops : Minimum Number of Coefficient Loops : Maximum Number of Iterations : Minimum Number of Iterations : Residual Relaxation Initial Value : Initial residual relaxation value. Residual Relaxation Iterations : Number of iteration to relax residuals. Context Sensitive Settings Context Controlling Parameter: Timescale Control Allowed Context Settings: Physical Timescale, Local Timescale Factor, Auto Timescale Timescale Control = Local Timescale Factor Essential Parameters Local Timescale Factor : Optional Parameters Solid Timescale : Page 102

CCL Objects

CFX-5.6

Reference Guide CCL Content

Solid Timescale Factor : Timescale Control = Physical Timescale Essential Parameters Physical Timescale : Optional Parameters Solid Timescale : Solid Timescale Factor : Timescale Control = Auto Timescale Optional Parameters Length Scale Option : Option for calculating Auto Timestep length scale. Conservative uses the cube root of the fluid volume, and Aggressive uses the maximum extent of the fluid volume. Length Scale : Specified length scale for Auto Timestep Maximum Timescale : Timescale Ramping Factor : Timescale Update Frequency : Number of Timescale Updates : Solid Timescale : Solid Timescale Factor :

CONVERGENCE CRITERIA Description Singleton Object: Specifies the criteria for final solution convergence. Allowed Parameters Essential Parameters Residual Type : Residual Target : Optional Parameters

CFX-5.6

CCL Objects

Page 103

Reference Guide CCL Content

Conservation Target : The maximum relative equation imbalance for convergence.

COORD FRAME Description Named Object: Defines a coordinate frame which can be used for setting direction and axis specifications. Allowed Parameters Optional Parameters Reference Coord Frame : The Coordinate Frame in which the physical locations used to set this coordinate frame are described. Coord Frame Type : Specifies if a Coordinate Frame is Cartesian or Cylindrical. Origin X Coord : The X location of the coordinate frame origin. Origin Y Coord : The Y location of the coordinate frame origin. Origin Z Coord : The Z location of the coordinate frame origin. Axis 3 Point X Coord : The X location of the point in the Z axis of the coordinate frame. Axis 3 Point Y Coord : The Y location of the point in the Z axis of the coordinate frame. Axis 3 Point Z Coord : The Z location of the point in the Z axis of the coordinate frame. Plane 13 Point X Coord : The X location of the a point in the XZ plane of the coordinate frame. Plane 13 Point Y Coord : The Y location of the a point in the XZ plane of the coordinate frame. Plane 13 Point Z Coord : The Z location of the a point in the XZ plane of the coordinate frame. Visibility : Toggles the visibility of this graphics object in the viewer. Default Parameters Reference Coord Frame : The Coordinate Frame in which the physical locations used to set this coordinate frame are described. Page 104

CCL Objects

CFX-5.6

Reference Guide CCL Content

Coord Frame Type : Specifies if a Coordinate Frame is Cartesian or Cylindrical.

CYLINDRICAL VELOCITY COMPONENTS Description Singleton Object: Defines initialisation of velocity by Cylindrical components. Allowed Parameters Essential Parameters Option : Context Sensitive Settings Context Controlling Parameter: Option Allowed Context Settings: Automatic, Automatic with Value, Default, Value Option = Automatic with Value Essential Parameters Velocity r Component : Velocity Theta Component : Velocity Axial Component : Optional Parameters Velocity Fluctuation : Velocity Fluctuation Axis Type : Specifies if we are using a Coordinate Axis or Two points to define the axis (only two point axis specification is currently supported) Rotation Axis : Coordinate Frame Axis for rotating domains or cylindrical boundary condition specification Rotation Axis From : First <x,y,z Rotation Axis To : Second <x,y,z

CFX-5.6

CCL Objects

Page 105

Reference Guide CCL Content

Option = Value Essential Parameters Velocity r Component : Velocity Theta Component : Velocity Axial Component : Optional Parameters Velocity Fluctuation : Velocity Fluctuation Axis Type : Specifies if we are using a Coordinate Axis or Two points to define the axis (only two point axis specification is currently supported) Rotation Axis : Coordinate Frame Axis for rotating domains or cylindrical boundary condition specification Rotation Axis From : First <x,y,z Rotation Axis To : Second <x,y,z Option = Automatic Optional Parameters Velocity Scale : Option = Default Optional Parameters Velocity Scale :

DATA READER Description Singleton Object: This object contains the temporary directory path. It is used by the "load" action. Allowed Parameters Essential Parameters Temporary Directory : The path to a temporary working directory which CFX-Pre can use for placing temporary files. This directory does not have to exist between runs of CFX-Post, and the contents will be deleted when Post shuts down. Page 106

CCL Objects

CFX-5.6

Reference Guide CCL Content

DIRECTION Description Singleton Object: Defines the direction used for radiation boundary conditions. Allowed Parameters Essential Parameters Option : Context Sensitive Settings Context Controlling Parameter: Option Allowed Context Settings: Cartesian Components, Cylindrical Components, Normal to Boundary Condition Option = Cartesian Components Essential Parameters Unit Vector X Component : Unit Vector Y Component : Unit Vector Z Component : Option = Cylindrical Components Essential Parameters Unit Vector r Component : Unit Vector Theta Component : Unit Vector Axial Component : Optional Parameters Axis Type : Specifies if we are using a Coordinate Axis or Two points to define the axis (only two point axis specification is currently supported) Rotation Axis : Coordinate Frame Axis for rotating domains or cylindrical boundary condition specification Rotation Axis From : First <x,y,z Rotation Axis To : Second <x,y,z CFX-5.6

CCL Objects

Page 107

Reference Guide CCL Content

DOMAIN Description Named Object: Holds the definition of physical models, boundary conditions, and sources for a mesh assembly. Allowed Sub-Objects Optional Sub-Objects DOMAIN MODELS : Defines the physical models that are associated with the domain. FLUID : This object encloses fluid-specific models and data. FLUID MODELS : Defines the model details that operate on individual fluids within the domain. MULTIPHASE MODELS : Defines the overall models that control the interaction of two or more phases. SOLID MODELS : Defines the model details that operate on the solids within the domain. FLUID PAIR : Specifies interface physics for a given fluid pair. INITIALISATION : Defines the initialisation of flow-field variables. SUBDOMAIN : Stores sources and other local modifications in a specific three dimensional region. SOURCE POINT : Location and specification of a point source. BOUNDARY : The main object for storing boundary conditions and other model settings on an external two dimensional region. SOLVER CONTROL : Holds all objects that control discretisation and execution of the solution process. Allowed Parameters Optional Parameters Fluids List : Auxiliary Fluids List : NOTE - This is a CCL-only feature. Particles List : Solids List : Page 108

CCL Objects

CFX-5.6

Reference Guide CCL Content

Location : A locator name. Show Label : If true display label Const Physics Param : Default Parameters Coord Frame : Local coordinate frame for computing expressions. The default at the top level of the command data structure is Coord 0, that is no transformation. The default at lower levels is to inherit the value from objects higher up the structure. Domain Type :

DOMAIN DEFORMATION Description Singleton Object: Defines the method to deform a moving mesh. NOTE - Not fully supported by the solver. Allowed Parameters Essential Parameters Option : Context Sensitive Settings Context Controlling Parameter: Option Allowed Context Settings: Explicit Mesh Movement, Boundary Mesh Movement

DOMAIN INTERFACE Description Named Object: Defines the location and model details for connecting two disconnected two dimensional regions. Allowed Sub-Objects Optional Sub-Objects CFX-5.6

CCL Objects

Page 109

Reference Guide CCL Content

INTERSECTION CONTROL : Holds advanced parameters to control the details of interface discretisation. Allowed Parameters Optional Parameters Interface Region List1 : A list of regions used on the first side of the domain interface Interface Region List2 : A list of regions used on the second side of the domain interface Interface Type : Boundary List1 : The list of boundaries on side one of a domain interface. Boundary List2 : The list of boundaries on side two of a domain interface. Context Sensitive Settings Context Controlling Parameter: Interface Type Allowed Context Settings: Fluid Fluid, Fluid Solid, Periodic, Solid Solid Interface Type = Fluid Fluid Essential Sub-Objects INTERFACE MODELS : Holds the definition of models specific to an interface. Optional Parameters Axis Type : Specifies if we are using a Coordinate Axis or Two points to define the axis (only two point axis specification is currently supported) Rotation Axis : Coordinate Frame Axis for rotating domains or cylindrical boundary condition specification Rotation Axis From : First <x,y,z Rotation Axis To : Second <x,y,z Interface Type = Periodic Optional Parameters Page 110

CCL Objects

CFX-5.6

Reference Guide CCL Content

Periodic Type : Axis Type : Specifies if we are using a Coordinate Axis or Two points to define the axis (only two point axis specification is currently supported) Rotation Axis : Coordinate Frame Axis for rotating domains or cylindrical boundary condition specification Rotation Axis From : First <x,y,z Rotation Axis To : Second <x,y,z Interface Type : Connection Type : Specifies if an interface should use best match or GGI interface. Interface Type = Fluid Solid Optional Parameters Interface Type : Interface Type = Solid Solid Optional Parameters Interface Type :

DOMAIN MODELS Description Singleton Object: Defines the physical models that are associated with the domain. Allowed Sub-Objects Optional Sub-Objects BUOYANCY MODEL : Defines type of buoyancy model and gravity vector in a domain. COMBUSTION MODEL : Defines the combustion model to be used. DOMAIN DEFORMATION : Defines the method to deform a moving mesh. NOTE - Not fully supported by the solver.

CFX-5.6

CCL Objects

Page 111

Reference Guide CCL Content

DOMAIN MOTION : Defines the motion of a mesh relative to an absolute coordinate frame. NOTE - Translating domains are not supported by the solver. REFERENCE PRESSURE : Sets the Reference Pressure in the Domain. TIME DURATION : Specifies the length of time to be simulated in a transient analysis.

DOMAIN MOTION Description Singleton Object: Defines the motion of a mesh relative to an absolute coordinate frame. NOTE - Translating domains are not supported by the solver. Allowed Parameters Essential Parameters Option : Context Sensitive Settings Context Controlling Parameter: Option Allowed Context Settings: Stationary, Rotating, Translating Option = Rotating Essential Parameters Angular Velocity : Rotating speed for a rotating domain or wall Optional Parameters Rotational Offset : Controls the amount by which the child side domain on a GGI interface is rotated before the intersection is calculated. Axis Type : Specifies if we are using a Coordinate Axis or Two points to define the axis (only two point axis specification is currently supported) Rotation Axis : Coordinate Frame Axis for rotating domains or cylindrical boundary condition specification Page 112

CCL Objects

CFX-5.6

Reference Guide CCL Content

Rotation Axis From : First <x,y,z Rotation Axis To : Second <x,y,z Alternate Rotation Model : Specifies if the Alternate Rotation Model is active. Option = Translating Essential Parameters Translation Velocity : Optional Parameters Translation Axis :

DRAG FORCE Description Singleton Object: Specifies drag force between two phases. Allowed Parameters Essential Parameters Option : Optional Parameters Linearisation Scheme : Under Relaxation Factor : Context Sensitive Settings Context Controlling Parameter: Option Allowed Context Settings: Drag Coefficient, Schiller Naumann, Stokes, Stokes Newton, Newton, Ishii Zuber, Grace, Wen Yu, Gidaspow, None Option = Grace Optional Parameters

CFX-5.6

CCL Objects

Page 113

Reference Guide CCL Content

Volume Fraction Correction Exponent : Exponent for volumefraction dependence of drag force. Omission of this parameter, or a unit exponent, are equivalent to no correction. Typical exponent values for dense concentrations are -1.65 for solids, 4 for bubbles. Minimum Volume Fraction for Correction : Option = Stokes Newton Default Parameters Stokes Coefficient : Newton Coefficient : Option = Newton Default Parameters Newton Coefficient : Option = Drag Coefficient Essential Parameters Drag Coefficient : Optional Parameters Drag Coefficient Derivative : Option = Wen Yu Optional Parameters Volume Fraction Correction Exponent : Exponent for volumefraction dependence of drag force. Omission of this parameter, or a unit exponent, are equivalent to no correction. Typical exponent values for dense concentrations are -1.65 for solids, 4 for bubbles. Minimum Volume Fraction for Correction : Option = Stokes Default Parameters Stokes Coefficient : Option = Gidaspow Optional Parameters

Page 114

CCL Objects

CFX-5.6

Reference Guide CCL Content

Volume Fraction Correction Exponent : Exponent for volumefraction dependence of drag force. Omission of this parameter, or a unit exponent, are equivalent to no correction. Typical exponent values for dense concentrations are -1.65 for solids, 4 for bubbles. Minimum Volume Fraction for Correction :

DYNAMIC MODEL CONTROL Description Singleton Object: Holds objects that control the temporary simplification of models to improve solver start-up robustness. Allowed Sub-Objects Optional Sub-Objects TURBULENCE CONTROL : Holds information specific to turbulence models for dynamic model control. HYDRO CONTROL : Holds information specific to hydrodynamics for dynamic model control. COMBUSTION CONTROL : Holds information specific to combustion for dynamic model control. ADDITIONAL VARIABLES CONTROL : Holds information specific to additional variables for dynamic model control. Allowed Parameters Essential Parameters Global Dynamic Model Control :

DYNAMIC VISCOSITY Description Singleton Object: Hold the details for an advanced description of Dynamic Viscosity.

CFX-5.6

CCL Objects

Page 115

Reference Guide CCL Content

Allowed Parameters Essential Parameters Option : Context Sensitive Settings Context Controlling Parameter: Option Allowed Context Settings: Value, Sutherlands Formula Option = Sutherlands Formula Essential Parameters Reference Temperature : Reference Viscosity : Sutherlands Constant :

EMISSIVITY Description Singleton Object: The specification of radiative emissivity. Allowed Parameters Essential Parameters Option : Context Sensitive Settings Context Controlling Parameter: Option Allowed Context Settings: Gray, Spectral Option = Spectral Essential Parameters Emissivity : Surface Emissivity Option = Gray Essential Parameters Page 116

CCL Objects

CFX-5.6

Reference Guide CCL Content

Emissivity : Surface Emissivity

ENERGY SOURCE Description Singleton Object: Holds source values and linearisation coefficients for level mode sources in the energy equation. NOTE - This feature has been superseded by the more robust residual mode sources specified using the EQUATION SOURCE object. Allowed Parameters Optional Parameters Energy Source : Energy Source Coefficient : Energy Flux : Energy Flux Coefficient :

ENHANCED TURBULENCE PRODUCTION MODEL Description Singleton Object: Model settings for multiphase enhanced turbulence production. Allowed Parameters Essential Parameters Option : Context Sensitive Settings Context Controlling Parameter: Option Allowed Context Settings: None, Sato Enhanced Eddy Viscosity Option = Sato Enhanced Eddy Viscosity Optional Parameters CFX-5.6

CCL Objects

Page 117

Reference Guide CCL Content

Enhanced Eddy Viscosity : Specify eddy particle induced eddy viscosity for zero-equation particle induced turbulence model. Omission of this parameter implies the default formula due to Sato.

EPSILON Description Singleton Object: Defines initialisation of epsilon. Allowed Parameters Essential Parameters Option : Context Sensitive Settings Context Controlling Parameter: Option Allowed Context Settings: Automatic, Automatic with Value, Default, Value Option = Automatic with Value Optional Parameters Epsilon : Eddy Length Scale : Eddy Viscosity Ratio : Specify (Turb / Molecular) viscosity ratio Option = Value Optional Parameters Epsilon : Eddy Length Scale : Eddy Viscosity Ratio : Specify (Turb / Molecular) viscosity ratio

Page 118

CCL Objects

CFX-5.6

Reference Guide CCL Content

EPSILON SOURCE Description Singleton Object: Holds source values and linearisation coefficients for level mode sources in the turbulent eddy dissipation equation. NOTE - This feature has been superseded by the more robust residual mode sources specified using the EQUATION SOURCE object. Allowed Parameters Optional Parameters Epsilon Source : Epsilon Source Coefficient : Epsilon Flux : Epsilon Flux Coefficient :

EQUATION Description Named Object: Defines equation classes for applying solver controls. Allowed Sub-Objects Optional Sub-Objects ADVECTION SCHEME : Defines the scheme used by the solver to discretise the advection term in transport equations. TRANSIENT SCHEME : Defines the discretisation algorithm for the transient term. CONVERGENCE CONTROL : Holds basic parameters that affect solver convergence.

EQUATION CLASS Description Named Object: Defines equation classes for applying solver controls. CFX-5.6

CCL Objects

Page 119

Reference Guide CCL Content

Allowed Sub-Objects Optional Sub-Objects ADVECTION SCHEME : Defines the scheme used by the solver to discretise the advection term in transport equations. TRANSIENT SCHEME : Defines the discretisation algorithm for the transient term. CONVERGENCE CONTROL : Holds basic parameters that affect solver convergence.

EQUATION DEFINITION Description Named Object: Defines names for standard equations. Allowed Parameters Optional Parameters MMS Name : Long Name : Quantity : Tensor Type : Principal Variable : Principal variable for an equation. Default Source Variable : Define a default entry for Source Variable List for an equation source. Component Short Names : Component Long Names : Component MMS Names :

EQUATION DEFINITIONS Description Singleton Object: Contains definitions for standard equations.

Page 120

CCL Objects

CFX-5.6

Reference Guide CCL Content

Allowed Sub-Objects Optional Sub-Objects EQUATION DEFINITION : Defines names for standard equations.

EQUATION PAIR Description Named Object: Specifies transfer model between a fluid-equation pair containing variables of the same type and dimensions. Allowed Parameters Essential Parameters Option : Optional Parameters Under Relaxation Factor : Context Sensitive Settings Context Controlling Parameter: Option Allowed Context Settings: Zero Flux, Interfacial Flux, Interfacial Vector Flux, Interfacial Symmetric Tensor Flux, Fluid Fluxes, Fluid Vector Fluxes, Fluid Symmetric Tensor Fluxes, Interface Values, Interface Vector Values, Interface Symmetric Tensor Values Option = Interfacial Symmetric Tensor Flux Optional Parameters Fluid1to2 xxFlux : xx component of symmetric tensor flux from fluid 1 to 2 Fluid1to2 xyFlux : xy component of symmetric tensor flux from fluid 1 to 2 Fluid1to2 xzFlux : xz component of symmetric tensor flux from fluid 1 to 2 Fluid1to2 yyFlux : yy component of symmetric tensor flux from fluid 1 to 2

CFX-5.6

CCL Objects

Page 121

Reference Guide CCL Content

Fluid1to2 yzFlux : yz component of symmetric tensor flux from fluid 1 to 2 Fluid1to2 zzFlux : zz component of symmetric tensor flux from fluid 1 to 2 Fluid1 Flux Coefficient : fluid 1 linearisation coefficient of a flux from fluid 1 to 2 Fluid2 Flux Coefficient : fluid 2 linearisation coefficient of a flux from fluid 2 to 1 Option = Fluid Symmetric Tensor Fluxes Optional Parameters Fluid1 xxFlux out : xx component of symmetric tensor flux from fluid 1 Fluid1 xyFlux out : xy component of symmetric tensor flux from fluid 1 Fluid1 xzFlux out : xz component of symmetric tensor flux from fluid 1 Fluid1 yyFlux out : yy component of symmetric tensor flux from fluid 1 Fluid1 yzFlux out : yz component of symmetric tensor flux from fluid 1 Fluid1 zzFlux out : zz component of symmetric tensor flux from fluid 1 Fluid2 xxFlux in : xx component of symmetric tensor flux into fluid 2 Fluid2 xyFlux in : xy component of symmetric tensor flux into fluid 2 Fluid2 xzFlux in : xz component of symmetric tensor flux into fluid 2 Fluid2 yyFlux in : yy component of symmetric tensor flux into fluid 2 Fluid2 yzFlux in : yz component of symmetric tensor flux into fluid 2 Fluid2 zzFlux in : zz component of symmetric tensor flux into fluid 2 Fluid1 Flux Fluid1 Coefficient : fluid 1 linearisation coefficient of a flux from fluid 1 Fluid2 Flux Fluid1 Coefficient : fluid 2 linearisation coefficient of a flux into fluid 2 Fluid1 Flux Fluid2 Coefficient : fluid 2 linearisation coefficient of a flux from fluid 1 Fluid2 Flux Fluid2 Coefficient : fluid 2 linearisation coefficient of a flux into fluid 2 Option = Interface Values Optional Parameters Fluid1 Value : scalar value transferred from fluid 1 to 2 Page 122

CCL Objects

CFX-5.6

Reference Guide CCL Content

Fluid2 Value : scalar value transferred from fluid 2 to 1 Transition Value : scalar transition transferred from fluid 1 to 2 Option = Interfacial Flux Optional Parameters Fluid1to2 Flux : scalar flux from fluid 1 to 2 Fluid1 Flux Coefficient : fluid 1 linearisation coefficient of a flux from fluid 1 to 2 Fluid2 Flux Coefficient : fluid 2 linearisation coefficient of a flux from fluid 2 to 1 Option = Fluid Vector Fluxes Optional Parameters Fluid1 xFlux out : x component of vector flux from fluid 1 Fluid1 yFlux out : y component of vector flux from fluid 1 Fluid1 zFlux out : z component of vector flux from fluid 1 Fluid2 xFlux in : x component of vector flux into fluid 2 Fluid2 yFlux in : y component of vector flux into fluid 2 Fluid2 zFlux in : z component of vector flux into fluid 2 Fluid1 Flux Fluid1 Coefficient : fluid 1 linearisation coefficient of a flux from fluid 1 Fluid2 Flux Fluid1 Coefficient : fluid 2 linearisation coefficient of a flux into fluid 2 Fluid1 Flux Fluid2 Coefficient : fluid 2 linearisation coefficient of a flux from fluid 1 Fluid2 Flux Fluid2 Coefficient : fluid 2 linearisation coefficient of a flux into fluid 2 Option = Interface Symmetric Tensor Values Optional Parameters Fluid1 xxValue : xx-component of a symmetric tensor value transferred from fluid 1 to 2 Fluid1 xyValue : xy-component of a symmetric tensor value transferred from fluid 1 to 2

CFX-5.6

CCL Objects

Page 123

Reference Guide CCL Content

Fluid1 xzValue : xz-component of a symmetric tensor value transferred from fluid 1 to 2 Fluid1 yyValue : yy-component of a symmetric tensor value transferred from fluid 1 to 2 Fluid1 yzValue : yz-component of a symmetric tensor value transferred from fluid 1 to 2 Fluid1 zzValue : zz-component of a symmetric tensor value transferred from fluid 1 to 2 Fluid2 xxValue : xx-component of a symmetric tensor value transferred from fluid 2 to 1 Fluid2 xyValue : xy-component of a symmetric tensor value transferred from fluid 2 to 1 Fluid2 xzValue : xz-component of a symmetric tensor value transferred from fluid 2 to 1 Fluid2 yyValue : yy-component of a symmetric tensor value transferred from fluid 2 to 1 Fluid2 yzValue : yz-component of a symmetric tensor value transferred from fluid 2 to 1 Fluid2 zzValue : zz-component of a symmetric tensor value transferred from fluid 2 to 1 Transition xxValue : xx-component of symmetric tensor transition value transferred from fluid 1 to 2 Transition xyValue : xy-component of symmetric tensor transition value transferred from fluid 1 to 2 Transition xzValue : xz-component of symmetric tensor transition value transferred from fluid 1 to 2 Transition yyValue : yy-component of symmetric tensor transition value transferred from fluid 1 to 2 Transition yzValue : yz-component of symmetric tensor transition value transferred from fluid 1 to 2 Transition zzValue : zz-component of symmetric tensor transition value transferred from fluid 1 to 2 Option = Interface Vector Values Optional Parameters Fluid1 xValue : x-component of a vector value transferred from fluid 1 to 2 Page 124

CCL Objects

CFX-5.6

Reference Guide CCL Content

Fluid1 yValue : y-component of a vector value transferred from fluid 1 to 2 Fluid1 zValue : z-component of a vector value transferred from fluid 1 to 2 Fluid2 xValue : x-component of a vector value transferred from fluid 2 to 1 Fluid2 yValue : y-component of a vector value transferred from fluid 2 to 1 Fluid2 zValue : z-component of a vector value transferred from fluid 2 to 1 Transition xValue : x-component of vector transition value transferred from fluid 1 to 2 Transition yValue : y-component of vector transition value transferred from fluid 1 to 2 Transition zValue : z-component of vector transition value transferred from fluid 1 to 2 Option = Interfacial Vector Flux Optional Parameters Fluid1to2 xFlux : x component vector flux from fluid 1 to 2 Fluid1to2 yFlux : y component of vector flux from fluid 1 to 2 Fluid1to2 zFlux : z component of vector flux from fluid 1 to 2 Fluid1 Flux Coefficient : fluid 1 linearisation coefficient of a flux from fluid 1 to 2 Fluid2 Flux Coefficient : fluid 2 linearisation coefficient of a flux from fluid 2 to 1 Option = Fluid Fluxes Optional Parameters Fluid1 Flux out : scalar flux from fluid 1 Fluid2 Flux in : scalar flux into fluid 2 Fluid1 Flux Fluid1 Coefficient : fluid 1 linearisation coefficient of a flux from fluid 1 Fluid2 Flux Fluid1 Coefficient : fluid 2 linearisation coefficient of a flux into fluid 2

CFX-5.6

CCL Objects

Page 125

Reference Guide CCL Content

Fluid1 Flux Fluid2 Coefficient : fluid 2 linearisation coefficient of a flux from fluid 1 Fluid2 Flux Fluid2 Coefficient : fluid 2 linearisation coefficient of a flux into fluid 2

EQUATION PROPERTIES FOR FLUID Description Named Object: This object defines equation-specific properties for fluids Allowed Parameters Optional Parameters Kinematic Diffusivity :

EQUATION SOURCE Description Named Object: Specifies a source for the named equation. For mass equation use option Fluid Mass Source, or Total Fluid Mass Source. Allowed Parameters Essential Parameters Option : Context Sensitive Settings Context Controlling Parameter: Option Allowed Context Settings: Source, Total Source, Fluid Mass Source, Total Fluid Mass Source Option = Fluid Mass Source Optional Sub-Objects VARIABLE : Specification of internal details for internal solver and expression language variables. Page 126

CCL Objects

CFX-5.6

Reference Guide CCL Content

Essential Parameters Source : Option = Total Source Essential Parameters Total Source : Optional Parameters Total Source Coefficient : Derivative of Total Source expression with respect to source variable. Total Source Variable List : List of linearisation variables for a Source expression. Total Source Coefficient List : Linearisation coefficient for a Total Source expression, relative to corresponding entry in Total Source Variable List. Option = Total Fluid Mass Source Optional Sub-Objects VARIABLE : Specification of internal details for internal solver and expression language variables. Essential Parameters Total Source : Option = Source Essential Parameters Source : Optional Parameters Source Coefficient : Derivative of Source expression with respect to source variable. Source Variable List : List of linearisation variables for a Source expression. In 5.5 this must be the principal variable for the equation, except for the energy equation which assumes it is T. Source Coefficient List : Linearisation coefficient for a Source expression, relative to corresponding entry in Source Variable List.

CFX-5.6

CCL Objects

Page 127

Reference Guide CCL Content

EXPERT PARAMETERS Description Singleton Object: Hold advanced parameters used to control many aspects of solver operation. Allowed Parameters Optional Parameters always output post processing : When set to true, outputs the usual post processing even for intermediate adaption steps (default=F) auto turnoff solve eq flag : This flag determines whether or not equations are solved when their residuals are below the convergence criteria. backup file at zero : Controls whether a backup file is written at iteration 0 backup frequency : Controls the frequency with which a backup file is produced boundary relaxation option : Boundary relaxation option: 0=none, 1=all, 2-walls, 3=default buoyancy ted source : This flag determines whether buoyancy production terms are included in the ted equation. buoyancy tef source : This flag determines whether buoyancy production terms are included in the tef equation. buoyancy tke source : This flag determines whether buoyancy production terms are included in the tke equation. build artificial wall : Controls whether or not the solver will build an artificial wall to prevent inflow at an outlet boundary, or outflow at an inlet boundary condition. coupled scalars : Coupling of component mass fraction equations for combustion. degeneracy check tolerance : A face set is considered degenerate if its dimensionless area of the face set is less than this tolerance. delete backup files : If set to false, old backup files are not overwritten force intersection : If set to true, GGI intersection is forced

Page 128

CCL Objects

CFX-5.6

Reference Guide CCL Content

ggi periodic axial radial tolerance : GGI periodic surfaces cannot be constant axial surfaces or constant radial surfaces. This parameter controls the tolerance used to determine if the surface is in one of these two invalid situations. ignore solve flag on restart : Specifies whether an autoturnoff solve flag is read from the res file when restarting a simulation include pref in forces : Specifies whether reference pressure is included in pressure integral for force and moment calculations include associated fields : Specifies whether gradients or other associated fields should be written to minimal transient files. laplacian stresses : Control between the Laplacian form of the viscous stresses and the strictly correct stress tensor form max continuity loops : Maximum number of continuity loops to solve in a timestep multigrid solver : Controls whether multigrid solver is used mg solver option : Determines the coarsening algorithm for algebraic multigrid of the fluid coupled equations min timesteps : Minimum number of time steps model coefficient relaxation : A control to improve k-e turbulence model convergence monitor forces : When set to true, outputs forces on boundaries to the solver output file every timestep monitor ftrans : When set to true, outputs false transient information (steady state only) to the solver output file for each loop monitor ranges : When set to true, outputs variable ranges for each coefficient loop in steady state simulation or for each timestep in a transient simulation monitor residuals : When set to True, outputs maximum residuals and locations for each coefficient loop (steady state) or timestep (transient) monitor scales : When set to True, outputs variable scales for each coefficient loop (steady state) or timestep (transient) monitor totals : When set to True, outputs boundary and source term flows for each coefficient loop (steady state) or timestep (transient) outer loop relaxations default : The default value for several underrelaxation parameters at the time step loop level

CFX-5.6

CCL Objects

Page 129

Reference Guide CCL Content

output eq flows : Writes boundary flux data for all equations to the results file so that they can be used for post processing output eq residuals : Writes residuals for all equations to the results file for steady state solutions part cvs weighting : Vertex weighting by number of control volume sectors for parallel partitioning. pressure diffusion scheme : Specifies the diffusion scheme for pressure in continuity: 1=central; 2=positive definite active pressure profile type : Specifies whether linear-linear (default) or trilinear interpolation is used for the pressure gradient term pressure reference node : Specifies node at which pressure reference is set if not supplied via boundary conditions pressure reference value : Specifies reference pressure value relax mass : Changing this value can aid in convergence for problems that show residual oscillations in separate and re-attached regions rfr domain rotation : Enable domain rotation for RFR cases in the post processor by writing the theta shift angle to the result file scalar diffusion scheme : Specifies the diffusion scheme for scalars: 1=central; 2=positive definite active; 3=positive definite solve energy : Flag for controlling whether or not the controller solves the energy equation solve fluids : Flag for controlling whether or not the controller solves the hydrodynamics equations solve masfrc : Flag for controlling whether or not the controller solves for mass fraction equations solve mixture fraction : Flag for controlling whether or not the controller solves for mixture fraction mean and variance equations solve radiation : Flag for controlling whether or not the controller solves the radiation equations solve reaction progress : Flag for controlling whether or not the controller solves for reaction progress equations solve rs eps : Flag for controlling whether or not the controller solves the Reynolds Stress equation solve scalar : Flag for controlling whether or not the controller solves equations for additional variables solve soot : Flag for controlling whether or not the controller solves for soot equations Page 130

CCL Objects

CFX-5.6

Reference Guide CCL Content

solve temperature variance : Flag for controlling whether or not the controller solves for the temperature variance equation solve tke eps : Flag for controlling whether or not the controller solves the k-epsilon equations solve tke omega : Flag for controlling whether or not the controller solves the k-omega equations solve visktrb : Flag for controlling whether or not the controller solves the kinematic eddy viscosity equations solve volfrc : Flag for controlling whether or not the controller solves the volume fraction equations solver relaxation fluids : The under-relaxation value for the coupled U, V, W and P linear smoother within the multigrid solver solver relaxation scalar : The under-relaxation value for the scalar linear smoother within the multigrid solver solver target reduction fluids : A tolerance control for the linear solver coupled mass-momentum system solver target reduction scalar : A tolerance control for the linear solver scalar equation stress diffusion scheme : Specifies the diffusion scheme for stress in momentum: 1=central; 2=positive definite active target imbalance scalar : The target imbalance for Additional Variables tbulk for htc : Reference bulk temperature to computer the Heat Transfer Coefficient (HTC) tef numerics option : Option for TEF numerics (0=standard, 1=gradient damping and elem. CrossDiff) temperature damping : Apply temperature damping. temperature damping factor : Relaxation factor used for temperature damping. temperature damping limit : Apply temperature damping only for temperature changes larger than this value. tke eps timescale limiter : Specifies whether or not the tke dissipation and ted production terms use a k/epsilon ratio limited by the molecular viscosity. topology estimate factor : Factor by which memory estimate for storing topology is multiplied CFX-5.6

CCL Objects

Page 131

Reference Guide CCL Content

transient initialisation override : Allow solver default initialisation to be used for a transient simulation use kolmogorov ts for extinction : Use the Kolmogorov timescale (in contrast to mixing timescale) as turbulence timescale for flame extinction at high turbulence. vector parallel tolerance : This value is the error tolerated by the solver in degrees when determining the maximum deviation of any element face normal from the calculated average element face normal in a symmetry plane wallscale diffusion scheme : Wallscale diffusion differencing scheme (1=central, 2=default, 3=positive definite scheme). wallscale relaxation factor : Relaxation factor for wallscale wall clock time : Output wall clock time during the outer loop in a steady state run or timestep loop in a transient run. check isolated regions : For serial runs the solver checks if any fluid domain contains volumetric regions which are isolated pockets. This check cannot be performed for parallel solver runs.

EXPORT Description Singleton Object: Holds parameters which control the export of data to an external text file. Allowed Parameters Essential Parameters Export File : The filename to which the exported data will be written. Optional Parameters Location List : A comma delimited list of locator names. Variable List : A comma delimited list of variables whose data is to be exported. Include Header : Indicates whether a pre-defined header is appended to the top of the export file, using " Null Token : The string that should be used in the export file if no data exists for a variable at a node. Page 132

CCL Objects

CFX-5.6

Reference Guide CCL Content

Overwrite : Indicates whether, if the specified filename exists, the file should be overwritten with the new data. Precision : Indicates the number of decimal points of precision to display the exported data to. Vector Display : Indicates the way that vector variables are to be displayed. Choices are: Components | Scalar. Separator : Indicates the string to use between each variable. The string must be delimited by quotation marks. Vector Brackets : Indicates the kind of brackets to use around vector data when displayed as components. Any two character combination is valid, where the first character will be used as the open-bracket, and the second as the close-bracket. If "-" is specified (no quotes), no brackets will be displayed.

EXPRESSION EVALUATOR Description Singleton Object: This singleton evaluates the specified Expression and stores the Result. Allowed Parameters Essential Parameters Evaluated Expression : A CFX Expression Language expression for usage in EXPRESSION EVALUATOR. Internal Parameters Result : The internal parameter for the CALCULATOR and EXPRESSION EVALUATOR object used to store the results of a function evaluation. Result Units : The internal parameter for the CALCULATOR and EXPRESSION EVALUATOR object used to store the units of the results of a function evaluation.

CFX-5.6

CCL Objects

Page 133

Reference Guide CCL Content

EXPRESSION PREVIEW Description Singleton Object: This singleton is used to generate data for expression preview graphs. Allowed Parameters Essential Parameters Preview Expression : Optional Parameters Preview Mode : Preview Variable Values : Preview Variable Ranges : Preview Range Steps : Internal Parameters Preview Required Variables : Preview Varying Variable : Preview Evaluated Units : Preview Input Units :

EXPRESSIONS Description Singleton Object: Definition of CFX Command Language Expressions

FLAMMABILITY LIMITS Description Singleton Object: Contains parameters that control the flammability limits for combustion.

Page 134

CCL Objects

CFX-5.6

Reference Guide CCL Content

Allowed Parameters Essential Parameters Option : Context Sensitive Settings Context Controlling Parameter: Option Allowed Context Settings: Equivalence Ratio Option = Equivalence Ratio Essential Parameters Maximum Flame Speed : Maximum Laminar Flame Speed Location of Maximum Flame Speed : Equivalence Ratio of Maximum Laminar Flame Speed Lean Flammability Limit : Rich Flammability Limit :

FLOW Description Singleton Object: The top-level object of the CFD problem definition. Allowed Sub-Objects Optional Sub-Objects SOLUTION UNITS : Sets the base solution units for the calculation. COORD FRAME : Defines a coordinate frame which can be used for setting direction and axis specifications. SIMULATION TYPE : Controls if the simulation is Steady or Transient. DOMAIN : Holds the definition of physical models, boundary conditions, and sources for a mesh assembly. DOMAIN INTERFACE : Defines the location and model details for connecting two disconnected two dimensional regions. SOLVER CONTROL : Holds all objects that control discretisation and execution of the solution process. CFX-5.6

CCL Objects

Page 135

Reference Guide CCL Content

OUTPUT CONTROL : Holds object definitions that control output from the solver during execution. INITIALISATION : Defines the initialisation of flow-field variables. EXPERT PARAMETERS : Hold advanced parameters used to control many aspects of solver operation. CCLSETUP : Internal parameter settings for CCL to solver data structure processing MESH ADAPTION : Specifies if Mesh Adaption is active. NOTE - Only used for GUI control in CFX-Pre. Does not control the execution of adaption in the solver loop.

FLOW DIRECTION Description Singleton Object: Sets the velocity direction imposed at a boundary. Allowed Parameters Essential Parameters Option : Context Sensitive Settings Context Controlling Parameter: Option Allowed Context Settings: Cartesian Components, Cylindrical Components, Normal to Boundary Condition Option = Cartesian Components Essential Parameters Unit Vector X Component : Unit Vector Y Component : Unit Vector Z Component : Optional Parameters

Page 136

CCL Objects

CFX-5.6

Reference Guide CCL Content

Flow Direction Linearisation : Determines the type of linearisation the solver uses to compute coefficients for direction specified flow boundaries. Normal component assumes that the boundary velocity has the same normal component as the vertex velocity. Velocity magnitude assumes they have the same magnitude. Option = Normal to Boundary Condition Optional Parameters Flow Direction Linearisation : Determines the type of linearisation the solver uses to compute coefficients for direction specified flow boundaries. Normal component assumes that the boundary velocity has the same normal component as the vertex velocity. Velocity magnitude assumes they have the same magnitude. Option = Cylindrical Components Essential Parameters Unit Vector r Component : Unit Vector Theta Component : Unit Vector Axial Component : Optional Parameters Axis Type : Specifies if we are using a Coordinate Axis or Two points to define the axis (only two point axis specification is currently supported) Rotation Axis : Coordinate Frame Axis for rotating domains or cylindrical boundary condition specification Rotation Axis From : First <x,y,z Rotation Axis To : Second <x,y,z Flow Direction Linearisation : Determines the type of linearisation the solver uses to compute coefficients for direction specified flow boundaries. Normal component assumes that the boundary velocity has the same normal component as the vertex velocity. Velocity magnitude assumes they have the same magnitude.

FLOW REGIME Description Singleton Object: States if a boundary is subsonic or supersonic CFX-5.6

CCL Objects

Page 137

Reference Guide CCL Content

Allowed Parameters Essential Parameters Option : Context Sensitive Settings Context Controlling Parameter: Option Allowed Context Settings: Subsonic, Supersonic

FLUID Description Named Object: This object encloses fluid-specific models and data. Allowed Sub-Objects Optional Sub-Objects FLUID MODELS : Defines the model details that operate on individual fluids within the domain. INITIAL CONDITIONS : Holds the details of initial condition specification for one or more equations. BOUNDARY CONDITIONS : Specifies boundary conditions for all equations being solved. SOURCES : Holds the definition of sources for one or more equations. BULK SOURCE DISTRIBUTION : Model for contribution of a bulk source to given fluid. SOLVER CONTROL : Holds all objects that control discretisation and execution of the solution process.

FLUID BUOYANCY MODEL Description Singleton Object: Sets the buoyancy model to be used for a specific fluid in a multiphase calculation.

Page 138

CCL Objects

CFX-5.6

Reference Guide CCL Content

Allowed Parameters Essential Parameters Option : Context Sensitive Settings Context Controlling Parameter: Option Allowed Context Settings: Non Buoyant, Boussinesq, Density Difference Option = Boussinesq Essential Parameters Buoyancy Reference Temperature : Buoyancy Reference Temperature

FLUID MODELS Description Singleton Object: Defines the model details that operate on individual fluids within the domain. Allowed Sub-Objects Optional Sub-Objects ADDITIONAL VARIABLE : Hold information specific to a single additional variable. This object is used in a number of different contexts, including the specification of boundary conditions, sources, initial conditions, etc. COMBUSTION MODEL : Defines the combustion model to be used. COMPONENT : Hold information specific to a single component of a multi-component fluid. This object is used in a number of different contexts, including the specification of boundary conditions, sources, initial conditions, etc. FLUID BUOYANCY MODEL : Sets the buoyancy model to be used for a specific fluid in a multiphase calculation. HEAT TRANSFER MODEL : Specifies the Heat Transfer Model to be used in a domain. CFX-5.6

CCL Objects

Page 139

Reference Guide CCL Content

MORPHOLOGY : Fluid morphology in multifluid models SOLID PRESSURE MODEL : Sets the model to be used for solids pressure forces in a multiphase calculation. SOOT MODEL : Sets parameters that control the soot model. THERMAL RADIATION MODEL : Defines the Thermal Radiation model to be used in the domain. TURBULENCE MODEL : Specifies the turbulence model to be used for each fluid in a fluid domain. TURBULENT WALL FUNCTIONS : Sets the turbulent near-wall treatment at a boundary. WALL SLIP MODEL : Specifies a wall slip model. NOTE - This is a Beta CCL-only feature.

FLUID PAIR Description Named Object: Specifies interface physics for a given fluid pair. Allowed Sub-Objects Optional Sub-Objects INTERPHASE TRANSFER MODEL : Specifies transfer model between fluids MASS TRANSFER : Mass transfer models for a fluid pair. MOMENTUM TRANSFER : Specifies momentum transfer models for a fluid pair. INTERPHASE HEAT TRANSFER : Specifies heat transfer model between a fluid pair. TURBULENCE TRANSFER : Specifies turbulence transfer between two phases. ADDITIONAL VARIABLE PAIR : Specifies additional variable transfer model between a fluid pair containing additional variables of the same type and dimensions. COMPONENT PAIR : Specifies species mass transfer between a fluid pair.

Page 140

CCL Objects

CFX-5.6

Reference Guide CCL Content

SURFACE TENSION MODEL : Sets parameters that control the surface tension force model at a free surface interface. BOUNDARY CONDITIONS : Specifies boundary conditions for all equations being solved. Allowed Parameters Optional Parameters Surface Tension Coefficient : Specifies a surface tension coefficient between a fluid pair. Particle Coupling :

FLUID1 ADDITIONAL VARIABLE TRANSFER Description Named Object: Specifies additional variable transfer model to first fluid of a fluid pair. Allowed Parameters Essential Parameters Option : Context Sensitive Settings Context Controlling Parameter: Option Allowed Context Settings: Additional Variable Transfer Coefficient, Sherwood Number, Ranz Marshall, Hughmark, Zero Resistance Option = Sherwood Number Essential Parameters Fluid1 Sherwood Number : Fluid 1 Sherwood number governing interphase transfer of AV"s and components. Option = Additional Variable Transfer Coefficient Essential Parameters

CFX-5.6

CCL Objects

Page 141

Reference Guide CCL Content

Fluid1 Additional Variable Transfer Coefficient : Fluid 1 interphase transfer coefficient for additional variables.

FLUID1 INTERPHASE HEAT TRANSFER Description Singleton Object: Specifies heat transfer model to first fluid of a fluid pair. Allowed Parameters Essential Parameters Option : Context Sensitive Settings Context Controlling Parameter: Option Allowed Context Settings: Heat Transfer Coefficient, Nusselt Number, Ranz Marshall, Hughmark, Zero Resistance Option = Nusselt Number Essential Parameters Fluid1 Nusselt Number : Fluid 1 Nusselt Number for interfluid heat transfer. Option = Heat Transfer Coefficient Essential Parameters Fluid1 Heat Transfer Coefficient : Fluid 1 heat transfer coefficient.

FLUID1 SPECIES MASS TRANSFER Description Singleton Object: Specifies species mass transfer model to first fluid of a fluid pair.

Page 142

CCL Objects

CFX-5.6

Reference Guide CCL Content

Allowed Parameters Essential Parameters Option : Context Sensitive Settings Context Controlling Parameter: Option Allowed Context Settings: Mass Transfer Coefficient, Sherwood Number, Ranz Marshall, Hughmark, Zero Resistance Option = Mass Transfer Coefficient Essential Parameters Fluid1 Mass Transfer Coefficient : Effective mass transfer coefficient on first-fluid side of interface. Option = Sherwood Number Essential Parameters Fluid1 Sherwood Number : Fluid 1 Sherwood number governing interphase transfer of AV"s and components.

FLUID2 ADDITIONAL VARIABLE TRANSFER Description Named Object: Specifies additional variable transfer model to second fluid of a fluid pair. Allowed Parameters Essential Parameters Option : Context Sensitive Settings Context Controlling Parameter: Option Allowed Context Settings: Additional Variable Transfer Coefficient, Sherwood Number, Ranz Marshall, Hughmark, Zero Resistance CFX-5.6

CCL Objects

Page 143

Reference Guide CCL Content

Option = Sherwood Number Essential Parameters Fluid2 Sherwood Number : Fluid 2 Sherwood number governing interphase transfer of AV"s and components. Option = Additional Variable Transfer Coefficient Essential Parameters Fluid2 Additional Variable Transfer Coefficient : Fluid 2 interphase transfer coefficient for additional variables.

FLUID2 INTERPHASE HEAT TRANSFER Description Singleton Object: Specifies heat transfer model to second fluid of a fluid pair. Allowed Parameters Essential Parameters Option : Context Sensitive Settings Context Controlling Parameter: Option Allowed Context Settings: Heat Transfer Coefficient, Nusselt Number, Ranz Marshall, Hughmark, Zero Resistance Option = Nusselt Number Essential Parameters Fluid2 Nusselt Number : Fluid 2 Nusselt Number for interfluid heat transfer. Option = Heat Transfer Coefficient Essential Parameters Fluid2 Heat Transfer Coefficient : Fluid 2 heat transfer coefficient.

Page 144

CCL Objects

CFX-5.6

Reference Guide CCL Content

FLUID2 SPECIES MASS TRANSFER Description Singleton Object: Specifies species mass transfer model to first fluid of a fluid pair. Allowed Parameters Essential Parameters Option : Context Sensitive Settings Context Controlling Parameter: Option Allowed Context Settings: Mass Transfer Coefficient, Sherwood Number, Ranz Marshall, Hughmark, Zero Resistance Option = Mass Transfer Coefficient Essential Parameters Fluid2 Mass Transfer Coefficient : Effective mass transfer coefficient on second-fluid side of interface. Option = Sherwood Number Essential Parameters Fluid2 Sherwood Number : Fluid 2 Sherwood number governing interphase transfer of AV"s and components.

FORWARD REACTION RATE Description Singleton Object: Allowed Parameters Essential Parameters Option : CFX-5.6

CCL Objects

Page 145

Reference Guide CCL Content

Context Sensitive Settings Context Controlling Parameter: Option Allowed Context Settings: Expression, Arrhenius, Arrhenius with Temperature PDF, Equilibrium Option = Expression Essential Parameters Reaction Rate : Molar Reaction Rate Option = Arrhenius Essential Parameters Pre Exponential Factor : Pre-exponential factor for Arrhenius reaction rate. Temperature Exponent : Optional Parameters Activation Energy : Activation Energy of a reaction. Activation Temperature : Activation Temperature of a reaction. Option = Arrhenius with Temperature PDF Essential Parameters Temperature Limit List : Pre Exponential Factor : Pre-exponential factor for Arrhenius reaction rate. Temperature Exponent : Optional Parameters Activation Energy : Activation Energy of a reaction. Activation Temperature : Activation Temperature of a reaction.

FRAME CHANGE Description Singleton Object: Defines the frame change model to be used on a domain interface.

Page 146

CCL Objects

CFX-5.6

Reference Guide CCL Content

Allowed Parameters Essential Parameters Option : Context Sensitive Settings Context Controlling Parameter: Option Allowed Context Settings: None, Frozen Rotor, Stage, Transient Rotor Stator, Same Frame with Frozen Rotor, Same Frame with Stage Option = None Option = Transient Rotor Stator Optional Parameters Transformation Type : Option = Frozen Rotor Optional Parameters Rotational Offset : Controls the amount by which the child side domain on a GGI interface is rotated before the intersection is calculated. Transformation Type : Option = Stage Optional Parameters Pressure Profile Decay : Pressure profile decay on a stage interface Option = Same Frame with Stage Optional Parameters Pressure Profile Decay : Pressure profile decay on a stage interface Option = Same Frame with Frozen Rotor Optional Parameters Transformation Type :

CFX-5.6

CCL Objects

Page 147

Reference Guide CCL Content

FREE STREAM TURBULENCE Description Singleton Object: Sets the level of background turbulence for a turbulence model. NOTE - This is a Beta CCL-only feature. Allowed Parameters Essential Parameters Fractional Intensity : Velocity Scale : Optional Parameters Eddy Length Scale : Eddy Viscosity Ratio : Specify (Turb / Molecular) viscosity ratio

FREE SURFACE MODEL Description Singleton Object: Defines the type of free surface model to be used. Allowed Parameters Essential Parameters Option : Context Sensitive Settings Context Controlling Parameter: Option Allowed Context Settings: Standard,None Option = Standard Optional Parameters Maximum Density Ratio :

Page 148

CCL Objects

CFX-5.6

Reference Guide CCL Content

FUNCTION Description Named Object: The definition of a user-defined CFX Expression Language function. Allowed Parameters Essential Parameters Option : Default Parameters Result Units : The internal parameter for the CALCULATOR and EXPRESSION EVALUATOR object used to store the units of the results of a function evaluation. Context Sensitive Settings Context Controlling Parameter: Option Allowed Context Settings: Interpolation, User Function, CallBack Option = Interpolation Optional Sub-Objects INTERPOLATION DATA : Holds interpolation data for user-defined one and three dimensional interpolation functions. Essential Parameters Argument List : The list of arguments in the user-defined function. Option = CallBack Essential Parameters CallBack Name : Callback name for functions. Optional Parameters Number of Arguments : Option = User Function Essential Parameters Argument List : The list of arguments in the user-defined function. CFX-5.6

CCL Objects

Page 149

Reference Guide CCL Content

GENERAL MOMENTUM SOURCE Description Singleton Object: Defines momentum source term and linearisation coefficient. Allowed Parameters Essential Parameters Momentum Source X Component : Momentum Source Y Component : Momentum Source Z Component : Optional Parameters Momentum Source Coefficient : Derivative of momentum source with respect to velocity. This isotropic coefficient is used for all components.

GRAY GAS Description Named Object: Sets the gray gas weighting method for radiation. Allowed Parameters Essential Parameters Option : Context Sensitive Settings Context Controlling Parameter: Option Allowed Context Settings: Expression Option = Expression Essential Parameters Weight : Absorption Coefficient : The Absorption Coefficient for a Gray Gas Page 150

CCL Objects

CFX-5.6

Reference Guide CCL Content

GTM DATA Description Singleton Object: Allowed Parameters Optional Parameters GTM Location : stores the path of the GTM location Current GTM Checkpoint : Last Saved GTM Checkpoint : Mesh Match Tolerance : Sets gtm mesh gluing tolerance

HARDCOPY Description Singleton Object: This object contains the settings used to control the creation of hardcopy output from the viewer. It is used by the "print" action. Allowed Parameters Essential Parameters Hardcopy Format : Sets the format of hardcopy output from "print". Optional Parameters Hardcopy Filename : Sets the file name for the output from "print". Hardcopy Tolerance : A non-dimensional tolerance used in facesorting when generating hardcopy output. Higher values will result in faster printing times, but may cause defects in the resulting output. Context Sensitive Settings Context Controlling Parameter: Hardcopy Format Allowed Context Settings: ps, eps, jpg, ppm, bmp, png, vrml

CFX-5.6

CCL Objects

Page 151

Reference Guide CCL Content

Hardcopy Format = png Optional Parameters Print Quality : Controls quality vs. speed of hardcopy output. White Background : Toggles if hardcopy output is produced on a white or black background. Use Screen Size : When set to On, the current screen size is used as the image size Image Width : The image width (used when Use Screen Size is set to Off) Image Height : The image height (used when Use Screen Size is set to Off) Image Scale : Scales the size of bitmap images to a fraction (in percent) of the current viewer window size. Print Line Width : The width of lines in hardcopy output. Increasing this value may give better results on high-resolution printers. Screen Capture : Enables the screen capture mode for producing image output. Hardcopy Format = bmp Optional Parameters Print Quality : Controls quality vs. speed of hardcopy output. White Background : Toggles if hardcopy output is produced on a white or black background. Use Screen Size : When set to On, the current screen size is used as the image size Image Width : The image width (used when Use Screen Size is set to Off) Image Height : The image height (used when Use Screen Size is set to Off) Image Scale : Scales the size of bitmap images to a fraction (in percent) of the current viewer window size. Print Line Width : The width of lines in hardcopy output. Increasing this value may give better results on high-resolution printers. Screen Capture : Enables the screen capture mode for producing image output.

Page 152

CCL Objects

CFX-5.6

Reference Guide CCL Content

Hardcopy Format = ppm Optional Parameters Print Quality : Controls quality vs. speed of hardcopy output. White Background : Toggles if hardcopy output is produced on a white or black background. Use Screen Size : When set to On, the current screen size is used as the image size Image Width : The image width (used when Use Screen Size is set to Off) Image Height : The image height (used when Use Screen Size is set to Off) Image Scale : Scales the size of bitmap images to a fraction (in percent) of the current viewer window size. Print Line Width : The width of lines in hardcopy output. Increasing this value may give better results on high-resolution printers. Screen Capture : Enables the screen capture mode for producing image output. Hardcopy Format = jpg Optional Parameters Print Quality : Controls quality vs. speed of hardcopy output. White Background : Toggles if hardcopy output is produced on a white or black background. Use Screen Size : When set to On, the current screen size is used as the image size Image Width : The image width (used when Use Screen Size is set to Off) Image Height : The image height (used when Use Screen Size is set to Off) Image Scale : Scales the size of bitmap images to a fraction (in percent) of the current viewer window size. Print Line Width : The width of lines in hardcopy output. Increasing this value may give better results on high-resolution printers. Screen Capture : Enables the screen capture mode for producing image output.

CFX-5.6

CCL Objects

Page 153

Reference Guide CCL Content

JPEG Image Quality : The quality factor for jpeg image output. Higher values results in clearer, but larger, files. Hardcopy Format = eps Optional Parameters Paper Size : Scales hardcopy output to the specified paper size. Print Quality : Controls quality vs. speed of hardcopy output. Paper Orientation : Sets the rotation of the image on the printed page. White Background : Toggles if hardcopy output is produced on a white or black background. Print Line Width : The width of lines in hardcopy output. Increasing this value may give better results on high-resolution printers. Hardcopy Format = ps Optional Parameters Paper Size : Scales hardcopy output to the specified paper size. Print Quality : Controls quality vs. speed of hardcopy output. Paper Orientation : Sets the rotation of the image on the printed page. White Background : Toggles if hardcopy output is produced on a white or black background. Print Line Width : The width of lines in hardcopy output. Increasing this value may give better results on high-resolution printers.

HEAT TRANSFER Description Singleton Object: Specifies heat transfer conditions at a boundary. Allowed Parameters Essential Parameters Option : Context Sensitive Settings Context Controlling Parameter: Option Page 154

CCL Objects

CFX-5.6

Reference Guide CCL Content

Allowed Context Settings: Adiabatic, Domain Interface, Conservative Interface Flux, Fixed Temperature, Heat Flux, Wall Heat Flux, Heat Transfer Coefficient, Wall Heat Transfer Coefficient, Stationary Frame Total Temperature, Static Temperature, Total Temperature, Fluid Dependent Option = Stationary Frame Total Temperature Essential Parameters Stationary Frame Total Temperature : Option = Wall Heat Transfer Coefficient Essential Parameters Heat Transfer Coefficient : Outside Temperature : Option = Static Temperature Essential Parameters Static Temperature : Option = Fixed Temperature Essential Parameters Fixed Temperature : Option = Wall Heat Flux Essential Parameters Heat Flux in : Option = Heat Transfer Coefficient Essential Parameters Heat Transfer Coefficient : Outside Temperature : Option = Total Temperature Essential Parameters Total Temperature :

CFX-5.6

CCL Objects

Page 155

Reference Guide CCL Content

Option = Heat Flux Essential Parameters Heat Flux in :

HEAT TRANSFER MODEL Description Singleton Object: Specifies the Heat Transfer Model to be used in a domain. Allowed Parameters Essential Parameters Option : Context Sensitive Settings Context Controlling Parameter: Option Allowed Context Settings: None, Isothermal, Thermal Energy, Total Energy, Fluid Dependent Option = Isothermal Optional Parameters Domain Temperature : Fluid Temperature : Solid Temperature : Option = Total Energy Optional Parameters Include Viscous Work Term : Flag indicating whether the shear stress term dot velocity term is included in the energy equation. Temperature Variance Production Coefficient C1 : Temperature Variance Production Coefficient Temperature Variance Dissipation Coefficient C2 : Temperature Variance Dissipation Coefficient

Page 156

CCL Objects

CFX-5.6

Reference Guide CCL Content

Option = Thermal Energy Optional Parameters Include Pressure Transient Term : Temperature Variance Production Coefficient C1 : Temperature Variance Production Coefficient Temperature Variance Dissipation Coefficient C2 : Temperature Variance Dissipation Coefficient

HYDRO CONTROL Description Singleton Object: Holds information specific to hydrodynamics for dynamic model control. Allowed Parameters Optional Parameters Transition Iteration : Turn Multigrid Off : Turn off multigrid solver for compressible flows up to Transition Iteration Sum Continuity Coefficients : Free Surface Harmonic Averaging : Harmonic average buoyancy force for free surface flow up to Transition Iteration

INITIAL CONDITIONS Description Singleton Object: Holds the details of initial condition specification for one or more equations. Allowed Sub-Objects Optional Sub-Objects INITIAL TIME : Defines the Initial Time for a Transient Calculation. STATIC PRESSURE : Defines initialisation of Static Pressure. CFX-5.6

CCL Objects

Page 157

Reference Guide CCL Content

TEMPERATURE : Defines initialisation of Temperature. TEMPERATURE VARIANCE : Defines data specific to the Temperature Variance equation. CARTESIAN VELOCITY COMPONENTS : Defines initialisation of velocity by Cartesian components. CYLINDRICAL VELOCITY COMPONENTS : Defines initialisation of velocity by Cylindrical components. VISKTRB : Defines initialisation of turbulent eddy viscosity when running the ke-1e turbulence model which solves for turbulent eddy viscosity. NOTE - This is a Beta solver feature. K : Defines initialisation of turbulent kinetic energy. EPSILON : Defines initialisation of epsilon. OMEGA : Defines initialisation of turbulent eddy frequency. REYNOLDS STRESS COMPONENTS : Defines initialisation of Reynolds stress components. ADDITIONAL VARIABLE : Hold information specific to a single additional variable. This object is used in a number of different contexts, including the specification of boundary conditions, sources, initial conditions, etc. COMPONENT : Hold information specific to a single component of a multi-component fluid. This object is used in a number of different contexts, including the specification of boundary conditions, sources, initial conditions, etc. VOLUME FRACTION : Sets boundary condition or initial condition on volume fraction RADIATION INTENSITY : Defines initialisation of radiation intensity. WALL SCALE : Specifies initial conditions for the wall scale equation. MIXTURE FRACTION : Defines initialisation of mixture fraction. MIXTURE FRACTION VARIANCE : Defines initialisation of mixture fraction variance. REACTION PROGRESS : Defines initialisation of the reaction progress variable. SOOT : Defines initialisation of Soot. SOOT NUCLEI : Defines initialisation of Soot Nuclei. MESH MOVEMENT : Defines the movement or displacement of mesh at a boundary. NOTE - Not fully supported by the solver. Page 158

CCL Objects

CFX-5.6

Reference Guide CCL Content

Allowed Parameters Optional Parameters Velocity Type : Specifies if we are using Cartesian or Cylindrical components for initial conditions

INITIAL TIME Description Singleton Object: Defines the Initial Time for a Transient Calculation. Allowed Parameters Essential Parameters Option : Context Sensitive Settings Context Controlling Parameter: Option Allowed Context Settings: Automatic, Automatic with Value, Value Option = Automatic with Value Essential Parameters Time : Option = Value Essential Parameters Time :

INITIALISATION Description Singleton Object: Defines the initialisation of flow-field variables.

CFX-5.6

CCL Objects

Page 159

Reference Guide CCL Content

Allowed Sub-Objects Optional Sub-Objects INITIAL CONDITIONS : Holds the details of initial condition specification for one or more equations. FLUID : This object encloses fluid-specific models and data. Allowed Parameters Essential Parameters Option : Default Parameters Coord Frame : Local coordinate frame for computing expressions. The default at the top level of the command data structure is Coord 0, that is no transformation. The default at lower levels is to inherit the value from objects higher up the structure. Frame Type : Sets the frame in which velocity components or flow direction components are specified. If set to Rotating then the components are in the relative frame. If set to Stationary then the components are in the absolute frame of reference. Context Sensitive Settings Context Controlling Parameter: Option Allowed Context Settings: Automatic, Default,

INTERFACE MODELS Description Singleton Object: Holds the definition of models specific to an interface. Allowed Sub-Objects Optional Sub-Objects FRAME CHANGE : Defines the frame change model to be used on a domain interface.

Page 160

CCL Objects

CFX-5.6

Reference Guide CCL Content

PITCH CHANGE : Defines how pitch change is calculated across a domain interface.

INTERFACIAL EQUILIBRIUM MODEL Description Singleton Object: Specifies equilibrium model for species and AV transfer. Allowed Parameters Essential Parameters Option : Context Sensitive Settings Context Controlling Parameter: Option Allowed Context Settings: Molar Concentration Equilibrium Ratio, Molar Fraction Equilibrium Ratio, Mass Fraction Equilibrium Ratio, Henrys Law, Raoults Law Option = Molar Concentration Equilibrium Ratio Essential Parameters Molar Concentration Equilibrium Ratio : Option = Raoults Law Essential Parameters Saturation Pressure : Saturation pressure for cavitation of a pure substance. Option = Henrys Law Optional Parameters Molar Concentration Henry Coefficient : Molar Fraction Henry Coefficient : Option = Mass Fraction Equilibrium Ratio Essential Parameters CFX-5.6

CCL Objects

Page 161

Reference Guide CCL Content

Mass Fraction Equilibrium Ratio : Option = Molar Fraction Equilibrium Ratio Essential Parameters Molar Fraction Equilibrium Ratio :

INTERPHASE HEAT TRANSFER Description Singleton Object: Specifies heat transfer model between a fluid pair. Allowed Parameters Essential Parameters Option : Optional Parameters Under Relaxation Factor : Context Sensitive Settings Context Controlling Parameter: Option Allowed Context Settings: Heat Transfer Coefficient, Nusselt Number, Ranz Marshall, Hughmark, Interface Flux, Two Resistance Option = Nusselt Number Essential Parameters Nusselt Number : Option = Interface Flux Essential Parameters Fluid1to2 Heat Flux : Value part of flux from first fluid to second. Fluid1 Heat Flux Coefficient : First fluid add. var. coefficient part of flux from first fluid to second. Fluid2 Heat Flux Coefficient : Second fluid add.var. coefficient part of flux from first fluid to second.

Page 162

CCL Objects

CFX-5.6

Reference Guide CCL Content

Option = Heat Transfer Coefficient Essential Parameters Heat Transfer Coefficient : Option = Two Resistance Essential Sub-Objects FLUID1 INTERPHASE HEAT TRANSFER : Specifies heat transfer model to first fluid of a fluid pair. FLUID2 INTERPHASE HEAT TRANSFER : Specifies heat transfer model to second fluid of a fluid pair.

INTERPHASE TRANSFER MODEL Description Singleton Object: Specifies transfer model between fluids Allowed Parameters Essential Parameters Option : Optional Parameters Interfacial Area Density : Interfacial area per unit volume between two phases. Minimum Volume Fraction for Area Density : Maximum Volume Fraction for Area Density : Fluid1 Area Density Coefficient : interfacial area density linearisation coefficient against fluid 1 volume fraction Fluid2 Area Density Coefficient : interfacial area density linearisation coefficient against fluid 1 volume fraction Context Sensitive Settings Context Controlling Parameter: Option Allowed Context Settings: Particle Model,Mixture Model,Homogeneous

CFX-5.6

CCL Objects

Page 163

Reference Guide CCL Content

Option = Mixture Model Essential Parameters Interface Length Scale : Specifies an effective length scale or interfacial area density available for transfer processes under the mixture model option on FLUID PAIR.

INTERPOLATION DATA Description Singleton Object: Holds interpolation data for user-defined one and three dimensional interpolation functions. Allowed Parameters Optional Parameters Data Pairs : The data list for a user 1d interpolation function. Data : The data list for a user 3d interpolation function. Default Parameters Extend Min : Extend Max :

INTERSECTION CONTROL Description Singleton Object: Holds advanced parameters to control the details of interface discretisation. Allowed Parameters Optional Parameters Bitmap Resolution : Bitmap resolution to use on a mesh face when calculating the mesh intersection for a nonmatched domain interface. Agglomerate Control Surfaces : The type of agglomeration used when grouping integration point control surfaces after calculating the intersection Page 164

CCL Objects

CFX-5.6

Reference Guide CCL Content

JUNCTION BOX ROUTINES Description Singleton Object: Allowed Parameters Essential Parameters Junction Box Routine List : List of junction box routines to be executed.

K Description Singleton Object: Defines initialisation of turbulent kinetic energy. Allowed Parameters Essential Parameters Option : Context Sensitive Settings Context Controlling Parameter: Option Allowed Context Settings: Automatic, Automatic with Value, Default, Value Option = Automatic with Value Optional Parameters k: Fractional Intensity : Option = Value Optional Parameters k: Fractional Intensity : CFX-5.6

CCL Objects

Page 165

Reference Guide CCL Content

K SOURCE Description Singleton Object: Holds source values and linearisation coefficients for level mode sources in the turbulent kinetic energy equation. NOTE - This feature has been superseded by the more robust residual mode sources specified using the EQUATION SOURCE object. Allowed Parameters Optional Parameters k Source : k Source Coefficient : k Flux : k Flux Coefficient :

LABEL CONTROL Description Singleton Object: Controls visibility of labels Allowed Parameters Essential Parameters Show Labels : If true display labels Optional Parameters Show Prim2d Labels : If true display labels Show Prim3d Labels : If true display labels Show Region Labels : If true display labels Show Boundary Labels : If true display labels Show Domain Labels : If true display labels Show Boundary Markers : If true display labels Show Inlet Markers : If true display Show Outlet Markers : If true display Page 166

CCL Objects

CFX-5.6

Reference Guide CCL Content

Show Opening Markers : If true display Show Wall Markers : If true display Show Symmetry Markers : If true display Show Interface Markers : If true display Prim2d Global Visibility : If true can display Primitive2D objects

LAMINAR FLAME SPEED Description Singleton Object: Defines the Laminar Flame Speed for a combustion calculation. Allowed Parameters Essential Parameters Option : Context Sensitive Settings Context Controlling Parameter: Option Allowed Context Settings: Flame Speed, Flammability Limits, Library Option = Flame Speed Essential Parameters Laminar Flame Speed : Option = Flammability Limits Essential Sub-Objects FLAMMABILITY LIMITS : Contains parameters that control the flammability limits for combustion. Option = Library Essential Parameters Library File : File holding the library.

CFX-5.6

CCL Objects

Page 167

Reference Guide CCL Content

LIBRARY Description Singleton Object: Stores common object descriptions for reference in the main problem definition. Allowed Sub-Objects Optional Sub-Objects VARIABLE : Specification of internal details for internal solver and expression language variables. EQUATION DEFINITIONS : Contains definitions for standard equations. ADDITIONAL VARIABLE : Hold information specific to a single additional variable. This object is used in a number of different contexts, including the specification of boundary conditions, sources, initial conditions, etc. CEL : Stores user-defined CFX Command Language functions and expressions. MATERIAL : Holds the definition of type and physical properties for a material. REACTION : USER ROUTINE DEFINITIONS : Contains definitions for user routines.

LIFT FORCE Description Singleton Object: Specifies that lift force should be included in momentum transfer models for a fluid pair. Allowed Parameters Default Parameters Lift Coefficient : Coefficient for lift force in interfluid momentum transfer. Page 168

CCL Objects

CFX-5.6

Reference Guide CCL Content

LOSS COEFFICIENT Description Singleton Object: Defines the Loss Coefficient to be applied at an opening boundary. Allowed Parameters Essential Parameters Loss Coefficient :

MASS AND MOMENTUM Description Singleton Object: Specifies conditions on Mass and Momentum at a boundary. Allowed Parameters Essential Parameters Option : Context Sensitive Settings Context Controlling Parameter: Option Allowed Context Settings: Average Static Pressure, Cartesian Velocity Components, Cartesian Velocity Components and Pressure, Cylindrical Velocity Components, Cylindrical Velocity Components and Pressure, Degassing Condition, Continuous Phase Wall, Dispersed Phase Wall, Continuous Phase Outlet, Dispersed Phase Outlet, Fluid Flow Rate, Fluid Velocity, Normal Speed, Mass Flow Rate, Pressure, Stationary Frame Total Pressure, Static Pressure, Total Pressure, Uniform Static Pressure, Velocity Components and Pressure, Conservative Interface Flux, Extrapolation, Entrainment Condition Option = Cylindrical Velocity Components and Pressure Essential Parameters CFX-5.6

CCL Objects

Page 169

Reference Guide CCL Content

Velocity r Component : Velocity Theta Component : Velocity Axial Component : Relative Static Pressure : Optional Parameters Axis Type : Specifies if we are using a Coordinate Axis or Two points to define the axis (only two point axis specification is currently supported) Rotation Axis : Coordinate Frame Axis for rotating domains or cylindrical boundary condition specification Rotation Axis From : First <x,y,z Rotation Axis To : Second <x,y,z Option = Average Static Pressure Essential Parameters Relative Pressure : Option = Cylindrical Velocity Components Essential Parameters Velocity r Component : Velocity Theta Component : Velocity Axial Component : Optional Parameters Axis Type : Specifies if we are using a Coordinate Axis or Two points to define the axis (only two point axis specification is currently supported) Rotation Axis : Coordinate Frame Axis for rotating domains or cylindrical boundary condition specification Rotation Axis From : First <x,y,z Rotation Axis To : Second <x,y,z Option = Continuous Phase Outlet Essential Parameters Relative Pressure : Page 170

CCL Objects

CFX-5.6

Reference Guide CCL Content

Option = Fluid Velocity Option = Total Pressure Essential Parameters Relative Pressure : Option = Entrainment Condition Essential Parameters Relative Pressure : Option = Static Pressure Essential Parameters Relative Pressure : Option = Cartesian Velocity Components Essential Parameters U: V: W: Option = Stationary Frame Total Pressure Essential Parameters Relative Pressure : Option = Uniform Static Pressure Essential Parameters Relative Pressure : Option = Degassing Condition Optional Parameters Relative Pressure : Option = Dispersed Phase Outlet Essential Parameters Relative Pressure : CFX-5.6

CCL Objects

Page 171

Reference Guide CCL Content

Option = Velocity Components and Pressure Essential Parameters U: V: W: Relative Static Pressure : Option = Normal Speed Essential Parameters Normal Speed : Option = Cartesian Velocity Components and Pressure Essential Parameters U: V: W: Relative Static Pressure : Option = Mass Flow Rate Essential Parameters Mass Flow Rate : Optional Parameters Pressure Profile : Outlet boundary condition pressure profile Pressure Profile Blend : Pressure profile blend factor for m-dot outlets Mass Flow Update Option : Determines how the solver enforces the mass flow rate specified on an outflow boundary condition. Shift pressure updates the average pressure level on the boundary to give the required mass flow rate, Scale Mass Flows multiplies the solver computed mass flows by a factor to give the set value, and Constant Flux distributes the set value by area weighting over the boundary patch. Option = Pressure Essential Parameters Page 172

CCL Objects

CFX-5.6

Reference Guide CCL Content

Relative Pressure :

MASS TRANSFER Description Singleton Object: Mass transfer models for a fluid pair. Allowed Sub-Objects Optional Sub-Objects EQUATION PAIR : Specifies transfer model between a fluid-equation pair containing variables of the same type and dimensions. Allowed Parameters Essential Parameters Option : Optional Parameters Bounded Volume Fraction Linearisation : Determines whether IPMT terms are linearised to keep volume fractions bounded. Context Sensitive Settings Context Controlling Parameter: Option Allowed Context Settings: None, Specified Mass Transfer, Phase Change, Cavitation Option = Phase Change Essential Sub-Objects PHASE CHANGE MODEL : Specifies the cavitation model. Option = Cavitation Essential Sub-Objects CAVITATION MODEL : Specifies the cavitation model. Option = Specified Mass Transfer Essential Sub-Objects CFX-5.6

CCL Objects

Page 173

Reference Guide CCL Content

SPECIFIED MASS TRANSFER : Specifies the mass transfer rate explicitly.

MATERIAL Description Named Object: Holds the definition of type and physical properties for a material. Allowed Sub-Objects Optional Sub-Objects PROPERTIES : Holds the definition of all physical properties for a material. Allowed Parameters Essential Parameters Option : Optional Parameters Long Name : Thermodynamic State : State type of a pure substance Object Origin : Where the Object definition came from. Default Parameters Coord Frame : Local coordinate frame for computing expressions. The default at the top level of the command data structure is Coord 0, that is no transformation. The default at lower levels is to inherit the value from objects higher up the structure. Context Sensitive Settings Context Controlling Parameter: Option Allowed Context Settings: Pure Substance, Fixed Composition Mixture, Variable Composition Mixture Option = Fixed Composition Mixture Essential Parameters Page 174

CCL Objects

CFX-5.6

Reference Guide CCL Content

Materials List : Mass Fraction List : Optional Parameters Constitutive Relation Temperature Criterion : Constitutive Relation Iteration Limit : Constitutive Relation Under Relaxation : Newton Pressure Criterion : Newton Pressure Iteration Limit : Newton Pressure Under Relaxation : Option = Variable Composition Mixture Optional Parameters Materials List : Reactions List : Constitutive Relation Temperature Criterion : Constitutive Relation Iteration Limit : Constitutive Relation Under Relaxation : Newton Pressure Criterion : Newton Pressure Iteration Limit : Newton Pressure Under Relaxation :

MESH ADAPTION Description Singleton Object: Specifies if Mesh Adaption is active. NOTE - Only used for GUI control in CFX-Pre. Does not control the execution of adaption in the solver loop. Allowed Sub-Objects Optional Sub-Objects ADAPTION CRITERIA : ADAPTION METHOD : ADAPTION CONVERGENCE CRITERIA : CFX-5.6

CCL Objects

Page 175

Reference Guide CCL Content

ADAPTION ADVANCED OPTIONS : Allowed Parameters Essential Parameters Domain Name : Subdomain List : Optional Parameters Mesh Adaption : Save Intermediate Files :

MESH MOVEMENT Description Singleton Object: Defines the movement or displacement of mesh at a boundary. NOTE - Not fully supported by the solver. Allowed Parameters Essential Parameters Option : Context Sensitive Settings Context Controlling Parameter: Option Allowed Context Settings: Automatic, Automatic with Value, Default, Value, Specified Displacement, Specified Location Option = Automatic with Value Optional Parameters Displacement X Component : Displacement Y Component : Displacement Z Component : Location X Component : Location Y Component : Location Z Component : Page 176

CCL Objects

CFX-5.6

Reference Guide CCL Content

Option = Value Optional Parameters Displacement X Component : Displacement Y Component : Displacement Z Component : Location X Component : Location Y Component : Location Z Component : Option = Specified Location Optional Parameters Location X Component : Location Y Component : Location Z Component : Option = Specified Displacement Essential Parameters Displacement X Component : Displacement Y Component : Displacement Z Component :

MESH TRANSFORMATION Description Singleton Object: This object contains user info necessary to generate a mesh transformation.Passed from GUI, combined with Absolute in MeshCalcFunc Allowed Parameters Essential Parameters Option : Optional Parameters Transformation Units : Units used for transformation coordinates CFX-5.6

CCL Objects

Page 177

Reference Guide CCL Content

Use Coord Frame : Specifies if the transformation is defined in another coordinate frame Reference Coord Frame : The Coordinate Frame in which the physical locations used to set this coordinate frame are described. Target Assemblies : Assemblies this transformation is applied to Context Sensitive Settings Context Controlling Parameter: Option Allowed Context Settings: Rotation, Translation, Scale, Reflection Option = Reflection Essential Parameters Reflection Option : Specifies how the reflection plane is defined Optional Parameters X Pos : Used with plane definition Y Pos : Used with plane definition Z Pos : Used with plane definition Point : An XYZ triple which defines a point in space. Normal : An XYZ triple describing the normal vector. Point 1 : An XYZ triple defining the first point for this object. Point 2 : An XYZ triple defining the second point for this object. Point 3 : An XYZ triple defining the third point for this object. Delete Reflected : Specifies if the original mesh is deleted Glue Reflected Assemblies : Specifies whether matching assemblies should be glued after a reflection Option = Translation Essential Parameters Translation Option : Specifies what type of translation is applied Optional Parameters Translation Deltas : Translation offset Translation Root : Root of the translation vector Translation Tip : Tip of the translation vector Page 178

CCL Objects

CFX-5.6

Reference Guide CCL Content

Use Multiple Copy : Specifies if mesh is to be copied as opposed to moved Number of Copies : Specifies the number of transformed copies. Delete Original : Specifies if the original mesh is deleted Glue Copied Assemblies : Specifies whether matching assemblies should be glued after copy Option = Scale Essential Parameters Scale Option : Specifies what type of scaling is applied Optional Parameters Scale Origin : Position of scale origin Uniform Scale : Scale factor Nonuniform Scale : Non uniform scale vector Option = Rotation Essential Parameters Rotation Option : Specifies what type of rotation is applied Rotation Angle Option : Specifies what type of rotation is applied Optional Parameters Principal Axis : Specifies the principal axis used in instance rotation. Rotation Axis Begin : Root of rotation axis vector Rotation Axis End : Tip of rotation axis vector Rotation Angle : Specifies the rotation angle. Angle Start : First point used to calculate angle Angle End : Second point used to calculate angle Use Multiple Copy : Specifies if mesh is to be copied as opposed to moved Number of Copies : Specifies the number of transformed copies. Delete Original : Specifies if the original mesh is deleted Glue Copied Assemblies : Specifies whether matching assemblies should be glued after copy

CFX-5.6

CCL Objects

Page 179

Reference Guide CCL Content

MIXTURE Description Singleton Object: Specification of Fuel/Oxidiser mixture at a boundary. Allowed Parameters Essential Parameters Option : Context Sensitive Settings Context Controlling Parameter: Option Allowed Context Settings: Oxidiser, Fuel, Mixture Fraction, Mixture Fraction Mean and Variance, Conservative Interface Flux Option = Mixture Fraction Mean and Variance Essential Parameters Mixture Fraction : Mixture Fraction Variance : Option = Mixture Fraction Essential Parameters Mixture Fraction :

MIXTURE FRACTION Description Singleton Object: Defines initialisation of mixture fraction. Allowed Parameters Essential Parameters Option :

Page 180

CCL Objects

CFX-5.6

Reference Guide CCL Content

Context Sensitive Settings Context Controlling Parameter: Option Allowed Context Settings: Automatic, Automatic with Value, Default, Value Option = Automatic with Value Essential Parameters Mixture Fraction : Option = Value Essential Parameters Mixture Fraction :

MIXTURE FRACTION VARIANCE Description Singleton Object: Defines initialisation of mixture fraction variance. Allowed Parameters Essential Parameters Option : Context Sensitive Settings Context Controlling Parameter: Option Allowed Context Settings: Automatic, Automatic with Value, Default, Value Option = Automatic with Value Essential Parameters Mixture Fraction Variance : Option = Value Essential Parameters Mixture Fraction Variance : CFX-5.6

CCL Objects

Page 181

Reference Guide CCL Content

MOMENTUM SOURCE Description Singleton Object: Holds source terms for momentum. Allowed Sub-Objects Optional Sub-Objects GENERAL MOMENTUM SOURCE : Defines momentum source term and linearisation coefficient. RESISTANCE SOURCE : Defines momentum resistance term. Allowed Parameters Optional Parameters Include in Total Energy : Indicates whether a momentum source appears in the total energy equation

MOMENTUM TRANSFER Description Singleton Object: Specifies momentum transfer models for a fluid pair. Allowed Sub-Objects Optional Sub-Objects DRAG FORCE : Specifies drag force between two phases. LIFT FORCE : Specifies that lift force should be included in momentum transfer models for a fluid pair. WALL LUBRICATION FORCE : Specifies that wall lubrication force should be included in momentum transfer models for a fluid pair. VIRTUAL MASS FORCE : Specifies that virtual mass force should be included in momentum transfer models for a fluid pair.

Page 182

CCL Objects

CFX-5.6

Reference Guide CCL Content

TURBULENT DISPERSION FORCE : Specifies that turbulent dispersion should be included in momentum transfer models for a fluid pair.

MONITOR OBJECTS Description Singleton Object: Allowed Sub-Objects Optional Sub-Objects MONITOR POINT : Defines the location and quantity to be recorded in a Monitor Point.

MONITOR POINT Description Named Object: Defines the location and quantity to be recorded in a Monitor Point. Allowed Parameters Essential Parameters Option : Default Parameters Coord Frame : Local coordinate frame for computing expressions. The default at the top level of the command data structure is Coord 0, that is no transformation. The default at lower levels is to inherit the value from objects higher up the structure. Context Sensitive Settings Context Controlling Parameter: Option Allowed Context Settings: Coordinates in Domain, Expression, Vertex in Domain

CFX-5.6

CCL Objects

Page 183

Reference Guide CCL Content

Option = Expression Essential Parameters Expression Value : Single valued CEL expression. Option = Coordinates in Domain Essential Sub-Objects CARTESIAN COORDINATES : Position vector specified by cartesian components. Essential Parameters Domain Name : Output Variables List : Option = Vertex in Domain Essential Parameters Vertex Number : Domain Name : Output Variables List :

MORPHOLOGY Description Singleton Object: Fluid morphology in multifluid models Allowed Sub-Objects Optional Sub-Objects PARTICLE SHAPE FACTORS : Defines the shape factor for a particle group. PARTICLE DIAMETER DISTRIBUTION : Defines the size distribution for a particle group. Allowed Parameters Essential Parameters Option : Page 184

CCL Objects

CFX-5.6

Reference Guide CCL Content

Optional Parameters Minimum Volume Fraction : Context Sensitive Settings Context Controlling Parameter: Option Allowed Context Settings: Continuous Fluid, Dispersed Fluid, Dispersed Solid, Dispersed Particle Transport Fluid, Dispersed Particle Transport Solid, Unspecified Option = Dispersed Solid Essential Parameters Mean Diameter : Optional Parameters Maximum Packing : Option = Dispersed Fluid Essential Parameters Mean Diameter : Optional Parameters Maximum Packing :

MULTIPHASE MODELS Description Singleton Object: Defines the overall models that control the interaction of two or more phases. Allowed Sub-Objects Optional Sub-Objects FREE SURFACE MODEL : Defines the type of free surface model to be used. Allowed Parameters Optional Parameters CFX-5.6

CCL Objects

Page 185

Reference Guide CCL Content

Homogeneous Model : Specifies whether the model is homogeneous or not Ballast Fluid : Specified which fluid of a multiphase case has an implied volume fraction. Output Fluid : Homogeneous Coefficient Factor : Factor to enforce homogeneous condition for temperature

NON OVERLAP CONDITIONS Description Singleton Object: Specifies boundary conditions on non overlap regions of a domain interface. NOTE: Not currently implemented in the solver. Allowed Sub-Objects Optional Sub-Objects MASS AND MOMENTUM : Specifies conditions on Mass and Momentum at a boundary. WALL INFLUENCE ON FLOW : Specifies wall velocity or slip conditions at a boundary. WALL ROUGHNESS : Sets wall roughness on a wall boundary condition. HEAT TRANSFER : Specifies heat transfer conditions at a boundary. Allowed Parameters Essential Parameters Boundary Type : Internal parameter tells the type of the boundary.

OMEGA Description Singleton Object: Defines initialisation of turbulent eddy frequency.

Page 186

CCL Objects

CFX-5.6

Reference Guide CCL Content

Allowed Parameters Essential Parameters Option : Context Sensitive Settings Context Controlling Parameter: Option Allowed Context Settings: Automatic, Automatic with Value, Default, Value Option = Automatic with Value Optional Parameters Omega : Epsilon : Eddy Length Scale : Eddy Viscosity Ratio : Specify (Turb / Molecular) viscosity ratio Option = Value Optional Parameters Omega : Epsilon : Eddy Length Scale : Eddy Viscosity Ratio : Specify (Turb / Molecular) viscosity ratio

OUTPUT CONTROL Description Singleton Object: Holds object definitions that control output from the solver during execution. Allowed Sub-Objects Optional Sub-Objects TRANSIENT RESULTS : Sets the frequency and contents of intermediate transient results files. CFX-5.6

CCL Objects

Page 187

Reference Guide CCL Content

BACKUP RESULTS : Defines the frequency and type of backup files created during a solver run. RESULTS : Defines the contents of the final solver results file. MONITOR OBJECTS : TRANSIENT STATISTICS : Specifies the running statistics to be maintained during a transient analysis. RESIDUALS : Specifies the amount of residual information to be written to the OUT file. PARTICLE TRACK FILE : Controls output of particle track records.

PARTICLE CONTROL Description Singleton Object: Holds objects that control the execution and convergence of particle tracking. Allowed Sub-Objects Optional Sub-Objects PARTICLE INTEGRATION : Sets details of the particle tracking integration algorithm. PARTICLE UNDER RELAXATION FACTORS : Sets under relaxation factors on particle tracking sources.

PARTICLE DIAMETER DISTRIBUTION Description Singleton Object: Defines the size distribution for a particle group. Allowed Parameters Essential Parameters Option :

Page 188

CCL Objects

CFX-5.6

Reference Guide CCL Content

Context Sensitive Settings Context Controlling Parameter: Option Allowed Context Settings: Specified Diameter, Uniform in Diameter by Number, Uniform in Diameter by Mass, Normal in Diameter by Number, Normal in Diameter by Mass, Rosin Rammler, Nukiyama Tanasawa Option = Nukiyama Tanasawa Essential Parameters Rosin Rammler Size : Rosin Rammler Power : Nukiyama Tanasawa Power : Option = Rosin Rammler Essential Parameters Rosin Rammler Size : Rosin Rammler Power : Option = Specified Diameter Essential Parameters Diameter : Option = Normal in Diameter by Number Essential Parameters Mean Diameter : Standard Deviation in Diameter : Minimum Diameter : Maximum Diameter : Option = Uniform in Diameter by Mass Essential Parameters Minimum Diameter : Maximum Diameter :

CFX-5.6

CCL Objects

Page 189

Reference Guide CCL Content

Option = Uniform in Diameter by Number Essential Parameters Minimum Diameter : Maximum Diameter : Option = Normal in Diameter by Mass Essential Parameters Mean Diameter : Standard Deviation in Diameter : Minimum Diameter : Maximum Diameter :

PARTICLE INTEGRATION Description Singleton Object: Sets details of the particle tracking integration algorithm. Allowed Parameters Essential Parameters Option : Optional Parameters Iteration Frequency : First Iteration for Particle Calculation : Particle Source Change Target : Maximum Tracking Time : Maximum Tracking Distance : Maximum Number of Integration Steps : Context Sensitive Settings Context Controlling Parameter: Option Allowed Context Settings: Forward Euler Page 190

CCL Objects

CFX-5.6

Reference Guide CCL Content

Option = Forward Euler Essential Parameters Number of Integration Steps per Element :

PARTICLE MASS FLOW RATE Description Singleton Object: Defines the mass flow rate for a group of particles. Allowed Parameters Essential Parameters Mass Flow Rate :

PARTICLE POSITION Description Singleton Object: Defines how particle positions are to be distributed on a boundary. Allowed Parameters Essential Parameters Option : Context Sensitive Settings Context Controlling Parameter: Option Allowed Context Settings: Uniform Injection, Uniform Injection within Annulus, Injection with Line Weighting, Injection with Point Weighting, Injection with Circular Weighting, Injection with User Defined Weighting, Injection at Face Centres, Injection at IP Face Centres Option = Injection with Point Weighting Essential Parameters Number of Positions : CFX-5.6

CCL Objects

Page 191

Reference Guide CCL Content

Centre Point for Normal Distribution : Standard Deviation for Normal Distribution : Option = Uniform Injection Essential Parameters Number of Positions : Option = Uniform Injection within Annulus Essential Parameters Number of Positions : First Point of Axis : Second Point of Axis : Minimum Distance from Axis : Maximum Distance from Axis : Option = Injection with Line Weighting Essential Parameters Number of Positions : First Line Point for Normal Distribution : Second Line Point for Normal Distribution : Standard Deviation for Normal Distribution : Option = Injection with Circular Weighting Essential Parameters Number of Positions : Centre Point for Normal Distribution : Distance from Centre Point : Standard Deviation for Normal Distribution : Option = Injection at Face Centres Option = Injection at IP Face Centres Option = Injection with User Defined Weighting Essential Parameters Page 192

CCL Objects

CFX-5.6

Reference Guide CCL Content

Number of Positions : Face Weighting Factor :

PARTICLE SHAPE FACTORS Description Singleton Object: Defines the shape factor for a particle group. Allowed Parameters Essential Parameters Cross Sectional Area Factor : Optional Parameters Surface Area Factor :

PARTICLE TRACK FILE Description Singleton Object: Controls output of particle track records. Allowed Parameters Essential Parameters Option : Optional Parameters Track Printing Interval : Track File Format : Keep Track File : Track Positions : Context Sensitive Settings Context Controlling Parameter: Option Allowed Context Settings: All Track Positions, Specified Position Interval, Specified Distance Spacing, Specified Time Spacing CFX-5.6

CCL Objects

Page 193

Reference Guide CCL Content

Option = Specified Position Interval Essential Parameters Track Position Interval : Option = Specified Time Spacing Essential Parameters Track Time Spacing : Option = Specified Distance Spacing Essential Parameters Track Distance Spacing :

PARTICLE UNDER RELAXATION FACTORS Description Singleton Object: Sets under relaxation factors on particle tracking sources. Allowed Parameters Optional Parameters Velocity Under Relaxation Factor : Energy Under Relaxation Factor : Mass Under Relaxation Factor :

PHASE CHANGE MODEL Description Singleton Object: Specifies the cavitation model. Allowed Parameters Essential Parameters Option :

Page 194

CCL Objects

CFX-5.6

Reference Guide CCL Content

Context Sensitive Settings Context Controlling Parameter: Option Allowed Context Settings: User Defined, Thermal Phase Change Option = User Defined Essential Parameters Fluid1to2 Phase Change Mass Flux : mass flux from fluid 1 to 2 Option = Thermal Phase Change Essential Parameters Saturation Temperature : Saturation temperature for vaporisation or boiling of a pure substance. Optional Parameters Secondary Heat Flux Option : Expert parameter to assess different options for secondary heat fluxes with phase change mass transfer

PHYSICS Description Singleton Object: Used by CFX-Pre to describe physical consistency checking. Allowed Sub-Objects Optional Sub-Objects BUILT IN : Declares an intrinsic physics check in CFX-Pre. CHECK : Declares a data-driven physics check in CFX-Pre.

PITCH CHANGE Description Singleton Object: Defines how pitch change is calculated across a domain interface.

CFX-5.6

CCL Objects

Page 195

Reference Guide CCL Content

Allowed Parameters Essential Parameters Option : Context Sensitive Settings Context Controlling Parameter: Option Allowed Context Settings: Automatic, Value, Specified Pitch Angles Option = Value Essential Parameters Pitch Ratio : Gives the fractional change in area from side 1 to side 2 of a domain interface Option = Specified Pitch Angles Essential Parameters Pitch Angle Side1 : Pitch angle on first side of a GGI interface Pitch Angle Side2 : Pitch angle on second side of a GGI interface

PRESSURE AVERAGING Description Singleton Object: Controls details of how pressure is averaged over an outlet. Allowed Parameters Essential Parameters Option : Context Sensitive Settings Context Controlling Parameter: Option Allowed Context Settings: Average Over Whole Outlet, Average Above Specified Radius, Average Below Specified Radius

Page 196

CCL Objects

CFX-5.6

Reference Guide CCL Content

Option = Average Above Specified Radius Essential Parameters Radius : Option = Average Below Specified Radius Essential Parameters Radius :

PRIMITIVE REGIONS Description Singleton Object: Allowed Parameters Essential Parameters Primitive Region List : List of regions imported into a map.

PRIMITIVE2D Description Named Object: This is the faceted display for a 2DRegion Allowed Parameters Optional Parameters Draw Faces : Toggles the visibility filled faces for this graphics objectin the viewer. Face Colour : A list of three numbers between 0 and 1, which represent the RGB (Red/Green/Blue) values to be used for colouring the faces on a graphics object. Transparency : Set between 0.0 (fully opaque) and 1.0 (fully transparent) to control the transparency of this graphics object in the viewer. Surface Drawing : Sets the algorithm used to shade the faces for this graphics object. CFX-5.6

CCL Objects

Page 197

Reference Guide CCL Content

Lighting : Toggles the lighting of this graphics object in the viewer. Specular Lighting : Toggles the specular lighting of this object in the viewer. Culling Mode : Controls the face culling of this object in the viewer. Draw Lines : Toggles the visibility of lines around each face of this graphics object. Render Edge Angle : The angle between two faces used to limit visible edges in a wireframe. Line Colour : A list of three numbers between 0 and 1, which represent the RGB (Red/Green/Blue) values to be used for colouring the lines on a graphics object. Line Width : Controls the width (in pixels) of lines drawn for this graphics object. Visibility : Toggles the visibility of this graphics object in the viewer. Prim2d Visibility : Toggles the visibility of this graphics object in the viewer. Show Label : If true display label

PRIMITIVE3D Description Named Object: Links 2D primitives to their parent 3D primitive, is also a wireframe. Allowed Sub-Objects Optional Sub-Objects PRIMITIVE2D : This is the faceted display for a 2DRegion Allowed Parameters Optional Parameters Line Width : Controls the width (in pixels) of lines drawn for this graphics object. Colour : A list of three numbers between 0 and 1, which represent the RGB (Red/Green/Blue) values to be used when colouring an object with constant colour. Page 198

CCL Objects

CFX-5.6

Reference Guide CCL Content

Edge Angle : The angle between two faces used to limit visible edges in a wireframe. Visibility : Toggles the visibility of this graphics object in the viewer. Prim3d Visibility : Toggles the visibility of this graphics object in the viewer. Show Label : If true display label

PRODUCTS Description Singleton Object: Defines the method of product generation in a reaction. Allowed Parameters Essential Parameters Option : Optional Parameters Reaction Order List : Context Sensitive Settings Context Controlling Parameter: Option Allowed Context Settings: Stoichiometric, Mass Ratio Option = Stoichiometric Essential Parameters Materials List : Stoichiometric Coefficient List :

PROPERTIES Description Singleton Object: Holds the definition of all physical properties for a material. CFX-5.6

CCL Objects

Page 199

Reference Guide CCL Content

Allowed Sub-Objects Optional Sub-Objects SPECIFIC HEAT CAPACITY : Hold the details for an advanced description of Specific Heat Capacity. THERMAL CONDUCTIVITY : Hold the details for an advanced descriptions of Thermal Conductivity. DYNAMIC VISCOSITY : Hold the details for an advanced description of Dynamic Viscosity. Allowed Parameters Essential Parameters Option : Optional Parameters Molar Mass : Context Sensitive Settings Context Controlling Parameter: Option Allowed Context Settings: General Fluid, Ideal Gas, Solid, Homogeneous Binary Mixture, Ideal Mixture, Table, Base Material, Unspecified Option = Table Optional Sub-Objects TABLE UNITS : Defines the base units for a property table. Essential Parameters Table Format : Type of table format for specifying material properties Table Name : Path and name of the file which contains tables of material properties Optional Parameters Absorption Coefficient : The Absorption Coefficient for a Gray Gas Isentropic Compressibility : Isothermal Compressibility : Refractive Index : Page 200

CCL Objects

CFX-5.6

Reference Guide CCL Content

Reference Pressure : Reference Specific Enthalpy : Reference Specific Entropy : Reference Temperature : Specific Heat Capacity : Specific Heat Capacity at Constant Volume : Scattering Coefficient : Thermal Conductivity : Thermal Expansivity : Dynamic Viscosity : Minimum Temperature : Maximum Temperature : Minimum Absolute Pressure : Maximum Absolute Pressure : Speed Of Sound : Density Depends On : Specific Heat Depends On : Enthalpy Table Error Tolerance : Enthalpy Table Maximum Points : Enthalpy Table Temperature Extrapolation : Enthalpy Table Pressure Extrapolation : Entropy Table Error Tolerance : Check Entropy Table Consistency : Entropy Table Maximum Points : Entropy Table Temperature Extrapolation : Entropy Table Pressure Extrapolation : Option = Ideal Mixture Optional Parameters Absorption Coefficient : The Absorption Coefficient for a Gray Gas Density : Material density Dynamic Viscosity : CFX-5.6

CCL Objects

Page 201

Reference Guide CCL Content

Isentropic Compressibility : Isothermal Compressibility : Refractive Index : Scattering Coefficient : Specific Heat Capacity : Specific Heat Capacity at Constant Volume : Speed Of Sound : Thermal Conductivity : Thermal Expansivity : Minimum Temperature : Maximum Temperature : Minimum Absolute Pressure : Maximum Absolute Pressure : Reference Pressure : Reference Specific Enthalpy : Reference Specific Entropy : Reference Temperature : Density Depends On : Specific Heat Depends On : Option = Homogeneous Binary Mixture Essential Sub-Objects SATURATION TEMPERATURE : Defines the Saturation Temperature used in a multiphase mass transfer model. SATURATION PRESSURE : Defines the Saturation Pressure used in a multiphase mass transfer model. Optional Parameters Absorption Coefficient : The Absorption Coefficient for a Gray Gas Density : Material density Dynamic Viscosity : Isentropic Compressibility : Isothermal Compressibility : Refractive Index : Page 202

CCL Objects

CFX-5.6

Reference Guide CCL Content

Scattering Coefficient : Specific Heat Capacity : Specific Heat Capacity at Constant Volume : Speed Of Sound : Thermal Conductivity : Thermal Expansivity : Minimum Temperature : Maximum Temperature : Minimum Absolute Pressure : Maximum Absolute Pressure : Reference Pressure : Reference Specific Enthalpy : Reference Specific Entropy : Reference Temperature : Density Depends On : Specific Heat Depends On : Option = Solid Essential Parameters Density : Material density Optional Parameters Absorption Coefficient : The Absorption Coefficient for a Gray Gas Refractive Index : Scattering Coefficient : Specific Heat Capacity : Thermal Conductivity : Option = General Fluid Essential Parameters Density : Material density Optional Parameters Emissivity : Surface Emissivity Absorption Coefficient : The Absorption Coefficient for a Gray Gas CFX-5.6

CCL Objects

Page 203

Reference Guide CCL Content

Isentropic Compressibility : Isothermal Compressibility : Refractive Index : Reference Pressure : Reference Specific Enthalpy : Reference Specific Entropy : Reference Temperature : Specific Heat Capacity : Specific Heat Capacity at Constant Volume : Scattering Coefficient : Thermal Conductivity : Thermal Expansivity : Dynamic Viscosity : Minimum Temperature : Maximum Temperature : Minimum Absolute Pressure : Maximum Absolute Pressure : Speed Of Sound : Density Depends On : Specific Heat Depends On : Enthalpy Table Error Tolerance : Enthalpy Table Maximum Points : Enthalpy Table Temperature Extrapolation : Enthalpy Table Pressure Extrapolation : Entropy Table Error Tolerance : Entropy Table Maximum Points : Entropy Table Temperature Extrapolation : Entropy Table Pressure Extrapolation : Check Entropy Table Consistency : Option = Base Material Essential Parameters Page 204

CCL Objects

CFX-5.6

Reference Guide CCL Content

Base Material : Option = Ideal Gas Optional Parameters Absorption Coefficient : The Absorption Coefficient for a Gray Gas Refractive Index : Reference Pressure : Reference Specific Enthalpy : Reference Specific Entropy : Reference Temperature : Specific Heat Capacity : Specific Heat Capacity at Constant Volume : Scattering Coefficient : Thermal Conductivity : Thermal Expansivity : Dynamic Viscosity : Minimum Temperature : Maximum Temperature : Minimum Absolute Pressure : Maximum Absolute Pressure : Specific Heat Depends On : Enthalpy Table Error Tolerance : Enthalpy Table Maximum Points : Enthalpy Table Temperature Extrapolation : Enthalpy Table Pressure Extrapolation : Entropy Table Error Tolerance : Entropy Table Maximum Points : Entropy Table Temperature Extrapolation : Entropy Table Pressure Extrapolation : Check Entropy Table Consistency : Density : Material density Speed Of Sound : CFX-5.6

CCL Objects

Page 205

Reference Guide CCL Content

RADIATION INTENSITY Description Singleton Object: Defines initialisation of radiation intensity. Allowed Parameters Essential Parameters Option : Context Sensitive Settings Context Controlling Parameter: Option Allowed Context Settings: Automatic, Automatic with Value, Default, Value Option = Automatic with Value Optional Parameters Radiation Intensity : Blackbody Temperature : Blackbody Temperature at a radiative boundary Option = Value Optional Parameters Radiation Intensity : Blackbody Temperature : Blackbody Temperature at a radiative boundary

RADIATION SOURCE Description Named Object: Holds source terms and linearisation coefficients for the radiation.

Page 206

CCL Objects

CFX-5.6

Reference Guide CCL Content

Allowed Parameters Essential Parameters Option : Context Sensitive Settings Context Controlling Parameter: Option Allowed Context Settings: Isotropic Radiation Source, Directional Radiation Source, Isotropic Radiation Flux, Directional Radiation Flux Option = Directional Radiation Flux Essential Sub-Objects DIRECTION : Defines the direction used for radiation boundary conditions. Essential Parameters Radiation Flux : Option = Directional Radiation Source Essential Sub-Objects DIRECTION : Defines the direction used for radiation boundary conditions. Essential Parameters Radiation Source : Option = Isotropic Radiation Flux Essential Parameters Radiation Flux : Option = Isotropic Radiation Source Essential Parameters Radiation Source :

CFX-5.6

CCL Objects

Page 207

Reference Guide CCL Content

RAY TRACING CONTROL Description Singleton Object: Controls details of the ray tracing algorithms for Monte Carlo radiation. Allowed Parameters Optional Parameters Iteration Interval : Maximum Buffer Size : Maximum size of buffer used to hold tracking information in words Maximum Number of Track Segments : Maximum number of segments in a radiation track Maximum Number of Iterations : Ray Reflection Threshold : Ignore rays reflected with intensity below this File Path : Path to store ray trace files.

REACTANTS Description Singleton Object: Specifies the reactant materials in a chemical reaction. Allowed Parameters Essential Parameters Option : Optional Parameters Reaction Order List : Context Sensitive Settings Context Controlling Parameter: Option Allowed Context Settings: Stoichiometric, Mass Ratio Page 208

CCL Objects

CFX-5.6

Reference Guide CCL Content

Option = Stoichiometric Essential Parameters Materials List : Stoichiometric Coefficient List :

REACTION Description Named Object: Allowed Parameters Essential Parameters Option : Optional Parameters Long Name : Materials List : Object Origin : Where the Object definition came from. Context Sensitive Settings Context Controlling Parameter: Option Allowed Context Settings: Single Step, Multi Step, Flamelet Library Option = Flamelet Library Optional Sub-Objects LAMINAR FLAME SPEED : Defines the Laminar Flame Speed for a combustion calculation. Essential Parameters Library File : File holding the library. Optional Parameters Skip Over Scalar Dissipation Rate Samples : Skip over leading N Scalar Dissipation Rate samples in Flamelet library (0 or 1 for CFXTASCflow compatibility).

CFX-5.6

CCL Objects

Page 209

Reference Guide CCL Content

Option = Single Step Essential Sub-Objects REACTANTS : Specifies the reactant materials in a chemical reaction. PRODUCTS : Defines the method of product generation in a reaction. Optional Sub-Objects THIRD BODY TERM : Sets the Third Body (catalyst) term in a chemical reaction. FORWARD REACTION RATE : BACKWARD REACTION RATE : Defines the backwards rate for a chemical reaction. COMBUSTION MODEL : Defines the combustion model to be used. Option = Multi Step Essential Parameters Reactions List :

REACTION PROGRESS Description Singleton Object: Defines initialisation of the reaction progress variable. Allowed Parameters Essential Parameters Option : Context Sensitive Settings Context Controlling Parameter: Option Allowed Context Settings: Automatic, Automatic with Value, Default, Value, Burned Gases, Fresh Gases, Reaction Progress, Conservative Interface Flux Option = Automatic with Value Essential Parameters Page 210

CCL Objects

CFX-5.6

Reference Guide CCL Content

Reaction Progress : Option = Value Essential Parameters Reaction Progress : Option = Reaction Progress Essential Parameters Reaction Progress :

REFERENCE PRESSURE Description Singleton Object: Sets the Reference Pressure in the Domain. Allowed Parameters Essential Parameters Reference Pressure :

REFLECTIVITY Description Singleton Object: Sets the reflectivity for radiation on a boundary. Allowed Parameters Essential Parameters Option : Context Sensitive Settings Context Controlling Parameter: Option Allowed Context Settings: Diffuse, Specular, Mixed

CFX-5.6

CCL Objects

Page 211

Reference Guide CCL Content

Option = Mixed Essential Parameters Diffuse Fraction :

REGION Description Named Object: Gathers together a group of regions. Context Sensitive Settings Context Controlling Parameter: Combination Allowed Context Settings: Union, Intersection, Complement, Alias, Difference, Symmetric Difference Combination = Alias Optional Parameters Combination : The method of combination for region lists. Show Label : If true display label Region List : List of subregions for a region Combination = Intersection Optional Parameters Combination : The method of combination for region lists. Show Label : If true display label Region List : List of subregions for a region Combination = Symmetric Difference Optional Parameters Combination : The method of combination for region lists. Region List A : List of subregions for a region Region List B : List of subregions for a region Show Label : If true display label

Page 212

CCL Objects

CFX-5.6

Reference Guide CCL Content

Combination = Complement Optional Parameters Combination : The method of combination for region lists. Show Label : If true display label Region List : List of subregions for a region Combination = Difference Optional Parameters Combination : The method of combination for region lists. Region List A : List of subregions for a region Region List B : List of subregions for a region Show Label : If true display label Combination = Union Optional Parameters Combination : The method of combination for region lists. Show Label : If true display label Region List : List of subregions for a region

REGION ATLAS Description Named Object: Allowed Sub-Objects Optional Sub-Objects REGION MAP :

REGION MAP Description Named Object: CFX-5.6

CCL Objects

Page 213

Reference Guide CCL Content

Allowed Sub-Objects Optional Sub-Objects REGION : Gathers together a group of regions. PRIMITIVE REGIONS :

RESIDUALS Description Singleton Object: Specifies the amount of residual information to be written to the OUT file. Allowed Parameters Essential Parameters Option : Context Sensitive Settings Context Controlling Parameter: Option Allowed Context Settings: Minimal, Full

RESISTANCE SOURCE Description Singleton Object: Defines momentum resistance term. Allowed Parameters Optional Parameters Linear Resistance Coefficient : Quadratic Resistance Coefficient : Include Resistance in Rhie Chow : Indicates whether resistance term modifies the Rhie Chow mass-momentum coupling term in the continuity equation.

Page 214

CCL Objects

CFX-5.6

Reference Guide CCL Content

Use Mass Consistent Velocities : Indicates whether mass-consistent velocities are to be used for resistance terms.

RESULTS Description Named Object: Defines the contents of the final solver results file. Allowed Parameters Essential Parameters Option : Optional Parameters Output Variable Operators : Sets whether or not variable gradients and High Resolution "Beta" Fields are output to results files. Output Boundary Flows : Sets whether or not boundary equation flows are output to results files. If these are in minimal files then accurate calculations of forces are possible in CFX-Post. Context Sensitive Settings Context Controlling Parameter: Option Allowed Context Settings: Selected Variables,Essential, Full Option = Selected Variables Essential Parameters Output Variables List : Optional Parameters Output Variable Operators : Sets whether or not variable gradients and High Resolution "Beta" Fields are output to results files. Output Boundary Flows : Sets whether or not boundary equation flows are output to results files. If these are in minimal files then accurate calculations of forces are possible in CFX-Post. Option = Essential Optional Parameters CFX-5.6

CCL Objects

Page 215

Reference Guide CCL Content

Output Boundary Flows : Sets whether or not boundary equation flows are output to results files. If these are in minimal files then accurate calculations of forces are possible in CFX-Post. Option = Full Optional Parameters Output Boundary Flows : Sets whether or not boundary equation flows are output to results files. If these are in minimal files then accurate calculations of forces are possible in CFX-Post.

REYNOLDS STRESS COMPONENTS Description Singleton Object: Defines initialisation of Reynolds stress components. Allowed Parameters Essential Parameters Option : Context Sensitive Settings Context Controlling Parameter: Option Allowed Context Settings: Automatic, Automatic with Value, Default, Value Option = Automatic with Value Essential Parameters uu : vv : ww : uv : uw : vw :

Page 216

CCL Objects

CFX-5.6

Reference Guide CCL Content

Option = Value Essential Parameters uu : vv : ww : uv : uw : vw :

ROOT Description Singleton Object: The top level object for all CCL. Allowed Sub-Objects Optional Sub-Objects: PHYSICS : Used by CFX-Pre to describe physical consistency checking. LIBRARY : Stores common object descriptions for reference in the main problem definition. FLOW : The top-level object of the CFD problem definition. USER : Object that stores user-defined parameters for use in user defined functions or junction box routines. COMMAND FILE : Stores the Version of the current command file. CCL2FLOW : Container object for ccl2flow-only data. DATA READER : This object contains the temporary directory path. It is used by the "load" action. EXPORT : Holds parameters which control the export of data to an external text file. EXPRESSION EVALUATOR : This singleton evaluates the specified Expression and stores the Result. EXPRESSION PREVIEW : This singleton is used to generate data for expression preview graphs. GTM DATA : CFX-5.6

CCL Objects

Page 217

Reference Guide CCL Content

HARDCOPY : This object contains the settings used to control the creation of hardcopy output from the viewer. It is used by the "print" action. LABEL CONTROL : Controls visibility of labels MESH TRANSFORMATION : This object contains user info necessary to generate a mesh transformation.Passed from GUI, combined with Absolute in MeshCalcFunc SESSION : Stores parameters used by the readsession command. STATE : Stores parameters used by the readstate and savestate commands. UNIT SYSTEM : This object stores the preferred units. VIEWER : This object stores the viewport settings. VIEWPORT MANAGER : This object stores the parameters that control the global viewport controls. WRITE CASE FILE : Holds parameters which control the creation of a case file and subsequent actions. VIEWPORT : This object stores the viewport settings. VECTOR VARIABLE : A object used to reference the data associated with a vector quantity in the results file. WIREFRAME : Plots an outline of the domain given by edges between elements with greater than the specified angle. SCALAR VARIABLE : A object used to reference the data associated with a scalar quantity in the results file. USER SCALAR VARIABLE : A object used to reference user-defined data. CAMERA : Defines a camera that can be used to specify the current view in the VIEWER object. PRIMITIVE2D : This is the faceted display for a 2DRegion PRIMITIVE3D : Links 2D primitives to their parent 3D primitive, is also a wireframe. ASSEMBLY : Links 3D primitives to their parent mesh assembly REGION ATLAS : ASSEMBLY : Links 3D primitives to their parent mesh assembly CAMERA : Defines a camera that can be used to specify the current view in the VIEWER object. Page 218

CCL Objects

CFX-5.6

Reference Guide CCL Content

DATA READER : This object contains the temporary directory path. It is used by the "load" action. EXPORT : Holds parameters which control the export of data to an external text file. EXPRESSION EVALUATOR : This singleton evaluates the specified Expression and stores the Result. EXPRESSION PREVIEW : This singleton is used to generate data for expression preview graphs. GTM DATA : HARDCOPY : This object contains the settings used to control the creation of hardcopy output from the viewer. It is used by the "print" action. LABEL CONTROL : Controls visibility of labels MESH TRANSFORMATION : This object contains user info necessary to generate a mesh transformation.Passed from GUI, combined with Absolute in MeshCalcFunc PRIMITIVE2D : This is the faceted display for a 2DRegion PRIMITIVE3D : Links 2D primitives to their parent 3D primitive, is also a wireframe. REGION ATLAS : SCALAR VARIABLE : A object used to reference the data associated with a scalar quantity in the results file. SESSION : Stores parameters used by the readsession command. STATE : Stores parameters used by the readstate and savestate commands. UNIT SYSTEM : This object stores the preferred units. USER SCALAR VARIABLE : A object used to reference user-defined data. VECTOR VARIABLE : A object used to reference the data associated with a vector quantity in the results file. VIEWER : This object stores the viewport settings. VIEWPORT : This object stores the viewport settings. VIEWPORT MANAGER : This object stores the parameters that control the global viewport controls. WIREFRAME : Plots an outline of the domain given by edges between elements with greater than the specified angle. CFX-5.6

CCL Objects

Page 219

Reference Guide CCL Content

WRITE CASE FILE : Holds parameters which control the creation of a case file and subsequent actions.

SATURATION PRESSURE Description Singleton Object: Defines the Saturation Pressure used in a multiphase mass transfer model. Allowed Parameters Essential Parameters Option : Context Sensitive Settings Context Controlling Parameter: Option Allowed Context Settings: Value, Antoine Equation, Automatic Option = Antoine Equation Essential Parameters Antoine Reference State Constant A : Data for Antoine vapour pressure equation. Antoine Enthalpic Coefficient B : Data for Antoine vapour pressure equation. Antoine Temperature Offset C : Data for Antoine vapour pressure equation. Antoine Pressure Scale : Units of pressure for Antoine vapour pressure equation. Option = Value Essential Parameters Saturation Pressure : Saturation pressure for cavitation of a pure substance.

Page 220

CCL Objects

CFX-5.6

Reference Guide CCL Content

SATURATION TEMPERATURE Description Singleton Object: Defines the Saturation Temperature used in a multiphase mass transfer model. Allowed Parameters Essential Parameters Option : Context Sensitive Settings Context Controlling Parameter: Option Allowed Context Settings: Value, Automatic Option = Value Essential Parameters Saturation Temperature : Saturation temperature for vaporisation or boiling of a pure substance.

SCALAR VARIABLE Description Named Object: A object used to reference the data associated with a scalar quantity in the results file. Allowed Parameters Optional Parameters Boundary Values : Sets the type of boundary values to be presented for this variable (Conservative or Hybrid). User Units : Not currently used. Internal Parameters VarMin : The global minimum value from this variable as read from the RES file. CFX-5.6

CCL Objects

Page 221

Reference Guide CCL Content

VarMax : The global maximum value from this variable as read from the RES file. HybridMin : The global hybrid minimum value from this variable as read from the RES file. HybridMax : The global hybrid maximum value from this variable as read from the RES file. Variable Dimensions : The dimensions of the variable as read from the results file. Base Units : The base units of a variable. Variable : The name of the variable used to create the object. Should be set equal to the name of a currently defined VARIABLE object. Component Index : Specifies vector component to be used for the variable. Recipe : Contains instructions on how to build a value list for the variable. Has Hybrid Values : Internal parameter specifying whether a variable can load Hybrid Values on boundary nodes. User Level : Specifies the user level of the variable. Quantity Type : Specifies the Quantity Type of the variable. Related Object : Specifies the Object that this variable is related to. This is only applicable for Variables that are defined as Local to a specific geometry. Variable Is Turbo : Parameter indicating whether it is a turbo variable Context Sensitive Settings Context Controlling Parameter: Recipe Allowed Context Settings: Standard, Vector Component Recipe = Vector Component Recipe = Standard Optional Parameters Boundary Values : Sets the type of boundary values to be presented for this variable (Conservative or Hybrid).

Page 222

CCL Objects

CFX-5.6

Reference Guide CCL Content

SCATTERING MODEL Description Singleton Object: Defines the thermal radiation scattering model Allowed Parameters Essential Parameters Option : Context Sensitive Settings Context Controlling Parameter: Option Allowed Context Settings: None, Isotropic, Linear Anisotropy Option = Linear Anisotropy Essential Parameters Anisotropy : Coefficient in Linear Anisotropy Scattering Phase Function

SESSION Description Singleton Object: Stores parameters used by the readsession command. Allowed Parameters Essential Parameters Session Filename : The name of the session file to which session data will be saved. Optional Parameters Write Session Mode : This parameter indicates whether the session file should be overwritten or appended to if it exists.

CFX-5.6

CCL Objects

Page 223

Reference Guide CCL Content

SIMULATION TYPE Description Singleton Object: Controls if the simulation is Steady or Transient. Allowed Parameters Essential Parameters Option : Context Sensitive Settings Context Controlling Parameter: Option Allowed Context Settings: Steady State, Transient Option = Transient Essential Sub-Objects INITIAL TIME : Defines the Initial Time for a Transient Calculation. TIME DURATION : Specifies the length of time to be simulated in a transient analysis.

SOLID MODELS Description Singleton Object: Defines the model details that operate on the solids within the domain. Allowed Sub-Objects Optional Sub-Objects HEAT TRANSFER MODEL : Specifies the Heat Transfer Model to be used in a domain. THERMAL RADIATION MODEL : Defines the Thermal Radiation model to be used in the domain.

Page 224

CCL Objects

CFX-5.6

Reference Guide CCL Content

ADDITIONAL VARIABLE : Hold information specific to a single additional variable. This object is used in a number of different contexts, including the specification of boundary conditions, sources, initial conditions, etc.

SOLID PRESSURE MODEL Description Singleton Object: Sets the model to be used for solids pressure forces in a multiphase calculation. Allowed Parameters Essential Parameters Option : Context Sensitive Settings Context Controlling Parameter: Option Allowed Context Settings: None, Elasticity Modulus, Gidaspow Option = Gidaspow Essential Parameters Compaction Modulus : Parameter in Gidaspow model for solid pressure. Reference Elasticity Modulus : Parameter in Gidaspow model for solid pressure. Option = Elasticity Modulus Essential Parameters Elasticity Modulus :

SOLUTION UNITS Description Singleton Object: Sets the base solution units for the calculation. CFX-5.6

CCL Objects

Page 225

Reference Guide CCL Content

Allowed Parameters Default Parameters Mass Units : Length Units : Time Units : Temperature Units : Angle Units : Angle Units Chemical Amount Units : Units for chemical amounts Luminance Units : Current Units : Units for electric current. Solid Angle Units : Money Units :

SOLVER CONTROL Description Singleton Object: Holds all objects that control discretisation and execution of the solution process. Allowed Sub-Objects Optional Sub-Objects ADVECTION SCHEME : Defines the scheme used by the solver to discretise the advection term in transport equations. BODY FORCES : Defines the details of discretisation of body forces. CONVERGENCE CONTROL : Holds basic parameters that affect solver convergence. CONVERGENCE CRITERIA : Specifies the criteria for final solution convergence. DYNAMIC MODEL CONTROL : Holds objects that control the temporary simplification of models to improve solver start-up robustness. EQUATION CLASS : Defines equation classes for applying solver controls. Page 226

CCL Objects

CFX-5.6

Reference Guide CCL Content

EQUATION : Defines equation classes for applying solver controls. INTERSECTION CONTROL : Holds advanced parameters to control the details of interface discretisation. JUNCTION BOX ROUTINES : TRANSIENT SCHEME : Defines the discretisation algorithm for the transient term. VELOCITY PRESSURE COUPLING : Defines discretisation details for velocity/pressure coupling. PARTICLE CONTROL : Holds objects that control the execution and convergence of particle tracking. THERMAL RADIATION CONTROL : Holds parameters and objects that control the solution of Thermal Radiation. Allowed Parameters Optional Parameters Catalogue Size Multiplier :

SOOT Description Singleton Object: Defines initialisation of Soot. Allowed Parameters Essential Parameters Option : Context Sensitive Settings Context Controlling Parameter: Option Allowed Context Settings: Automatic, Automatic with Value, Default, Value, Mass Concentration and Nuclei Concentration, Mass Fraction and Nuclei Specific Concentration, Conservative Interface Flux Option = Automatic with Value Optional Parameters CFX-5.6

CCL Objects

Page 227

Reference Guide CCL Content

Mass Concentration : Mass Fraction : Option = Mass Fraction and Nuclei Specific Concentration Optional Parameters Mass Fraction : Nuclei Specific Concentration : Nuclei Specific Concentration Option = Mass Concentration and Nuclei Concentration Optional Parameters Mass Concentration : Nuclei Concentration : Nuclei Concentration Option = Value Optional Parameters Mass Concentration : Mass Fraction :

SOOT MODEL Description Singleton Object: Sets parameters that control the soot model. Allowed Parameters Essential Parameters Option : Context Sensitive Settings Context Controlling Parameter: Option Allowed Context Settings: None, Magnussen Option = Magnussen Essential Parameters Page 228

CCL Objects

CFX-5.6

Reference Guide CCL Content

Fuel Material : Main Fuel Material Optional Parameters Fuel Consumption Reaction : Main Fuel Consumption Reaction Fuel Carbon Mass Fraction : Mass Fraction of Carbon in the Fuel Soot Density : Soot Density Soot Particle Mean Diameter : Mean Diameter of Soot Particles Nuclei Formation Pre Exponential Factor : Pre Exponential Factor for Spontaneous Nuclei Formation Nuclei Formation Activation Temperature : Activation Temperature for Spontaneous Nuclei Formation Nuclei Linear Coefficient : Coefficient for linear source term in nuclei equation (f-g). Nuclei Cross Coefficient : Coefficient for non-linear source term in nuclei equation (g0). Soot Linear Coefficient : Coefficient for linear source term in soot equation (a). Soot Cross Coefficient : Coefficient for non-linear source term in soot equation (b). Fine Structure Length Coefficient : Fine structure length coefficient for Eddy Dissipation Concept (EDC) Fine Structure Velocity Coefficient : Fine structure velocity coefficient for Eddy Dissipation Concept (EDC)

SOOT NUCLEI Description Singleton Object: Defines initialisation of Soot Nuclei. Allowed Parameters Essential Parameters Option : Context Sensitive Settings Context Controlling Parameter: Option CFX-5.6

CCL Objects

Page 229

Reference Guide CCL Content

Allowed Context Settings: Automatic, Automatic with Value, Default, Value Option = Automatic with Value Optional Parameters Nuclei Concentration : Nuclei Concentration Nuclei Specific Concentration : Nuclei Specific Concentration Option = Value Optional Parameters Nuclei Concentration : Nuclei Concentration Nuclei Specific Concentration : Nuclei Specific Concentration

SOURCE POINT Description Named Object: Location and specification of a point source. Allowed Sub-Objects Essential Sub-Objects CARTESIAN COORDINATES : Position vector specified by cartesian components. Optional Sub-Objects SOURCES : Holds the definition of sources for one or more equations. BULK SOURCES : Specifies bulk sources in multi-fluid flow. FLUID : This object encloses fluid-specific models and data. Allowed Parameters Essential Parameters Option : Default Parameters

Page 230

CCL Objects

CFX-5.6

Reference Guide CCL Content

Coord Frame : Local coordinate frame for computing expressions. The default at the top level of the command data structure is Coord 0, that is no transformation. The default at lower levels is to inherit the value from objects higher up the structure. Context Sensitive Settings Context Controlling Parameter: Option Allowed Context Settings: Coordinates

SOURCES Description Singleton Object: Holds the definition of sources for one or more equations. Allowed Sub-Objects Optional Sub-Objects EQUATION SOURCE : Specifies a source for the named equation. For mass equation use option Fluid Mass Source, or Total Fluid Mass Source. ADDITIONAL VARIABLE : Hold information specific to a single additional variable. This object is used in a number of different contexts, including the specification of boundary conditions, sources, initial conditions, etc. COMPONENT : Hold information specific to a single component of a multi-component fluid. This object is used in a number of different contexts, including the specification of boundary conditions, sources, initial conditions, etc. ENERGY SOURCE : Holds source values and linearisation coefficients for level mode sources in the energy equation. NOTE This feature has been superseded by the more robust residual mode sources specified using the EQUATION SOURCE object. EPSILON SOURCE : Holds source values and linearisation coefficients for level mode sources in the turbulent eddy dissipation equation. NOTE - This feature has been superseded by the more robust residual mode sources specified using the EQUATION SOURCE object. CFX-5.6

CCL Objects

Page 231

Reference Guide CCL Content

K SOURCE : Holds source values and linearisation coefficients for level mode sources in the turbulent kinetic energy equation. NOTE This feature has been superseded by the more robust residual mode sources specified using the EQUATION SOURCE object. MOMENTUM SOURCE : Holds source terms for momentum. RADIATION SOURCE : Holds source terms and linearisation coefficients for the radiation.

SPECIFIC HEAT CAPACITY Description Singleton Object: Hold the details for an advanced description of Specific Heat Capacity. Allowed Parameters Essential Parameters Option : Context Sensitive Settings Context Controlling Parameter: Option Allowed Context Settings: Value, NASA Format Option = NASA Format Essential Parameters Temperature Limit List : NASA Coefficient List :

SPECIFIED MASS TRANSFER Description Singleton Object: Specifies the mass transfer rate explicitly.

Page 232

CCL Objects

CFX-5.6

Reference Guide CCL Content

Allowed Parameters Essential Parameters Option : Optional Parameters Under Relaxation Factor : Context Sensitive Settings Context Controlling Parameter: Option Allowed Context Settings: Interfacial Mass Flux, Interfacial Mass Flow Option = Interfacial Mass Flow Essential Parameters Fluid1to2 Mass Flow : Mass flow rate from first fluid to second. Option = Interfacial Mass Flux Essential Parameters Fluid1to2 Mass Flux : mass flux from fluid 1 to 2

SPECTRAL BAND Description Named Object: Defines a spectral band for radiation. Allowed Parameters Essential Parameters Option : Context Sensitive Settings Context Controlling Parameter: Option Allowed Context Settings: Frequency, Wavelength in Vacuum, Wavenumber in Vacuum

CFX-5.6

CCL Objects

Page 233

Reference Guide CCL Content

Option = Frequency Essential Parameters Frequency Lower Limit : Frequency Upper Limit : Option = Wavelength in Vacuum Essential Parameters Wavelength Lower Limit : Wavelength Upper Limit : Option = Wavenumber in Vacuum Essential Parameters Wavenumber Lower Limit : Wavenumber Upper Limit :

SPECTRAL MODEL Description Singleton Object: Defines the type of spectral model to be used in radiation. Allowed Parameters Essential Parameters Option : Context Sensitive Settings Context Controlling Parameter: Option Allowed Context Settings: Gray, Multiband, Multigray, Weighted Sum of Gray Gases Option = Weighted Sum of Gray Gases Essential Sub-Objects GRAY GAS : Sets the gray gas weighting method for radiation. Page 234

CCL Objects

CFX-5.6

Reference Guide CCL Content

Option = Multigray Essential Sub-Objects GRAY GAS : Sets the gray gas weighting method for radiation. Option = Multiband Essential Sub-Objects SPECTRAL BAND : Defines a spectral band for radiation.

STANDARD OBJECT Description Named Object: Defines named objects to ccl2flow Allowed Parameters Optional Parameters Definition Method : Specifies definition method for object type. Definition Path : Specifies ccl path to object definition. Solver Type : Specifies MMS prefix for object type. Search List : Specifies lookup patterns.

STATE Description Singleton Object: Stores parameters used by the readstate and savestate commands. Allowed Parameters Essential Parameters State Filename : The name of the state file to which state data will be saved. Optional Parameters Read State Mode : This parameter indicates whether the current system state information should be overwritten or appended to. CFX-5.6

CCL Objects

Page 235

Reference Guide CCL Content

Save State Mode : This parameter indicates whether the state file should be overwritten if it exists. Load Data : This parameter indicates whether to load the results file or not if a DATA READER object exists in the STATE File for a READSTATE action. Save State Objects : A list of objects to save to the state file. If this list is empty, then all user created objects will be saved.

STATIC PRESSURE Description Singleton Object: Defines initialisation of Static Pressure. Allowed Parameters Essential Parameters Option : Context Sensitive Settings Context Controlling Parameter: Option Allowed Context Settings: Automatic, Automatic with Value, Default, Value Option = Automatic with Value Essential Parameters Relative Pressure : Option = Value Essential Parameters Relative Pressure :

Page 236

CCL Objects

CFX-5.6

Reference Guide CCL Content

SUBDOMAIN Description Named Object: Stores sources and other local modifications in a specific three dimensional region. Allowed Sub-Objects Optional Sub-Objects SOURCES : Holds the definition of sources for one or more equations. BULK SOURCES : Specifies bulk sources in multi-fluid flow. FLUID : This object encloses fluid-specific models and data. MESH MOVEMENT : Defines the movement or displacement of mesh at a boundary. NOTE - Not fully supported by the solver. Allowed Parameters Optional Parameters Location : A locator name. Default Parameters Coord Frame : Local coordinate frame for computing expressions. The default at the top level of the command data structure is Coord 0, that is no transformation. The default at lower levels is to inherit the value from objects higher up the structure.

SURFACE TENSION MODEL Description Singleton Object: Sets parameters that control the surface tension force model at a free surface interface. Allowed Parameters Essential Parameters Option : Optional Parameters CFX-5.6

CCL Objects

Page 237

Reference Guide CCL Content

Curvature Under Relaxation Factor : Curvature underrelaxation factor Freestream Damping for Interface Normal : Freestream Damping for Curvature : Surface Tension Weighting Option : Specifies the weighting option for surface tension forces. Include Marangoni Force : Indicates whether tangential component of surface tension force is included Volume Fraction Smoothing : Use smoothed volume fractions for curvature calculation Context Sensitive Settings Context Controlling Parameter: Option Allowed Context Settings: None, Continuum Surface Force Option = Continuum Surface Force Essential Parameters Primary Fluid :

TABLE UNITS Description Singleton Object: Defines the base units for a property table. Allowed Parameters Default Parameters Mass Units : Length Units : Time Units : Temperature Units : Angle Units : Angle Units Chemical Amount Units : Units for chemical amounts Luminance Units : Page 238

CCL Objects

CFX-5.6

Reference Guide CCL Content

Current Units : Units for electric current. Solid Angle Units : Money Units :

TEMPERATURE Description Singleton Object: Defines initialisation of Temperature. Allowed Parameters Essential Parameters Option : Context Sensitive Settings Context Controlling Parameter: Option Allowed Context Settings: Automatic, Automatic with Value, Default, Value Option = Automatic with Value Essential Parameters Temperature : Option = Value Essential Parameters Temperature :

TEMPERATURE VARIANCE Description Singleton Object: Defines data specific to the Temperature Variance equation.

CFX-5.6

CCL Objects

Page 239

Reference Guide CCL Content

Allowed Parameters Essential Parameters Option : Context Sensitive Settings Context Controlling Parameter: Option Allowed Context Settings: Automatic, Automatic with Value, Default, Value, Temperature Variance, Temperature Fluctuation, Fluctuation Level Option = Automatic with Value Optional Parameters Temperature Variance : Temperature Fluctuation : Fluctuation Level : Option = Value Optional Parameters Temperature Variance : Temperature Fluctuation : Fluctuation Level : Option = Temperature Fluctuation Essential Parameters Temperature Fluctuation : Option = Temperature Variance Essential Parameters Temperature Variance : Option = Fluctuation Level Essential Parameters Fluctuation Level :

Page 240

CCL Objects

CFX-5.6

Reference Guide CCL Content

THERMAL CONDUCTIVITY Description Singleton Object: Hold the details for an advanced descriptions of Thermal Conductivity. Allowed Parameters Essential Parameters Option : Context Sensitive Settings Context Controlling Parameter: Option Allowed Context Settings: Value, Sutherlands Formula, Orthotropic Cartesian Components, Orthotropic Cylindrical Components Option = Sutherlands Formula Essential Parameters Reference Temperature : Reference Thermal Conductivity : Sutherlands Constant : Option = Orthotropic Cylindrical Components Essential Parameters Thermal Conductivity r Component : r component of orthotropic cylindrical thermal conductivity Thermal Conductivity Theta Component : Theta component of orthotropic cylindrical thermal conductivity Thermal Conductivity Axial Component : Axial component of orthotropic cylindrical thermal conductivity Optional Parameters Axial Coordinate Direction : The direction of the axis for orthotropic conductivity

CFX-5.6

CCL Objects

Page 241

Reference Guide CCL Content

Option = Orthotropic Cartesian Components Essential Parameters Thermal Conductivity X Component : x component of orthotropic Cartesian thermal conductivity Thermal Conductivity Y Component : y component of orthotropic Cartesian thermal conductivity Thermal Conductivity Z Component : z component of orthotropic Cartesian thermal conductivity

THERMAL RADIATION Description Singleton Object: Sets the conditions on Thermal Radiation at a boundary Allowed Parameters Essential Parameters Option : Context Sensitive Settings Context Controlling Parameter: Option Allowed Context Settings: Adiabatic, Radiation Intensity, External Blackbody Temperature, Conservative Interface Flux, Local Temperature, Opaque, Radiative Heat Flux Option = External Blackbody Temperature Essential Parameters Blackbody Temperature : Blackbody Temperature at a radiative boundary Option = Radiative Heat Flux Essential Parameters Radiative Heat Flux :

Page 242

CCL Objects

CFX-5.6

Reference Guide CCL Content

Option = Opaque Essential Parameters Emissivity : Surface Emissivity Diffuse Fraction : Option = Radiation Intensity Essential Parameters Radiation Intensity : Unit Vector X Component : Unit Vector Y Component : Unit Vector Z Component :

THERMAL RADIATION CONTROL Description Singleton Object: Holds parameters and objects that control the solution of Thermal Radiation. Allowed Sub-Objects Optional Sub-Objects COARSENING CONTROL : Holds parameters to control creation of the radiation coarse grid. RAY TRACING CONTROL : Controls details of the ray tracing algorithms for Monte Carlo radiation. VARIABLE : Specification of internal details for internal solver and expression language variables. Allowed Parameters Optional Parameters Iteration Interval : Diagnostic Output Level : Diagnostic Output Level

CFX-5.6

CCL Objects

Page 243

Reference Guide CCL Content

THERMAL RADIATION MODEL Description Singleton Object: Defines the Thermal Radiation model to be used in the domain. Allowed Parameters Essential Parameters Option : Context Sensitive Settings Context Controlling Parameter: Option Allowed Context Settings: None, Rosseland, P 1, Six Flux, Discrete Transfer, Monte Carlo, Fluid Dependent Option = Monte Carlo Essential Sub-Objects SPECTRAL MODEL : Defines the type of spectral model to be used in radiation. SCATTERING MODEL : Defines the thermal radiation scattering model Optional Parameters Number of Histories : Number of histories for Monte Carlo Maximum Number of Photons : Maximum number of photons tracked simultaneously by Monte Carlo Number of Batches : Number of photon groups Option = Discrete Transfer Essential Sub-Objects SPECTRAL MODEL : Defines the type of spectral model to be used in radiation. SCATTERING MODEL : Defines the thermal radiation scattering model Optional Parameters Page 244

CCL Objects

CFX-5.6

Reference Guide CCL Content

Number of Rays : Number of rays for Discrete Transfer Option = P 1 Essential Sub-Objects SPECTRAL MODEL : Defines the type of spectral model to be used in radiation. SCATTERING MODEL : Defines the thermal radiation scattering model Option = Rosseland Essential Sub-Objects SPECTRAL MODEL : Defines the type of spectral model to be used in radiation. SCATTERING MODEL : Defines the thermal radiation scattering model Optional Parameters Include Boundary Temperature Slip :

THIRD BODY TERM Description Singleton Object: Sets the Third Body (catalyst) term in a chemical reaction. Allowed Parameters Essential Parameters Option : Context Sensitive Settings Context Controlling Parameter: Option Allowed Context Settings: Default, Efficiency Factor List Option = Efficiency Factor List Essential Parameters CFX-5.6

CCL Objects

Page 245

Reference Guide CCL Content

Materials List : Efficiency Factor List :

TIME DURATION Description Singleton Object: Specifies the length of time to be simulated in a transient analysis. Allowed Parameters Optional Parameters Option : Timesteps : Timesteps for the Run : Context Sensitive Settings Context Controlling Parameter: Option Allowed Context Settings: Total Time, Time per run, Maximum Number of Timesteps, Number of Timesteps per Run Option = Number of Timesteps per Run Essential Parameters Number of Timesteps per Run : Option = Time per run Essential Parameters Time per run : Option = Maximum Number of Timesteps Essential Parameters Maximum Number of Timesteps : Option = Total Time Essential Parameters Page 246

CCL Objects

CFX-5.6

Reference Guide CCL Content

Total Time :

TRANSIENT RESULTS Description Named Object: Sets the frequency and contents of intermediate transient results files. Allowed Parameters Essential Parameters Option : Optional Parameters Time List : Time Interval : Context Sensitive Settings Context Controlling Parameter: Option Allowed Context Settings: Minimal, Full,Boundary Only Option = Boundary Only Essential Parameters Output Variables List : Option = Full Optional Parameters Output Boundary Flows : Sets whether or not boundary equation flows are output to results files. If these are in minimal files then accurate calculations of forces are possible in CFX-Post. Option = Minimal Essential Parameters Output Variables List : Optional Parameters

CFX-5.6

CCL Objects

Page 247

Reference Guide CCL Content

Output Variable Operators : Sets whether or not variable gradients and High Resolution "Beta" Fields are output to results files. Output Boundary Flows : Sets whether or not boundary equation flows are output to results files. If these are in minimal files then accurate calculations of forces are possible in CFX-Post.

TRANSIENT SCHEME Description Singleton Object: Defines the discretisation algorithm for the transient term. Allowed Parameters Essential Parameters Option : Context Sensitive Settings Context Controlling Parameter: Option Allowed Context Settings: First Order Backward Euler, Second Order Backward Euler, High Resolution, Compressive Option = High Resolution Optional Parameters Maximum Blend Factor :

TRANSIENT STATISTICS Description Named Object: Specifies the running statistics to be maintained during a transient analysis. Allowed Parameters Essential Parameters Option : Page 248

CCL Objects

CFX-5.6

Reference Guide CCL Content

Output Variables List : Optional Parameters Start Iteration List : Stop Iteration List : Context Sensitive Settings Context Controlling Parameter: Option Allowed Context Settings: Minimum, Maximum, Standard Deviation, Arithmetic Average, Root Mean Square, Full

TURBULENCE Description Singleton Object: Sets conditions on turbulence at a boundary. Allowed Parameters Essential Parameters Option : Context Sensitive Settings Context Controlling Parameter: Option Allowed Context Settings: Default Intensity and Autocompute Length Scale, Intensity and Auto Compute Length, Intensity and Length Scale, Intensity and Eddy Viscosity Ratio, Low Intensity and Eddy Viscosity Ratio, Medium Intensity and Eddy Viscosity Ratio, High Intensity and Eddy Viscosity Ratio, k and Epsilon, k and Omega, Reynolds Stresses and Length Scale, Reynolds Stresses and Eddy Viscosity Ratio, Reynolds Stresses and Epsilon, Conservative Interface Flux, Kinematic Eddy Viscosity Option = k and Omega Essential Parameters k: Omega : CFX-5.6

CCL Objects

Page 249

Reference Guide CCL Content

Option = Intensity and Eddy Viscosity Ratio Essential Parameters Fractional Intensity : Eddy Viscosity Ratio : Specify (Turb / Molecular) viscosity ratio Option = Intensity and Length Scale Essential Parameters Fractional Intensity : Eddy Length Scale : Option = High Intensity and Eddy Viscosity Ratio Optional Parameters Fractional Intensity : Eddy Viscosity Ratio : Specify (Turb / Molecular) viscosity ratio Option = Intensity and Auto Compute Length Optional Parameters Fractional Intensity : Option = Medium Intensity and Eddy Viscosity Ratio Optional Parameters Fractional Intensity : Eddy Viscosity Ratio : Specify (Turb / Molecular) viscosity ratio Option = Reynolds Stresses and Epsilon Essential Parameters uu : vv : ww : uv : uw : vw : Epsilon :

Page 250

CCL Objects

CFX-5.6

Reference Guide CCL Content

Option = Reynolds Stresses and Eddy Viscosity Ratio Essential Parameters uu : vv : ww : uv : uw : vw : Eddy Viscosity Ratio : Specify (Turb / Molecular) viscosity ratio Option = Kinematic Eddy Viscosity Essential Parameters Kinematic Eddy Viscosity : Option = k and Epsilon Essential Parameters k: Epsilon : Option = Low Intensity and Eddy Viscosity Ratio Optional Parameters Fractional Intensity : Eddy Viscosity Ratio : Specify (Turb / Molecular) viscosity ratio Option = Reynolds Stresses and Length Scale Essential Parameters uu : vv : ww : uv : uw : vw : Eddy Length Scale : CFX-5.6

CCL Objects

Page 251

Reference Guide CCL Content

TURBULENCE CONTROL Description Singleton Object: Holds information specific to turbulence models for dynamic model control. Allowed Parameters Optional Parameters Lower Turbulence Model : Context Sensitive Settings Context Controlling Parameter: Lower Turbulence Model Allowed Context Settings: Laminar, Zero Equation, Dispersed Phase Zero Equation, k epsilon, RNG k epsilon Lower Turbulence Model = Zero Equation Optional Parameters Transition Iteration : Lower Turbulence Model = Laminar Optional Parameters Transition Iteration : Lower Turbulence Model = RNG k epsilon Optional Parameters Transition Iteration : Lower Turbulence Model = k epsilon Optional Parameters Transition Iteration : Lower Turbulence Model = Dispersed Phase Zero Equation Optional Parameters Transition Iteration : Page 252

CCL Objects

CFX-5.6

Reference Guide CCL Content

TURBULENCE MODEL Description Singleton Object: Specifies the turbulence model to be used for each fluid in a fluid domain. Allowed Sub-Objects Optional Sub-Objects FREE STREAM TURBULENCE : Sets the level of background turbulence for a turbulence model. NOTE - This is a Beta CCL-only feature. Allowed Parameters Essential Parameters Option : Optional Parameters Homogeneous Model : Specifies whether the model is homogeneous or not Context Sensitive Settings Context Controlling Parameter: Option Allowed Context Settings: Laminar, Zero Equation, MIT CFD0 Zero Equation, Dispersed Phase Zero Equation, Eddy Viscosity Transport Equation, k epsilon, RNG k epsilon, k omega, BSL, SST, DES SST, LES Smagorinsky, Reynolds Stress, SSG Reynolds Stress, QI Reynolds Stress, Omega Reynolds Stress, BSL Reynolds Stress, Fluid Dependent Option = Zero Equation Optional Parameters Eddy Viscosity : Specify eddy viscosity for zero-equation turbulence model. Omission of this parameter implies the default formula. Option = LES Smagorinsky Optional Sub-Objects CFX-5.6

CCL Objects

Page 253

Reference Guide CCL Content

TURBULENCE WALL DAMPING : Sets the turbulence wall damping model. NOTE - This is a Beta CCL-only feature. Optional Parameters Homogeneous Model : Specifies whether the model is homogeneous or not Smagorinsky Model Constant : Kappa : Option = Dispersed Phase Zero Equation Optional Parameters Eddy Viscosity Prandtl Number : Specify eddy viscosity Prandtl number for dispersed phase zero-equation turbulence model. Omission of this parameter implies the default value.

TURBULENCE TRANSFER Description Singleton Object: Specifies turbulence transfer between two phases. Allowed Sub-Objects Optional Sub-Objects ENHANCED TURBULENCE PRODUCTION MODEL : Model settings for multiphase enhanced turbulence production.

TURBULENCE WALL DAMPING Description Singleton Object: Sets the turbulence wall damping model. NOTE This is a Beta CCL-only feature. Allowed Parameters Essential Parameters Option : Optional Parameters Page 254

CCL Objects

CFX-5.6

Reference Guide CCL Content

Damping Factor : Damping Factor for turbulence wall function damping Context Sensitive Settings Context Controlling Parameter: Option Allowed Context Settings: Van Driest,Piomelli

TURBULENT DISPERSION FORCE Description Singleton Object: Specifies that turbulent dispersion should be included in momentum transfer models for a fluid pair. Allowed Parameters Essential Parameters Option : Context Sensitive Settings Context Controlling Parameter: Option Allowed Context Settings: None, Lopez de Bertodano, Particle Dispersion Option = Lopez de Bertodano Essential Parameters Turbulent Dispersion Coefficient : Coefficient for turbulent dispersion force in interfluid momentum transfer.

TURBULENT WALL FUNCTIONS Description Singleton Object: Sets the turbulent near-wall treatment at a boundary.

CFX-5.6

CCL Objects

Page 255

Reference Guide CCL Content

Allowed Parameters Essential Parameters Option : Context Sensitive Settings Context Controlling Parameter: Option Allowed Context Settings: Standard, Scalable, Automatic, Default

UNIT SYSTEM Description Singleton Object: This object stores the preferred units. Allowed Parameters Essential Parameters Preferred Units System : This specifies the Units System to use. Optional Parameters Update Units to Preferred : This logical indicates whether all displayed units should always be updated to display the preferred units. If this is "false", quantities will be converted to preferred types. Custom Units Setting : This is a comma delimited list of Quantities and their selected units for the Custom Units Setting. The list will contain both Quantities and the units: e.g. Acceleration, m s^-2, Angle, radian, ...

USER Description Singleton Object: Object that stores user-defined parameters for use in user defined functions or junction box routines.

Page 256

CCL Objects

CFX-5.6

Reference Guide CCL Content

USER ROUTINE Description Named Object: Sets parameters that control the execution of a userdefined subroutine. Allowed Parameters Essential Parameters Option : Calling Name : Symbolic name for user routine. For FORTRAN routines, this name should be lower case. Library Name : Name of shared library for entry point "Calling Name". Library Path : Directory path for shared object library directories for each platform required. Context Sensitive Settings Context Controlling Parameter: Option Allowed Context Settings: User CEL Function, Junction Box Routine Option = Junction Box Routine Essential Parameters Junction Box Location : Locations in solver where junction box routines are to be called.

USER ROUTINE DEFINITIONS Description Singleton Object: Contains definitions for user routines. Allowed Sub-Objects Optional Sub-Objects USER ROUTINE : Sets parameters that control the execution of a user-defined subroutine. CFX-5.6

CCL Objects

Page 257

Reference Guide CCL Content

USER SCALAR VARIABLE Description Named Object: A object used to reference user-defined data. Allowed Parameters Optional Parameters Boundary Values : Sets the type of boundary values to be presented for this variable (Conservative or Hybrid). User Units : Not currently used. Recipe : Contains instructions on how to build a value list for the variable. Internal Parameters VarMin : The global minimum value from this variable as read from the RES file. VarMax : The global maximum value from this variable as read from the RES file. HybridMin : The global hybrid minimum value from this variable as read from the RES file. HybridMax : The global hybrid maximum value from this variable as read from the RES file. Variable Dimensions : The dimensions of the variable as read from the results file. Base Units : The base units of a variable. Has Hybrid Values : Internal parameter specifying whether a variable can load Hybrid Values on boundary nodes. Quantity Type : Specifies the Quantity Type of the variable. Variable Is Turbo : Parameter indicating whether it is a turbo variable Context Sensitive Settings Context Controlling Parameter: Recipe Allowed Context Settings: Expression

Page 258

CCL Objects

CFX-5.6

Reference Guide CCL Content

Recipe = Expression Essential Parameters Expression :

VARIABLE Description Named Object: Specification of internal details for internal solver and expression language variables. Allowed Parameters Essential Parameters Option : Context Sensitive Settings Context Controlling Parameter: Option Allowed Context Settings: Definition, Value, Cartesian Vector Components, Symmetric Tensor Components Option = Value Optional Parameters Value : Option = Definition Optional Parameters Variable Class : Solver variable class Default Vulnerability : Default vulnerability for non-permanent solver data. MMS Name : Long Name : Status : Under Relaxation Factor : Component Short Names : CFX-5.6

CCL Objects

Page 259

Reference Guide CCL Content

Component Long Names : Component MMS Names : Component Bounds Flag : Component Upper Bounds : Component Lower Bounds : Component Clip Factors : Bounds Violation Action : Tells the solver what action to take if the variable exceeds its bounds. CEL Root : For internal solver use only. Locates CEL definition of a VARIABLE within solver data structures. General Availability : Physical Availability : Boundary Only Field : Specifies if a variable only exists on a boundary. Field Variable : Variable Description : Variable Scope : Default Parameters Tensor Type : Quantity : User Level : Specifies the user level of the variable. Output to Jobfile : Output to Postprocessor : Option = Symmetric Tensor Components Optional Parameters xxValue : Input expression for symmetric tensor VARIABLE component value in relevant units. yyValue : Input expression for symmetric tensor VARIABLE component value in relevant units. zzValue : Input expression for symmetric tensor VARIABLE component value in relevant units. xyValue : Input expression for symmetric tensor VARIABLE component value in relevant units. Page 260

CCL Objects

CFX-5.6

Reference Guide CCL Content

xzValue : Input expression for symmetric tensor VARIABLE component value in relevant units. yzValue : Input expression for symmetric tensor VARIABLE component value in relevant units. Option = Cartesian Vector Components Optional Parameters xValue : Input expression for vector VARIABLE component value in relevant units. yValue : Input expression for vector VARIABLE component value in relevant units. zValue : Input expression for vector VARIABLE component value in relevant units.

VECTOR VARIABLE Description Named Object: A object used to reference the data associated with a vector quantity in the results file. Allowed Parameters Optional Parameters Boundary Values : Sets the type of boundary values to be presented for this variable (Conservative or Hybrid). User Units : Not currently used. Internal Parameters VarMin : The global minimum value from this variable as read from the RES file. VarMax : The global maximum value from this variable as read from the RES file. HybridMin : The global hybrid minimum value from this variable as read from the RES file. HybridMax : The global hybrid maximum value from this variable as read from the RES file.

CFX-5.6

CCL Objects

Page 261

Reference Guide CCL Content

Variable Dimensions : The dimensions of the variable as read from the results file. Base Units : The base units of a variable. Has Hybrid Values : Internal parameter specifying whether a variable can load Hybrid Values on boundary nodes. User Level : Specifies the user level of the variable. Quantity Type : Specifies the Quantity Type of the variable. Related Object : Specifies the Object that this variable is related to. This is only applicable for Variables that are defined as Local to a specific geometry. Variable Is Turbo : Parameter indicating whether it is a turbo variable

VELOCITY Description Singleton Object: Sets velocity part of mass and momentum boundary condition Allowed Parameters Essential Parameters Option : Context Sensitive Settings Context Controlling Parameter: Option Allowed Context Settings: Normal Speed, Cylindrical Velocity Components, Cartesian Velocity Components, Mass Flow Rate, Restitution Coefficient Option = Restitution Coefficient Optional Parameters Perpendicular Coefficient of Restitution : Parallel Coefficient of Restitution :

Page 262

CCL Objects

CFX-5.6

Reference Guide CCL Content

Option = Mass Flow Rate Essential Parameters Mass Flow Rate : Option = Cylindrical Velocity Components Essential Parameters Velocity r Component : Velocity Theta Component : Velocity Axial Component : Optional Parameters Axis Type : Specifies if we are using a Coordinate Axis or Two points to define the axis (only two point axis specification is currently supported) Rotation Axis : Coordinate Frame Axis for rotating domains or cylindrical boundary condition specification Rotation Axis From : First <x,y,z Rotation Axis To : Second <x,y,z Option = Cartesian Velocity Components Essential Parameters U: V: W: Option = Normal Speed Essential Parameters Normal Speed :

VELOCITY PRESSURE COUPLING Description Singleton Object: Defines discretisation details for velocity/pressure coupling.

CFX-5.6

CCL Objects

Page 263

Reference Guide CCL Content

Allowed Parameters Optional Parameters Lag Transient Term : Body Force Redistribution List : Volume Fraction Weighting Method : Volume Fraction Averaging Type : Method to average volume fractions to elements

VIEWER Description Singleton Object: This object stores the viewport settings. Allowed Parameters Optional Parameters Camera Mode : Defines the current viewer camera mode. It can be either Standard (specified by Standard View parameter) or User Specified, in which case a CAMERA object has to be defined and specified in User Camera parameter. User Camera : Defines the CAMERA object that is used to set up the camera view in the viewer (Note that Camera Mode has to be set to User Specified for this parameter to have effect). Standard View : Defines one of the standard views in the viewer (Note that Camera Mode has to be set to Standard for this parameter to have effect). Background Colour : Defines the R, G and B values for the viewer background colour. Projection : Defines the current projection mode in the viewer. It can be either Perspective or Orthographic. Axis Visibility : Toggles the axis visibility in the viewer. Border Visibility : Toggles the viewport border visibility in the viewer. Light Angle : Defines the viewer light angles in degrees. The first angle goes from left (0) to right (180), and the second goes from up (0) to down (180). Clip Scene : Toggles the scene clipping plane in the viewer. Page 264

CCL Objects

CFX-5.6

Reference Guide CCL Content

Clip Plane : Defines the CLIP PLANE object that is used for scene clipping. Object Type List : Specifies the list of object types to show in this viewport. If left empty (and Object Name List is empty too), all object types are shown. Object Name List : Specifies the list of objects to show in this viewport. If left empty, all objects are shown. Coord Transform : Specifies the coordinate transformation to apply to all objects shown in this viewport. Maximize Viewport : If set to true, this viewport will be maximised to fill up the screen, regardless of the viewport layout. Highlight Type : Indicates whether to highlight an object with a bounding box or to use a wireframe of the object.

VIEWPORT Description Named Object: This object stores the viewport settings. Allowed Parameters Optional Parameters Camera Mode : Defines the current viewer camera mode. It can be either Standard (specified by Standard View parameter) or User Specified, in which case a CAMERA object has to be defined and specified in User Camera parameter. User Camera : Defines the CAMERA object that is used to set up the camera view in the viewer (Note that Camera Mode has to be set to User Specified for this parameter to have effect). Standard View : Defines one of the standard views in the viewer (Note that Camera Mode has to be set to Standard for this parameter to have effect). Projection : Defines the current projection mode in the viewer. It can be either Perspective or Orthographic. Axis Visibility : Toggles the axis visibility in the viewer. Border Visibility : Toggles the viewport border visibility in the viewer.

CFX-5.6

CCL Objects

Page 265

Reference Guide CCL Content

Light Angle : Defines the viewer light angles in degrees. The first angle goes from left (0) to right (180), and the second goes from up (0) to down (180). Clip Scene : Toggles the scene clipping plane in the viewer. Clip Plane : Defines the CLIP PLANE object that is used for scene clipping. Object Type List : Specifies the list of object types to show in this viewport. If left empty (and Object Name List is empty too), all object types are shown. Object Name List : Specifies the list of objects to show in this viewport. If left empty, all objects are shown. Coord Transform : Specifies the coordinate transformation to apply to all objects shown in this viewport. Maximize Viewport : If set to true, this viewport will be maximised to fill up the screen, regardless of the viewport layout. Highlight Type : Indicates whether to highlight an object with a bounding box or to use a wireframe of the object.

VIEWPORT MANAGER Description Singleton Object: This object stores the parameters that control the global viewport controls. Allowed Parameters Optional Parameters Viewport Layout : Specifies the layout of viewports. Viewport List : Specifies the list of viewports to be used in the layout. X Split : The normalised location of the vertical viewport splitter. Y Split : The normalised location of the horizontal viewport splitter. Background Colour : Defines the R, G and B values for the viewer background colour.

Page 266

CCL Objects

CFX-5.6

Reference Guide CCL Content

VIRTUAL MASS FORCE Description Singleton Object: Specifies that virtual mass force should be included in momentum transfer models for a fluid pair. Allowed Parameters Default Parameters Virtual Mass Coefficient : Coefficient for virtual mass force in interfluid momentum transfer.

VISKTRB Description Singleton Object: Defines initialisation of turbulent eddy viscosity when running the ke-1e turbulence model which solves for turbulent eddy viscosity. NOTE - This is a Beta solver feature. Allowed Parameters Essential Parameters Option : Context Sensitive Settings Context Controlling Parameter: Option Allowed Context Settings: Automatic, Automatic with Value, Default, Value Option = Automatic with Value Essential Parameters Kinematic Eddy Viscosity : Option = Value Essential Parameters Kinematic Eddy Viscosity : CFX-5.6

CCL Objects

Page 267

Reference Guide CCL Content

VOLUME FRACTION Description Singleton Object: Sets boundary condition or initial condition on volume fraction Allowed Parameters Essential Parameters Option : Context Sensitive Settings Context Controlling Parameter: Option Allowed Context Settings: Automatic, Automatic with Value, Default, Value Option = Automatic with Value Essential Parameters Volume Fraction : Option = Value Essential Parameters Volume Fraction :

WALL ADHESION Description Singleton Object: Specifies surface tension wall conditions at a boundary. Allowed Parameters Essential Parameters Option :

Page 268

CCL Objects

CFX-5.6

Reference Guide CCL Content

Context Sensitive Settings Context Controlling Parameter: Option Allowed Context Settings: None, Adhesive Option = Adhesive Essential Parameters Wall Contact Angle : Contact angle for surface tension adhesion at a wall.

WALL CONTACT AREA Description Singleton Object: Specifies fluid-wall contact area for a given fluid under the WALL CONTACT MODEL: Option=Specify Area Fraction. Allowed Parameters Essential Parameters Option : Context Sensitive Settings Context Controlling Parameter: Option Allowed Context Settings: Area Fraction, Constraint Option = Area Fraction Essential Parameters Area Fraction :

WALL CONTACT MODEL Description Singleton Object: Specifies model for fluid-wall contact and bulk boundary conditions at walls in multi-fluid flow.

CFX-5.6

CCL Objects

Page 269

Reference Guide CCL Content

Allowed Sub-Objects Optional Sub-Objects WALL INFLUENCE ON FLOW : Specifies wall velocity or slip conditions at a boundary. WALL ROUGHNESS : Sets wall roughness on a wall boundary condition. HEAT TRANSFER : Specifies heat transfer conditions at a boundary. TURBULENCE : Sets conditions on turbulence at a boundary. VOLUME FRACTION : Sets boundary condition or initial condition on volume fraction COMPONENT : Hold information specific to a single component of a multi-component fluid. This object is used in a number of different contexts, including the specification of boundary conditions, sources, initial conditions, etc. ADDITIONAL VARIABLE : Hold information specific to a single additional variable. This object is used in a number of different contexts, including the specification of boundary conditions, sources, initial conditions, etc. Allowed Parameters Essential Parameters Option : Context Sensitive Settings Context Controlling Parameter: Option Allowed Context Settings: Use Volume Fraction, Specify Area Fraction

WALL INFLUENCE ON FLOW Description Singleton Object: Specifies wall velocity or slip conditions at a boundary.

Page 270

CCL Objects

CFX-5.6

Reference Guide CCL Content

Allowed Parameters Essential Parameters Option : Context Sensitive Settings Context Controlling Parameter: Option Allowed Context Settings: No Slip, Free Slip Option = Free Slip Optional Parameters Include Normal Viscous Force : Indicates whether normal viscous force is included at slip walls Option = No Slip Optional Sub-Objects WALL VELOCITY : Specifies the velocity of a no-slip wall.

WALL LUBRICATION FORCE Description Singleton Object: Specifies that wall lubrication force should be included in momentum transfer models for a fluid pair. Allowed Parameters Default Parameters Lubrication Coefficient C1 : Coefficient C1 for wall lubrication force in interfluid momentum transfer. Lubrication Coefficient C2 : Coefficient C2 for wall lubrication force in interfluid momentum transfer.

CFX-5.6

CCL Objects

Page 271

Reference Guide CCL Content

WALL ROUGHNESS Description Singleton Object: Sets wall roughness on a wall boundary condition. Allowed Parameters Essential Parameters Option : Context Sensitive Settings Context Controlling Parameter: Option Allowed Context Settings: Smooth Wall, Rough Wall, Grooved Wall Option = Grooved Wall Essential Parameters Groove Direction X Component : Groove Direction Y Component : Groove Direction Z Component : Option = Rough Wall Essential Parameters Roughness Height :

WALL SCALE Description Singleton Object: Specifies initial conditions for the wall scale equation. Allowed Parameters Essential Parameters Option : Page 272

CCL Objects

CFX-5.6

Reference Guide CCL Content

Context Sensitive Settings Context Controlling Parameter: Option Allowed Context Settings: Automatic, Value, Automatic with Value Option = Automatic with Value Essential Parameters Wall Scale : Option = Value Essential Parameters Wall Scale :

WALL SLIP MODEL Description Singleton Object: Specifies a wall slip model. NOTE - This is a Beta CCL-only feature. Allowed Parameters Essential Parameters Option : Context Sensitive Settings Context Controlling Parameter: Option Allowed Context Settings: Power Law Option = Power Law Essential Parameters Slip Velocity : Critical Stress : Slip Power : Optional Parameters Under Relaxation Factor : CFX-5.6

CCL Objects

Page 273

Reference Guide CCL Content

Pressure Coefficient : Normalising Stress :

WALL VELOCITY Description Singleton Object: Specifies the velocity of a no-slip wall. Allowed Parameters Essential Parameters Option : Context Sensitive Settings Context Controlling Parameter: Option Allowed Context Settings: Cartesian Components, Cylindrical Components, Counter Rotating Wall, Rotating Wall Option = Cartesian Components Essential Parameters Wall U : Wall V : Wall W : Option = Rotating Wall Essential Parameters Angular Velocity : Rotating speed for a rotating domain or wall Optional Parameters Axis Type : Specifies if we are using a Coordinate Axis or Two points to define the axis (only two point axis specification is currently supported) Rotation Axis : Coordinate Frame Axis for rotating domains or cylindrical boundary condition specification Rotation Axis From : First <x,y,z Rotation Axis To : Second <x,y,z Page 274

CCL Objects

CFX-5.6

Reference Guide CCL Content

Option = Cylindrical Components Essential Parameters Wall Velocity r Component : Wall Velocity Theta Component : Wall Velocity Axial Component : Optional Parameters Axis Type : Specifies if we are using a Coordinate Axis or Two points to define the axis (only two point axis specification is currently supported) Rotation Axis : Coordinate Frame Axis for rotating domains or cylindrical boundary condition specification Rotation Axis From : First <x,y,z Rotation Axis To : Second <x,y,z

WIREFRAME Description Named Object: Plots an outline of the domain given by edges between elements with greater than the specified angle. Allowed Parameters Optional Parameters Edge Angle : The angle between two faces used to limit visible edges in a wireframe. Colour : A list of three numbers between 0 and 1, which represent the RGB (Red/Green/Blue) values to be used when colouring an object with constant colour. Visibility : Toggles the visibility of this graphics object in the viewer. Line Width : Controls the width (in pixels) of lines drawn for this graphics object. Domain List : The list of domains over which to define this object. Instancing Transform : Defines the TRANSFORM object that is used for the object instancing.

CFX-5.6

CCL Objects

Page 275

Reference Guide CCL Content

Apply Instancing Transform : Toggles the instancing transformation for this graphics object in the viewer.

WRITE CASE FILE Description Singleton Object: Holds parameters which control the creation of a case file and subsequent actions. Allowed Parameters Essential Parameters Operation : What operation is performed when writing or saving a case file. Optional Parameters Case Filename : The filename to which the case data will be written. Is Sim Closing : if the simulation is being closed, a record of it is stored in the cfx file. Is A Copy : used when doing save as.

Page 276

CCL Objects

CFX-5.6

Reference Guide CCL Content

CCL Parameters Absolute Transformation Description: Stores the 4x4 matrix that relates original mesh definition and final position, orientation, and size. First nine values are the upper left 3x3 matrix and the last 3 values are the first 3 values of the rightmost column. Parameter Type: Real List Default Value: 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0

Absorption Coefficient Description: The Absorption Coefficient for a Gray Gas Parameter Type: Real Default Value: 0 [m^-1] Quantity Type: Inverse Length

Activation Energy Description: Activation Energy of a reaction. Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Molar Energy

Activation Temperature Description: Activation Temperature of a reaction. Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Temperature

Adapt To Geometry Parameter Type: Logical Default Value: On

CFX-5.6

CCL Parameters

Page 277

Reference Guide CCL Content

Adaption Target Residual Parameter Type: Real Default Value: 0.001

Additional Variable Flux Description: Additional Variable Flux value. Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Additional Variable

Additional Variable Source Description: Additional Variable Source value. Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Additional Variable

Additional Variable Source Coefficient Description: Additional Variable Source Coefficient value. Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Additional Variable

Additional Variable Transfer Coefficient Description: Bulk interphase transfer coefficient for additional variables. Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Equation

Additional Variable User Flux Description: Additional Variable Flux value as defined by a userdefined function. NOTE - This is a CCL-only feature. Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Additional Variable

Page 278

CCL Parameters

CFX-5.6

Reference Guide CCL Content

Additional Variable User Flux Coefficient Description: Additional Variable Flux Coefficient value as defined by a user-defined function. NOTE - This is a CCL-only feature. Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Equation

Additional Variable Value Description: Additional Variable Value Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Additional Variable

Agglomerate Control Surfaces Description: The type of agglomeration used when grouping integration point control surfaces after calculating the intersection Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: None, Control Volume Faces, Element Faces Default Value: None

Algebraic Slip Model Alternate Rotation Model Description: Specifies if the Alternate Rotation Model is active. Parameter Type: Logical Default Value: No

Angle End Description: Second point used to calculate angle Parameter Type: Real List

Angle Start Description: First point used to calculate angle CFX-5.6

CCL Parameters

Page 279

Reference Guide CCL Content

Parameter Type: Real List

Angle Units Description: Angle Units Parameter Type: String Default Value: [rad]

Angular Velocity Description: Rotating speed for a rotating domain or wall Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Angular Velocity

Animate Camera Description: Indicates whether to animate the camera (flythrough)along with the other objects, or leave the camera at the current position. Parameter Type: Logical Default Value: On

Animation Filename Description: The name of the file to save this animation to. Parameter Type: String

Animation Frame Rate Description: The Frame Rate at which to generate the Animation MPEG. Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: 24, 25, 30, 50, 60 Default Value: 24

Page 280

CCL Parameters

CFX-5.6

Reference Guide CCL Content

Animation Hardcopy Filename Description: The path of the file to save a hardcopy to. Parameter Type: String

Animation Name Description: The name of this animation. Parameter Type: String

Anisotropy Description: Coefficient in Linear Anisotropy Scattering Phase Function Parameter Type: Real Default Value: 0.0 Quantity Type: Dimensionless

Antoine Enthalpic Coefficient B Description: Data for Antoine vapour pressure equation. Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Temperature

Antoine Pressure Scale Description: Units of pressure for Antoine vapour pressure equation. Parameter Type: Real Default Value: 1 [bar] Quantity Type: Pressure

Antoine Reference State Constant A Description: Data for Antoine vapour pressure equation. Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Dimensionless CFX-5.6

CCL Parameters

Page 281

Reference Guide CCL Content

Antoine Temperature Offset C Description: Data for Antoine vapour pressure equation. Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Temperature

Apply Instancing Transform Description: Toggles the instancing transformation for this graphics object in the viewer. Parameter Type: Logical Default Value: On

Apply Reflection Description: Toggles reflection in the transformation. Parameter Type: Logical Default Value: false

Apply Rotation Description: Toggles rotation in the transformation. Parameter Type: Logical Default Value: true

Apply Translation Description: Toggles translation in the transformation. Parameter Type: Logical Default Value: false

Area Fraction Description: Contact area fraction of a phase at a wall. Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Dimensionless Page 282

CCL Parameters

CFX-5.6

Reference Guide CCL Content

Argument List Description: The list of arguments in the user-defined function. Parameter Type: String List

Assembly Name Description: Name of assembly, for 5.6 assume only one, 1:1 mesh:assembly relationship. Parameter Type: String

Auxiliary Fluids List Description: NOTE - This is a CCL-only feature. Parameter Type: String List

Axial Coordinate Direction Description: The direction of the axis for orthotropic conductivity Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: X,Y,Z Default Value: X

Axis Description: The axis specification for directional quantitative calculations. Parameter Type: String

Axis 3 Point X Coord Description: The X location of the point in the Z axis of the coordinate frame. Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Length

CFX-5.6

CCL Parameters

Page 283

Reference Guide CCL Content

Axis 3 Point Y Coord Description: The Y location of the point in the Z axis of the coordinate frame. Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Length

Axis 3 Point Z Coord Description: The Z location of the point in the Z axis of the coordinate frame. Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Length

Axis Type Description: Specifies if we are using a Coordinate Axis or Two points to define the axis (only two point axis specification is currently supported) Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: Coordinate Axis,Two Points Default Value: Coordinate Axis

Axis Visibility Description: Toggles the axis visibility in the viewer. Parameter Type: Logical Default Value: true

Background Colour Description: Defines the R, G and B values for the viewer background colour. Parameter Type: Real List Default Value: 0, 0, 0

Page 284

CCL Parameters

CFX-5.6

Reference Guide CCL Content

Ballast Fluid Description: Specified which fluid of a multiphase case has an implied volume fraction. Parameter Type: String

Base Material Description: Base Material for defining mixture properties. Parameter Type: String List

Base Units Description: The base units of a variable. Parameter Type: String

Bitmap Resolution Description: Bitmap resolution to use on a mesh face when calculating the mesh intersection for a nonmatched domain interface. Parameter Type: Integer Default Value: 100

Blackbody Temperature Description: Blackbody Temperature at a radiative boundary Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Temperature

Blend Factor Description: Specifies the blend between pure UDS (0.0) and second order (1.0) discretisation. Parameter Type: Real Default Value: 1.0 Quantity Type: Dimensionless

CFX-5.6

CCL Parameters

Page 285

Reference Guide CCL Content

Blend Factor Relaxation Description: Under-relaxation factor for the NAC term multiplier Parameter Type: Real Default Value: 0.25 Quantity Type: Dimensionless

Blend Factor Relaxation Option Description: Relaxation option (1=always, 2=increasing only) Parameter Type: Integer Default Value: 1

Body Force Averaging Type Description: Method to average body forces to elements Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: Volume-Weighted,Harmonic,Arithmetic Default Value: Volume-Weighted

Body Force Fluid Type Parameter Type: String

Body Force Redistribution List Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: None,BFBUOY,SURFTEN_FORCE

Border Visibility Description: Toggles the viewport border visibility in the viewer. Parameter Type: Logical Default Value: false

Page 286

CCL Parameters

CFX-5.6

Reference Guide CCL Content

Bound Radius Description: Radius of Circular Plane Bound. Parameter Type: Real Default Value: 0.5

Boundary List1 Description: The list of boundaries on side one of a domain interface. Parameter Type: String List

Boundary List2 Description: The list of boundaries on side two of a domain interface. Parameter Type: String List

Boundary Only Field Description: Specifies if a variable only exists on a boundary. Parameter Type: Logical Default Value: No

Boundary Type Description: Internal parameter tells the type of the boundary. Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: OPEN, INLET, OUTLET, OPENING, OPEN MIXED, WALL, SYMMETRY, PERIODIC, INTERFACE

Boundary Values Description: Sets the type of boundary values to be presented for this variable (Conservative or Hybrid). Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: Conservative, Hybrid Default Value: Hybrid

CFX-5.6

CCL Parameters

Page 287

Reference Guide CCL Content

Bounded Volume Fraction Linearisation Description: Determines whether IPMT terms are linearised to keep volume fractions bounded. Parameter Type: Logical

Bounds Violation Action Description: Tells the solver what action to take if the variable exceeds its bounds. Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: Silent, Warn, Stop Quantity Type: Dimensionless

Buoyancy Reference Density Description: Buoyancy Reference Density Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Density

Buoyancy Reference Temperature Description: Buoyancy Reference Temperature Parameter Type: Real Default Value: 300.0 [K] Quantity Type: Temperature

CCL Object Description: The path of the CCL object that is to be Validated using the CUE Physics Checker. Parameter Type: String Default Value: No

Page 288

CCL Parameters

CFX-5.6

Reference Guide CCL Content

CCL Parameter Description: The path of the CCL parameter that is to be Validated using the CUE Physics Checker. Parameter Type: String Default Value: No

CCL Setup Debug Level Parameter Type: Integer

CEL Root Description: For internal solver use only. Locates CEL definition of a VARIABLE within solver data structures. Parameter Type: String

CallBack Name Description: Callback name for functions. Parameter Type: String

Calling Name Description: Symbolic name for user routine. For FORTRAN routines, this name should be lower case. Parameter Type: String

Camera Mode Description: Defines the current viewer camera mode. It can be either Standard (specified by Standard View parameter) or User Specified, in which case a CAMERA object has to be defined and specified in User Camera parameter. Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: Standard, User Specified Default Value: Standard

CFX-5.6

CCL Parameters

Page 289

Reference Guide CCL Content

Case Filename Description: The filename to which the case data will be written. Parameter Type: String Default Value: default.cfx

CaseParmName Description: The name of a CCL parameter for reference within a CASE object. Parameter Type: String Default Value: No

CaseParmPath Description: The CCL path of a parameter for reference within a CASE object. Parameter Type: String Default Value: No

Catalogue Memory Factor Description: Increases memory for MMS catalogue in CCLSETUP in case default estimate is insufficient. Parameter Type: Integer

Catalogue Size Multiplier Parameter Type: Real Default Value: 1.0 Quantity Type: Dimensionless

Cavitation Condensation Coefficient Description: Parameter in cavitation model for condensation Parameter Type: Real Default Value: 0.01 Page 290

CCL Parameters

CFX-5.6

Reference Guide CCL Content

Quantity Type: Dimensionless

Cavitation Pressure Coefficient Factor Description: Scale factor for cavitation rate pressure coefficient Parameter Type: Real Default Value: 1. Quantity Type: Dimensionless

Cavitation Rate Description: Cavitation mass transfer rate from fluid 1 to 2 Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Mass Source

Cavitation Rate Under Relaxation Factor Description: Cavitation rate underrelaxation factor Parameter Type: Real Default Value: 0.25 Quantity Type: Dimensionless

Cavitation Vaporization Coefficient Description: Parameter in cavitation model for vaporisation Parameter Type: Real Default Value: 50. Quantity Type: Dimensionless

Centre Point for Normal Distribution Parameter Type: Real List Quantity Type: Length

Character Memory Factor Parameter Type: Integer CFX-5.6

CCL Parameters

Page 291

Reference Guide CCL Content

Check Entropy Table Consistency Parameter Type: Logical Default Value: No

CheckParm Description: The name of the Parameter within a CCL path that is to be checked. Parameter Type: String Default Value: No

CheckValue Description: The allowable value of a Parameter within a particular CCL path. Parameter Type: String Default Value: No

Chemical Amount Units Description: Units for chemical amounts Parameter Type: String Default Value: [mol]

Chemical Timescale Description: Chemical Timescale Limit For Extinction Parameter Type: Real Default Value: 1.37E-4 [s] Quantity Type: Time

Clip Plane Description: Defines the CLIP PLANE object that is used for scene clipping. Parameter Type: String Page 292

CCL Parameters

CFX-5.6

Reference Guide CCL Content

Clip Scene Description: Toggles the scene clipping plane in the viewer. Parameter Type: Logical Default Value: false

Close CFXPre Description: Close the application.. Parameter Type: Logical Default Value: false

Colour Description: A list of three numbers between 0 and 1, which represent the RGB (Red/Green/Blue) values to be used when colouring an object with constant colour. Parameter Type: Real List Default Value: 1.0, 1.0, 1.0

Colour Mode Description: Sets the mode used to colour the object. If set equal to "Constant" then the "Colour" parameter is used to determine the plot colour. If set equal to "Variable", then the "Colour Variable" parameter is used. Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: Use Plot Variable, Constant, Variable, Time, Unique Default Value: Constant

Colour Variable Description: The name of the variable to be used in colouring the object. Should be set equal to the name of a currently defined VARIABLE object. Parameter Type: String

CFX-5.6

CCL Parameters

Page 293

Reference Guide CCL Content

Combination Description: The method of combination for region lists. Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: Union, Intersection, Complement, Alias, Difference, Symmetric Difference Default Value: Union

Compaction Modulus Description: Parameter in Gidaspow model for solid pressure. Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Dimensionless

Component Bounds Flag Parameter Type: String

Component Clip Factors Parameter Type: Real List Quantity Type: Dimensionless

Component Index Description: Specifies vector component to be used for the variable. Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: 1, 2, 3 Default Value: 1

Component Long Names Parameter Type: String List

Component Lower Bounds Parameter Type: Real List Page 294

CCL Parameters

CFX-5.6

Reference Guide CCL Content

Quantity Type: Dimensionless

Component MMS Names Parameter Type: String List

Component Short Names Parameter Type: String List

Component Upper Bounds Parameter Type: Real List Quantity Type: Dimensionless

Components Bounds Flag Connection Type Description: Specifies if an interface should use best match or GGI interface. Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: Automatic, GGI Default Value: Automatic

Conservation Target Description: The maximum relative equation imbalance for convergence. Parameter Type: Real Default Value: 0.01 Quantity Type: Dimensionless

Const Physics Param Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: OK, Pending, Changed CFX-5.6

CCL Parameters

Page 295

Reference Guide CCL Content

Default Value: OK

Constitutive Relation Iteration Limit Parameter Type: Integer Default Value: 100

Constitutive Relation Temperature Criterion Parameter Type: Real Default Value: 0.01 [K] Quantity Type: Temperature

Constitutive Relation Under Relaxation Parameter Type: Real Default Value: 1.0 Quantity Type: Dimensionless

Coord Frame Description: Local coordinate frame for computing expressions. The default at the top level of the command data structure is Coord 0, that is no transformation. The default at lower levels is to inherit the value from objects higher up the structure. Parameter Type: String

Coord Frame Type Description: Specifies if a Coordinate Frame is Cartesian or Cylindrical. Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: Cartesian, Cylindrical Default Value: Cartesian

Page 296

CCL Parameters

CFX-5.6

Reference Guide CCL Content

Coord Transform Description: Specifies the coordinate transformation to apply to all objects shown in this viewport. Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: Cartesian, Meridional, Blade-to-blade, 2D Meridional, 2D Blade-to-blade Default Value: Cartesian

Critical Stress Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Pressure

Cross Sectional Area Factor Parameter Type: Real Default Value: 1.0 Quantity Type: Dimensionless

Culling Mode Description: Controls the face culling of this object in the viewer. Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: No Culling, Back Faces, Front Faces Default Value: No Culling

Current Frame Description: The current frame that is displayed or calculated. This is useful to determine where in the animation you are when stepping through the frames. This is an internal parameter for status display purposes only. Parameter Type: Integer

Current GTM Checkpoint Description: CFX-5.6

CCL Parameters

Page 297

Reference Guide CCL Content

Parameter Type: Integer

Current Units Description: Units for electric current. Parameter Type: String Default Value: [amp]

Curvature Under Relaxation Factor Description: Curvature underrelaxation factor Parameter Type: Real Default Value: 1 Quantity Type: Dimensionless

Custom Units Setting Description: This is a comma delimited list of Quantities and their selected units for the Custom Units Setting. The list will contain both Quantities and the units: e.g. Acceleration, m s^-2, Angle, radian, ... Parameter Type: String List

Damping Factor Description: Damping Factor for turbulence wall function damping Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Dimensionless

Data Description: The data list for a user 3d interpolation function. Parameter Type: Real List Quantity Type: Dimensionless

Data Pairs Description: The data list for a user 1d interpolation function. Page 298

CCL Parameters

CFX-5.6

Reference Guide CCL Content

Parameter Type: Real List Quantity Type: Dimensionless

Default Source Variable Description: Define a default entry for Source Variable List for an equation source. Parameter Type: String

Default Vulnerability Description: Default vulnerability for non-permanent solver data. Parameter Type: Integer

Define Particle Data Description: Defines whether particle data is set on this boundary Parameter Type: Logical Default Value: Off

Definition Method Description: Specifies definition method for object type. Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: OBJECT, Parameter, Allowed Names

Definition Path Description: Specifies ccl path to object definition. Parameter Type: String

Delete Original Description: Specifies if the original mesh is deleted Parameter Type: Logical Default Value: false

CFX-5.6

CCL Parameters

Page 299

Reference Guide CCL Content

Delete Reflected Description: Specifies if the original mesh is deleted Parameter Type: Logical Default Value: false

Density Description: Material density Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Density

Density Depends On Parameter Type: String List

Diagnostic Output Level Description: Diagnostic Output Level Parameter Type: Integer Default Value: 0

Diameter Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Length

Diffuse Fraction Parameter Type: Real Default Value: 1. Quantity Type: Dimensionless

Direction 1 Bound Description: Length of Rectangular Plane Bound. Parameter Type: Real Page 300

CCL Parameters

CFX-5.6

Reference Guide CCL Content

Default Value: 1.0

Direction 1 Orientation Description: Orientation of Rectangular Plane Bound length. Parameter Type: Real Default Value: 0 [degree]

Direction 1 Points Description: Number of Sample points in direction 1. Parameter Type: Integer Default Value: 10

Direction 2 Bound Description: Width of Rectangular Plane Bound. Parameter Type: Real Default Value: 1.0

Direction 2 Points Description: Number of Sample points in direction 2. Parameter Type: Integer Default Value: 10

Displacement X Component Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Length

Displacement Y Component Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Length

CFX-5.6

CCL Parameters

Page 301

Reference Guide CCL Content

Displacement Z Component Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Length

Distance from Centre Point Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Length

Distribution Factor Description: Specifies proportion of bulk source distributed to given fluid. Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Dimensionless

Domain List Description: The list of domains over which to define this object. Parameter Type: String List Default Value: All Domains

Domain Name Parameter Type: String List

Domain Temperature Parameter Type: Real Default Value: 300.0 [K] Quantity Type: Temperature

Domain Type Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: Fluid, Solid Page 302

CCL Parameters

CFX-5.6

Reference Guide CCL Content

Default Value: Fluid

Drag Coefficient Parameter Type: Real Default Value: 0.44 Quantity Type: Dimensionless

Drag Coefficient Derivative Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Dimensionless

Draw Faces Description: Toggles the visibility filled faces for this graphics objectin the viewer. Parameter Type: Logical Default Value: On

Draw Lines Description: Toggles the visibility of lines around each face of this graphics object. Parameter Type: Logical Default Value: Off

Dynamic Viscosity Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Dynamic Viscosity

Eddy Dissipation Model Coefficient A Description: Eddy Dissipation Model Coefficient A Parameter Type: Real Default Value: 4.0 CFX-5.6

CCL Parameters

Page 303

Reference Guide CCL Content

Quantity Type: Dimensionless

Eddy Dissipation Model Coefficient B Description: Eddy Dissipation Model Coefficient B Parameter Type: Real Default Value: -1.0 Quantity Type: Dimensionless

Eddy Length Scale Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Length

Eddy Viscosity Description: Specify eddy viscosity for zero-equation turbulence model. Omission of this parameter implies the default formula. Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Dynamic Viscosity

Eddy Viscosity Prandtl Number Description: Specify eddy viscosity Prandtl number for dispersed phase zero-equation turbulence model. Omission of this parameter implies the default value. Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Dimensionless

Eddy Viscosity Ratio Description: Specify (Turb / Molecular) viscosity ratio Parameter Type: Real Default Value: 10. Quantity Type: Dimensionless

Page 304

CCL Parameters

CFX-5.6

Reference Guide CCL Content

Edge Angle Description: The angle between two faces used to limit visible edges in a wireframe. Parameter Type: Real Default Value: 30 [degree]

Efficiency Factor List Parameter Type: Real List Quantity Type: Dimensionless

Elasticity Modulus Description: Parameter in simple model for solid pressure. Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Pressure

Emissivity Description: Surface Emissivity Parameter Type: Real Default Value: 1. Quantity Type: Dimensionless

Energy Flux Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Heat Flux in

Energy Flux Coefficient Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Heat Transfer Coefficient

CFX-5.6

CCL Parameters

Page 305

Reference Guide CCL Content

Energy Source Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Energy Source

Energy Source Coefficient Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Energy Source Coefficient

Energy Under Relaxation Factor Parameter Type: Real Default Value: 0.75 Quantity Type: Dimensionless

Enhanced Eddy Viscosity Description: Specify eddy particle induced eddy viscosity for zeroequation particle induced turbulence model. Omission of this parameter implies the default formula due to Sato. Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Dynamic Viscosity

Enthalpy Table Error Tolerance Parameter Type: Real Default Value: 0.01 Quantity Type: Dimensionless

Enthalpy Table Maximum Points Parameter Type: Integer Default Value: 100

Enthalpy Table Pressure Extrapolation Parameter Type: Logical Page 306

CCL Parameters

CFX-5.6

Reference Guide CCL Content

Default Value: No

Enthalpy Table Temperature Extrapolation Parameter Type: Logical Default Value: Yes

Entropy Table Error Tolerance Parameter Type: Real Default Value: 0.03 Quantity Type: Dimensionless

Entropy Table Maximum Points Parameter Type: Integer Default Value: 100

Entropy Table Pressure Extrapolation Parameter Type: Logical Default Value: No

Entropy Table Temperature Extrapolation Parameter Type: Logical Default Value: No

Epsilon Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Epsilon

Epsilon Flux Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Epsilon Flux CFX-5.6

CCL Parameters

Page 307

Reference Guide CCL Content

Epsilon Flux Coefficient Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Epsilon Flux Coefficient

Epsilon Source Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Epsilon Source

Epsilon Source Coefficient Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Epsilon Source Coefficient

Equation Class Scope Parameter Type: String

Evaluated Expression Description: A CFX Expression Language expression for usage in EXPRESSION EVALUATOR. Parameter Type: String

Export File Description: The filename to which the exported data will be written. Parameter Type: String Default Value: export.dat

Expression Description: A CFX Expression Language expression. Parameter Type: String

Page 308

CCL Parameters

CFX-5.6

Reference Guide CCL Content

Expression Value Description: Single valued CEL expression. Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Expression

Extend Max Parameter Type: Logical Default Value: No

Extend Min Parameter Type: Logical Default Value: No

Extinction Temperature Description: Extinction-Ignition Temperature Parameter Type: Real Default Value: 900 [K] Quantity Type: Temperature

Face Colour Description: A list of three numbers between 0 and 1, which represent the RGB (Red/Green/Blue) values to be used for colouring the faces on a graphics object. Parameter Type: String List Default Value: 1.0, 1.0, 1.0

Face Weighting Factor Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Dimensionless

CFX-5.6

CCL Parameters

Page 309

Reference Guide CCL Content

Field Variable Parameter Type: Logical Default Value: True

File Path Description: Path to store ray trace files. Parameter Type: String

Final Number of Nodes Parameter Type: String

Fine Structure Length Coefficient Description: Fine structure length coefficient for Eddy Dissipation Concept (EDC) Parameter Type: Real Default Value: 1.43 Quantity Type: Dimensionless

Fine Structure Velocity Coefficient Description: Fine structure velocity coefficient for Eddy Dissipation Concept (EDC) Parameter Type: Real Default Value: 1.74 Quantity Type: Dimensionless

First Iteration for Particle Calculation Parameter Type: Integer Default Value: 10 Quantity Type: Dimensionless

Page 310

CCL Parameters

CFX-5.6

Reference Guide CCL Content

First Line Point for Normal Distribution Parameter Type: Real Triplet Default Value: 0.0[m],0.0[m],0.0[m] Quantity Type: Length

First Point of Axis Parameter Type: Real Triplet Default Value: 0.0[m],0.0[m],0.0[m] Quantity Type: Length

Fixed Temperature Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Temperature

Flow Direction Linearisation Description: Determines the type of linearisation the solver uses to compute coefficients for direction specified flow boundaries. Normal component assumes that the boundary velocity has the same normal component as the vertex velocity. Velocity magnitude assumes they have the same magnitude. Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: Normal Component, Velocity Magnitude

Fluctuation Level Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Dimensionless

Fluid Description: The fluid specification for multiphase quantitative calculations. Parameter Type: String CFX-5.6

CCL Parameters

Page 311

Reference Guide CCL Content

Fluid Temperature Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Temperature

Fluid1 Additional Variable Flux Coefficient Description: First fluid add. var. coefficient part of flux from first fluid to second. Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Equation

Fluid1 Additional Variable Transfer Coefficient Description: Fluid 1 interphase transfer coefficient for additional variables. Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Equation

Fluid1 Area Density Coefficient Description: interfacial area density linearisation coefficient against fluid 1 volume fraction Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Inverse Length

Fluid1 Flux Coefficient Description: fluid 1 linearisation coefficient of a flux from fluid 1 to 2 Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Equation

Fluid1 Flux Fluid1 Coefficient Description: fluid 1 linearisation coefficient of a flux from fluid 1 Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Equation Page 312

CCL Parameters

CFX-5.6

Reference Guide CCL Content

Fluid1 Flux Fluid2 Coefficient Description: fluid 2 linearisation coefficient of a flux from fluid 1 Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Equation

Fluid1 Flux out Description: scalar flux from fluid 1 Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Equation

Fluid1 Heat Flux Coefficient Description: First fluid add. var. coefficient part of flux from first fluid to second. Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Heat Transfer Coefficient

Fluid1 Heat Transfer Coefficient Description: Fluid 1 heat transfer coefficient. Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Heat Transfer Coefficient

Fluid1 Mass Transfer Coefficient Description: Effective mass transfer coefficient on first-fluid side of interface. Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Velocity

Fluid1 Nusselt Number Description: Fluid 1 Nusselt Number for interfluid heat transfer. Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Dimensionless CFX-5.6

CCL Parameters

Page 313

Reference Guide CCL Content

Fluid1 Sherwood Number Description: Fluid 1 Sherwood number governing interphase transfer of AV"s and components. Parameter Type: String Quantity Type: Dimensionless

Fluid1 Value Description: scalar value transferred from fluid 1 to 2 Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Equation

Fluid1 xFlux out Description: x component of vector flux from fluid 1 Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Equation

Fluid1 xValue Description: x-component of a vector value transferred from fluid 1 to 2 Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Equation

Fluid1 xxFlux out Description: xx component of symmetric tensor flux from fluid 1 Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Equation

Fluid1 xxValue Description: xx-component of a symmetric tensor value transferred from fluid 1 to 2 Parameter Type: Real Page 314

CCL Parameters

CFX-5.6

Reference Guide CCL Content

Quantity Type: Equation

Fluid1 xyFlux out Description: xy component of symmetric tensor flux from fluid 1 Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Equation

Fluid1 xyValue Description: xy-component of a symmetric tensor value transferred from fluid 1 to 2 Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Equation

Fluid1 xzFlux out Description: xz component of symmetric tensor flux from fluid 1 Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Equation

Fluid1 xzValue Description: xz-component of a symmetric tensor value transferred from fluid 1 to 2 Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Equation

Fluid1 yFlux out Description: y component of vector flux from fluid 1 Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Equation

CFX-5.6

CCL Parameters

Page 315

Reference Guide CCL Content

Fluid1 yValue Description: y-component of a vector value transferred from fluid 1 to 2 Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Equation

Fluid1 yyFlux out Description: yy component of symmetric tensor flux from fluid 1 Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Equation

Fluid1 yyValue Description: yy-component of a symmetric tensor value transferred from fluid 1 to 2 Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Equation

Fluid1 yzFlux out Description: yz component of symmetric tensor flux from fluid 1 Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Equation

Fluid1 yzValue Description: yz-component of a symmetric tensor value transferred from fluid 1 to 2 Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Equation

Fluid1 zFlux out Description: z component of vector flux from fluid 1 Parameter Type: Real Page 316

CCL Parameters

CFX-5.6

Reference Guide CCL Content

Quantity Type: Equation

Fluid1 zValue Description: z-component of a vector value transferred from fluid 1 to 2 Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Equation

Fluid1 zzFlux out Description: zz component of symmetric tensor flux from fluid 1 Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Equation

Fluid1 zzValue Description: zz-component of a symmetric tensor value transferred from fluid 1 to 2 Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Equation

Fluid1to2 Additional Variable Flux Description: Value part of flux from first fluid to second. Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Equation

Fluid1to2 Flux Description: scalar flux from fluid 1 to 2 Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Equation

Fluid1to2 Heat Flux Description: Value part of flux from first fluid to second. CFX-5.6

CCL Parameters

Page 317

Reference Guide CCL Content

Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Heat Flux in

Fluid1to2 Mass Flow Description: Mass flow rate from first fluid to second. Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Mass Source

Fluid1to2 Mass Flux Description: mass flux from fluid 1 to 2 Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Interphase Transfer Coefficient

Fluid1to2 Phase Change Mass Flux Description: mass flux from fluid 1 to 2 Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Interphase Transfer Coefficient

Fluid1to2 xFlux Description: x component vector flux from fluid 1 to 2 Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Equation

Fluid1to2 xxFlux Description: xx component of symmetric tensor flux from fluid 1 to 2 Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Equation

Fluid1to2 xyFlux Description: xy component of symmetric tensor flux from fluid 1 to 2 Parameter Type: Real Page 318

CCL Parameters

CFX-5.6

Reference Guide CCL Content

Quantity Type: Equation

Fluid1to2 xzFlux Description: xz component of symmetric tensor flux from fluid 1 to 2 Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Equation

Fluid1to2 yFlux Description: y component of vector flux from fluid 1 to 2 Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Equation

Fluid1to2 yyFlux Description: yy component of symmetric tensor flux from fluid 1 to 2 Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Equation

Fluid1to2 yzFlux Description: yz component of symmetric tensor flux from fluid 1 to 2 Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Equation

Fluid1to2 zFlux Description: z component of vector flux from fluid 1 to 2 Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Equation

Fluid1to2 zzFlux Description: zz component of symmetric tensor flux from fluid 1 to 2 Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Equation CFX-5.6

CCL Parameters

Page 319

Reference Guide CCL Content

Fluid2 Additional Variable Flux Coefficient Description: Second fluid add.var. coefficient part of flux from first fluid to second. Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Equation

Fluid2 Additional Variable Transfer Coefficient Description: Fluid 2 interphase transfer coefficient for additional variables. Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Equation

Fluid2 Area Density Coefficient Description: interfacial area density linearisation coefficient against fluid 1 volume fraction Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Inverse Length

Fluid2 Flux Coefficient Description: fluid 2 linearisation coefficient of a flux from fluid 2 to 1 Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Equation

Fluid2 Flux Fluid1 Coefficient Description: fluid 2 linearisation coefficient of a flux into fluid 2 Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Equation

Fluid2 Flux Fluid2 Coefficient Description: fluid 2 linearisation coefficient of a flux into fluid 2 Parameter Type: Real Page 320

CCL Parameters

CFX-5.6

Reference Guide CCL Content

Quantity Type: Equation

Fluid2 Flux in Description: scalar flux into fluid 2 Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Equation

Fluid2 Heat Flux Coefficient Description: Second fluid add.var. coefficient part of flux from first fluid to second. Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Heat Transfer Coefficient

Fluid2 Heat Transfer Coefficient Description: Fluid 2 heat transfer coefficient. Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Heat Transfer Coefficient

Fluid2 Mass Transfer Coefficient Description: Effective mass transfer coefficient on second-fluid side of interface. Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Velocity

Fluid2 Nusselt Number Description: Fluid 2 Nusselt Number for interfluid heat transfer. Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Dimensionless

CFX-5.6

CCL Parameters

Page 321

Reference Guide CCL Content

Fluid2 Sherwood Number Description: Fluid 2 Sherwood number governing interphase transfer of AV"s and components. Parameter Type: String Quantity Type: Dimensionless

Fluid2 Value Description: scalar value transferred from fluid 2 to 1 Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Equation

Fluid2 xFlux in Description: x component of vector flux into fluid 2 Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Equation

Fluid2 xValue Description: x-component of a vector value transferred from fluid 2 to 1 Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Equation

Fluid2 xxFlux in Description: xx component of symmetric tensor flux into fluid 2 Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Equation

Fluid2 xxValue Description: xx-component of a symmetric tensor value transferred from fluid 2 to 1 Parameter Type: Real Page 322

CCL Parameters

CFX-5.6

Reference Guide CCL Content

Quantity Type: Equation

Fluid2 xyFlux in Description: xy component of symmetric tensor flux into fluid 2 Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Equation

Fluid2 xyValue Description: xy-component of a symmetric tensor value transferred from fluid 2 to 1 Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Equation

Fluid2 xzFlux in Description: xz component of symmetric tensor flux into fluid 2 Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Equation

Fluid2 xzValue Description: xz-component of a symmetric tensor value transferred from fluid 2 to 1 Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Equation

Fluid2 yFlux in Description: y component of vector flux into fluid 2 Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Equation

CFX-5.6

CCL Parameters

Page 323

Reference Guide CCL Content

Fluid2 yValue Description: y-component of a vector value transferred from fluid 2 to 1 Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Equation

Fluid2 yyFlux in Description: yy component of symmetric tensor flux into fluid 2 Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Equation

Fluid2 yyValue Description: yy-component of a symmetric tensor value transferred from fluid 2 to 1 Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Equation

Fluid2 yzFlux in Description: yz component of symmetric tensor flux into fluid 2 Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Equation

Fluid2 yzValue Description: yz-component of a symmetric tensor value transferred from fluid 2 to 1 Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Equation

Fluid2 zFlux in Description: z component of vector flux into fluid 2 Parameter Type: Real Page 324

CCL Parameters

CFX-5.6

Reference Guide CCL Content

Quantity Type: Equation

Fluid2 zValue Description: z-component of a vector value transferred from fluid 2 to 1 Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Equation

Fluid2 zzFlux in Description: zz component of symmetric tensor flux into fluid 2 Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Equation

Fluid2 zzValue Description: zz-component of a symmetric tensor value transferred from fluid 2 to 1 Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Equation

Fluids List Parameter Type: String List

Font Description: The font name for an item of text. Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: Serif, Sans Serif Default Value: Sans Serif

Fractional Intensity Parameter Type: Real Default Value: 0.05 CFX-5.6

CCL Parameters

Page 325

Reference Guide CCL Content

Quantity Type: Dimensionless

Frame Increment Description: The number of frames to increment the frame counter by when incrementing to go to the next frame. Parameter Type: Integer Default Value: 1

Frame Type Description: Sets the frame in which velocity components or flow direction components are specified. If set to Rotating then the components are in the relative frame. If set to Stationary then the components are in the absolute frame of reference. Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: Rotating, Stationary Default Value: Stationary

Free Surface Harmonic Averaging Description: Harmonic average buoyancy force for free surface flow up to Transition Iteration Parameter Type: Logical Default Value: Yes

Freestream Damping Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Dimensionless

Freestream Damping for Curvature Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Dimensionless

Page 326

CCL Parameters

CFX-5.6

Reference Guide CCL Content

Freestream Damping for Interface Normal Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Dimensionless

Frequency Lower Limit Parameter Type: Real Default Value: 1.E+12 [s^-1] Quantity Type: Per Time

Frequency Upper Limit Parameter Type: Real Default Value: 1.E+16 [s^-1] Quantity Type: Per Time

Fuel Carbon Mass Fraction Description: Mass Fraction of Carbon in the Fuel Parameter Type: Real Default Value: 12.0 / 16.0 Quantity Type: Dimensionless

Fuel Consumption Reaction Description: Main Fuel Consumption Reaction Parameter Type: String List

Fuel Material Description: Main Fuel Material Parameter Type: String List

CFX-5.6

CCL Parameters

Page 327

Reference Guide CCL Content

Full Circle Description: If set to On, the instances are placed uniformly about the instance rotation axis. Note that the Number of Copies has to be greater than two when this option is used. Parameter Type: Logical Default Value: On

Function Description: The context controlling parameter for the CALCULATOR object, which defines the name of the function to be evaluated. Parameter Type: String

GTM Location Description: stores the path of the GTM location Parameter Type: String

General Availability Parameter Type: String List Default Value: No

Global Dynamic Model Control Parameter Type: Logical Default Value: Yes

Glue Copied Assemblies Description: Specifies whether matching assemblies should be glued after copy Parameter Type: Logical Default Value: true

Page 328

CCL Parameters

CFX-5.6

Reference Guide CCL Content

Glue Reflected Assemblies Description: Specifies whether matching assemblies should be glued after a reflection Parameter Type: Logical Default Value: true

Gradient Relaxation Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Dimensionless

Gradient Type Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: Upwind, Arithmetic Average, Harmonic Average, Arithmetic Element Average, Harmonic Element Average

Gravity X Component Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Acceleration

Gravity Y Component Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Acceleration

Gravity Z Component Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Acceleration

Groove Direction X Component Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Dimensionless CFX-5.6

CCL Parameters

Page 329

Reference Guide CCL Content

Groove Direction Y Component Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Dimensionless

Groove Direction Z Component Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Dimensionless

Hardcopy Filename Description: Sets the file name for the output from "print". Parameter Type: String Default Value: cfxOutput

Hardcopy Format Description: Sets the format of hardcopy output from "print". Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: ps, eps, jpg, ppm, bmp, png, vrml Default Value: ps

Hardcopy Tolerance Description: A non-dimensional tolerance used in face-sorting when generating hardcopy output. Higher values will result in faster printing times, but may cause defects in the resulting output. Parameter Type: String Default Value: 0.0001

Has Hybrid Values Description: Internal parameter specifying whether a variable can load Hybrid Values on boundary nodes. Parameter Type: Logical Default Value: Yes Page 330

CCL Parameters

CFX-5.6

Reference Guide CCL Content

Heat Flux in Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Heat Flux in

Heat Transfer Coefficient Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Heat Transfer Coefficient

Highlight Type Description: Indicates whether to highlight an object with a bounding box or to use a wireframe of the object. Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: Bounding Box, Wireframe Default Value: Wireframe

Homogeneous Coefficient Factor Description: Factor to enforce homogeneous condition for temperature Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Dimensionless

Homogeneous Model Description: Specifies whether the model is homogeneous or not Parameter Type: Logical Default Value: Off

HybridMax Description: The global hybrid maximum value from this variable as read from the RES file. Parameter Type: Real

CFX-5.6

CCL Parameters

Page 331

Reference Guide CCL Content

HybridMin Description: The global hybrid minimum value from this variable as read from the RES file. Parameter Type: Real

Image Height Description: The image height (used when Use Screen Size is set to Off) Parameter Type: Integer Default Value: 600

Image Scale Description: Scales the size of bitmap images to a fraction (in percent) of the current viewer window size. Parameter Type: Integer Default Value: 100

Image Width Description: The image width (used when Use Screen Size is set to Off) Parameter Type: Integer Default Value: 600

Include Boundary Temperature Slip Parameter Type: Logical

Include Header Description: Indicates whether a pre-defined header is appended to the top of the export file, using " Parameter Type: Logical Default Value: True Page 332

CCL Parameters

CFX-5.6

Reference Guide CCL Content

Include Marangoni Force Description: Indicates whether tangential component of surface tension force is included Parameter Type: Logical

Include Normal Viscous Force Description: Indicates whether normal viscous force is included at slip walls Parameter Type: Logical Default Value: Yes

Include Pressure Transient Term Parameter Type: Logical

Include Resistance in Rhie Chow Description: Indicates whether resistance term modifies the Rhie Chow mass-momentum coupling term in the continuity equation. Parameter Type: Logical

Include Viscous Work Term Description: Flag indicating whether the shear stress term dot velocity term is included in the energy equation. Parameter Type: Logical Default Value: Off

Include in Total Energy Description: Indicates whether a momentum source appears in the total energy equation Parameter Type: Logical

CFX-5.6

CCL Parameters

Page 333

Reference Guide CCL Content

Instancing Transform Description: Defines the TRANSFORM object that is used for the object instancing. Parameter Type: String Default Value: Default Transform

Integer Memory Factor Parameter Type: Integer

Interface Boundary Description: Defines whether a boundary is of type interface. Parameter Type: Logical Default Value: Off

Interface Length Scale Description: Specifies an effective length scale or interfacial area density available for transfer processes under the mixture model option on FLUID PAIR. Parameter Type: Real Default Value: 1. [mm] Quantity Type: Length

Interface Region List1 Description: A list of regions used on the first side of the domain interface Parameter Type: String

Interface Region List2 Description: A list of regions used on the second side of the domain interface Parameter Type: String Page 334

CCL Parameters

CFX-5.6

Reference Guide CCL Content

Interface Type Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: Fluid Fluid, Fluid Solid, Solid Solid, Periodic

Interfacial Area Density Description: Interfacial area per unit volume between two phases. Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Inverse Length

Intermediate File Format Description: The format in which to save intermediate files when generating animation MPEGs. Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: jpg, ppm Default Value: jpg

Invert Plane Bound Description: Reverses the plane bounds by selecting region outside plane bound. Parameter Type: Logical Default Value: Off

Is A Copy Description: used when doing save as. Parameter Type: Logical Default Value: false

Is Sim Closing Description: if the simulation is being closed, a record of it is stored in the cfx file. Parameter Type: Logical CFX-5.6

CCL Parameters

Page 335

Reference Guide CCL Content

Default Value: false

Isentropic Compressibility Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Compressibility

Isothermal Compressibility Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Compressibility

Iteration Frequency Parameter Type: Integer Default Value: 5 Quantity Type: Dimensionless

Iteration Interval Parameter Type: Integer

Iteration List Parameter Type: Integer List

JPEG Image Quality Description: The quality factor for jpeg image output. Higher values results in clearer, but larger, files. Parameter Type: Integer Default Value: 80

Junction Box Location Description: Locations in solver where junction box routines are to be called. Parameter Type: String Page 336

CCL Parameters

CFX-5.6

Reference Guide CCL Content

Allowed Values: Start of Partitioning, First Partitioning Call, End of Partitioning, First Call, Start of Run, User Input, User Start, End of Run, User Output, Start of Time Step, End of Time Step, Start of Coefficient Loop, End of Coefficient Loop, Start of Linear Solution, End of Linear Solution, Abort

Junction Box Routine List Description: List of junction box routines to be executed. Parameter Type: String List

Kappa Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Dimensionless

Keep Intermediate Files Description: Boolean indicating whether or not CFX-Post should delete the intermediate files after the MPEG generation is complete. Parameter Type: Logical Default Value: Off

Keep Track File Parameter Type: Logical

Keyframe Filename Description: A string containing the name of the state file associated with this keyframe. Parameter Type: String

Keyframe List Description: An ordered list of keyframe names to be used for this animation. Parameter Type: String List CFX-5.6

CCL Parameters

Page 337

Reference Guide CCL Content

Keyframe Name Description: A string containing the name of the keyframe to display to the user. Parameter Type: String

Kinematic Diffusivity Parameter Type: Real Default Value: 0.0 [m^2 s^-1] Quantity Type: Kinematic Diffusivity

Kinematic Eddy Viscosity Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Kinematic Diffusivity

Lag Transient Term Parameter Type: Logical Default Value: No

Laminar Flame Speed Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Velocity

Last Saved GTM Checkpoint Description: Parameter Type: Integer Default Value: -1

Lean Flammability Limit Parameter Type: Real Default Value: 0.46 Page 338

CCL Parameters

CFX-5.6

Reference Guide CCL Content

Quantity Type: Dimensionless

Length Scale Description: Specified length scale for Auto Timestep Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Length

Length Scale Option Description: Option for calculating Auto Timestep length scale. Conservative uses the cube root of the fluid volume, and Aggressive uses the maximum extent of the fluid volume. Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: Conservative, Aggressive, Specified Length Scale Default Value: Conservative

Length Units Parameter Type: String Default Value: [m]

Library File Description: File holding the library. Parameter Type: String

Library Name Description: Name of shared library for entry point "Calling Name". Parameter Type: String

Library Path Description: Directory path for shared object library directories for each platform required. Parameter Type: String CFX-5.6

CCL Parameters

Page 339

Reference Guide CCL Content

Lift Coefficient Description: Coefficient for lift force in interfluid momentum transfer. Parameter Type: Real Default Value: 0.5 Quantity Type: Dimensionless

Light Angle Description: Defines the viewer light angles in degrees. The first angle goes from left (0) to right (180), and the second goes from up (0) to down (180). Parameter Type: Real List Default Value: 110, 110

Lighting Description: Toggles the lighting of this graphics object in the viewer. Parameter Type: Logical Default Value: true

Line Colour Description: A list of three numbers between 0 and 1, which represent the RGB (Red/Green/Blue) values to be used for colouring the lines on a graphics object. Parameter Type: String List Default Value: 1.0, 1.0, 1.0

Line Samples Description: Number of points in the sample line. Parameter Type: Integer Default Value: 10

Page 340

CCL Parameters

CFX-5.6

Reference Guide CCL Content

Line Type Description: Indicates if the line is a cut or sample line. Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: Cut, Sample Default Value: Sample

Line Width Description: Controls the width (in pixels) of lines drawn for this graphics object. Parameter Type: Integer Default Value: 1

Linear Resistance Coefficient Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Momentum Source Lin Coeff

Linearisation Scheme Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: Frozen Coefficient, Newton Default Value: Newton

Load Data Description: This parameter indicates whether to load the results file or not if a DATA READER object exists in the STATE File for a READSTATE action. Parameter Type: Logical Default Value: True

Local Timescale Factor Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Dimensionless CFX-5.6

CCL Parameters

Page 341

Reference Guide CCL Content

Location Description: A locator name. Parameter Type: String Default Value: No

Location List Description: A comma delimited list of locator names. Parameter Type: String List

Location Path List Description: a path list of locators Parameter Type: String

Location X Component Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Length

Location Y Component Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Length

Location Z Component Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Length

Location of Maximum Flame Speed Description: Equivalence Ratio of Maximum Laminar Flame Speed Parameter Type: Real Default Value: 1.06 Quantity Type: Dimensionless Page 342

CCL Parameters

CFX-5.6

Reference Guide CCL Content

Logical Memory Factor Parameter Type: Integer

Long Name Parameter Type: String

Looping Description: Indicates the type of looping to perform for the animation. Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: Bounce, Loop Default Value: Loop

Looping Cycles Description: Indicates the number of cycles that the Animation loop should complete before stopping automatically. A value of -1 will repeat the cycles forever. Parameter Type: Integer Default Value: 1

Loss Coefficient Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Dimensionless

Lower Turbulence Model Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: Laminar, Zero Equation, Dispersed Phase Zero Equation, k epsilon, RNG k epsilon

Lubrication Coefficient C1 Description: Coefficient C1 for wall lubrication force in interfluid momentum transfer. CFX-5.6

CCL Parameters

Page 343

Reference Guide CCL Content

Parameter Type: Real Default Value: -0.01 Quantity Type: Dimensionless

Lubrication Coefficient C2 Description: Coefficient C2 for wall lubrication force in interfluid momentum transfer. Parameter Type: Real Default Value: 0.05 Quantity Type: Dimensionless

Luminance Units Parameter Type: String Default Value: [cd]

MMS Name Parameter Type: String

MPEG Scale Description: The amount to scale the viewer image for the Animation MPEG output. Parameter Type: Integer Default Value: 100

Mach Blending Description: Determines whether density advection blends with CDS at low Mach numbers. Parameter Type: Logical

Mass Concentration Parameter Type: Real Page 344

CCL Parameters

CFX-5.6

Reference Guide CCL Content

Default Value: 0 [kg m^-3] Quantity Type: Density

Mass Flow Rate Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Mass Flow

Mass Flow Update Option Description: Determines how the solver enforces the mass flow rate specified on an outflow boundary condition. Shift pressure updates the average pressure level on the boundary to give the required mass flow rate, Scale Mass Flows multiplies the solver computed mass flows by a factor to give the set value, and Constant Flux distributes the set value by area weighting over the boundary patch. Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: Shift Pressure, Scale Mass Flows, Constant Flux Default Value: Scale Mass Flows

Mass Flux Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Interphase Transfer Coefficient

Mass Flux Coefficient Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Interphase Transfer Coefficient

Mass Fraction Parameter Type: Real Default Value: 0.0 Quantity Type: Dimensionless

CFX-5.6

CCL Parameters

Page 345

Reference Guide CCL Content

Mass Fraction Equilibrium Ratio Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Dimensionless

Mass Fraction List Parameter Type: Real List Quantity Type: Dimensionless

Mass Source Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Mass Source

Mass Source Coefficient Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Mass Source Coefficient

Mass Transfer Coefficient Description: Mass transfer coefficient. Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Velocity

Mass Under Relaxation Factor Parameter Type: Real Default Value: 0.75 Quantity Type: Dimensionless

Mass Units Parameter Type: String Default Value: [kg]

Page 346

CCL Parameters

CFX-5.6

Reference Guide CCL Content

Materials List Parameter Type: String List

Max Description: The maximum value of a variable in the colourmap when using a "User Specified" range. Parameter Type: Real

Maximize Viewport Description: If set to true, this viewport will be maximised to fill up the screen, regardless of the viewport layout. Parameter Type: Logical Default Value: Off

Maximum Absolute Pressure Parameter Type: Real Default Value: 1.0E7 [Pa] Quantity Type: Pressure

Maximum Blend Factor Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Dimensionless

Maximum Blocking Factor Description: Maximum blocking factor per level for coarsening Parameter Type: Integer Default Value: 10

Maximum Buffer Size Description: Maximum size of buffer used to hold tracking information in words CFX-5.6

CCL Parameters

Page 347

Reference Guide CCL Content

Parameter Type: Integer Default Value: 6000 Quantity Type: Dimensionless

Maximum Density Ratio Parameter Type: Real Default Value: 1000. Quantity Type: Dimensionless

Maximum Diameter Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Length

Maximum Distance from Axis Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Length

Maximum Flame Speed Description: Maximum Laminar Flame Speed Parameter Type: Real Default Value: 0.35 [m/s] Quantity Type: Velocity

Maximum Iterations per Step Parameter Type: Integer Default Value: 50

Maximum Number of Adaption Steps Parameter Type: Integer Default Value: 3 Page 348

CCL Parameters

CFX-5.6

Reference Guide CCL Content

Maximum Number of Coefficient Loops Parameter Type: Integer Default Value: 10

Maximum Number of Integration Steps Parameter Type: Integer Default Value: 10000 Quantity Type: Dimensionless

Maximum Number of Iterations Parameter Type: Integer Default Value: 100

Maximum Number of Photons Description: Maximum number of photons tracked simultaneously by Monte Carlo Parameter Type: Integer Default Value: 8000 Quantity Type: Dimensionless

Maximum Number of Timesteps Parameter Type: Integer

Maximum Number of Track Segments Description: Maximum number of segments in a radiation track Parameter Type: Integer Default Value: 4500 Quantity Type: Dimensionless

CFX-5.6

CCL Parameters

Page 349

Reference Guide CCL Content

Maximum Packing Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Dimensionless

Maximum Temperature Parameter Type: Real Default Value: 3000.0 [K] Quantity Type: Temperature

Maximum Timescale Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Time

Maximum Tracking Distance Parameter Type: Real Default Value: 10 [m] Quantity Type: Length

Maximum Tracking Time Parameter Type: Real Default Value: 10 [s] Quantity Type: Time

Maximum Volume Fraction for Area Density Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Dimensionless

Mean Diameter Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Length Page 350

CCL Parameters

CFX-5.6

Reference Guide CCL Content

Mesh Adaption Parameter Type: Logical Default Value: No

Mesh Filename Description: Name of the file where the mesh is imported from. Parameter Type: String

Mesh Format Description: Format of the imported mesh. Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: CFX4, CGNS, GEM, GRD, IDEAS, MSC, PDC, Patran, Plot3d, ICEM, CFX51, Gridgen, ANSYS, Def Default Value: Def

Mesh Import General Options Description: A list of general import options passed to the GTM. Parameter Type: String

Mesh Import Specific Options Description: A list of format specific import options passed to the GTM. Parameter Type: String

Mesh Match Tolerance Description: Sets gtm mesh gluing tolerance Parameter Type: Real Default Value: 0.001

CFX-5.6

CCL Parameters

Page 351

Reference Guide CCL Content

Min Description: The minimum value of a variable in the colourmap when using a "User Specified" range. Parameter Type: Real

Minimum Absolute Pressure Parameter Type: Real Default Value: 1000.0 [Pa] Quantity Type: Pressure

Minimum Blocking Factor Description: Minimum blocking factor per level for coarsening Parameter Type: Integer Default Value: 6

Minimum Diameter Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Length

Minimum Distance from Axis Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Length

Minimum Edge Length Parameter Type: Real Default Value: 0 [m]

Minimum Number of Coefficient Loops Parameter Type: Integer

Page 352

CCL Parameters

CFX-5.6

Reference Guide CCL Content

Minimum Number of Iterations Parameter Type: Integer

Minimum Temperature Parameter Type: Real Default Value: 100 [K] Quantity Type: Temperature

Minimum Volume Fraction Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Dimensionless

Minimum Volume Fraction for Area Density Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Dimensionless

Minimum Volume Fraction for Correction Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Dimensionless

Mixing Rate Limit Description: Eddy Dissipation Mixing Rate Upper Limit Parameter Type: Real Default Value: 2500 [s^-1] Quantity Type: Per Time

Mixture Fraction Parameter Type: Real Default Value: 0.0 Quantity Type: Dimensionless CFX-5.6

CCL Parameters

Page 353

Reference Guide CCL Content

Mixture Fraction Turbulent Schmidt Number Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Dimensionless

Mixture Fraction Variance Parameter Type: Real Default Value: 0.0 Quantity Type: Dimensionless

Mixture Fraction Variance Turbulent Schmidt Number Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Dimensionless

Molar Concentration Equilibrium Ratio Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Dimensionless

Molar Concentration Henry Coefficient Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Molar Concentration Henry Coefficient

Molar Fraction Equilibrium Ratio Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Dimensionless

Molar Fraction Henry Coefficient Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Pressure

Page 354

CCL Parameters

CFX-5.6

Reference Guide CCL Content

Molar Mass Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Relative Molecular Mass

Momentum Source Coefficient Description: Derivative of momentum source with respect to velocity. This isotropic coefficient is used for all components. Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Momentum Source Lin Coeff

Momentum Source X Component Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Momentum Source

Momentum Source Y Component Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Momentum Source

Momentum Source Z Component Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Momentum Source

Money Units Parameter Type: String Default Value: [GBP]

NASA Coefficient List Parameter Type: Real List Quantity Type: Dimensionless

CFX-5.6

CCL Parameters

Page 355

Reference Guide CCL Content

Name Strategy Description: sets the naming convention for assembly and copies Parameter Type: String Default Value: Assembly

Newton Coefficient Parameter Type: Real Default Value: 0.44 [] Quantity Type: Dimensionless

Newton Pressure Criterion Parameter Type: Real Default Value: 1.0 [Pa] Quantity Type: Pressure

Newton Pressure Iteration Limit Parameter Type: Integer Default Value: 150

Newton Pressure Under Relaxation Parameter Type: Real Default Value: 1.0 Quantity Type: Dimensionless

Node Allocation Parameter Parameter Type: Real Default Value: 0.0

Node Factor Parameter Type: Real Page 356

CCL Parameters

CFX-5.6

Reference Guide CCL Content

Default Value: 2.0

Nonuniform Scale Description: Non uniform scale vector Parameter Type: Real List

Normal Description: An XYZ triple describing the normal vector. Parameter Type: String List Default Value: 1.0,0.0,0.0

Normal Speed Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Velocity

Normalising Stress Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Pressure

Nuclei Concentration Description: Nuclei Concentration Parameter Type: Real Default Value: 0 [mol m^-3] Quantity Type: Molar Concentration

Nuclei Cross Coefficient Description: Coefficient for non-linear source term in nuclei equation (g0). Parameter Type: Real Default Value: 1.E-15 [m^3/s] * avogadro Quantity Type: Soot Cross Coefficient CFX-5.6

CCL Parameters

Page 357

Reference Guide CCL Content

Nuclei Formation Activation Temperature Description: Activation Temperature for Spontaneous Nuclei Formation Parameter Type: Real Default Value: 9.E+04 [K] Quantity Type: Temperature

Nuclei Formation Pre Exponential Factor Description: Pre Exponential Factor for Spontaneous Nuclei Formation Parameter Type: Real Default Value: 1.35E+37 [kg^-1 s^-1] / avogadro Quantity Type: Soot PX Factor

Nuclei Linear Coefficient Description: Coefficient for linear source term in nuclei equation (f-g). Parameter Type: Real Default Value: 100. [s^-1] Quantity Type: Per Time

Nuclei Specific Concentration Description: Nuclei Specific Concentration Parameter Type: Real Default Value: 0 [mol kg^-1] Quantity Type: Specific Concentration

Nuclei Volume Fraction Parameter Type: Real Default Value: 5.e-4 Quantity Type: Dimensionless

Page 358

CCL Parameters

CFX-5.6

Reference Guide CCL Content

Nukiyama Tanasawa Power Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Dimensionless

Null Token Description: The string that should be used in the export file if no data exists for a variable at a node. Parameter Type: String Default Value:
Number Of Frames Description: The number of frames in the animation to insert between this keyframe and the next. Parameter Type: Integer Default Value: 10

Number of Adaption Levels Parameter Type: Integer Default Value: 3

Number of Arguments Parameter Type: Integer Quantity Type: Dimensionless

Number of Backup Files Parameter Type: Integer

Number of Batches Description: Number of photon groups Parameter Type: Integer Default Value: 10 CFX-5.6

CCL Parameters

Page 359

Reference Guide CCL Content

Quantity Type: Dimensionless

Number of Copies Description: Specifies the number of transformed copies. Parameter Type: Integer Default Value: 1

Number of Gray Gas Definitions Parameter Type: Integer

Number of Histories Description: Number of histories for Monte Carlo Parameter Type: Integer Default Value: 10000 Quantity Type: Dimensionless

Number of Integration Steps per Element Parameter Type: Integer Default Value: 10 Quantity Type: Dimensionless

Number of Monitor Points Parameter Type: Integer

Number of Nodes in Adapted Mesh Parameter Type: Integer

Number of Positions Parameter Type: Integer

Page 360

CCL Parameters

CFX-5.6

Reference Guide CCL Content

Number of Radiation Sources Parameter Type: Integer

Number of Rays Description: Number of rays for Discrete Transfer Parameter Type: Integer Default Value: 8 Quantity Type: Dimensionless

Number of Results Files Parameter Type: Integer

Number of Spectral Band Definitions Parameter Type: Integer

Number of Timescale Updates Parameter Type: Integer Quantity Type: Dimensionless

Number of Timesteps per Run Parameter Type: Integer Quantity Type: Dimensionless

Number of Transient Results Files Parameter Type: Integer

Number of Transient Statistics Parameter Type: Integer

CFX-5.6

CCL Parameters

Page 361

Reference Guide CCL Content

Nusselt Number Description: Nusselt Number for interfluid heat transfer. Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Dimensionless

Object Exists Description: Logical specifying if a Physics Check object exists. Parameter Type: Logical Default Value: No

Object Name List Description: Specifies the list of objects to show in this viewport. If left empty, all objects are shown. Parameter Type: String

Object Origin Description: Where the Object definition came from. Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: Library, User, Default Default Value: Library

Object Type List Description: Specifies the list of object types to show in this viewport. If left empty (and Object Name List is empty too), all object types are shown. Parameter Type: String

Omega Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Per Time

Page 362

CCL Parameters

CFX-5.6

Reference Guide CCL Content

Operation Description: What operation is performed when writing or saving a case file. Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: start solver manager with case file, start solver in batch, start cfx5post with case file, write case file, save case file, start cfx5post, start cfx5build, start solver manager Default Value: start solver manager with case file

Option Parameter Type: String

Origin X Coord Description: The X location of the coordinate frame origin. Parameter Type: Real Default Value: 0 Quantity Type: Length

Origin Y Coord Description: The Y location of the coordinate frame origin. Parameter Type: Real Default Value: 0 Quantity Type: Length

Origin Z Coord Description: The Z location of the coordinate frame origin. Parameter Type: Real Default Value: 0 Quantity Type: Length

CFX-5.6

CCL Parameters

Page 363

Reference Guide CCL Content

Output Boundary Flows Description: Sets whether or not boundary equation flows are output to results files. If these are in minimal files then accurate calculations of forces are possible in CFX-Post. Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: All, None Default Value: None

Output Fluid Parameter Type: String

Output Variable Operators Description: Sets whether or not variable gradients and High Resolution "Beta" Fields are output to results files. Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: All, None Default Value: None

Output Variables List Parameter Type: String List

Output to Jobfile Parameter Type: Logical Default Value: No

Output to Postprocessor Parameter Type: Logical Default Value: No

Outside Temperature Parameter Type: Real Page 364

CCL Parameters

CFX-5.6

Reference Guide CCL Content

Quantity Type: Temperature

Overlay Size Description: A factor by which to scale the size of a two-dimensional overlay. Parameter Type: Real Default Value: 1

Overwrite Description: Indicates whether, if the specified filename exists, the file should be overwritten with the new data. Parameter Type: Logical Default Value: False

Pan Description: Defines the camera pan in screen (X, Y) coordinates, with positive X pointing right and positive Y pointing up. Parameter Type: Real List Default Value: 0.0, 0.0

Paper Orientation Description: Sets the rotation of the image on the printed page. Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: Landscape, Portrait Default Value: Landscape

Paper Size Description: Scales hardcopy output to the specified paper size. Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: Letter, A4 Default Value: Letter CFX-5.6

CCL Parameters

Page 365

Reference Guide CCL Content

Parallel Coefficient of Restitution Parameter Type: Real Default Value: 1.0 Quantity Type: Dimensionless

Parameter Exists Description: Logical specifying if a Physics Check parameter exists. Parameter Type: Logical Default Value: No

Parent Mesh Description: References parent mesh Parameter Type: String

Parent Primitive3D Description: References parent 3d region Parameter Type: String

Particle Coupling Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: Massless, One-way Coupling, Fully Coupled Default Value: Fully Coupled

Particle Source Change Target Parameter Type: Real Default Value: 0.01 Quantity Type: Dimensionless

Particles List Parameter Type: String List Page 366

CCL Parameters

CFX-5.6

Reference Guide CCL Content

Periodic Type Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: Translational, Rotational

Perpendicular Coefficient of Restitution Parameter Type: Real Default Value: 1.0 Quantity Type: Dimensionless

Physical Availability Parameter Type: String List Default Value: No

Physical Timescale Parameter Type: Real List Quantity Type: Time

Physics Description Description: A description of the check that was performed in the CUE Physics checker. Parameter Type: String Default Value: No

Physics Path Description: This is the CCL path for checking within the CUE physics checker Parameter Type: String Default Value: No

Physics Result Description: The logical expression for the result of a Physics Check. CFX-5.6

CCL Parameters

Page 367

Reference Guide CCL Content

Parameter Type: String Default Value: No

Physics Type Description: The type of Physics check that is to be performed. Parameter Type: String Default Value: No

Physics Value List Description: A list of possible value for a Physics Check. Parameter Type: String List Default Value: No

Pitch Angle Side1 Description: Pitch angle on first side of a GGI interface Parameter Type: Real Default Value: 0.0 [radian] Quantity Type: Angle

Pitch Angle Side2 Description: Pitch angle on second side of a GGI interface Parameter Type: Real Default Value: 0.0 [radian] Quantity Type: Angle

Pitch Ratio Description: Gives the fractional change in area from side 1 to side 2 of a domain interface Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Dimensionless

Page 368

CCL Parameters

CFX-5.6

Reference Guide CCL Content

Pivot Point Description: Defines the center of rotation (pivot point) for the camera. Parameter Type: String List Default Value: 0.0, 0.0, 0.0

Plane 13 Point X Coord Description: The X location of the a point in the XZ plane of the coordinate frame. Parameter Type: Real Default Value: 1 Quantity Type: Length

Plane 13 Point Y Coord Description: The Y location of the a point in the XZ plane of the coordinate frame. Parameter Type: Real Default Value: 0 Quantity Type: Length

Plane 13 Point Z Coord Description: The Z location of the a point in the XZ plane of the coordinate frame. Parameter Type: Real Default Value: 0 Quantity Type: Length

Plane Bound Description: Defines plane bounding (Circular, Rectangular, None). Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: None, Circular, Rectangular Default Value: None CFX-5.6

CCL Parameters

Page 369

Reference Guide CCL Content

Plane Type Description: Indicates if the plane is a slice or sample plane. Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: Slice, Sample Default Value: Slice

Playback Status Description: This parameter indicates whether the animation is stopped or playing forward or backward. This is an internal parameter for status display purposes only. Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: Stopped, Forward, Backward, Paused Default Value: Stopped

Point Description: An XYZ triple which defines a point in space. Parameter Type: Real List Default Value: 0.0, 0.0, 0.0

Point 1 Description: An XYZ triple defining the first point for this object. Parameter Type: String List Default Value: 0.0, 0.0, 0.0

Point 2 Description: An XYZ triple defining the second point for this object. Parameter Type: String List Default Value: 1.0, 0.0, 0.0

Point 3 Description: An XYZ triple defining the third point for this object. Page 370

CCL Parameters

CFX-5.6

Reference Guide CCL Content

Parameter Type: String List Default Value: 0.0, 1.0, 0.0

Point Symbol Description: Name of point symbol (non-directional) to be used for plot. Parameter Type: String Default Value: Crosshair

Position Mode Description: Defines whether a text item is attached to twodimensional screen coordinate, or a three-dimensional spatial coordinate. Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: Two Coords, Three Coords Default Value: Two Coords

Pre Exponential Factor Description: Pre-exponential factor for Arrhenius reaction rate. Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Reaction PX Factor

Precision Description: Indicates the number of decimal points of precision to display the exported data to. Parameter Type: Integer Default Value: 8

Preferred Units System Description: This specifies the Units System to use. Parameter Type: String Default Value: SI CFX-5.6

CCL Parameters

Page 371

Reference Guide CCL Content

Pressure Coefficient Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Dimensionless

Pressure Profile Description: Outlet boundary condition pressure profile Parameter Type: Real Default Value: 0.0 [Pa] Quantity Type: Pressure

Pressure Profile Blend Description: Pressure profile blend factor for m-dot outlets Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Dimensionless

Pressure Profile Decay Description: Pressure profile decay on a stage interface Parameter Type: Real Default Value: 0.05 [] Quantity Type: Dimensionless

Preview Evaluated Units Parameter Type: String

Preview Expression Parameter Type: String

Preview Input Units Parameter Type: String

Page 372

CCL Parameters

CFX-5.6

Reference Guide CCL Content

Preview Mode Parameter Type: String Default Value: Query

Preview Range Steps Parameter Type: Integer

Preview Required Variables Parameter Type: String List

Preview Variable Ranges Parameter Type: String List

Preview Variable Values Parameter Type: String List

Preview Varying Variable Parameter Type: String

Prim2d Global Visibility Description: If true can display Primitive2D objects Parameter Type: Logical Default Value: true

Prim2d Visibility Description: Toggles the visibility of this graphics object in the viewer. Parameter Type: Logical Default Value: false

CFX-5.6

CCL Parameters

Page 373

Reference Guide CCL Content

Prim3d Visibility Description: Toggles the visibility of this graphics object in the viewer. Parameter Type: Logical Default Value: false

Primary Fluid Parameter Type: String

Primitive Region List Description: List of regions imported into a map. Parameter Type: StringList

Principal Axis Description: Specifies the principal axis used in instance rotation. Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: X, Y, Z Default Value: Z

Principal Variable Description: Principal variable for an equation. Parameter Type: String

Print Line Width Description: The width of lines in hardcopy output. Increasing this value may give better results on high-resolution printers. Parameter Type: Integer Default Value: 1

Print Quality Description: Controls quality vs. speed of hardcopy output. Page 374

CCL Parameters

CFX-5.6

Reference Guide CCL Content

Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: Draft, Medium, High Default Value: High

Projection Description: Defines the current projection mode in the viewer. It can be either Perspective or Orthographic. Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: Perspective, Orthographic Default Value: Perspective

Quadratic Resistance Coefficient Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Momentum Source Quad Coeff

Quantity Parameter Type: String

Quantity Type Description: Specifies the Quantity Type of the variable. Parameter Type: String

Quenching Critical Velocity Gradient Description: Critical Velocity Gradient for Quenching Model Parameter Type: Real Default Value: 8000 [s^-1] Quantity Type: Per Time

Quenching Variance Factor Description: Factor for Turbulence Eddy Dissipation Variance for Quenching Model CFX-5.6

CCL Parameters

Page 375

Reference Guide CCL Content

Parameter Type: Real Default Value: 0.28 Quantity Type: Dimensionless

Radiation Flux Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Heat Flux in

Radiation Intensity Description: Radiation Intensity Magnitude Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Total Radiative Intensity

Radiation Source Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Energy Source

Radiative Heat Flux Description: Radiative Heat Flux Magnitude Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Heat Flux in

Radius Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Length

Range Description: Sets the method used to calculate the extents of the colour map on an object. "Global" uses the range of values in the problem domain. "Local" uses the range of values on the current object. Page 376

CCL Parameters

CFX-5.6

Reference Guide CCL Content

Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: Global, Local, User Specified Default Value: Global

Ray Reflection Threshold Description: Ignore rays reflected with intensity below this Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Dimensionless

Reaction Order List Parameter Type: Real List Quantity Type: Dimensionless

Reaction Progress Description: Progress Variable for premixed or partially premixed combustion. Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Dimensionless

Reaction Progress Turbulent Schmidt Number Description: Turbulent Schmidt Number for Reaction Progress Equation Parameter Type: Real Default Value: 0.9 Quantity Type: Dimensionless

Reaction Rate Description: Molar Reaction Rate Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Molar Concentration Rate

CFX-5.6

CCL Parameters

Page 377

Reference Guide CCL Content

Reactions List Parameter Type: String List

Read State Mode Description: This parameter indicates whether the current system state information should be overwritten or appended to. Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: Overwrite, Append Default Value: Overwrite

Real Memory Factor Parameter Type: Integer

Recipe Description: Contains instructions on how to build a value list for the variable. Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: Standard, Vector Component, Expression Default Value: Standard

Reference Coord Frame Description: The Coordinate Frame in which the physical locations used to set this coordinate frame are described. Parameter Type: String Default Value: Coord 0

Reference Elasticity Modulus Description: Parameter in Gidaspow model for solid pressure. Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Pressure

Page 378

CCL Parameters

CFX-5.6

Reference Guide CCL Content

Reference Pressure Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Pressure

Reference Specific Enthalpy Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Specific Enthalpy

Reference Specific Entropy Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Specific Heat Capacity

Reference Temperature Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Temperature

Reference Thermal Conductivity Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Thermal Conductivity

Reference Viscosity Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Dynamic Viscosity

Reflection Option Description: Specifies how the reflection plane is defined Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: YZ Plane, XZ Plane, XY Plane, Point and Normal, Three Points Default Value: XY Plane CFX-5.6

CCL Parameters

Page 379

Reference Guide CCL Content

Reflection Plane Description: Specifies the REFLECTION PLANE object to use in a transformation. Parameter Type: String

Refractive Index Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Dimensionless

Region List Description: List of subregions for a region Parameter Type: StringList

Region List A Description: List of subregions for a region Parameter Type: StringList

Region List B Description: List of subregions for a region Parameter Type: StringList

Related Object Description: Specifies the Object that this variable is related to. This is only applicable for Variables that are defined as Local to a specific geometry. Parameter Type: String

Relative Pressure Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Pressure

Page 380

CCL Parameters

CFX-5.6

Reference Guide CCL Content

Relative Static Pressure Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Pressure

Relevant Object Description: This is used to generate error messages for the Physics Validator. Parameter Type: String

Render Edge Angle Description: The angle between two faces used to limit visible edges in a wireframe. Parameter Type: Real Default Value: 0 [degree]

Residual Relaxation Initial Value Description: Initial residual relaxation value. Parameter Type: Real Default Value: 0.5 Quantity Type: Dimensionless

Residual Relaxation Iterations Description: Number of iteration to relax residuals. Parameter Type: Integer Default Value: 0 Quantity Type: Dimensionless

Residual Target Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Dimensionless

CFX-5.6

CCL Parameters

Page 381

Reference Guide CCL Content

Residual Type Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: RMS, MAX

Result Description: The internal parameter for the CALCULATOR and EXPRESSION EVALUATOR object used to store the results of a function evaluation. Parameter Type: String

Result Units Description: The internal parameter for the CALCULATOR and EXPRESSION EVALUATOR object used to store the units of the results of a function evaluation. Parameter Type: String Default Value: []

Rich Flammability Limit Parameter Type: Real Default Value: 1.64 Quantity Type: Dimensionless

Rosin Rammler Power Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Dimensionless

Rosin Rammler Size Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Length

Page 382

CCL Parameters

CFX-5.6

Reference Guide CCL Content

Rotation Description: Defines the camera rotation in terms of angles about X, Y and Z axis, respectively. X axis is pointing right, Y is pointing up and Z towards the user. Parameter Type: Real List Default Value: -90, 0, 0

Rotation Angle Description: Specifies the rotation angle. Parameter Type: Real Default Value: 0 [degree]

Rotation Angle Option Description: Specifies what type of rotation is applied Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: Specified, Full Circle, Two Points Default Value: Specified

Rotation Axis Description: Coordinate Frame Axis for rotating domains or cylindrical boundary condition specification Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: Coord 0.1, Coord 0.2, Coord 0.3 Default Value: Coord 0.1

Rotation Axis Begin Description: Root of rotation axis vector Parameter Type: Real List

Rotation Axis End Description: Tip of rotation axis vector CFX-5.6

CCL Parameters

Page 383

Reference Guide CCL Content

Parameter Type: Real List

Rotation Axis From Description: First <x,y,z Parameter Type: Real Triplet Default Value: 0.0[m],0.0[m],0.0[m] Quantity Type: Length

Rotation Axis To Description: Second <x,y,z Parameter Type: Real Triplet Default Value: 1.0[m],0.0[m],0.0[m] Quantity Type: Length

Rotation Axis Type Description: Specifies the rotation axis type in the transformation. If it is set to "Principal Axis", Principal Axis parameter setting is used. It it is set to "Rotation Axis", parameters Rotation Axis From and Rotation Axis To are used for the axis definition. Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: Principal Axis, Rotation Axis Default Value: Principal Axis

Rotation Option Description: Specifies what type of rotation is applied Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: Principal Axis, Rotation Axis Default Value: Principal Axis

Rotation Quaternion Description: Defines the camera rotation quaternion. Parameter Type: Real List Page 384

CCL Parameters

CFX-5.6

Reference Guide CCL Content

Default Value: -0.707107, 0, 0, 0.707107

Rotational Offset Description: Controls the amount by which the child side domain on a GGI interface is rotated before the intersection is calculated. Parameter Type: Real Default Value: 0.0 [deg] Quantity Type: Angle

Roughness Height Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Length

Saturation Pressure Description: Saturation pressure for cavitation of a pure substance. Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Pressure

Saturation Temperature Description: Saturation temperature for vaporisation or boiling of a pure substance. Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Temperature

Save Hardcopy Description: Boolean indicating whether to save the current animation to a file, as it progresses. A filename needs to be specified. Parameter Type: Logical Default Value: Off

CFX-5.6

CCL Parameters

Page 385

Reference Guide CCL Content

Save Intermediate Files Parameter Type: Logical Default Value: On

Save State Mode Description: This parameter indicates whether the state file should be overwritten if it exists. Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: None, Overwrite Default Value: None

Save State Objects Description: A list of objects to save to the state file. If this list is empty, then all user created objects will be saved. Parameter Type: String List

Scalar Dissipation Rate Coefficient Cxi Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Dimensionless

Scale Description: Defines the relative scale of the camera view. With the default scale (1.0), the scene completely fills the viewer window. Parameter Type: Real Default Value: 1.0

Scale Option Description: Specifies what type of scaling is applied Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: Uniform, Non Uniform Default Value: Uniform Page 386

CCL Parameters

CFX-5.6

Reference Guide CCL Content

Scale Origin Description: Position of scale origin Parameter Type: Real List

Scattering Coefficient Parameter Type: Real Default Value: 0. [m^-1] Quantity Type: Inverse Length

Screen Capture Description: Enables the screen capture mode for producing image output. Parameter Type: Logical Default Value: Off

Search List Description: Specifies lookup patterns. Parameter Type: String

Second Line Point for Normal Distribution Parameter Type: Real Triplet Default Value: 1.0[m],0.0[m],0.0[m] Quantity Type: Length

Second Point of Axis Parameter Type: Real Triplet Default Value: 1.0[m],0.0[m],0.0[m] Quantity Type: Length

CFX-5.6

CCL Parameters

Page 387

Reference Guide CCL Content

Secondary Heat Flux Option Description: Expert parameter to assess different options for secondary heat fluxes with phase change mass transfer Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: Prakash, Use Latent Heat, Use Bulk Enthalpies Default Value: Prakash

Secondary Physics Path Description: This is a CCL path for checking within the CUE physics checker, different from the Physics path Parameter Type: String Default Value: No

Separator Description: Indicates the string to use between each variable. The string must be delimited by quotation marks. Parameter Type: String Default Value: " "

Session Filename Description: The name of the session file to which session data will be saved. Parameter Type: String Default Value: session.cse

Set Individually Sherwood Number Description: Sherwood number governing interphase transfer for additional variables. Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Dimensionless Page 388

CCL Parameters

CFX-5.6

Reference Guide CCL Content

Show Boundary Labels Description: If true display labels Parameter Type: Logical Default Value: false

Show Boundary Markers Description: If true display labels Parameter Type: Logical Default Value: true

Show Domain Labels Description: If true display labels Parameter Type: Logical Default Value: false

Show Inlet Markers Description: If true display Parameter Type: Logical Default Value: true

Show Interface Markers Description: If true display Parameter Type: Logical Default Value: true

Show Label Description: If true display label Parameter Type: Logical Default Value: true

CFX-5.6

CCL Parameters

Page 389

Reference Guide CCL Content

Show Labels Description: If true display labels Parameter Type: Logical Default Value: true

Show Marker Description: If true display marker Parameter Type: Logical Default Value: true

Show Opening Markers Description: If true display Parameter Type: Logical Default Value: true

Show Outlet Markers Description: If true display Parameter Type: Logical Default Value: true

Show Prim2d Labels Description: If true display labels Parameter Type: Logical Default Value: false

Show Prim3d Labels Description: If true display labels Parameter Type: Logical Default Value: false

Page 390

CCL Parameters

CFX-5.6

Reference Guide CCL Content

Show Region Labels Description: If true display labels Parameter Type: Logical Default Value: true

Show Symmetry Markers Description: If true display Parameter Type: Logical Default Value: true

Show Wall Markers Description: If true display Parameter Type: Logical Default Value: false

Skip Over Scalar Dissipation Rate Samples Description: Skip over leading N Scalar Dissipation Rate samples in Flamelet library (0 or 1 for CFX-TASCflow compatibility). Parameter Type: Integer Default Value: 0

Slip Power Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Dimensionless

Slip Vel u Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Velocity

CFX-5.6

CCL Parameters

Page 391

Reference Guide CCL Content

Slip Vel v Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Velocity

Slip Vel w Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Velocity

Slip Velocity Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Velocity

Smagorinsky Model Constant Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Dimensionless

Small Coarse Grid Size Description: Size at which to stop coarsening a grid Parameter Type: Integer Default Value: 500

Solid Angle Units Parameter Type: String Default Value: [sr]

Solid Temperature Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Temperature

Page 392

CCL Parameters

CFX-5.6

Reference Guide CCL Content

Solid Timescale Parameter Type: Real Default Value: 100 [s] Quantity Type: Time

Solid Timescale Control Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: Auto Timescale,Physical Timescale Default Value: Auto Timescale

Solid Timescale Factor Parameter Type: Real Default Value: 1.0 Quantity Type: Dimensionless

Solids List Parameter Type: String List

Solver Name Description: The name of this object inside the RES file. Parameter Type: String

Solver Setup Debug Level Parameter Type: Integer

Solver Type Description: Specifies MMS prefix for object type. Parameter Type: String

CFX-5.6

CCL Parameters

Page 393

Reference Guide CCL Content

Soot Cross Coefficient Description: Coefficient for non-linear source term in soot equation (b). Parameter Type: Real Default Value: 8.E-14 [m^3/s] * avogadro Quantity Type: Soot Cross Coefficient

Soot Density Description: Soot Density Parameter Type: Real Default Value: 2000 [kg/m^3] Quantity Type: Density

Soot Linear Coefficient Description: Coefficient for linear source term in soot equation (a). Parameter Type: Real Default Value: 1.E+5 [s^-1] Quantity Type: Per Time

Soot Particle Mean Diameter Description: Mean Diameter of Soot Particles Parameter Type: Real Default Value: 178.5 [angstrom] Quantity Type: Length

Source Description: Value of source strength per volume, in relevant units. Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Equation

Page 394

CCL Parameters

CFX-5.6

Reference Guide CCL Content

Source Coefficient Description: Derivative of Source expression with respect to source variable. Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Equation

Source Coefficient List Description: Linearisation coefficient for a Source expression, relative to corresponding entry in Source Variable List. Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Equation

Source Variable List Description: List of linearisation variables for a Source expression. In 5.5 this must be the principal variable for the equation, except for the energy equation which assumes it is T. Parameter Type: String List

Specific Heat Capacity Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Specific Heat Capacity

Specific Heat Capacity at Constant Volume Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Specific Heat Capacity

Specific Heat Depends On Parameter Type: String List

Specular Lighting Description: Toggles the specular lighting of this object in the viewer. CFX-5.6

CCL Parameters

Page 395

Reference Guide CCL Content

Parameter Type: Logical Default Value: Off

Speed Of Sound Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Velocity

Standard Deviation for Normal Distribution Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Length

Standard Deviation in Diameter Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Length

Standard View Description: Defines one of the standard views in the viewer (Note that Camera Mode has to be set to Standard for this parameter to have effect). Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: +X, +Y, +Z, -X, -Y, -Z, Isometric, Isometric X, Isometric Y, Isometric Z Default Value: +Y

Start Iteration List Parameter Type: Integer List

State Filename Description: The name of the state file to which state data will be saved. Parameter Type: String Default Value: state.cst Page 396

CCL Parameters

CFX-5.6

Reference Guide CCL Content

Static Temperature Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Temperature

Stationary Frame Total Temperature Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Temperature

Status Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: P,D,DR,M

Stoichiometric Coefficient List Parameter Type: Real List Quantity Type: Dimensionless

Stokes Coefficient Parameter Type: Real Default Value: 24 Quantity Type: Dimensionless

Stop Iteration List Parameter Type: Integer List

Subdomain List Parameter Type: String List

Sum Continuity Coefficients Parameter Type: Logical Default Value: Yes CFX-5.6

CCL Parameters

Page 397

Reference Guide CCL Content

Surface Area Factor Parameter Type: Real Default Value: 1.0 Quantity Type: Dimensionless

Surface Drawing Description: Sets the algorithm used to shade the faces for this graphics object. Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: None, Flat Shading, Smooth Shading Default Value: Smooth Shading

Surface Tension Coefficient Description: Specifies a surface tension coefficient between a fluid pair. Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Surface Tension

Surface Tension Weighting Option Description: Specifies the weighting option for surface tension forces. Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: None,Density

Sutherlands Constant Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Temperature

Symbol Description: Name of symbol to be used for the plot. Parameter Type: String Default Value: Line Arrow Page 398

CCL Parameters

CFX-5.6

Reference Guide CCL Content

Symbol Size Description: A scaling factor for all symbols in the plot. Parameter Type: Real Default Value: 1.0

Symbol Type Description: The category a symbol falls under. Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: Arrow2D, Arrow3D, Crosshair, Octahedron, Line Arrow, Arrowhead Default Value: Line Arrow

Table Format Description: Type of table format for specifying material properties Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: TASCflow RGP Default Value: TASCflow RGP

Table Name Description: Path and name of the file which contains tables of material properties Parameter Type: String

Target Assemblies Description: Assemblies this transformation is applied to Parameter Type: String List

Target Coarsening Rate Description: Target coarsening rate for radiation solver Parameter Type: Integer Default Value: 10 CFX-5.6

CCL Parameters

Page 399

Reference Guide CCL Content

Temperature Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Temperature

Temperature Exponent Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Dimensionless

Temperature Fluctuation Description: Temperature Fluctuation (square root of variance) Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Temperature

Temperature Limit List Parameter Type: Real List Quantity Type: Temperature

Temperature Units Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: [K], [R] Default Value: [K]

Temperature Variance Description: Temperature Variance Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Temperature Variance

Temperature Variance Dissipation Coefficient C2 Description: Temperature Variance Dissipation Coefficient Parameter Type: Real Page 400

CCL Parameters

CFX-5.6

Reference Guide CCL Content

Default Value: 2.0 Quantity Type: Dimensionless

Temperature Variance Production Coefficient C1 Description: Temperature Variance Production Coefficient Parameter Type: Real Default Value: 2.0 Quantity Type: Dimensionless

Temporary Directory Description: The path to a temporary working directory which CFXPre can use for placing temporary files. This directory does not have to exist between runs of CFX-Post, and the contents will be deleted when Post shuts down. Parameter Type: String

Tensor Type Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: SCALAR,VECTOR,SYMTEN2 Default Value: SCALAR

Text Colour Description: A list of three numbers between 0 and 1, which represent the RGB (Red/Green/Blue) values to be used when colouring the text. Parameter Type: Real List Default Value: 1.0, 1.0, 1.0

Text Height Description: The height an item of text should be, proportional to the screen. Parameter Type: Real Default Value: 0.02 CFX-5.6

CCL Parameters

Page 401

Reference Guide CCL Content

Text Position Description: The location an item of text should be placed. Parameter Type: Real List Default Value: 0, 0.96, 0

Text Rotation Description: Counter-clockwise rotation, in degrees, to be applied to a text item. Parameter Type: Real Default Value: 0

Text String Description: The contents of an item of text. Parameter Type: String Default Value: Text

Thermal Conductivity Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Thermal Conductivity

Thermal Conductivity Axial Component Description: Axial component of orthotropic cylindrical thermal conductivity Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Thermal Conductivity

Thermal Conductivity Theta Component Description: Theta component of orthotropic cylindrical thermal conductivity Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Thermal Conductivity Page 402

CCL Parameters

CFX-5.6

Reference Guide CCL Content

Thermal Conductivity X Component Description: x component of orthotropic Cartesian thermal conductivity Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Thermal Conductivity

Thermal Conductivity Y Component Description: y component of orthotropic Cartesian thermal conductivity Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Variable

Thermal Conductivity Z Component Description: z component of orthotropic Cartesian thermal conductivity Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Thermal Conductivity

Thermal Conductivity r Component Description: r component of orthotropic cylindrical thermal conductivity Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Thermal Conductivity

Thermal Expansivity Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Thermal Expansivity

Thermodynamic State Description: State type of a pure substance Parameter Type: String CFX-5.6

CCL Parameters

Page 403

Reference Guide CCL Content

Allowed Values: Solid, Liquid, Gas Default Value: Liquid

Time Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Time

Time Interval Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Time

Time List Parameter Type: Real List Quantity Type: Time

Time Units Parameter Type: String Default Value: [s]

Time per run Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Time

Timescale Control Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: Physical Timescale, Local Timescale Factor, Auto Timescale

Timescale Ramping Factor Parameter Type: Real Default Value: 2.0 Page 404

CCL Parameters

CFX-5.6

Reference Guide CCL Content

Quantity Type: Dimensionless

Timescale Update Frequency Parameter Type: Integer Default Value: 5 Quantity Type: Dimensionless

Timestep Interpolation Method Description: Indicates what timestep information to interpolate if timesteps are to be animated. Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: Timestep, TimeValue, Sequential Default Value: Timestep

Timesteps Parameter Type: Real List Quantity Type: Time

Timesteps for the Run Parameter Type: Real List Quantity Type: Time

Total Source Description: Value of source strength per volume, in relevant units. Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Equation

Total Source Coefficient Description: Derivative of Total Source expression with respect to source variable. Parameter Type: Real CFX-5.6

CCL Parameters

Page 405

Reference Guide CCL Content

Quantity Type: Equation

Total Source Coefficient List Description: Linearisation coefficient for a Total Source expression, relative to corresponding entry in Total Source Variable List. Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Equation

Total Source Variable List Description: List of linearisation variables for a Source expression. Parameter Type: String List

Total Temperature Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Temperature

Total Time Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Time

Track Distance Spacing Parameter Type: Real Default Value: 0.0 [m] Quantity Type: Length

Track File Format Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: formatted, unformatted

Track Position Interval Parameter Type: Integer Page 406

CCL Parameters

CFX-5.6

Reference Guide CCL Content

Default Value: 1

Track Positions Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: Control Volume Faces, Element Faces

Track Printing Interval Parameter Type: Integer Default Value: 1

Track Time Spacing Parameter Type: Real Default Value: 0.0 [s] Quantity Type: Time

Transfer Coefficient Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Equation

Transformation Type Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: Automatic, None Default Value: Automatic

Transformation Units Description: Units used for transformation coordinates Parameter Type: String Default Value: m

CFX-5.6

CCL Parameters

Page 407

Reference Guide CCL Content

Transition Iteration Parameter Type: Integer

Transition Value Description: scalar transition transferred from fluid 1 to 2 Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Equation

Transition xValue Description: x-component of vector transition value transferred from fluid 1 to 2 Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Equation

Transition xxValue Description: xx-component of symmetric tensor transition value transferred from fluid 1 to 2 Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Equation

Transition xyValue Description: xy-component of symmetric tensor transition value transferred from fluid 1 to 2 Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Equation

Transition xzValue Description: xz-component of symmetric tensor transition value transferred from fluid 1 to 2 Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Equation Page 408

CCL Parameters

CFX-5.6

Reference Guide CCL Content

Transition yValue Description: y-component of vector transition value transferred from fluid 1 to 2 Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Equation

Transition yyValue Description: yy-component of symmetric tensor transition value transferred from fluid 1 to 2 Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Equation

Transition yzValue Description: yz-component of symmetric tensor transition value transferred from fluid 1 to 2 Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Equation

Transition zValue Description: z-component of vector transition value transferred from fluid 1 to 2 Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Equation

Transition zzValue Description: zz-component of symmetric tensor transition value transferred from fluid 1 to 2 Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Equation

Translation Axis Parameter Type: String CFX-5.6

CCL Parameters

Page 409

Reference Guide CCL Content

Default Value: Coord 0.1

Translation Deltas Description: Translation offset Parameter Type: Real List

Translation Option Description: Specifies what type of translation is applied Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: Deltas, Vector Default Value: Vector

Translation Root Description: Root of the translation vector Parameter Type: Real List

Translation Tip Description: Tip of the translation vector Parameter Type: Real List

Translation Vector Description: Specifies the translation vector. Parameter Type: Real List Default Value: 0.0, 0.0, 0.0

Translation Velocity Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Velocity

Page 410

CCL Parameters

CFX-5.6

Reference Guide CCL Content

Transparency Description: Set between 0.0 (fully opaque) and 1.0 (fully transparent) to control the transparency of this graphics object in the viewer. Parameter Type: Real Default Value: 0.0

Turbulent Dispersion Coefficient Description: Coefficient for turbulent dispersion force in interfluid momentum transfer. Parameter Type: Real Default Value: 0.1 Quantity Type: Dimensionless

Turbulent Flame Speed Factor Description: Coefficient for Turbulent Flame Speed Closure (TFC) Parameter Type: Real Default Value: 0.5 Quantity Type: Dimensionless

Turn Multigrid Off Description: Turn off multigrid solver for compressible flows up to Transition Iteration Parameter Type: Logical Default Value: No

U Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Velocity

Under Relaxation Factor Parameter Type: Real CFX-5.6

CCL Parameters

Page 411

Reference Guide CCL Content

Quantity Type: Dimensionless

Uniform Scale Description: Scale factor Parameter Type: Real

Unit Vector Axial Component Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Dimensionless

Unit Vector Theta Component Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Dimensionless

Unit Vector X Component Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Dimensionless

Unit Vector Y Component Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Dimensionless

Unit Vector Z Component Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Dimensionless

Unit Vector r Component Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Dimensionless

Page 412

CCL Parameters

CFX-5.6

Reference Guide CCL Content

Units Parameter Type: String Default Value: []

Update Units to Preferred Description: This logical indicates whether all displayed units should always be updated to display the preferred units. If this is "false", quantities will be converted to preferred types. Parameter Type: Logical Default Value: false

Use Coord Frame Description: Specifies if the transformation is defined in another coordinate frame Parameter Type: Logical Default Value: false

Use Mass Consistent Velocities Description: Indicates whether mass-consistent velocities are to be used for resistance terms. Parameter Type: Logical

Use Multiple Copy Description: Specifies if mesh is to be copied as opposed to moved Parameter Type: Logical Default Value: false

Use Screen Size Description: When set to On, the current screen size is used as the image size Parameter Type: Logical Default Value: On CFX-5.6

CCL Parameters

Page 413

Reference Guide CCL Content

User Camera Description: Defines the CAMERA object that is used to set up the camera view in the viewer (Note that Camera Mode has to be set to User Specified for this parameter to have effect). Parameter Type: String

User Level Description: Specifies the user level of the variable. Parameter Type: Integer Allowed Values: 1, 2, 3 Default Value: 1

User Units Description: Not currently used. Parameter Type: String

V Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Velocity

Value Description: Input expression for VARIABLE value in relevant units. Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Variable

VarMax Description: The global maximum value from this variable as read from the RES file. Parameter Type: Real

Page 414

CCL Parameters

CFX-5.6

Reference Guide CCL Content

VarMin Description: The global minimum value from this variable as read from the RES file. Parameter Type: Real

Variable Description: The name of the variable used to create the object. Should be set equal to the name of a currently defined VARIABLE object. Parameter Type: String

Variable Class Description: Solver variable class Parameter Type: String

Variable Description Parameter Type: String Default Value: Long Name

Variable Dimensions Description: The dimensions of the variable as read from the results file. Parameter Type: Real List

Variable Is Turbo Description: Parameter indicating whether it is a turbo variable Parameter Type: Logical Default Value: false

CFX-5.6

CCL Parameters

Page 415

Reference Guide CCL Content

Variable List Description: A comma delimited list of variables whose data is to be exported. Parameter Type: String List Default Value: X, Y, Z

Variable Scope Parameter Type: String List

Variable Type Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: Unspecified, Volumetric, Specific Default Value: Unspecified

Variables List Parameter Type: String List

Vector Brackets Description: Indicates the kind of brackets to use around vector data when displayed as components. Any two character combination is valid, where the first character will be used as the open-bracket, and the second as the close-bracket. If "-" is specified (no quotes), no brackets will be displayed. Parameter Type: String Default Value: ()

Vector Display Description: Indicates the way that vector variables are to be displayed. Choices are: Components | Scalar. Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: Components, Scalar Default Value: Components Page 416

CCL Parameters

CFX-5.6

Reference Guide CCL Content

Vector Variable Description: The vector variable to be used in creating this plot. Parameter Type: String Default Value: Velocity

Vector xValue Description: x component of vector expression. Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Variable

Vector yValue Description: y component of vector expression. Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Variable

Vector zValue Description: z component of vector expression. Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Variable

Velocity Axial Component Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Velocity

Velocity Fluctuation Description: Velocity Fluctuation Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Velocity

CFX-5.6

CCL Parameters

Page 417

Reference Guide CCL Content

Velocity Scale Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Velocity

Velocity Theta Component Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Velocity

Velocity Type Description: Specifies if we are using Cartesian or Cylindrical components for initial conditions Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: Cartesian, Cylindrical Default Value: Cartesian

Velocity Under Relaxation Factor Parameter Type: Real Default Value: 0.75 Quantity Type: Dimensionless

Velocity r Component Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Velocity

Verbose Description: Controls if the result of a calculation is written to the screen. Parameter Type: Logical Default Value: Off

Page 418

CCL Parameters

CFX-5.6

Reference Guide CCL Content

Version Parameter Type: String

Vertex Number Parameter Type: Integer Default Value: 1

Viewport Layout Description: Specifies the layout of viewports. Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: Horizontal, Vertical, Horizontal Left Split, Vertical Top Split Default Value: Horizontal

Viewport List Description: Specifies the list of viewports to be used in the layout. Parameter Type: String

Virtual Mass Coefficient Description: Coefficient for virtual mass force in interfluid momentum transfer. Parameter Type: Real Default Value: 0.5 Quantity Type: Dimensionless

Visibility Description: Toggles the visibility of this graphics object in the viewer. Parameter Type: Logical Default Value: true

CFX-5.6

CCL Parameters

Page 419

Reference Guide CCL Content

Volume Fraction Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Dimensionless

Volume Fraction Averaging Type Description: Method to average volume fractions to elements Parameter Type: String

Volume Fraction Correction Exponent Description: Exponent for volume-fraction dependence of drag force. Omission of this parameter, or a unit exponent, are equivalent to no correction. Typical exponent values for dense concentrations are -1.65 for solids, 4 for bubbles. Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Dimensionless

Volume Fraction Smoothing Description: Use smoothed volume fractions for curvature calculation Parameter Type: Logical

Volume Fraction Weighting Method Parameter Type: String

W Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Velocity

Wall Contact Angle Description: Contact angle for surface tension adhesion at a wall. Parameter Type: Real Default Value: 90. [degree] Page 420

CCL Parameters

CFX-5.6

Reference Guide CCL Content

Quantity Type: Angle

Wall Scale Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Area

Wall U Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Velocity

Wall V Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Velocity

Wall Velocity Axial Component Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Velocity

Wall Velocity Theta Component Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Velocity

Wall Velocity r Component Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Velocity

Wall W Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Velocity

CFX-5.6

CCL Parameters

Page 421

Reference Guide CCL Content

Wavelength Lower Limit Parameter Type: Real Default Value: 0. [micron] Quantity Type: Length

Wavelength Upper Limit Parameter Type: Real Default Value: 1000. [micron] Quantity Type: Length

Wavenumber Lower Limit Parameter Type: Real Default Value: 1000. [m^-1] Quantity Type: Inverse Length

Wavenumber Upper Limit Parameter Type: Real Default Value: 1.E+09 [m^-1] Quantity Type: Inverse Length

Weight Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Dimensionless

White Background Description: Toggles if hardcopy output is produced on a white or black background. Parameter Type: Logical Default Value: Off

Page 422

CCL Parameters

CFX-5.6

Reference Guide CCL Content

Write Session Mode Description: This parameter indicates whether the session file should be overwritten or appended to if it exists. Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: None, Overwrite, Append Default Value: None

X Description: The X coordinate value for the location of this object. Parameter Type: Real Default Value: 0.0 Quantity Type: Length

X Justification Description: Specifies the horizontal justification of a text or overlay item. Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: None, Center, Left, Right Default Value: Center

X Pos Description: Used with plane definition Parameter Type: Real Default Value: 0.0

X Split Description: The normalised location of the vertical viewport splitter. Parameter Type: Real Default Value: 0.5

CFX-5.6

CCL Parameters

Page 423

Reference Guide CCL Content

Y Description: The Y coordinate value for the location of this object. Parameter Type: Real Default Value: 0.0 Quantity Type: Length

Y Justification Description: Specifies the vertical justification of a text or overlay item. Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: None, Center, Top, Bottom Default Value: None

Y Pos Description: Used with plane definition Parameter Type: Real Default Value: 0.0

Y Split Description: The normalised location of the horizontal viewport splitter. Parameter Type: Real Default Value: 0.5

Z Description: The Z coordinate value for the location of this object. Parameter Type: Real Default Value: 0.0 Quantity Type: Length

Page 424

CCL Parameters

CFX-5.6

Reference Guide CCL Content

Z Pos Description: Used with plane definition Parameter Type: Real Default Value: 0.0

always output post processing Description: When set to true, outputs the usual post processing even for intermediate adaption steps (default=F) Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: t,f Default Value: f

auto turnoff solve eq flag Description: This flag determines whether or not equations are solved when their residuals are below the convergence criteria. Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: t,f Default Value: f

backup file at zero Description: Controls whether a backup file is written at iteration 0 Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: t,f Default Value: f

backup frequency Description: Controls the frequency with which a backup file is produced Parameter Type: String Default Value: 0

CFX-5.6

CCL Parameters

Page 425

Reference Guide CCL Content

boundary relaxation option Description: Boundary relaxation option: 0=none, 1=all, 2-walls, 3=default Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: 0,1,2,3 Default Value: 3

build artificial wall Description: Controls whether or not the solver will build an artificial wall to prevent inflow at an outlet boundary, or outflow at an inlet boundary condition. Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: t,f Default Value: t

buoyancy ted source Description: This flag determines whether buoyancy production terms are included in the ted equation. Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: t,f Default Value: f

buoyancy tef source Description: This flag determines whether buoyancy production terms are included in the tef equation. Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: t,f Default Value: f

buoyancy tke source Description: This flag determines whether buoyancy production terms are included in the tke equation. Page 426

CCL Parameters

CFX-5.6

Reference Guide CCL Content

Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: t,f Default Value: f

check isolated regions Description: For serial runs the solver checks if any fluid domain contains volumetric regions which are isolated pockets. This check cannot be performed for parallel solver runs. Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: t,f Default Value: t

coupled scalars Description: Coupling of component mass fraction equations for combustion. Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: t,f Default Value: t

degeneracy check tolerance Description: A face set is considered degenerate if its dimensionless area of the face set is less than this tolerance. Parameter Type: String Default Value: 1.E-3

delete backup files Description: If set to false, old backup files are not overwritten Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: t,f Default Value: f

CFX-5.6

CCL Parameters

Page 427

Reference Guide CCL Content

force intersection Description: If set to true, GGI intersection is forced Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: t,f Default Value: f

ggi periodic axial radial tolerance Description: GGI periodic surfaces cannot be constant axial surfaces or constant radial surfaces. This parameter controls the tolerance used to determine if the surface is in one of these two invalid situations. Parameter Type: String Default Value: 1.E-2

ignore solve flag on restart Description: Specifies whether an autoturnoff solve flag is read from the res file when restarting a simulation Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: t,f Default Value: f

include associated fields Description: Specifies whether gradients or other associated fields should be written to minimal transient files. Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: t,f Default Value: 1

include pref in forces Description: Specifies whether reference pressure is included in pressure integral for force and moment calculations Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: t,f Page 428

CCL Parameters

CFX-5.6

Reference Guide CCL Content

Default Value: 1

k Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: k

k Flux Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: k Flux

k Flux Coefficient Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: k Flux Coefficient

k Source Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: k Source

k Source Coefficient Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: k Source Coefficient

laplacian stresses Description: Control between the Laplacian form of the viscous stresses and the strictly correct stress tensor form Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: t,f Default Value: f

CFX-5.6

CCL Parameters

Page 429

Reference Guide CCL Content

max continuity loops Description: Maximum number of continuity loops to solve in a timestep Parameter Type: String Default Value: 1

mg solver option Description: Determines the coarsening algorithm for algebraic multigrid of the fluid coupled equations Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: 1,2,3,4 Default Value: None

min timesteps Description: Minimum number of time steps Parameter Type: String Default Value: 1

model coefficient relaxation Description: A control to improve k-e turbulence model convergence Parameter Type: String Default Value: 1.0

monitor forces Description: When set to true, outputs forces on boundaries to the solver output file every timestep Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: t,f Default Value: f

Page 430

CCL Parameters

CFX-5.6

Reference Guide CCL Content

monitor ftrans Description: When set to true, outputs false transient information (steady state only) to the solver output file for each loop Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: t,f Default Value: f

monitor ranges Description: When set to true, outputs variable ranges for each coefficient loop in steady state simulation or for each timestep in a transient simulation Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: t,f Default Value: f

monitor residuals Description: When set to True, outputs maximum residuals and locations for each coefficient loop (steady state) or timestep (transient) Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: t,f Default Value: f

monitor scales Description: When set to True, outputs variable scales for each coefficient loop (steady state) or timestep (transient) Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: t,f Default Value: f

monitor totals Description: When set to True, outputs boundary and source term flows for each coefficient loop (steady state) or timestep (transient) CFX-5.6

CCL Parameters

Page 431

Reference Guide CCL Content

Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: t,f Default Value: f

multigrid solver Description: Controls whether multigrid solver is used Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: t,f Default Value: f

outer loop relaxations default Description: The default value for several underrelaxation parameters at the time step loop level Parameter Type: String Default Value: 0.75

output eq flows Description: Writes boundary flux data for all equations to the results file so that they can be used for post processing Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: t,f Default Value: t

output eq residuals Description: Writes residuals for all equations to the results file for steady state solutions Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: t,f Default Value: f

Page 432

CCL Parameters

CFX-5.6

Reference Guide CCL Content

part cvs weighting Description: Vertex weighting by number of control volume sectors for parallel partitioning. Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: t,f Default Value: f

pressure diffusion scheme Description: Specifies the diffusion scheme for pressure in continuity: 1=central; 2=positive definite active Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: 1,2 Default Value: 2

pressure profile type Description: Specifies whether linear-linear (default) or trilinear interpolation is used for the pressure gradient term Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: 1,2 Default Value: 2

pressure reference node Description: Specifies node at which pressure reference is set if not supplied via boundary conditions Parameter Type: String Default Value: 0

pressure reference value Description: Specifies reference pressure value Parameter Type: String Default Value: 0.0 CFX-5.6

CCL Parameters

Page 433

Reference Guide CCL Content

relax mass Description: Changing this value can aid in convergence for problems that show residual oscillations in separate and re-attached regions Parameter Type: String Default Value: 0.75

rfr domain rotation Description: Enable domain rotation for RFR cases in the post processor by writing the theta shift angle to the result file Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: t,f Default Value: f

scalar diffusion scheme Description: Specifies the diffusion scheme for scalars: 1=central; 2=positive definite active; 3=positive definite Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: 1,2,3 Default Value: 2

solve energy Description: Flag for controlling whether or not the controller solves the energy equation Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: t,f Default Value: t

solve fluids Description: Flag for controlling whether or not the controller solves the hydrodynamics equations Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: t,f Page 434

CCL Parameters

CFX-5.6

Reference Guide CCL Content

Default Value: t

solve masfrc Description: Flag for controlling whether or not the controller solves for mass fraction equations Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: t,f Default Value: t

solve mixture fraction Description: Flag for controlling whether or not the controller solves for mixture fraction mean and variance equations Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: t,f Default Value: t

solve radiation Description: Flag for controlling whether or not the controller solves the radiation equations Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: t,f Default Value: t

solve reaction progress Description: Flag for controlling whether or not the controller solves for reaction progress equations Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: t,f Default Value: t

CFX-5.6

CCL Parameters

Page 435

Reference Guide CCL Content

solve rs eps Description: Flag for controlling whether or not the controller solves the Reynolds Stress equation Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: t,f Default Value: t

solve scalar Description: Flag for controlling whether or not the controller solves equations for additional variables Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: t,f Default Value: t

solve soot Description: Flag for controlling whether or not the controller solves for soot equations Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: t,f Default Value: t

solve temperature variance Description: Flag for controlling whether or not the controller solves for the temperature variance equation Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: t,f Default Value: t

solve tke eps Description: Flag for controlling whether or not the controller solves the k-epsilon equations Parameter Type: String Page 436

CCL Parameters

CFX-5.6

Reference Guide CCL Content

Allowed Values: t,f Default Value: t

solve tke omega Description: Flag for controlling whether or not the controller solves the k-omega equations Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: t,f Default Value: t

solve visktrb Description: Flag for controlling whether or not the controller solves the kinematic eddy viscosity equations Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: t,f Default Value: t

solve volfrc Description: Flag for controlling whether or not the controller solves the volume fraction equations Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: t,f Default Value: f

solver relaxation fluids Description: The under-relaxation value for the coupled U, V, W and P linear smoother within the multigrid solver Parameter Type: String Default Value: 0.9

CFX-5.6

CCL Parameters

Page 437

Reference Guide CCL Content

solver relaxation scalar Description: The under-relaxation value for the scalar linear smoother within the multigrid solver Parameter Type: String Default Value: 1.0

solver target reduction fluids Description: A tolerance control for the linear solver coupled massmomentum system Parameter Type: String Default Value: 0.1

solver target reduction scalar Description: A tolerance control for the linear solver scalar equation Parameter Type: String Default Value: 0.01

stress diffusion scheme Description: Specifies the diffusion scheme for stress in momentum: 1=central; 2=positive definite active Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: 1,2 Default Value: 2

target imbalance scalar Description: The target imbalance for Additional Variables Parameter Type: String Default Value: None

Page 438

CCL Parameters

CFX-5.6

Reference Guide CCL Content

tbulk for htc Description: Reference bulk temperature to computer the Heat Transfer Coefficient (HTC) Parameter Type: String Default Value: 300.0

tef numerics option Description: Option for TEF numerics (0=standard, 1=gradient damping and elem. CrossDiff) Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: 0,1 Default Value: 0

temperature damping Description: Apply temperature damping. Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: t,f Default Value: f

temperature damping factor Description: Relaxation factor used for temperature damping. Parameter Type: String Default Value: 0.2

temperature damping limit Description: Apply temperature damping only for temperature changes larger than this value. Parameter Type: String Default Value: 0.0

CFX-5.6

CCL Parameters

Page 439

Reference Guide CCL Content

tke eps timescale limiter Description: Specifies whether or not the tke dissipation and ted production terms use a k/epsilon ratio limited by the molecular viscosity. Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: t,f Default Value: f

topology estimate factor Description: Factor by which memory estimate for storing topology is multiplied Parameter Type: String Default Value: 1.0

transient initialisation override Description: Allow solver default initialisation to be used for a transient simulation Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: t,f Default Value: f

use kolmogorov ts for extinction Description: Use the Kolmogorov timescale (in contrast to mixing timescale) as turbulence timescale for flame extinction at high turbulence. Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: t,f Default Value: f

uu Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: k Page 440

CCL Parameters

CFX-5.6

Reference Guide CCL Content

uv Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: k

uw Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: k

vector parallel tolerance Description: This value is the error tolerated by the solver in degrees when determining the maximum deviation of any element face normal from the calculated average element face normal in a symmetry plane Parameter Type: String Default Value: 5.0

vv Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: k

vw Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: k

wall clock time Description: Output wall clock time during the outer loop in a steady state run or timestep loop in a transient run. Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: t,f Default Value: f

CFX-5.6

CCL Parameters

Page 441

Reference Guide CCL Content

wallscale diffusion scheme Description: Wallscale diffusion differencing scheme (1=central, 2=default, 3=positive definite scheme). Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: 1,2,3 Default Value: 2

wallscale relaxation factor Description: Relaxation factor for wallscale Parameter Type: String Default Value: 0.75

ww Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: k

xValue Description: Input expression for vector VARIABLE component value in relevant units. Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Variable

xxValue Description: Input expression for symmetric tensor VARIABLE component value in relevant units. Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Variable

xyValue Description: Input expression for symmetric tensor VARIABLE component value in relevant units. Page 442

CCL Parameters

CFX-5.6

Reference Guide CCL Content

Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Variable

xzValue Description: Input expression for symmetric tensor VARIABLE component value in relevant units. Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Variable

yValue Description: Input expression for vector VARIABLE component value in relevant units. Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Variable

yyValue Description: Input expression for symmetric tensor VARIABLE component value in relevant units. Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Variable

yzValue Description: Input expression for symmetric tensor VARIABLE component value in relevant units. Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Variable

zValue Description: Input expression for vector VARIABLE component value in relevant units. Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Variable CFX-5.6

CCL Parameters

Page 443

Reference Guide CCL Content

zzValue Description: Input expression for symmetric tensor VARIABLE component value in relevant units. Parameter Type: Real Quantity Type: Variable

Page 444

CCL Parameters

CFX-5.6

CFX-5 Reference Guide

CFX-5 Reference Guide

CFX-Post CCL Details • Using the CCL Content Documentation p. 446 • CCL Objects p. 447 • CCL Parameters p. 534

CFX-5.6

Page 445

CFX-5 Reference Guide CFX-Post CCL Details

Using the CCL Content Documentation This document is generated from the RULES file in the / etc/ directory. It contains a description of all the possible CCL objects and parameters. This includes currently unsupported models, use of which may cause incorrect results or Solver failure. If you cannot set an option in CFX-Pre, but find it defined here, then we recommend contacting CFX support before using it in a simulation.

Page 446

Using the CCL Content Documentation

CFX-5.6

CFX-5 Reference Guide CFX-Post CCL Details

CCL Objects UNIT SYSTEM Description Singleton Object: This object stores the preferred units. Allowed Parameters Essential Parameters Preferred Units System : This specifies the Units System to use. Optional Parameters Update Units to Preferred : This logical indicates whether all displayed units should always be updated to display the preferred units. If this is "false", quantities will be converted to preferred types. Custom Units Setting : This is a comma delimited list of Quantities and their selected units for the Custom Units Setting. The list will contain both Quantities and the units: e.g. Acceleration, m s^-2, Angle, radian, ...

STREAMLINE Description Named Object: Calculates streamline plots as lines, ribbons or tubes Allowed Parameters Essential Parameters Location List : A comma delimited list of locator names. Variable : The name of the variable used to create the object. Should be set equal to the name of a currently defined VARIABLE object. Streamline Maximum Segments : Stops streamline calculation when number of segments exceeds this Optional Parameters Domain List : The list of domains over which to define this object. CFX-5.6

CCL Objects

Page 447

CFX-5 Reference Guide CFX-Post CCL Details

Streamline Direction : The direction in which streams are to be calculated Tolerance Mode : whether Grid Tolerance or Absolute Tolerance are used Grid Tolerance : Fraction of local grid size to use as a maximum step tolerance Absolute Tolerance : Length to use as a maximum step tolerance Cross Periodics : If true allows a streamline to cross a periodic boundary Draw Symbols : Draw symbols on the streams at specified times Stream Symbol : Name of streamline symbol to be used for plot. Draw Streams : If false do not draw streams, but allow drawing of symbols Symbol Start Time : The particle age at which to draw the first symbol Symbol Stop Time : Draw no symbols with particle age lower than this Symbol Time Interval : Draw symbols at regular times separated by this value Colour Scale : Sets whether to colour the object with a Linear or Logarithmic scale. By default, the colour scale is Linear. Variable Boundary Values : Sets the type of boundary values to be presented for variables in this object (Conservative or Hybrid). Colour Mode : Sets the mode used to colour the object. If set equal to "Constant" then the "Colour" parameter is used to determine the plot colour. If set equal to "Variable", then the "Colour Variable" parameter is used. Colour Variable : The name of the variable to be used in colouring the object. Should be set equal to the name of a currently defined VARIABLE object. Colour Variable Boundary Values : Sets the type of boundary values to be presented for colour variables in this object (Conservative or Hybrid). Colour : A list of three numbers between 0 and 1, which represent the RGB (Red/Green/Blue) values to be used when colouring the faces of an object by constant colour. Range : Sets the method used to calculate the extents of the colour map on an object. "Global" uses the range of values in the problem domain. "Local" uses the range of values on the current object. Page 448

CCL Objects

CFX-5.6

CFX-5 Reference Guide CFX-Post CCL Details

Min : The minimum value of a variable in the colourmap when using a "User Specified" range. Max : The maximum value of a variable in the colourmap when using a "User Specified" range. Symbol Size : A scaling factor for all symbols in the plot. Visibility : Toggles the visibility of this graphics object in the viewer. Transparency : Set between 0.0 (fully opaque) and 1.0 (fully transparent) to control the transparency of this graphics object in the viewer. Draw Faces : Toggles the visibility filled faces for this graphics objectin the viewer. Surface Drawing : Sets the algorithm used to shade the faces for this graphics object. Lighting : Toggles the lighting of this graphics object in the viewer. Draw Lines : Toggles the visibility of lines around each face of this graphics object. Specular Lighting : Toggles the specular lighting of this object in the viewer. Culling Mode : Controls the face culling of this object in the viewer. Line Width : Controls the width (in pixels) of lines drawn for this graphics object. Line Colour : A list of three numbers between 0 and 1, which represent the RGB (Red/Green/Blue) values to be used for colouring the lines on a graphics object. Streamline Maximum Time : Stops streamline calculation when particle age exceeds this Streamline Solver Type : The solver to use to calculate the streamlines Reduction Factor : Reduces the number of nodes of a locator to use Instancing Transform : Defines the TRANSFORM object that is used for the object instancing. Apply Instancing Transform : Toggles the instancing transformation for this graphics object in the viewer. Streamline Maximum Periods : Limits the number of times a streamline may cross a periodic boundary Stream Drawing Mode : The streamline drawing mode. CFX-5.6

CCL Objects

Page 449

CFX-5 Reference Guide CFX-Post CCL Details

Stream Size : The initial width of stream ribbons or tubes Stream Initial Direction : Defines the initial plane of a stream ribbon Number of Sides : The number of sides of a "round" tube Streamline Width : The width of the streamline. Option : A generic parameter used to define the context setting for a variety of objects. Internal Parameters Local Variable Ranges : A list of Variable Local Range data in base units. Each element in the list contains: "
DOMAIN Description Named Object: An automatically created object for each domain read from the results file. Allowed Parameters Optional Parameters Domain Type : The type of the domain. Has Axis of Rotation : Boolean indicating whether axis of rotation is defined in the result file or not Blade Region : A comma delimited list of locator names. Hub Region : A comma delimited list of locator names. Shroud Region : A comma delimited list of locator names. Inlet Region : A comma delimited list of locator names. Outlet Region : A comma delimited list of locator names. Periodic 1 Region : A comma delimited list of locator names. Periodic 2 Region : A comma delimited list of locator names.

Page 450

CCL Objects

CFX-5.6

CFX-5 Reference Guide CFX-Post CCL Details

Background Mesh Generation Method : The method that TurboTransform module will use to generate the background mesh Background Mesh Density : background mesh density for turbo component Apply Reflection : Toggles reflection in the transformation. Apply Translation : Toggles translation in the transformation. Apply Rotation : Toggles rotation in the transformation. Reflection Plane : Specifies the REFLECTION PLANE object to use in a transformation. Rotation Axis Type : Specifies the rotation axis type in the transformation. If it is set to "Principal Axis", Principal Axis parameter setting is used. It it is set to "Rotation Axis", parameters Rotation Axis From and Rotation Axis To are used for the axis definition. Principal Axis : Specifies the principal axis used in instance rotation. Rotation Axis From : An XYZ triple defining the first point of the rotation axis. Rotation Axis To : An XYZ triple defining the second point of the rotation axis. Full Circle : If set to On, the instances are placed uniformly about the instance rotation axis. Note that the Number of Copies has to be greater than two when this option is used. Angle Definition Method : Specifies angle definition method. If it is set to "Value", parameter Rotation Angle value will be used for angular instancing. If it is set to "Instances in 360", parameter "Number of Components in 360" will be used. Rotation Angle : Specifies the rotation angle. Number of Components in 360 : Number of Components in 360 degrees Translation Vector : Specifies the translation vector. Number of Copies : Specifies the number of transformed copies. Axis From File : Logical parameter indicating if axis of rotation is defined in the res file. Turbo Rotation Axis Type : Specifies the rotation axis type in the transformation. If it is set to "Principal Axis", Principal Axis parameter setting is used. It it is set to "Rotation Axis", parameters Rotation Axis From and Rotation Axis To are used for the axis definition. Turbo Principal Axis : Specifies the principal axis used in turbo setup CFX-5.6

CCL Objects

Page 451

CFX-5 Reference Guide CFX-Post CCL Details

Turbo Rotation Axis From : An XYZ triple defining the first point of the rotation axis. Turbo Rotation Axis To : An XYZ triple defining the second point of the rotation axis. Hub Curve Mode : The type of line used to define Hub curve. The Hub line is needed for calculation of the Background Mesh. By default it is calculated from the corresponding Hub Region(s), but optionally it can be defined via a line or a polyline. Hub Line Object : Specifies the line object(s) to be used for the definition of the Hub curve. This parameter is used when Hub Curve Mode is set to From Line. Shroud Curve Mode : The type of line used to define Shroud curve. The Shroud line is needed for calculation of the Background Mesh. By default it is calculated from the corresponding Shroud Region(s), but optionally it can be defined via a line or a polyline. Shroud Line Object : Specifies the line object(s) to be used for the definition of the Shroud curve. This parameter is used when Shroud Curve Mode is set to From Line. Inlet Curve Mode : The type of line used to define Inlet curve. The Inlet line is needed for calculation of the Background Mesh. By default it is calculated from the corresponding Inlet Region(s), but optionally it can be defined via a line or a polyline. Inlet Line Object : Specifies the line object(s) to be used for the definition of the Inlet curve. This parameter is used when Inlet Curve Mode is set to From Line. Outlet Curve Mode : The type of line used to define Outlet curve. The Outlet line is needed for calculation of the Background Mesh. By default it is calculated from the corresponding Outlet Region(s), but optionally it can be defined via a line or a polyline. Outlet Line Object : Specifies the line object(s) to be used for the definition of the Outlet curve. This parameter is used when Outlet Curve Mode is set to From Line. Internal Parameters Is Rotating : flag indicating if the domain is rotating. UpStream Domain : upstream domain for the domain. DownStream Domain : downstream domain for the domain. Angular Velocity : the rotational speed of a turbo component Reference Pressure : reference pressure for a domain Page 452

CCL Objects

CFX-5.6

CFX-5 Reference Guide CFX-Post CCL Details

Do Turbo Initialization : flag indicating whether turbo initialisation will be performed on the domain. Current Rotation Axis From : An XYZ triple defining the first point of the rotation axis used currently in this domain. Current Rotation Axis To : An XYZ triple defining the second point of the rotation axis used currently in this domain. Number of Nodes : The internal parameter for the MESH CALCULATOR object used to store the number of nodes. Number of Elements : The internal parameter for the MESH CALCULATOR object used to store the number of elements. Number of Tetrahedra : The internal parameter for the MESH CALCULATOR object used to store the number of tetrahedra. Number of Wedges : The internal parameter for the MESH CALCULATOR object used to store the number of wedges. Number of Pyramids : The internal parameter for the MESH CALCULATOR object used to store the number of pyramids. Number of Hexahedra : The internal parameter for the MESH CALCULATOR object used to store the number of hexahedra.

TURBO SURFACE Description Named Object: A locator generated by the surface of a constant turbo coordinate. Allowed Parameters Essential Parameters Option : A generic parameter used to define the context setting for a variety of objects. Optional Parameters Turbo Domain List : The list of domains over which to define this object. Colour Scale : Sets whether to colour the object with a Linear or Logarithmic scale. By default, the colour scale is Linear.

CFX-5.6

CCL Objects

Page 453

CFX-5 Reference Guide CFX-Post CCL Details

Colour Mode : Sets the mode used to colour the object. If set equal to "Constant" then the "Colour" parameter is used to determine the plot colour. If set equal to "Variable", then the "Colour Variable" parameter is used. Colour : A list of three numbers between 0 and 1, which represent the RGB (Red/Green/Blue) values to be used when colouring the faces of an object by constant colour. Colour Variable : The name of the variable to be used in colouring the object. Should be set equal to the name of a currently defined VARIABLE object. Colour Variable Boundary Values : Sets the type of boundary values to be presented for colour variables in this object (Conservative or Hybrid). Circumferential Average Mode : method used to calculate circumferential average for colouring variable on a turbo object Maximum Number of Sampling Points : Specifies the maximum number of sampling points for circumferential averaging. Range : Sets the method used to calculate the extents of the colour map on an object. "Global" uses the range of values in the problem domain. "Local" uses the range of values on the current object. Min : The minimum value of a variable in the colourmap when using a "User Specified" range. Max : The maximum value of a variable in the colourmap when using a "User Specified" range. Visibility : Toggles the visibility of this graphics object in the viewer. Transparency : Set between 0.0 (fully opaque) and 1.0 (fully transparent) to control the transparency of this graphics object in the viewer. Draw Faces : Toggles the visibility filled faces for this graphics objectin the viewer. Surface Drawing : Sets the algorithm used to shade the faces for this graphics object. Draw Lines : Toggles the visibility of lines around each face of this graphics object. Line Width : Controls the width (in pixels) of lines drawn for this graphics object.

Page 454

CCL Objects

CFX-5.6

CFX-5 Reference Guide CFX-Post CCL Details

Line Colour : A list of three numbers between 0 and 1, which represent the RGB (Red/Green/Blue) values to be used for colouring the lines on a graphics object. Surface Type : Indicates if the surface is a slice or sample surface. Surface Bound : Defines surface bounding (Rectangular, None). Streamwise Min : Lower bound of M" coordinate for a turbo surface. Streamwise Max : Upper bound of M" coordinate for a turbo surface. Theta Min : Lower bound of Theta coordinate for a turbo surface. Theta Max : Upper bound of Theta coordinate for a turbo surface. Span Min : Lower bound of Span coordinate for a turbo surface. Span Max : Upper bound of Span coordinate for a turbo surface. Streamwise Points : Number of Sample points in M direction (turbo coordinate). Theta Points : Number of Sample points in T direction (turbo coordinate). Span Points : Number of Sample points in S direction (turbo coordinate). Invert Surface Bound : Reverses the surface bounds by selecting region outside surface bound. Lighting : Toggles the lighting of this graphics object in the viewer. Specular Lighting : Toggles the specular lighting of this object in the viewer. Culling Mode : Controls the face culling of this object in the viewer. Instancing Transform : Defines the TRANSFORM object that is used for the object instancing. Apply Instancing Transform : Toggles the instancing transformation for this graphics object in the viewer. Render Edge Angle : The angle between two faces used to limit visible edges in a wireframe. Context Sensitive Settings Context Controlling Parameter: Option Allowed Context Settings: Constant Streamwise Location, Constant Theta, Constant Span, Cone CFX-5.6

CCL Objects

Page 455

CFX-5 Reference Guide CFX-Post CCL Details

Option = Constant Streamwise Location Optional Parameters Streamwise Location : The normalised M" turbo coordinate value for the location of this object. Option = Constant Theta Optional Parameters Theta : The Theta coordinate value for the location of this object. Option = Constant Span Optional Parameters Span : The normalised Span turbo coordinate value for the location of this object. Option = Cone Optional Parameters Point Coord System : Specifies the coordinate system in which the points are specified. Point 1 : An XYZ triple defining the first point for this object. Point 2 : An XYZ triple defining the second point for this object. Clip Cone : Enables/disables clipping in a cone surface

TURBO LINE Description Named Object: A locator defined by two constant turbo coordinate Allowed Parameters Essential Parameters Option : A generic parameter used to define the context setting for a variety of objects. Optional Parameters Turbo Domain List : The list of domains over which to define this object. Page 456

CCL Objects

CFX-5.6

CFX-5 Reference Guide CFX-Post CCL Details

Colour Scale : Sets whether to colour the object with a Linear or Logarithmic scale. By default, the colour scale is Linear. Colour Mode : Sets the mode used to colour the object. If set equal to "Constant" then the "Colour" parameter is used to determine the plot colour. If set equal to "Variable", then the "Colour Variable" parameter is used. Colour : A list of three numbers between 0 and 1, which represent the RGB (Red/Green/Blue) values to be used when colouring the faces of an object by constant colour. Colour Variable : The name of the variable to be used in colouring the object. Should be set equal to the name of a currently defined VARIABLE object. Colour Variable Boundary Values : Sets the type of boundary values to be presented for colour variables in this object (Conservative or Hybrid). Visibility : Toggles the visibility of this graphics object in the viewer. Range : Sets the method used to calculate the extents of the colour map on an object. "Global" uses the range of values in the problem domain. "Local" uses the range of values on the current object. Min : The minimum value of a variable in the colourmap when using a "User Specified" range. Max : The maximum value of a variable in the colourmap when using a "User Specified" range. Line Width : Controls the width (in pixels) of lines drawn for this graphics object. Line Colour : A list of three numbers between 0 and 1, which represent the RGB (Red/Green/Blue) values to be used for colouring the lines on a graphics object. Line Type : Indicates if the line is a cut or sample line. Line Bound : Defines line bounding (End Points, None). Circumferential Average Mode : method used to calculate circumferential average for colouring variable on a turbo object Maximum Number of Sampling Points : Specifies the maximum number of sampling points for circumferential averaging. Streamwise Min : Lower bound of M" coordinate for a turbo surface. Streamwise Max : Upper bound of M" coordinate for a turbo surface. Theta Min : Lower bound of Theta coordinate for a turbo surface. CFX-5.6

CCL Objects

Page 457

CFX-5 Reference Guide CFX-Post CCL Details

Theta Max : Upper bound of Theta coordinate for a turbo surface. Span Min : Lower bound of Span coordinate for a turbo surface. Span Max : Upper bound of Span coordinate for a turbo surface. Streamwise Points : Number of Sample points in M direction (turbo coordinate). Theta Points : Number of Sample points in T direction (turbo coordinate). Span Points : Number of Sample points in S direction (turbo coordinate). Invert Line Bound : Reverses the line bounds by selecting line outside line bound. Instancing Transform : Defines the TRANSFORM object that is used for the object instancing. Apply Instancing Transform : Toggles the instancing transformation for this graphics object in the viewer. Context Sensitive Settings Context Controlling Parameter: Option Allowed Context Settings: Inlet to Outlet, Hub to Shroud, Circumferential Option = Inlet to Outlet Optional Parameters Span : The normalised Span turbo coordinate value for the location of this object. Theta : The Theta coordinate value for the location of this object. Option = Hub to Shroud Optional Parameters Turbo Line Mode : The method of generation of "Hub to Shroud" Turbo Line Streamwise Location : The normalised M" turbo coordinate value for the location of this object. Theta : The Theta coordinate value for the location of this object. Point Coord System : Specifies the coordinate system in which the points are specified. Page 458

CCL Objects

CFX-5.6

CFX-5 Reference Guide CFX-Post CCL Details

Point 1 : An XYZ triple defining the first point for this object. Point 2 : An XYZ triple defining the second point for this object. Option = Circumferential Optional Parameters Span : The normalised Span turbo coordinate value for the location of this object. Streamwise Location : The normalised M" turbo coordinate value for the location of this object.

ROOT Description Singleton Object: The ROOT object lists all the object types that can be defined in CFX-Post. Allowed Sub-Objects Optional Sub-Objects UNIT SYSTEM : This object stores the preferred units. STREAMLINE : Calculates streamline plots as lines, ribbons or tubes DOMAIN : An automatically created object for each domain read from the results file. TURBO SURFACE : A locator generated by the surface of a constant turbo coordinate. TURBO LINE : A locator defined by two constant turbo coordinate LIBRARY : LIBRARY is automatically read from the VARIABLES library file. POINT : Defines a point using X, Y and Z coordinates. POLYLINE : A locator defined by multiple sets of points read from a data file or by the intersection of a boundary and a locator.The points may have local (path) variables associated with them. The polyline can interact with CFD data and can be coloured using path variables or domain variables.

CFX-5.6

CCL Objects

Page 459

CFX-5 Reference Guide CFX-Post CCL Details

PARTICLE TRACK : A particle track object providing the filtering of the display of particle tracks that exist in the current RES file (if any) and/ or tracks loaded from a separate tracks file. RES PARTICLE TRACK : A particle track object that provides the default displaying of particle tracks that exist in the loaded RES file. If the RES file has no Track data, this object is not created. SUBDOMAIN : A volume region of a domain defined as a subdomain. BOUNDARY : A locator defined by a boundary condition that exists in the results file. WIREFRAME : Plots an outline of the domain given by edges between elements with greater than the specified angle. VECTOR : Creates a vector plot on a given list of locators. SYMBOL : An internal object representing a plotting symbol. ISOSURFACE : A locator generated by the surface which passes through a constant value of a specified variable. USER SURFACE : Allows the user to read an external file while contains elements describing a general 3D surface, with local variable values optionally specified on each node. The surface can interact with CFD data and can be coloured using local variables or domain variables. PLANE : A general object to describe a plane through the domain. Slice planes (which can be bounded) and sample planes are supported. CLIP PLANE : Defines a plane that can be used to clip graphics in the viewer. VOLUME : An object that contains a subset of the volume elements of the domains it is defined on. Options are provided to specify how that subset is defined. LINE : Defines a line object. CONTOUR : Creates a contour plot on a given list of locators. SURFACE GROUP : Creates a group of surface plot on a given list of locators. HARDCOPY : This object contains the settings used to control the creation of hardcopy output from the viewer. It is used by the "print" action. DATA READER : This object contains the settings used to read results files into the post-processor. It is used by the "load" action. Page 460

CCL Objects

CFX-5.6

CFX-5 Reference Guide CFX-Post CCL Details

EXPORT : Holds parameters which control the export of data to an external text file. SESSION : Stores parameters used by the readsession command. STATE : Stores parameters used by the readstate and savestate commands. VIEWPORT MANAGER : This object stores the parameters that control the global viewport controls. VIEWPORT : This object stores the viewport settings. VIEWER : This object stores the viewport settings. VECTOR VARIABLE : A object used to reference the data associated with a vector quantity in the results file. SCALAR VARIABLE : A object used to reference the data associated with a scalar quantity in the results file. USER SCALAR VARIABLE : A object used to reference user-defined data. ANIMATION : Defines a Keyframe animation sequence. A list of KEYFRAME objects indicate the states between which to interpolate. KEYFRAME : Defines a specific keyframe for an animation sequence. The actual system state is stored in a file referenced by the "Keyframe Filename" parameter. GROUP : Allows a group of multiple objects to behave as a single object. Currently only used internally and does not work for graphics, etc. DEFAULT INSTANCE TRANSFORM : Specifies the default instance transformation. INSTANCE TRANSFORM : Specifies an instance transformation that can consist of a rotation, a translation, a reflection and a number of copies of the original object to produce. Note that applying reflection duplicates the number of copies. REFLECTION PLANE : This is a sub-object used for the reflection plane definition in TRANSFORM object. CAMERA : Defines a camera that can be used to specify the current view in the VIEWER object. LEGEND : Creates a labelled colour bar to show to legend associated with the named plot. DEFAULT LEGEND : Creates a labelled colour bar to show to legend associated with the named plot. CFX-5.6

CCL Objects

Page 461

CFX-5 Reference Guide CFX-Post CCL Details

TEXT : A single piece of text. This text item can be attached to a point on screen (specified in two dimensions), or attached to a point in three dimensions, following that point through any viewer transformations. Font, size, colour, rotation and justification options are provided. COORD FRAME : Defines a coordinate frame which can be used for setting direction and axis specifications. CHART : This object is used to create a chart and specify general chart parameters, including the CHART LINE objects that define the chart lines. CHART LINE : This object defines the variable, line style, symbol style, and colours to use for a chart line. CALCULATOR : This singleton is used by the calculate action to define the function and arguments to be evaluated, and store the Result. MESH CALCULATOR : This singleton is used by the mesh calculate action to define the function to be evaluated, and store the max and min Results. EXPRESSION EVALUATOR : This singleton evaluates the specified Expression and stores the Result. EXPRESSION PREVIEW : This singleton is used to generate data for expression preview graphs.

LIBRARY Description Singleton Object: LIBRARY is automatically read from the VARIABLES library file. Allowed Sub-Objects Optional Sub-Objects CEL : CEL :

Page 462

CCL Objects

CFX-5.6

CFX-5 Reference Guide CFX-Post CCL Details

POINT Description Named Object: Defines a point using X, Y and Z coordinates. Allowed Parameters Essential Parameters Option : A generic parameter used to define the context setting for a variety of objects. Optional Parameters Colour Mode : Sets the mode used to colour the object. If set equal to "Constant" then the "Colour" parameter is used to determine the plot colour. If set equal to "Variable", then the "Colour Variable" parameter is used. Colour : A list of three numbers between 0 and 1, which represent the RGB (Red/Green/Blue) values to be used when colouring the faces of an object by constant colour. Colour Variable : The name of the variable to be used in colouring the object. Should be set equal to the name of a currently defined VARIABLE object. Colour Variable Boundary Values : Sets the type of boundary values to be presented for colour variables in this object (Conservative or Hybrid). Colour Scale : Sets whether to colour the object with a Linear or Logarithmic scale. By default, the colour scale is Linear. Range : Sets the method used to calculate the extents of the colour map on an object. "Global" uses the range of values in the problem domain. "Local" uses the range of values on the current object. Max : The maximum value of a variable in the colourmap when using a "User Specified" range. Min : The minimum value of a variable in the colourmap when using a "User Specified" range. Transparency : Set between 0.0 (fully opaque) and 1.0 (fully transparent) to control the transparency of this graphics object in the viewer. Visibility : Toggles the visibility of this graphics object in the viewer. CFX-5.6

CCL Objects

Page 463

CFX-5 Reference Guide CFX-Post CCL Details

Surface Drawing : Sets the algorithm used to shade the faces for this graphics object. Draw Faces : Toggles the visibility filled faces for this graphics objectin the viewer. Draw Lines : Toggles the visibility of lines around each face of this graphics object. Line Colour : A list of three numbers between 0 and 1, which represent the RGB (Red/Green/Blue) values to be used for colouring the lines on a graphics object. Line Width : Controls the width (in pixels) of lines drawn for this graphics object. Point Symbol : Name of point symbol (non-directional) to be used for plot. Symbol Size : A scaling factor for all symbols in the plot. Normalized : If set On, all vectors are plotted with the same length (show direction only). Lighting : Toggles the lighting of this graphics object in the viewer. Specular Lighting : Toggles the specular lighting of this object in the viewer. Culling Mode : Controls the face culling of this object in the viewer. Instancing Transform : Defines the TRANSFORM object that is used for the object instancing. Apply Instancing Transform : Toggles the instancing transformation for this graphics object in the viewer. Internal Parameters Local Variable Ranges : A list of Variable Local Range data in base units. Each element in the list contains: "
CCL Objects

CFX-5.6

CFX-5 Reference Guide CFX-Post CCL Details

Option = Node Number Optional Parameters Domain List : The list of domains over which to define this object. Node Number : Option = Variable Minimum Optional Parameters Domain List : The list of domains over which to define this object. Location : A locator name. Variable : The name of the variable used to create the object. Should be set equal to the name of a currently defined VARIABLE object. Option = Variable Maximum Optional Parameters Domain List : The list of domains over which to define this object. Location : A locator name. Variable : The name of the variable used to create the object. Should be set equal to the name of a currently defined VARIABLE object.

POLYLINE Description Named Object: A locator defined by multiple sets of points read from a data file or by the intersection of a boundary and a locator.The points may have local (path) variables associated with them. The polyline can interact with CFD data and can be coloured using path variables or domain variables. Allowed Parameters Essential Parameters Option : A generic parameter used to define the context setting for a variety of objects. Optional Parameters

CFX-5.6

CCL Objects

Page 465

CFX-5 Reference Guide CFX-Post CCL Details

Colour Mode : Sets the mode used to colour the object. If set equal to "Constant" then the "Colour" parameter is used to determine the plot colour. If set equal to "Variable", then the "Colour Variable" parameter is used. Colour : A list of three numbers between 0 and 1, which represent the RGB (Red/Green/Blue) values to be used when colouring the faces of an object by constant colour. Colour Variable : The name of the variable to be used in colouring the object. Should be set equal to the name of a currently defined VARIABLE object. Colour Scale : Sets whether to colour the object with a Linear or Logarithmic scale. By default, the colour scale is Linear. Colour Variable Boundary Values : Sets the type of boundary values to be presented for colour variables in this object (Conservative or Hybrid). Visibility : Toggles the visibility of this graphics object in the viewer. Line Width : Controls the width (in pixels) of lines drawn for this graphics object. Range : Sets the method used to calculate the extents of the colour map on an object. "Global" uses the range of values in the problem domain. "Local" uses the range of values on the current object. Min : The minimum value of a variable in the colourmap when using a "User Specified" range. Max : The maximum value of a variable in the colourmap when using a "User Specified" range. Instancing Transform : Defines the TRANSFORM object that is used for the object instancing. Apply Instancing Transform : Toggles the instancing transformation for this graphics object in the viewer. Internal Parameters Local Variable Ranges : A list of Variable Local Range data in base units. Each element in the list contains: "
CCL Objects

CFX-5.6

CFX-5 Reference Guide CFX-Post CCL Details

Option = From File Essential Parameters Input File : The name of the file to be read that contains the definition of one or more polylines and associated path variables. Option = Boundary Intersection Essential Parameters Location : A locator name. Boundary List : A list of boundary objects Optional Parameters Domain List : The list of domains over which to define this object. Option = From Contour Essential Parameters Contour Name : The name of the contour object specified in a user surface. Optional Parameters Contour Level : The contour level specified in a user surface.

PARTICLE TRACK Description Named Object: A particle track object providing the filtering of the display of particle tracks that exist in the current RES file (if any) and/ or tracks loaded from a separate tracks file. Allowed Parameters Essential Parameters Option : A generic parameter used to define the context setting for a variety of objects. Optional Parameters Domain List : The list of domains over which to define this object. Reduction or Max Tracks : This indicates whether to use "Reduction Factor" to reduce the number of tracks, or to use "Maximum Number of Tracks" CFX-5.6

CCL Objects

Page 467

CFX-5 Reference Guide CFX-Post CCL Details

Reduction Factor : Reduces the number of nodes of a locator to use Maximum Number of Tracks : Specifies the maximum number of tracks that should be displayed. This parameter is mutually exclusive with the Reduction Factor Parameter. Track Material : Specifies the material of the track for this object. Activate Filter : A Logical field indicating whether to use the filter to select which tracks to display. Filter On Start : A Logical field indicating whether to use the Starting Boundary when filtering. Starting Boundary : A list of Boundary names to filter particle tracks that start on the specified boundaries. Filter On End : A Logical field indicating whether to use the Ending Boundary when filtering. Ending Boundary : A list of Boundary names to filter particle tracks that end on the specified boundaries. Filter On Diameter : A Logical field indicating whether to use Particle Diameter when filtering. Particle Diameter : The Particle Diameter to use in filtering tracks. Particle Diameter Condition : The condition to test for when filtering with Particle Diameter. Filter On Track Selection : A Logical field indicating whether to use the Track Selection when filtering. Track Selection : A string list containing a subset of track numbers to select the tracks to display. Any All Condition : The way the Filtering conditions should be combined. "Any" means that all tracks that meet any of the conditions will be displayed. "All" means that only the tracks that meet all of the conditions will be displayed. Draw Symbols : Draw symbols on the streams at specified times Track Symbol : Name of streamline symbol to be used for plot. Draw Tracks : If false do not draw tracks, but allow drawing of symbols Symbol Size : A scaling factor for all symbols in the plot. Symbol Start Time : The particle age at which to draw the first symbol Symbol Stop Time : Draw no symbols with particle age lower than this Symbol Time Interval : Draw symbols at regular times separated by this value Page 468

CCL Objects

CFX-5.6

CFX-5 Reference Guide CFX-Post CCL Details

Colour Mode : Sets the mode used to colour the object. If set equal to "Constant" then the "Colour" parameter is used to determine the plot colour. If set equal to "Variable", then the "Colour Variable" parameter is used. Colour Variable : The name of the variable to be used in colouring the object. Should be set equal to the name of a currently defined VARIABLE object. Colour Variable Boundary Values : Sets the type of boundary values to be presented for colour variables in this object (Conservative or Hybrid). Colour : A list of three numbers between 0 and 1, which represent the RGB (Red/Green/Blue) values to be used when colouring the faces of an object by constant colour. Colour Scale : Sets whether to colour the object with a Linear or Logarithmic scale. By default, the colour scale is Linear. Range : Sets the method used to calculate the extents of the colour map on an object. "Global" uses the range of values in the problem domain. "Local" uses the range of values on the current object. Min : The minimum value of a variable in the colourmap when using a "User Specified" range. Max : The maximum value of a variable in the colourmap when using a "User Specified" range. Visibility : Toggles the visibility of this graphics object in the viewer. Transparency : Set between 0.0 (fully opaque) and 1.0 (fully transparent) to control the transparency of this graphics object in the viewer. Draw Faces : Toggles the visibility filled faces for this graphics objectin the viewer. Surface Drawing : Sets the algorithm used to shade the faces for this graphics object. Lighting : Toggles the lighting of this graphics object in the viewer. Draw Lines : Toggles the visibility of lines around each face of this graphics object. Specular Lighting : Toggles the specular lighting of this object in the viewer. Culling Mode : Controls the face culling of this object in the viewer.

CFX-5.6

CCL Objects

Page 469

CFX-5 Reference Guide CFX-Post CCL Details

Line Width : Controls the width (in pixels) of lines drawn for this graphics object. Line Colour : A list of three numbers between 0 and 1, which represent the RGB (Red/Green/Blue) values to be used for colouring the lines on a graphics object. Instancing Transform : Defines the TRANSFORM object that is used for the object instancing. Apply Instancing Transform : Toggles the instancing transformation for this graphics object in the viewer. Track Drawing Mode : The streamline drawing mode. Number of Sides : The number of sides of a "round" tube Track Line Width : The width of the streamline. Track Initial Direction : Defines the initial plane of a stream ribbon Track Size : The initial width of stream ribbons or tubes Show Track Labels : Indicates whether or not to show the track number labels. Text Height : The height an item of text should be, proportional to the screen. Font : The font name for an item of text. Text Colour : A list of three numbers between 0 and 1, which represent the RGB (Red/Green/Blue) values to be used when colouring the text. Internal Parameters Local Variable Ranges : A list of Variable Local Range data in base units. Each element in the list contains: "
CCL Objects

CFX-5.6

CFX-5 Reference Guide CFX-Post CCL Details

Number of Displayed Tracks : The number of tracks filtered to be displayed in the viewer. Track Index Range : The range of valid track indices. The indices may extend beyond the number of tracks, specifically when track reduction was selected for the solver. Tracks Displayed : A list of the track numbers that are displayed in the viewer. Context Sensitive Settings Context Controlling Parameter: Option Allowed Context Settings: From Res, From File Option = From Res Option = From File Essential Parameters Track File Type : The type of file to read the particle tracks from. This is only available if the Particle Track Option is "From File". Currently only supports CFX4 files. Input File : The name of the file to be read that contains the definition of one or more polylines and associated path variables.

RES PARTICLE TRACK Description Named Object: A particle track object that provides the default displaying of particle tracks that exist in the loaded RES file. If the RES file has no Track data, this object is not created. Allowed Parameters Essential Parameters Option : A generic parameter used to define the context setting for a variety of objects. Optional Parameters Domain List : The list of domains over which to define this object. CFX-5.6

CCL Objects

Page 471

CFX-5 Reference Guide CFX-Post CCL Details

Reduction or Max Tracks : This indicates whether to use "Reduction Factor" to reduce the number of tracks, or to use "Maximum Number of Tracks" Reduction Factor : Reduces the number of nodes of a locator to use Maximum Number of Tracks : Specifies the maximum number of tracks that should be displayed. This parameter is mutually exclusive with the Reduction Factor Parameter. Track Material : Specifies the material of the track for this object. Activate Filter : A Logical field indicating whether to use the filter to select which tracks to display. Filter On Start : A Logical field indicating whether to use the Starting Boundary when filtering. Starting Boundary : A list of Boundary names to filter particle tracks that start on the specified boundaries. Filter On End : A Logical field indicating whether to use the Ending Boundary when filtering. Ending Boundary : A list of Boundary names to filter particle tracks that end on the specified boundaries. Filter On Diameter : A Logical field indicating whether to use Particle Diameter when filtering. Particle Diameter : The Particle Diameter to use in filtering tracks. Particle Diameter Condition : The condition to test for when filtering with Particle Diameter. Filter On Track Selection : A Logical field indicating whether to use the Track Selection when filtering. Track Selection : A string list containing a subset of track numbers to select the tracks to display. Any All Condition : The way the Filtering conditions should be combined. "Any" means that all tracks that meet any of the conditions will be displayed. "All" means that only the tracks that meet all of the conditions will be displayed. Draw Symbols : Draw symbols on the streams at specified times Track Symbol : Name of streamline symbol to be used for plot. Draw Tracks : If false do not draw tracks, but allow drawing of symbols Symbol Size : A scaling factor for all symbols in the plot. Symbol Start Time : The particle age at which to draw the first symbol Page 472

CCL Objects

CFX-5.6

CFX-5 Reference Guide CFX-Post CCL Details

Symbol Stop Time : Draw no symbols with particle age lower than this Symbol Time Interval : Draw symbols at regular times separated by this value Colour Mode : Sets the mode used to colour the object. If set equal to "Constant" then the "Colour" parameter is used to determine the plot colour. If set equal to "Variable", then the "Colour Variable" parameter is used. Colour Variable : The name of the variable to be used in colouring the object. Should be set equal to the name of a currently defined VARIABLE object. Colour Variable Boundary Values : Sets the type of boundary values to be presented for colour variables in this object (Conservative or Hybrid). Colour : A list of three numbers between 0 and 1, which represent the RGB (Red/Green/Blue) values to be used when colouring the faces of an object by constant colour. Colour Scale : Sets whether to colour the object with a Linear or Logarithmic scale. By default, the colour scale is Linear. Range : Sets the method used to calculate the extents of the colour map on an object. "Global" uses the range of values in the problem domain. "Local" uses the range of values on the current object. Min : The minimum value of a variable in the colourmap when using a "User Specified" range. Max : The maximum value of a variable in the colourmap when using a "User Specified" range. Visibility : Toggles the visibility of this graphics object in the viewer. Transparency : Set between 0.0 (fully opaque) and 1.0 (fully transparent) to control the transparency of this graphics object in the viewer. Draw Faces : Toggles the visibility filled faces for this graphics objectin the viewer. Surface Drawing : Sets the algorithm used to shade the faces for this graphics object. Lighting : Toggles the lighting of this graphics object in the viewer. Draw Lines : Toggles the visibility of lines around each face of this graphics object.

CFX-5.6

CCL Objects

Page 473

CFX-5 Reference Guide CFX-Post CCL Details

Specular Lighting : Toggles the specular lighting of this object in the viewer. Culling Mode : Controls the face culling of this object in the viewer. Line Width : Controls the width (in pixels) of lines drawn for this graphics object. Line Colour : A list of three numbers between 0 and 1, which represent the RGB (Red/Green/Blue) values to be used for colouring the lines on a graphics object. Instancing Transform : Defines the TRANSFORM object that is used for the object instancing. Apply Instancing Transform : Toggles the instancing transformation for this graphics object in the viewer. Track Drawing Mode : The streamline drawing mode. Number of Sides : The number of sides of a "round" tube Track Line Width : The width of the streamline. Track Initial Direction : Defines the initial plane of a stream ribbon Track Size : The initial width of stream ribbons or tubes Show Track Labels : Indicates whether or not to show the track number labels. Text Height : The height an item of text should be, proportional to the screen. Font : The font name for an item of text. Text Colour : A list of three numbers between 0 and 1, which represent the RGB (Red/Green/Blue) values to be used when colouring the text. Internal Parameters Local Variable Ranges : A list of Variable Local Range data in base units. Each element in the list contains: "
CCL Objects

CFX-5.6

CFX-5 Reference Guide CFX-Post CCL Details

Diameter Min : The minimum diameter of all tracks read from the file. Number of Tracks : The total number of tracks that are available for viewing. Number of Displayed Tracks : The number of tracks filtered to be displayed in the viewer. Track Index Range : The range of valid track indices. The indices may extend beyond the number of tracks, specifically when track reduction was selected for the solver. Tracks Displayed : A list of the track numbers that are displayed in the viewer. Context Sensitive Settings Context Controlling Parameter: Option Allowed Context Settings: From Res, From File Option = From Res Option = From File

SUBDOMAIN Description Named Object: A volume region of a domain defined as a subdomain. Allowed Parameters Optional Parameters Domain List : The list of domains over which to define this object. Colour Mode : Sets the mode used to colour the object. If set equal to "Constant" then the "Colour" parameter is used to determine the plot colour. If set equal to "Variable", then the "Colour Variable" parameter is used. Colour : A list of three numbers between 0 and 1, which represent the RGB (Red/Green/Blue) values to be used when colouring the faces of an object by constant colour. Colour Scale : Sets whether to colour the object with a Linear or Logarithmic scale. By default, the colour scale is Linear. CFX-5.6

CCL Objects

Page 475

CFX-5 Reference Guide CFX-Post CCL Details

Colour Variable : The name of the variable to be used in colouring the object. Should be set equal to the name of a currently defined VARIABLE object. Colour Variable Boundary Values : Sets the type of boundary values to be presented for colour variables in this object (Conservative or Hybrid). Range : Sets the method used to calculate the extents of the colour map on an object. "Global" uses the range of values in the problem domain. "Local" uses the range of values on the current object. Min : The minimum value of a variable in the colourmap when using a "User Specified" range. Max : The maximum value of a variable in the colourmap when using a "User Specified" range. Visibility : Toggles the visibility of this graphics object in the viewer. Transparency : Set between 0.0 (fully opaque) and 1.0 (fully transparent) to control the transparency of this graphics object in the viewer. Draw Faces : Toggles the visibility filled faces for this graphics objectin the viewer. Draw Lines : Toggles the visibility of lines around each face of this graphics object. Line Width : Controls the width (in pixels) of lines drawn for this graphics object. Line Colour : A list of three numbers between 0 and 1, which represent the RGB (Red/Green/Blue) values to be used for colouring the lines on a graphics object. Surface Drawing : Sets the algorithm used to shade the faces for this graphics object. Lighting : Toggles the lighting of this graphics object in the viewer. Specular Lighting : Toggles the specular lighting of this object in the viewer. Culling Mode : Controls the face culling of this object in the viewer. Instancing Transform : Defines the TRANSFORM object that is used for the object instancing. Apply Instancing Transform : Toggles the instancing transformation for this graphics object in the viewer.

Page 476

CCL Objects

CFX-5.6

CFX-5 Reference Guide CFX-Post CCL Details

Render Edge Angle : The angle between two faces used to limit visible edges in a wireframe. Internal Parameters Local Variable Ranges : A list of Variable Local Range data in base units. Each element in the list contains: "
BOUNDARY Description Named Object: A locator defined by a boundary condition that exists in the results file. Allowed Parameters Optional Parameters Colour Mode : Sets the mode used to colour the object. If set equal to "Constant" then the "Colour" parameter is used to determine the plot colour. If set equal to "Variable", then the "Colour Variable" parameter is used. Colour : A list of three numbers between 0 and 1, which represent the RGB (Red/Green/Blue) values to be used when colouring the faces of an object by constant colour. Colour Variable : The name of the variable to be used in colouring the object. Should be set equal to the name of a currently defined VARIABLE object. Colour Scale : Sets whether to colour the object with a Linear or Logarithmic scale. By default, the colour scale is Linear. Colour Variable Boundary Values : Sets the type of boundary values to be presented for colour variables in this object (Conservative or Hybrid). Range : Sets the method used to calculate the extents of the colour map on an object. "Global" uses the range of values in the problem domain. "Local" uses the range of values on the current object. Min : The minimum value of a variable in the colourmap when using a "User Specified" range. Max : The maximum value of a variable in the colourmap when using a "User Specified" range. CFX-5.6

CCL Objects

Page 477

CFX-5 Reference Guide CFX-Post CCL Details

Visibility : Toggles the visibility of this graphics object in the viewer. Transparency : Set between 0.0 (fully opaque) and 1.0 (fully transparent) to control the transparency of this graphics object in the viewer. Draw Faces : Toggles the visibility filled faces for this graphics objectin the viewer. Surface Drawing : Sets the algorithm used to shade the faces for this graphics object. Draw Lines : Toggles the visibility of lines around each face of this graphics object. Line Width : Controls the width (in pixels) of lines drawn for this graphics object. Line Colour : A list of three numbers between 0 and 1, which represent the RGB (Red/Green/Blue) values to be used for colouring the lines on a graphics object. Domain List : The list of domains over which to define this object. Lighting : Toggles the lighting of this graphics object in the viewer. Specular Lighting : Toggles the specular lighting of this object in the viewer. Culling Mode : Controls the face culling of this object in the viewer. Instancing Transform : Defines the TRANSFORM object that is used for the object instancing. Apply Instancing Transform : Toggles the instancing transformation for this graphics object in the viewer. Render Edge Angle : The angle between two faces used to limit visible edges in a wireframe. Internal Parameters Solver Name : The name of this object inside the RES file. Boundary Type : Internal parameter tells the type of the boundary. Periodicity Type : Says whether the boundary is periodic in rotation or translation Rotation Axis From : An XYZ triple defining the first point of the rotation axis. Rotation Axis To : An XYZ triple defining the second point of the rotation axis. Rotation Angle : Specifies the rotation angle. Page 478

CCL Objects

CFX-5.6

CFX-5 Reference Guide CFX-Post CCL Details

Translation Vector : Specifies the translation vector. Opposite Boundary List : The boundaries that form the other side of a periodic link Interface Type : Matches the solver CCL parameter, saying what kind of GGI interface this is Local Variable Ranges : A list of Variable Local Range data in base units. Each element in the list contains: "
WIREFRAME Description Named Object: Plots an outline of the domain given by edges between elements with greater than the specified angle. Allowed Parameters Optional Parameters Edge Angle : The angle between two faces used to limit visible edges in a wireframe. Colour : A list of three numbers between 0 and 1, which represent the RGB (Red/Green/Blue) values to be used when colouring the faces of an object by constant colour. Visibility : Toggles the visibility of this graphics object in the viewer. Line Width : Controls the width (in pixels) of lines drawn for this graphics object. Domain List : The list of domains over which to define this object. Instancing Transform : Defines the TRANSFORM object that is used for the object instancing. Apply Instancing Transform : Toggles the instancing transformation for this graphics object in the viewer.

VECTOR Description Named Object: Creates a vector plot on a given list of locators. CFX-5.6

CCL Objects

Page 479

CFX-5 Reference Guide CFX-Post CCL Details

Allowed Parameters Essential Parameters Location List : A comma delimited list of locator names. Variable : The name of the variable used to create the object. Should be set equal to the name of a currently defined VARIABLE object. Optional Parameters Colour Mode : Sets the mode used to colour the object. If set equal to "Constant" then the "Colour" parameter is used to determine the plot colour. If set equal to "Variable", then the "Colour Variable" parameter is used. Colour : A list of three numbers between 0 and 1, which represent the RGB (Red/Green/Blue) values to be used when colouring the faces of an object by constant colour. Colour Variable : The name of the variable to be used in colouring the object. Should be set equal to the name of a currently defined VARIABLE object. Colour Scale : Sets whether to colour the object with a Linear or Logarithmic scale. By default, the colour scale is Linear. Colour Variable Boundary Values : Sets the type of boundary values to be presented for colour variables in this object (Conservative or Hybrid). Variable Boundary Values : Sets the type of boundary values to be presented for variables in this object (Conservative or Hybrid). Range : Sets the method used to calculate the extents of the colour map on an object. "Global" uses the range of values in the problem domain. "Local" uses the range of values on the current object. Min : The minimum value of a variable in the colourmap when using a "User Specified" range. Max : The maximum value of a variable in the colourmap when using a "User Specified" range. Normalized : If set On, all vectors are plotted with the same length (show direction only). Symbol : Name of symbol to be used for the vector plot. Symbol Size : A scaling factor for all symbols in the plot. Projection Type : The vector projection type to be used in creating this plot. Page 480

CCL Objects

CFX-5.6

CFX-5 Reference Guide CFX-Post CCL Details

Visibility : Toggles the visibility of this graphics object in the viewer. Transparency : Set between 0.0 (fully opaque) and 1.0 (fully transparent) to control the transparency of this graphics object in the viewer. Surface Drawing : Sets the algorithm used to shade the faces for this graphics object. Line Width : Controls the width (in pixels) of lines drawn for this graphics object. Domain List : The list of domains over which to define this object. Direction : The direction specification for vector coord frame projection. Reduction Factor : Reduces the number of nodes of a locator to use Surface Sampling : If set On, results are displayed at a subset of points in the plot. Number of Samples : The number of random samples to be taken in the plot. Random Seed : The seed to be used in the sampling of points on the plot. Draw Lines : Toggles the visibility of lines around each face of this graphics object. Draw Faces : Toggles the visibility filled faces for this graphics objectin the viewer. Lighting : Toggles the lighting of this graphics object in the viewer. Specular Lighting : Toggles the specular lighting of this object in the viewer. Culling Mode : Controls the face culling of this object in the viewer. Instancing Transform : Defines the TRANSFORM object that is used for the object instancing. Apply Instancing Transform : Toggles the instancing transformation for this graphics object in the viewer. Internal Parameters Local Variable Ranges : A list of Variable Local Range data in base units. Each element in the list contains: "
CFX-5.6

CCL Objects

Page 481

CFX-5 Reference Guide CFX-Post CCL Details

SYMBOL Description Named Object: An internal object representing a plotting symbol. Allowed Parameters Essential Parameters Symbol Type : The category a symbol falls under. Context Sensitive Settings Context Controlling Parameter: Symbol Type Allowed Context Settings: Arrow2D, Arrow3D, Crosshair, Octahedron, Line Arrow, Arrowhead Symbol Type = Arrow2D Symbol Type = Arrow3D Symbol Type = Crosshair Symbol Type = Octahedron Symbol Type = Line Arrow Symbol Type = Arrowhead

ISOSURFACE Description Named Object: A locator generated by the surface which passes through a constant value of a specified variable. Allowed Parameters Optional Parameters Page 482

CCL Objects

CFX-5.6

CFX-5 Reference Guide CFX-Post CCL Details

Variable : The name of the variable used to create the object. Should be set equal to the name of a currently defined VARIABLE object. Value : The value of the variable at which the isosurface is to be plotted. Variable Boundary Values : Sets the type of boundary values to be presented for variables in this object (Conservative or Hybrid). Colour Mode : Sets the mode used to colour the object. If set equal to "Constant" then the "Colour" parameter is used to determine the plot colour. If set equal to "Variable", then the "Colour Variable" parameter is used. Colour : A list of three numbers between 0 and 1, which represent the RGB (Red/Green/Blue) values to be used when colouring the faces of an object by constant colour. Colour Variable : The name of the variable to be used in colouring the object. Should be set equal to the name of a currently defined VARIABLE object. Colour Variable Boundary Values : Sets the type of boundary values to be presented for colour variables in this object (Conservative or Hybrid). Range : Sets the method used to calculate the extents of the colour map on an object. "Global" uses the range of values in the problem domain. "Local" uses the range of values on the current object. Min : The minimum value of a variable in the colourmap when using a "User Specified" range. Max : The maximum value of a variable in the colourmap when using a "User Specified" range. Visibility : Toggles the visibility of this graphics object in the viewer. Transparency : Set between 0.0 (fully opaque) and 1.0 (fully transparent) to control the transparency of this graphics object in the viewer. Draw Faces : Toggles the visibility filled faces for this graphics objectin the viewer. Surface Drawing : Sets the algorithm used to shade the faces for this graphics object. Draw Lines : Toggles the visibility of lines around each face of this graphics object. Line Width : Controls the width (in pixels) of lines drawn for this graphics object. CFX-5.6

CCL Objects

Page 483

CFX-5 Reference Guide CFX-Post CCL Details

Line Colour : A list of three numbers between 0 and 1, which represent the RGB (Red/Green/Blue) values to be used for colouring the lines on a graphics object. Colour Scale : Sets whether to colour the object with a Linear or Logarithmic scale. By default, the colour scale is Linear. Domain List : The list of domains over which to define this object. Lighting : Toggles the lighting of this graphics object in the viewer. Specular Lighting : Toggles the specular lighting of this object in the viewer. Culling Mode : Controls the face culling of this object in the viewer. Instancing Transform : Defines the TRANSFORM object that is used for the object instancing. Apply Instancing Transform : Toggles the instancing transformation for this graphics object in the viewer. Render Edge Angle : The angle between two faces used to limit visible edges in a wireframe. Internal Parameters Local Variable Ranges : A list of Variable Local Range data in base units. Each element in the list contains: "
USER SURFACE Description Named Object: Allows the user to read an external file while contains elements describing a general 3D surface, with local variable values optionally specified on each node. The surface can interact with CFD data and can be coloured using local variables or domain variables. Allowed Parameters Essential Parameters Option : A generic parameter used to define the context setting for a variety of objects. Optional Parameters

Page 484

CCL Objects

CFX-5.6

CFX-5 Reference Guide CFX-Post CCL Details

Colour Mode : Sets the mode used to colour the object. If set equal to "Constant" then the "Colour" parameter is used to determine the plot colour. If set equal to "Variable", then the "Colour Variable" parameter is used. Colour : A list of three numbers between 0 and 1, which represent the RGB (Red/Green/Blue) values to be used when colouring the faces of an object by constant colour. Colour Variable : The name of the variable to be used in colouring the object. Should be set equal to the name of a currently defined VARIABLE object. Colour Variable Boundary Values : Sets the type of boundary values to be presented for colour variables in this object (Conservative or Hybrid). Range : Sets the method used to calculate the extents of the colour map on an object. "Global" uses the range of values in the problem domain. "Local" uses the range of values on the current object. Min : The minimum value of a variable in the colourmap when using a "User Specified" range. Max : The maximum value of a variable in the colourmap when using a "User Specified" range. Visibility : Toggles the visibility of this graphics object in the viewer. Transparency : Set between 0.0 (fully opaque) and 1.0 (fully transparent) to control the transparency of this graphics object in the viewer. Draw Faces : Toggles the visibility filled faces for this graphics objectin the viewer. Surface Drawing : Sets the algorithm used to shade the faces for this graphics object. Draw Lines : Toggles the visibility of lines around each face of this graphics object. Line Width : Controls the width (in pixels) of lines drawn for this graphics object. Line Colour : A list of three numbers between 0 and 1, which represent the RGB (Red/Green/Blue) values to be used for colouring the lines on a graphics object. Lighting : Toggles the lighting of this graphics object in the viewer. Specular Lighting : Toggles the specular lighting of this object in the viewer. CFX-5.6

CCL Objects

Page 485

CFX-5 Reference Guide CFX-Post CCL Details

Culling Mode : Controls the face culling of this object in the viewer. Instancing Transform : Defines the TRANSFORM object that is used for the object instancing. Apply Instancing Transform : Toggles the instancing transformation for this graphics object in the viewer. Render Edge Angle : The angle between two faces used to limit visible edges in a wireframe. Colour Scale : Sets whether to colour the object with a Linear or Logarithmic scale. By default, the colour scale is Linear. Internal Parameters Local Variable Ranges : A list of Variable Local Range data in base units. Each element in the list contains: "
CCL Objects

CFX-5.6

CFX-5 Reference Guide CFX-Post CCL Details

Contour Level : The contour level specified in a user surface. Option = Transformed Surface Essential Parameters Surface Name : The name of the surface object to offset from. Optional Parameters Apply Scale : Toggles scale in the transformation. Scale Factor : The object scale factor used in the transformation Apply Translation : Toggles translation in the transformation. Translation Vector : Specifies the translation vector. Apply Rotation : Toggles rotation in the transformation. Rotation Angle : Specifies the rotation angle. Rotation Axis Type : Specifies the rotation axis type in the transformation. If it is set to "Principal Axis", Principal Axis parameter setting is used. It it is set to "Rotation Axis", parameters Rotation Axis From and Rotation Axis To are used for the axis definition. Principal Axis : Specifies the principal axis used in instance rotation. Rotation Axis From : An XYZ triple defining the first point of the rotation axis. Rotation Axis To : An XYZ triple defining the second point of the rotation axis. Option = Offset From Surface Essential Parameters Surface Name : The name of the surface object to offset from. Optional Parameters Offset Type : Specifies the offset type (used in Offset From Surface mode). Offset Mode : Specifies the offset mode (used in Offset From Surface mode). Offset Distance : The offset distance (used in Offset From Surface mode). Offset Variable : Specifies the variable to be used for the offset (used in Offset From Surface mode).

CFX-5.6

CCL Objects

Page 487

CFX-5 Reference Guide CFX-Post CCL Details

Offset Direction : Specifies the offset direction vector (used in Offset From Surface mode).

PLANE Description Named Object: A general object to describe a plane through the domain. Slice planes (which can be bounded) and sample planes are supported. Allowed Parameters Essential Parameters Option : A generic parameter used to define the context setting for a variety of objects. Optional Parameters Domain List : The list of domains over which to define this object. Colour Mode : Sets the mode used to colour the object. If set equal to "Constant" then the "Colour" parameter is used to determine the plot colour. If set equal to "Variable", then the "Colour Variable" parameter is used. Colour : A list of three numbers between 0 and 1, which represent the RGB (Red/Green/Blue) values to be used when colouring the faces of an object by constant colour. Colour Variable : The name of the variable to be used in colouring the object. Should be set equal to the name of a currently defined VARIABLE object. Colour Variable Boundary Values : Sets the type of boundary values to be presented for colour variables in this object (Conservative or Hybrid). Range : Sets the method used to calculate the extents of the colour map on an object. "Global" uses the range of values in the problem domain. "Local" uses the range of values on the current object. Min : The minimum value of a variable in the colourmap when using a "User Specified" range. Max : The maximum value of a variable in the colourmap when using a "User Specified" range. Page 488

CCL Objects

CFX-5.6

CFX-5 Reference Guide CFX-Post CCL Details

Colour Scale : Sets whether to colour the object with a Linear or Logarithmic scale. By default, the colour scale is Linear. Visibility : Toggles the visibility of this graphics object in the viewer. Transparency : Set between 0.0 (fully opaque) and 1.0 (fully transparent) to control the transparency of this graphics object in the viewer. Draw Faces : Toggles the visibility filled faces for this graphics objectin the viewer. Surface Drawing : Sets the algorithm used to shade the faces for this graphics object. Draw Lines : Toggles the visibility of lines around each face of this graphics object. Line Width : Controls the width (in pixels) of lines drawn for this graphics object. Line Colour : A list of three numbers between 0 and 1, which represent the RGB (Red/Green/Blue) values to be used for colouring the lines on a graphics object. Plane Bound : Defines plane bounding (Circular, Rectangular, None). Bound Radius : Radius of Circular Plane Bound. Direction 1 Bound : Length of Rectangular Plane Bound. Direction 2 Bound : Width of Rectangular Plane Bound. Direction 1 Orientation : Orientation of Rectangular Plane Bound length. Direction 1 Points : Number of Sample points in direction 1. Direction 2 Points : Number of Sample points in direction 2. Plane Type : Indicates if the plane is a slice or sample plane. Invert Plane Bound : Reverses the plane bounds by selecting region outside plane bound. Lighting : Toggles the lighting of this graphics object in the viewer. Specular Lighting : Toggles the specular lighting of this object in the viewer. Culling Mode : Controls the face culling of this object in the viewer. Instancing Transform : Defines the TRANSFORM object that is used for the object instancing.

CFX-5.6

CCL Objects

Page 489

CFX-5 Reference Guide CFX-Post CCL Details

Apply Instancing Transform : Toggles the instancing transformation for this graphics object in the viewer. Render Edge Angle : The angle between two faces used to limit visible edges in a wireframe. Internal Parameters Local Variable Ranges : A list of Variable Local Range data in base units. Each element in the list contains: "
CCL Objects

CFX-5.6

CFX-5 Reference Guide CFX-Post CCL Details

CLIP PLANE Description Named Object: Defines a plane that can be used to clip graphics in the viewer. Allowed Parameters Essential Parameters Option : A generic parameter used to define the context setting for a variety of objects. Optional Parameters Flip Normal : If this parameter is set to true, the normal of the clip plane will be flipped, effectively inverting the clipping region. Context Sensitive Settings Context Controlling Parameter: Option Allowed Context Settings: XY Plane, YZ Plane, ZX Plane, Point and Normal, Three Points, From Slice Plane Option = YZ Plane Optional Parameters X : The X coordinate value for the location of this object. Option = ZX Plane Optional Parameters Y : The Y coordinate value for the location of this object. Option = XY Plane Optional Parameters Z : The Z coordinate value for the location of this object. Option = Point and Normal Optional Parameters Point : An XYZ triple which defines a point in space. CFX-5.6

CCL Objects

Page 491

CFX-5 Reference Guide CFX-Post CCL Details

Normal : An XYZ triple describing the normal vector. Option = Three Points Optional Parameters Point 1 : An XYZ triple defining the first point for this object. Point 2 : An XYZ triple defining the second point for this object. Point 3 : An XYZ triple defining the third point for this object. Option = From Slice Plane Optional Parameters Slice Plane : Specifies the name of the PLANE object to use for the clip plane definition.

VOLUME Description Named Object: An object that contains a subset of the volume elements of the domains it is defined on. Options are provided to specify how that subset is defined. Allowed Parameters Essential Parameters Option : A generic parameter used to define the context setting for a variety of objects. Optional Parameters Domain List : The list of domains over which to define this object. Element Type List : The element type(s) to include in the volume (Tet, Pyramid, Wedge, Hex). If left blank, all types are included. Colour Mode : Sets the mode used to colour the object. If set equal to "Constant" then the "Colour" parameter is used to determine the plot colour. If set equal to "Variable", then the "Colour Variable" parameter is used. Colour : A list of three numbers between 0 and 1, which represent the RGB (Red/Green/Blue) values to be used when colouring the faces of an object by constant colour. Page 492

CCL Objects

CFX-5.6

CFX-5 Reference Guide CFX-Post CCL Details

Colour Scale : Sets whether to colour the object with a Linear or Logarithmic scale. By default, the colour scale is Linear. Colour Variable : The name of the variable to be used in colouring the object. Should be set equal to the name of a currently defined VARIABLE object. Colour Variable Boundary Values : Sets the type of boundary values to be presented for colour variables in this object (Conservative or Hybrid). Range : Sets the method used to calculate the extents of the colour map on an object. "Global" uses the range of values in the problem domain. "Local" uses the range of values on the current object. Min : The minimum value of a variable in the colourmap when using a "User Specified" range. Max : The maximum value of a variable in the colourmap when using a "User Specified" range. Visibility : Toggles the visibility of this graphics object in the viewer. Transparency : Set between 0.0 (fully opaque) and 1.0 (fully transparent) to control the transparency of this graphics object in the viewer. Draw Faces : Toggles the visibility filled faces for this graphics objectin the viewer. Draw Lines : Toggles the visibility of lines around each face of this graphics object. Line Width : Controls the width (in pixels) of lines drawn for this graphics object. Line Colour : A list of three numbers between 0 and 1, which represent the RGB (Red/Green/Blue) values to be used for colouring the lines on a graphics object. Surface Drawing : Sets the algorithm used to shade the faces for this graphics object. Lighting : Toggles the lighting of this graphics object in the viewer. Specular Lighting : Toggles the specular lighting of this object in the viewer. Culling Mode : Controls the face culling of this object in the viewer. Inclusive : If this parameter set to true, then the volume for above or below intersection includes intersections .

CFX-5.6

CCL Objects

Page 493

CFX-5 Reference Guide CFX-Post CCL Details

Instancing Transform : Defines the TRANSFORM object that is used for the object instancing. Apply Instancing Transform : Toggles the instancing transformation for this graphics object in the viewer. Render Edge Angle : The angle between two faces used to limit visible edges in a wireframe. Internal Parameters Local Variable Ranges : A list of Variable Local Range data in base units. Each element in the list contains: "
CCL Objects

CFX-5.6

CFX-5 Reference Guide CFX-Post CCL Details

Value 2 : The value of the variable at which the isovolume is to be plotted it is used when the isovolume mode is between values.

LINE Description Named Object: Defines a line object. Allowed Parameters Essential Parameters Option : A generic parameter used to define the context setting for a variety of objects. Optional Parameters Domain List : The list of domains over which to define this object. Colour Mode : Sets the mode used to colour the object. If set equal to "Constant" then the "Colour" parameter is used to determine the plot colour. If set equal to "Variable", then the "Colour Variable" parameter is used. Colour : A list of three numbers between 0 and 1, which represent the RGB (Red/Green/Blue) values to be used when colouring the faces of an object by constant colour. Colour Variable : The name of the variable to be used in colouring the object. Should be set equal to the name of a currently defined VARIABLE object. Colour Variable Boundary Values : Sets the type of boundary values to be presented for colour variables in this object (Conservative or Hybrid). Visibility : Toggles the visibility of this graphics object in the viewer. Line Width : Controls the width (in pixels) of lines drawn for this graphics object. Range : Sets the method used to calculate the extents of the colour map on an object. "Global" uses the range of values in the problem domain. "Local" uses the range of values on the current object. Min : The minimum value of a variable in the colourmap when using a "User Specified" range.

CFX-5.6

CCL Objects

Page 495

CFX-5 Reference Guide CFX-Post CCL Details

Max : The maximum value of a variable in the colourmap when using a "User Specified" range. Line Type : Indicates if the line is a cut or sample line. Line Samples : Number of points in the sample line. Draw Lines : Toggles the visibility of lines around each face of this graphics object. Instancing Transform : Defines the TRANSFORM object that is used for the object instancing. Apply Instancing Transform : Toggles the instancing transformation for this graphics object in the viewer. Colour Scale : Sets whether to colour the object with a Linear or Logarithmic scale. By default, the colour scale is Linear. Internal Parameters Local Variable Ranges : A list of Variable Local Range data in base units. Each element in the list contains: "
CONTOUR Description Named Object: Creates a contour plot on a given list of locators. Allowed Parameters Essential Parameters Location List : A comma delimited list of locator names.

Page 496

CCL Objects

CFX-5.6

CFX-5 Reference Guide CFX-Post CCL Details

Colour Variable : The name of the variable to be used in colouring the object. Should be set equal to the name of a currently defined VARIABLE object. Optional Parameters Domain List : The list of domains over which to define this object. Number of Contours : Specifies number of contour lines in a contour plot. Clip Contour : Enables/disables clipping in a contour plot. Colour Scale : Sets whether to colour the object with a Linear or Logarithmic scale. By default, the colour scale is Linear. Colour Variable Boundary Values : Sets the type of boundary values to be presented for colour variables in this object (Conservative or Hybrid). Contour Range : Sets the method used to calculate a contour plot."Global" uses the range of variable values in the problem domain. "Local" uses the range of values on the specified list of objects. "User Specified" uses Min and Max parameter value. "Value List" plots contours on the values specified in Value List parameter. Min : The minimum value of a variable in the colourmap when using a "User Specified" range. Max : The maximum value of a variable in the colourmap when using a "User Specified" range. Value List : Specifies a list of variable values for a contour plot. In order for this list to be used, Contour Range has to be set to "Value List". Visibility : Toggles the visibility of this graphics object in the viewer. Transparency : Set between 0.0 (fully opaque) and 1.0 (fully transparent) to control the transparency of this graphics object in the viewer. Surface Drawing : Sets the algorithm used to shade the faces for this graphics object. Line Width : Controls the width (in pixels) of lines drawn for this graphics object. Constant Contour Colour : If set to On, then the "Line Colour" parameter is used to determine the contour colour. Otherwise, the contour is coloured by the contour variable.

CFX-5.6

CCL Objects

Page 497

CFX-5 Reference Guide CFX-Post CCL Details

Line Colour : A list of three numbers between 0 and 1, which represent the RGB (Red/Green/Blue) values to be used for colouring the lines on a graphics object. Lighting : Toggles the lighting of this graphics object in the viewer. Show Numbers : Toggles contour numbering. Draw Contours : Enables/disables drawing of the contour lines. Fringe Fill : If set to On, the space between contours in a contour plot is filled with fringe bands. Instancing Transform : Defines the TRANSFORM object that is used for the object instancing. Specular Lighting : Toggles the specular lighting of this object in the viewer. Culling Mode : Controls the face culling of this object in the viewer. Apply Instancing Transform : Toggles the instancing transformation for this graphics object in the viewer. Text Height : The height an item of text should be, proportional to the screen. Font : The font name for an item of text. Text Colour : A list of three numbers between 0 and 1, which represent the RGB (Red/Green/Blue) values to be used when colouring the text. Internal Parameters Local Variable Ranges : A list of Variable Local Range data in base units. Each element in the list contains: "
SURFACE GROUP Description Named Object: Creates a group of surface plot on a given list of locators. Allowed Parameters Essential Parameters Location List : A comma delimited list of locator names. Optional Parameters Page 498

CCL Objects

CFX-5.6

CFX-5 Reference Guide CFX-Post CCL Details

Domain List : The list of domains over which to define this object. Colour Scale : Sets whether to colour the object with a Linear or Logarithmic scale. By default, the colour scale is Linear. Colour Mode : Sets the mode used to colour the object. If set equal to "Constant" then the "Colour" parameter is used to determine the plot colour. If set equal to "Variable", then the "Colour Variable" parameter is used. Colour : A list of three numbers between 0 and 1, which represent the RGB (Red/Green/Blue) values to be used when colouring the faces of an object by constant colour. Colour Variable : The name of the variable to be used in colouring the object. Should be set equal to the name of a currently defined VARIABLE object. Colour Variable Boundary Values : Sets the type of boundary values to be presented for colour variables in this object (Conservative or Hybrid). Range : Sets the method used to calculate the extents of the colour map on an object. "Global" uses the range of values in the problem domain. "Local" uses the range of values on the current object. Min : The minimum value of a variable in the colourmap when using a "User Specified" range. Max : The maximum value of a variable in the colourmap when using a "User Specified" range. Object State : Indicates the colour state of item. Visibility : Toggles the visibility of this graphics object in the viewer. Transparency : Set between 0.0 (fully opaque) and 1.0 (fully transparent) to control the transparency of this graphics object in the viewer. Draw Faces : Toggles the visibility filled faces for this graphics objectin the viewer. Surface Drawing : Sets the algorithm used to shade the faces for this graphics object. Draw Lines : Toggles the visibility of lines around each face of this graphics object. Line Width : Controls the width (in pixels) of lines drawn for this graphics object.

CFX-5.6

CCL Objects

Page 499

CFX-5 Reference Guide CFX-Post CCL Details

Line Colour : A list of three numbers between 0 and 1, which represent the RGB (Red/Green/Blue) values to be used for colouring the lines on a graphics object. Domain List : The list of domains over which to define this object. Lighting : Toggles the lighting of this graphics object in the viewer. Specular Lighting : Toggles the specular lighting of this object in the viewer. Culling Mode : Controls the face culling of this object in the viewer. Instancing Transform : Defines the TRANSFORM object that is used for the object instancing. Apply Instancing Transform : Toggles the instancing transformation for this graphics object in the viewer. Render Edge Angle : The angle between two faces used to limit visible edges in a wireframe. Internal Parameters Local Variable Ranges : A list of Variable Local Range data in base units. Each element in the list contains: "
HARDCOPY Description Singleton Object: This object contains the settings used to control the creation of hardcopy output from the viewer. It is used by the "print" action. Allowed Parameters Essential Parameters Hardcopy Format : Sets the format of hardcopy output from "print". Optional Parameters Hardcopy Filename : Sets the file name for the output from "print". Hardcopy Tolerance : A non-dimensional tolerance used in facesorting when generating hardcopy output. Higher values will result in faster printing times, but may cause defects in the resulting output.

Page 500

CCL Objects

CFX-5.6

CFX-5 Reference Guide CFX-Post CCL Details

Context Sensitive Settings Context Controlling Parameter: Hardcopy Format Allowed Context Settings: ps, eps, jpg, ppm, bmp, png, vrml Hardcopy Format = ps Optional Parameters Paper Size : Scales hardcopy output to the specified paper size. Print Quality : Controls quality vs. speed of hardcopy output. Paper Orientation : Sets the rotation of the image on the printed page. White Background : Toggles if hardcopy output is produced on a white or black background. Print Line Width : The width of lines in hardcopy output. Increasing this value may give better results on high-resolution printers. Hardcopy Format = eps Optional Parameters Paper Size : Scales hardcopy output to the specified paper size. Print Quality : Controls quality vs. speed of hardcopy output. Paper Orientation : Sets the rotation of the image on the printed page. White Background : Toggles if hardcopy output is produced on a white or black background. Print Line Width : The width of lines in hardcopy output. Increasing this value may give better results on high-resolution printers. Hardcopy Format = bmp Optional Parameters Print Quality : Controls quality vs. speed of hardcopy output. White Background : Toggles if hardcopy output is produced on a white or black background. Use Screen Size : When set to On, the current screen size is used as the image size Image Width : The image width (used when Use Screen Size is set to Off) Image Height : The image height (used when Use Screen Size is set to Off) CFX-5.6

CCL Objects

Page 501

CFX-5 Reference Guide CFX-Post CCL Details

Image Scale : Scales the size of bitmap images to a fraction (in percent) of the current viewer window size. Print Line Width : The width of lines in hardcopy output. Increasing this value may give better results on high-resolution printers. Screen Capture : Enables the screen capture mode for producing image output. Hardcopy Format = jpg Optional Parameters Print Quality : Controls quality vs. speed of hardcopy output. White Background : Toggles if hardcopy output is produced on a white or black background. Use Screen Size : When set to On, the current screen size is used as the image size Image Width : The image width (used when Use Screen Size is set to Off) Image Height : The image height (used when Use Screen Size is set to Off) Image Scale : Scales the size of bitmap images to a fraction (in percent) of the current viewer window size. Print Line Width : The width of lines in hardcopy output. Increasing this value may give better results on high-resolution printers. Screen Capture : Enables the screen capture mode for producing image output. JPEG Image Quality : The quality factor for jpeg image output. Higher values results in clearer, but larger, files. Hardcopy Format = png Optional Parameters Print Quality : Controls quality vs. speed of hardcopy output. White Background : Toggles if hardcopy output is produced on a white or black background. Use Screen Size : When set to On, the current screen size is used as the image size Image Width : The image width (used when Use Screen Size is set to Off) Page 502

CCL Objects

CFX-5.6

CFX-5 Reference Guide CFX-Post CCL Details

Image Height : The image height (used when Use Screen Size is set to Off) Image Scale : Scales the size of bitmap images to a fraction (in percent) of the current viewer window size. Print Line Width : The width of lines in hardcopy output. Increasing this value may give better results on high-resolution printers. Screen Capture : Enables the screen capture mode for producing image output. Hardcopy Format = ppm Optional Parameters Print Quality : Controls quality vs. speed of hardcopy output. White Background : Toggles if hardcopy output is produced on a white or black background. Use Screen Size : When set to On, the current screen size is used as the image size Image Width : The image width (used when Use Screen Size is set to Off) Image Height : The image height (used when Use Screen Size is set to Off) Image Scale : Scales the size of bitmap images to a fraction (in percent) of the current viewer window size. Print Line Width : The width of lines in hardcopy output. Increasing this value may give better results on high-resolution printers. Screen Capture : Enables the screen capture mode for producing image output.

DATA READER Description Singleton Object: This object contains the settings used to read results files into the post-processor. It is used by the "load" action. Allowed Parameters Essential Parameters CFX-5.6

CCL Objects

Page 503

CFX-5 Reference Guide CFX-Post CCL Details

Current Results File : The name of the results file to be read into the post-processor. Optional Parameters Current Timestep : The timestep to be used when reading a transient results file. Current Timevalue : The time value to be used when reading a transient results file. Temporary Directory : The path to a temporary working directory which CFX-Post can use for placing temporary files. This directory does not have to exist between runs of CFX-Post, and the contents will be deleted when Post shuts down. Force File Reload : Parameter indicating whether or not to force a reload of the file even if the filename is the same as that currently loaded. Clear All Objects : Parameter indicating whether or not to remove all objects in the system before loading the new res file. Keep Camera Position : Parameter indicating whether or not to reset the camera position after loading the new res file. File Length Units : Length units read from the file. File Mass Units : Mass units read from the file. File Time Units : Time units read from the file. File Temperature Units : Temperature units read from the file. File Angle Units : Angle units read from the file. File Light Units : Light units read from the file. File Money Units : Money units read from the file. File Current Units : Current units read from the file. File Solid Angle Units : Solid Angle units read from the file. File Chemical Amount Units : Chemical Amount units read from the file. Convert to CFX5 Variable Names : If this parameter is enabled, variable names in non-CFX5 files will be converted to CFX5 names during load. Calculate Global Ranges : If this parameter is enabled, variable ranges in non-CFX5 files will be calculated during load. Internal Parameters Page 504

CCL Objects

CFX-5.6

CFX-5 Reference Guide CFX-Post CCL Details

Current File Type : The type of the results file to be read into the postprocessor. This is an internal parameter. Current Results File Version : The version of the current results file. Particle Track Material List : A list of Particle Track Materials that exist in the RES file. This parameter is empty if no Particle Tracks exist. Expression List : A list of Expressions that were loaded with the res file.These expressions must be deleted when a new RES file is loaded. File Is Turbo : Parameter indicating whether it is a turbo problem Timestep List : A list of all the timesteps that exist for the loaded file. Current Case Name : Internal CFX-Post name for the currently analysed problem.

EXPORT Description Singleton Object: Holds parameters which control the export of data to an external text file. Allowed Parameters Essential Parameters Export File : The filename to which the exported data will be written. Optional Parameters Location List : A comma delimited list of locator names. Variable List : A comma delimited list of variables whose data is to be exported. Include Header : Indicates whether a pre-defined header is appended to the top of the export file, using " Null Token : The string that should be used in the export file if no data exists for a variable at a node. Overwrite : Indicates whether, if the specified filename exists, the file should be overwritten with the new data. Precision : Indicates the number of decimal points of precision to display the exported data to. Vector Display : Indicates the way that vector variables are to be displayed. Choices are: Components | Scalar. CFX-5.6

CCL Objects

Page 505

CFX-5 Reference Guide CFX-Post CCL Details

Separator : Indicates the string to use between each variable. The string must be delimited by quotation marks. Vector Brackets : Indicates the kind of brackets to use around vector data when displayed as components. Any two character combination is valid, where the first character will be used as the open-bracket, and the second as the close-bracket. If "-" is specified (no quotes), no brackets will be displayed.

SESSION Description Singleton Object: Stores parameters used by the readsession command. Allowed Parameters Essential Parameters Session Filename : The name of the session file to which session data will be saved. Optional Parameters Write Session Mode : This parameter indicates whether the session file should be overwritten or appended to if it exists.

STATE Description Singleton Object: Stores parameters used by the readstate and savestate commands. Allowed Parameters Essential Parameters State Filename : The name of the state file to which state data will be saved. Optional Parameters Read State Mode : This parameter indicates whether the current system state information should be overwritten or appended to. Page 506

CCL Objects

CFX-5.6

CFX-5 Reference Guide CFX-Post CCL Details

Save State Mode : This parameter indicates whether the state file should be overwritten if it exists. Load Data : This parameter indicates whether to load the results file or not if a DATA READER object exists in the STATE File for a READSTATE action. Save State Objects : A list of objects to save to the state file. If this list is empty, then all user created objects will be saved.

VIEWPORT MANAGER Description Singleton Object: This object stores the parameters that control the global viewport controls. Allowed Parameters Optional Parameters Viewport Layout : Specifies the layout of viewports. Viewport List : Specifies the list of viewports to be used in the layout. X Split : The normalised location of the vertical viewport splitter. Y Split : The normalised location of the horizontal viewport splitter. Background Colour : Defines the R, G and B values for the viewer background colour.

VIEWPORT Description Named Object: This object stores the viewport settings. Allowed Parameters Optional Parameters Camera Mode : Defines the current viewer camera mode. It can be either Standard (specified by Standard View parameter) or User Specified, in which case a CAMERA object has to be defined and specified in User Camera parameter. CFX-5.6

CCL Objects

Page 507

CFX-5 Reference Guide CFX-Post CCL Details

User Camera : Defines the CAMERA object that is used to set up the camera view in the viewer (Note that Camera Mode has to be set to User Specified for this parameter to have effect). Standard View : Defines one of the standard views in the viewer (Note that Camera Mode has to be set to Standard for this parameter to have effect). Projection : Defines the current projection mode in the viewer. It can be either Perspective or Orthographic. Axis Visibility : Toggles the axis visibility in the viewer. Border Visibility : Toggles the viewport border visibility in the viewer. Light Angle : Defines the viewer light angles in degrees. The first angle goes from left (0) to right (180), and the second goes from up (0) to down (180). Clip Scene : Toggles the scene clipping plane in the viewer. Clip Plane : Defines the CLIP PLANE object that is used for scene clipping. Object Type List : Specifies the list of object types to show in this viewport. If left empty (and Object Name List is empty too), all object types are shown. Draw All Objects : If enabled, all visible objects are drawn in this viewport Object Name List : Specifies the list of objects to show in this viewport. If left empty, all objects are shown. Object Name Exclusion List : Specifies the list of objects NOT to show in this viewport. If left empty (and Object Name List is empty too), all object types are shown. Object Type Exclusion List : Specifies the list of object types NOT to show in this viewport. If left empty (and Object Name List is empty too), all object types are shown. Coord Transform : Specifies the coordinate transformation to apply to all objects shown in this viewport. Maximize Viewport : If set to true, this viewport will be maximised to fill up the screen, regardless of the viewport layout. Highlight Type : Indicates whether to highlight an object with a bounding box or to use a wireframe of the object.

Page 508

CCL Objects

CFX-5.6

CFX-5 Reference Guide CFX-Post CCL Details

VIEWER Description Singleton Object: This object stores the viewport settings. Allowed Parameters Optional Parameters Camera Mode : Defines the current viewer camera mode. It can be either Standard (specified by Standard View parameter) or User Specified, in which case a CAMERA object has to be defined and specified in User Camera parameter. User Camera : Defines the CAMERA object that is used to set up the camera view in the viewer (Note that Camera Mode has to be set to User Specified for this parameter to have effect). Standard View : Defines one of the standard views in the viewer (Note that Camera Mode has to be set to Standard for this parameter to have effect). Background Colour : Defines the R, G and B values for the viewer background colour. Projection : Defines the current projection mode in the viewer. It can be either Perspective or Orthographic. Axis Visibility : Toggles the axis visibility in the viewer. Border Visibility : Toggles the viewport border visibility in the viewer. Light Angle : Defines the viewer light angles in degrees. The first angle goes from left (0) to right (180), and the second goes from up (0) to down (180). Clip Scene : Toggles the scene clipping plane in the viewer. Clip Plane : Defines the CLIP PLANE object that is used for scene clipping. Object Type List : Specifies the list of object types to show in this viewport. If left empty (and Object Name List is empty too), all object types are shown. Draw All Objects : If enabled, all visible objects are drawn in this viewport Object Name List : Specifies the list of objects to show in this viewport. If left empty, all objects are shown. CFX-5.6

CCL Objects

Page 509

CFX-5 Reference Guide CFX-Post CCL Details

Object Name Exclusion List : Specifies the list of objects NOT to show in this viewport. If left empty (and Object Name List is empty too), all object types are shown. Object Type Exclusion List : Specifies the list of object types NOT to show in this viewport. If left empty (and Object Name List is empty too), all object types are shown. Coord Transform : Specifies the coordinate transformation to apply to all objects shown in this viewport. Maximize Viewport : If set to true, this viewport will be maximised to fill up the screen, regardless of the viewport layout. Highlight Type : Indicates whether to highlight an object with a bounding box or to use a wireframe of the object.

VECTOR VARIABLE Description Named Object: A object used to reference the data associated with a vector quantity in the results file. Allowed Parameters Optional Parameters Boundary Values : Sets the type of boundary values to be presented for this variable (Conservative or Hybrid). User Units : Specifies the preferred units to display this variable in if different from the default units setting. To use the default units, this parameter must be empty (blank). Internal Parameters VarMin : The global minimum value from this variable as read from the RES file. VarMax : The global maximum value from this variable as read from the RES file. HybridMin : The global hybrid minimum value from this variable as read from the RES file. HybridMax : The global hybrid maximum value from this variable as read from the RES file.

Page 510

CCL Objects

CFX-5.6

CFX-5 Reference Guide CFX-Post CCL Details

Boundary Only : Parameter indicating whether or not the particular variable has only values on the boundary. Variable Dimensions : The dimensions of the variable as read from the results file. Base Units : The base units of a variable. Has Hybrid Values : Internal parameter specifying whether a variable can load Hybrid Values on boundary nodes. User Level : Specifies the user level of the variable. Quantity Type : Specifies the Quantity Type of the variable. Related Object : Specifies the Object that this variable is related to. This is only applicable for Variables that are defined as Local to a specific geometry. Variable Is Turbo : Parameter indicating whether it is a turbo variable

SCALAR VARIABLE Description Named Object: A object used to reference the data associated with a scalar quantity in the results file. Allowed Parameters Optional Parameters Boundary Values : Sets the type of boundary values to be presented for this variable (Conservative or Hybrid). User Units : Specifies the preferred units to display this variable in if different from the default units setting. To use the default units, this parameter must be empty (blank). Internal Parameters VarMin : The global minimum value from this variable as read from the RES file. VarMax : The global maximum value from this variable as read from the RES file. HybridMin : The global hybrid minimum value from this variable as read from the RES file.

CFX-5.6

CCL Objects

Page 511

CFX-5 Reference Guide CFX-Post CCL Details

HybridMax : The global hybrid maximum value from this variable as read from the RES file. Boundary Only : Parameter indicating whether or not the particular variable has only values on the boundary. Variable Dimensions : The dimensions of the variable as read from the results file. Base Units : The base units of a variable. Variable : The name of the variable used to create the object. Should be set equal to the name of a currently defined VARIABLE object. Component Index : Specifies vector component to be used for the variable. Recipe : Contains instructions on how to build a value list for the variable. Has Hybrid Values : Internal parameter specifying whether a variable can load Hybrid Values on boundary nodes. User Level : Specifies the user level of the variable. Quantity Type : Specifies the Quantity Type of the variable. Related Object : Specifies the Object that this variable is related to. This is only applicable for Variables that are defined as Local to a specific geometry. Variable Is Turbo : Parameter indicating whether it is a turbo variable Context Sensitive Settings Context Controlling Parameter: Recipe Allowed Context Settings: Standard, Vector Component Recipe = Standard Optional Parameters Boundary Values : Sets the type of boundary values to be presented for this variable (Conservative or Hybrid).

Page 512

CCL Objects

CFX-5.6

CFX-5 Reference Guide CFX-Post CCL Details

Recipe = Vector Component

USER SCALAR VARIABLE Description Named Object: A object used to reference user-defined data. Allowed Parameters Optional Parameters Boundary Values : Sets the type of boundary values to be presented for this variable (Conservative or Hybrid). User Units : Specifies the preferred units to display this variable in if different from the default units setting. To use the default units, this parameter must be empty (blank). Recipe : Contains instructions on how to build a value list for the variable. Internal Parameters VarMin : The global minimum value from this variable as read from the RES file. VarMax : The global maximum value from this variable as read from the RES file. HybridMin : The global hybrid minimum value from this variable as read from the RES file. HybridMax : The global hybrid maximum value from this variable as read from the RES file. Variable Dimensions : The dimensions of the variable as read from the results file. Base Units : The base units of a variable. Has Hybrid Values : Internal parameter specifying whether a variable can load Hybrid Values on boundary nodes. Quantity Type : Specifies the Quantity Type of the variable. Variable Is Turbo : Parameter indicating whether it is a turbo variable

CFX-5.6

CCL Objects

Page 513

CFX-5 Reference Guide CFX-Post CCL Details

Context Sensitive Settings Context Controlling Parameter: Recipe Allowed Context Settings: Expression Recipe = Expression Essential Parameters Expression : A CFX Expression Language expression.

CEL Description Singleton Object: Allowed Sub-Objects Optional Sub-Objects EXPRESSIONS : This object holds the definitions of all CEL expressions in the post-processor. EXPRESSIONS : This object holds the definitions of all CEL expressions in the post-processor.

EXPRESSIONS Description Singleton Object: This object holds the definitions of all CEL expressions in the post-processor.

ANIMATION Description Singleton Object: Defines a Keyframe animation sequence. A list of KEYFRAME objects indicate the states between which to interpolate.

Page 514

CCL Objects

CFX-5.6

CFX-5 Reference Guide CFX-Post CCL Details

Allowed Parameters Optional Parameters Animation Name : The name of this animation. Animation Filename : The name of the file to save this animation to. Keyframe List : An ordered list of keyframe names to be used for this animation. Looping : Indicates the type of looping to perform for the animation. Looping Cycles : Indicates the number of cycles that the Animation loop should complete before stopping automatically. A value of -1 will repeat the cycles forever. Timestep Interpolation Method : Indicates what timestep information to interpolate if timesteps are to be animated. Frame Increment : The number of frames to increment the frame counter by when incrementing to go to the next frame. Animate Camera : Indicates whether to animate the camera (flythrough)along with the other objects, or leave the camera at the current position. Save Hardcopy : Boolean indicating whether to save the current animation to a file, as it progresses. A filename needs to be specified. Animation Hardcopy Filename : The path of the file to save a hardcopy to. Animation Frame Pattern : The MPEG frame type pattern. This must be a list of B, P and I characters. If any of the characters are not B, P or I, then the default value will be used. I ("intra-frame") encoded frames are complete frames (i.e. contain all the data to completely render themselves). P ("predicted") encoded frames use data from previous frames to render themselves. B ("bi-directional") frames use data from previous and following frames to render themselves. Animation Bit Rate : The number of Bits per Second maximum rate. Variable Bit Rate : Boolean indicating whether to apply the specified Bit Rate. If this parameter is "false", then a specified Bit Rate will not be sent to the encoder which will then use a variable bit rate. Intermediate File Format : The format in which to save intermediate files when generating animation MPEGs. Keep Intermediate Files : Boolean indicating whether or not CFXPost should delete the intermediate files after the MPEG generation is complete. CFX-5.6

CCL Objects

Page 515

CFX-5 Reference Guide CFX-Post CCL Details

Animation Frame Rate : The Frame Rate at which to generate the Animation MPEG. Use Screen MPEG Size : When set to On, the current screen size is used as the MPEG size MPEG Width : The image width (used when Use Screen MPEG Size is set to Off) MPEG Height : The image height (used when Use Screen MPEG Size is set to Off) MPEG Scale : The amount to scale the viewer image for the Animation MPEG output. White Background : Toggles if hardcopy output is produced on a white or black background. Screen Capture : Enables the screen capture mode for producing image output. Internal Parameters Current Frame : The current frame that is displayed or calculated. This is useful to determine where in the animation you are when stepping through the frames. This is an internal parameter for status display purposes only. Playback Status : This parameter indicates whether the animation is stopped or playing forward or backward. This is an internal parameter for status display purposes only.

KEYFRAME Description Named Object: Defines a specific keyframe for an animation sequence. The actual system state is stored in a file referenced by the "Keyframe Filename" parameter. Allowed Parameters Optional Parameters Keyframe Name : A string containing the name of the keyframe to display to the user. Number Of Frames : The number of frames in the animation to insert between this keyframe and the next. Page 516

CCL Objects

CFX-5.6

CFX-5 Reference Guide CFX-Post CCL Details

Keyframe Filename : A string containing the name of the state file associated with this keyframe.

GROUP Description Named Object: Allows a group of multiple objects to behave as a single object. Currently only used internally and does not work for graphics, etc. Allowed Parameters Essential Parameters Member List : A list of objects included in the group.

DEFAULT INSTANCE TRANSFORM Description Named Object: Specifies the default instance transformation. Allowed Parameters Optional Parameters Instancing Info From Domain : logical parameter indicating if instancing info should come from each domain for a geometric object. Apply Reflection : Toggles reflection in the transformation. Apply Translation : Toggles translation in the transformation. Apply Rotation : Toggles rotation in the transformation. Reflection Plane : Specifies the REFLECTION PLANE object to use in a transformation. Rotation Axis Type : Specifies the rotation axis type in the transformation. If it is set to "Principal Axis", Principal Axis parameter setting is used. It it is set to "Rotation Axis", parameters Rotation Axis From and Rotation Axis To are used for the axis definition. Principal Axis : Specifies the principal axis used in instance rotation.

CFX-5.6

CCL Objects

Page 517

CFX-5 Reference Guide CFX-Post CCL Details

Rotation Axis From : An XYZ triple defining the first point of the rotation axis. Rotation Axis To : An XYZ triple defining the second point of the rotation axis. Full Circle : If set to On, the instances are placed uniformly about the instance rotation axis. Note that the Number of Copies has to be greater than two when this option is used. Angle Definition Method : Specifies angle definition method. If it is set to "Value", parameter Rotation Angle value will be used for angular instancing. If it is set to "Instances in 360", parameter "Number of Components in 360" will be used. Rotation Angle : Specifies the rotation angle. Number of Components in 360 : Number of Components in 360 degrees Translation Vector : Specifies the translation vector. Number of Copies : Specifies the number of transformed copies.

INSTANCE TRANSFORM Description Named Object: Specifies an instance transformation that can consist of a rotation, a translation, a reflection and a number of copies of the original object to produce. Note that applying reflection duplicates the number of copies. Allowed Parameters Optional Parameters Instancing Info From Domain : logical parameter indicating if instancing info should come from each domain for a geometric object. Apply Reflection : Toggles reflection in the transformation. Apply Translation : Toggles translation in the transformation. Apply Rotation : Toggles rotation in the transformation. Reflection Plane : Specifies the REFLECTION PLANE object to use in a transformation.

Page 518

CCL Objects

CFX-5.6

CFX-5 Reference Guide CFX-Post CCL Details

Rotation Axis Type : Specifies the rotation axis type in the transformation. If it is set to "Principal Axis", Principal Axis parameter setting is used. It it is set to "Rotation Axis", parameters Rotation Axis From and Rotation Axis To are used for the axis definition. Principal Axis : Specifies the principal axis used in instance rotation. Rotation Axis From : An XYZ triple defining the first point of the rotation axis. Rotation Axis To : An XYZ triple defining the second point of the rotation axis. Full Circle : If set to On, the instances are placed uniformly about the instance rotation axis. Note that the Number of Copies has to be greater than two when this option is used. Angle Definition Method : Specifies angle definition method. If it is set to "Value", parameter Rotation Angle value will be used for angular instancing. If it is set to "Instances in 360", parameter "Number of Components in 360" will be used. Rotation Angle : Specifies the rotation angle. Number of Components in 360 : Number of Components in 360 degrees Translation Vector : Specifies the translation vector. Number of Copies : Specifies the number of transformed copies.

REFLECTION PLANE Description Named Object: This is a sub-object used for the reflection plane definition in TRANSFORM object. Allowed Parameters Essential Parameters Option : A generic parameter used to define the context setting for a variety of objects. Context Sensitive Settings Context Controlling Parameter: Option CFX-5.6

CCL Objects

Page 519

CFX-5 Reference Guide CFX-Post CCL Details

Allowed Context Settings: XY Plane, YZ Plane, ZX Plane, Point and Normal, Three Points Option = YZ Plane Optional Parameters X : The X coordinate value for the location of this object. Option = ZX Plane Optional Parameters Y : The Y coordinate value for the location of this object. Option = XY Plane Optional Parameters Z : The Z coordinate value for the location of this object. Option = Point and Normal Optional Parameters Point : An XYZ triple which defines a point in space. Normal : An XYZ triple describing the normal vector. Option = Three Points Optional Parameters Point 1 : An XYZ triple defining the first point for this object. Point 2 : An XYZ triple defining the second point for this object. Point 3 : An XYZ triple defining the third point for this object.

CAMERA Description Named Object: Defines a camera that can be used to specify the current view in the VIEWER object. Allowed Parameters Essential Parameters Page 520

CCL Objects

CFX-5.6

CFX-5 Reference Guide CFX-Post CCL Details

Option : A generic parameter used to define the context setting for a variety of objects. Context Sensitive Settings Context Controlling Parameter: Option Allowed Context Settings: Pivot Point and Quaternion, Pivot Point and Rotation Option = Pivot Point and Quaternion Optional Parameters Pivot Point : Defines the center of rotation (pivot point) for the camera. Rotation Quaternion : Defines the camera rotation quaternion. Scale : Defines the relative scale of the camera view. With the default scale (1.0), the scene completely fills the viewer window. Pan : Defines the camera pan in screen (X, Y) coordinates, with positive X pointing right and positive Y pointing up. Option = Pivot Point and Rotation Optional Parameters Pivot Point : Defines the center of rotation (pivot point) for the camera. Rotation : Defines the camera rotation in terms of angles about X, Y and Z axis, respectively. X axis is pointing right, Y is pointing up and Z towards the user. Scale : Defines the relative scale of the camera view. With the default scale (1.0), the scene completely fills the viewer window. Pan : Defines the camera pan in screen (X, Y) coordinates, with positive X pointing right and positive Y pointing up.

LEGEND Description Named Object: Creates a labelled colour bar to show to legend associated with the named plot.

CFX-5.6

CCL Objects

Page 521

CFX-5 Reference Guide CFX-Post CCL Details

Allowed Parameters Essential Parameters Legend Plot : Name of the locator for which to provide information. Optional Parameters Legend X Justification : Specifies the horizontal justification of a text or overlay item. Legend Y Justification : Specifies the vertical justification of a text or overlay item. Legend Position : XY position of the legend. Legend Size : Scale factor to apply to legend. Legend Ticks : Number of points to provide variable values next to the Legend bar. Legend Resolution : Number of colour subdivisions on the legend bar. Legend Shading : Controls interpolated shading of colour on the legend bar. Font : The font name for an item of text. Legend Aspect : Legend bar width control parameter Visibility : Toggles the visibility of this graphics object in the viewer. Colour : A list of three numbers between 0 and 1, which represent the RGB (Red/Green/Blue) values to be used when colouring the faces of an object by constant colour. Legend Format : Parameter to modify string format of values on legend. Text Height : The height an item of text should be, proportional to the screen. Text Rotation : Counter-clockwise rotation, in degrees, to be applied to a text item. Legend Title Mode : Controls the legend title type. Legend Title : Specifies the legend title when Legend Title Mode is set to User Specified. Show Legend Units : Toggles display of units in the legend. Legend Orientation : Specifies whether to display the legend Vertically or Horizontally. Page 522

CCL Objects

CFX-5.6

CFX-5 Reference Guide CFX-Post CCL Details

DEFAULT LEGEND Description Singleton Object: Creates a labelled colour bar to show to legend associated with the named plot. Allowed Parameters Optional Parameters Legend X Justification : Specifies the horizontal justification of a text or overlay item. Legend Y Justification : Specifies the vertical justification of a text or overlay item. Legend Position : XY position of the legend. Legend Size : Scale factor to apply to legend. Legend Ticks : Number of points to provide variable values next to the Legend bar. Legend Resolution : Number of colour subdivisions on the legend bar. Legend Shading : Controls interpolated shading of colour on the legend bar. Font : The font name for an item of text. Legend Aspect : Legend bar width control parameter Visibility : Toggles the visibility of this graphics object in the viewer. Colour : A list of three numbers between 0 and 1, which represent the RGB (Red/Green/Blue) values to be used when colouring the faces of an object by constant colour. Legend Format : Parameter to modify string format of values on legend. Text Height : The height an item of text should be, proportional to the screen. Text Rotation : Counter-clockwise rotation, in degrees, to be applied to a text item. Legend Title Mode : Controls the legend title type. Legend Title : Specifies the legend title when Legend Title Mode is set to User Specified. CFX-5.6

CCL Objects

Page 523

CFX-5 Reference Guide CFX-Post CCL Details

Show Legend Units : Toggles display of units in the legend. Legend Orientation : Specifies whether to display the legend Vertically or Horizontally. Internal Parameters Legend Plot : Name of the locator for which to provide information. Legend Object List : Specifies a list of objects to use for the Default (auto) Legend, and the order in which to use them.

TEXT Description Named Object: A single piece of text. This text item can be attached to a point on screen (specified in two dimensions), or attached to a point in three dimensions, following that point through any viewer transformations. Font, size, colour, rotation and justification options are provided. Allowed Parameters Essential Parameters Text String : The contents of an item of text. Position Mode : Defines whether a text item is attached to twodimensional screen coordinate, or a three-dimensional spatial coordinate. Optional Parameters Text Position : The location an item of text should be placed. Text Height : The height an item of text should be, proportional to the screen. Text Rotation : Counter-clockwise rotation, in degrees, to be applied to a text item. Colour : A list of three numbers between 0 and 1, which represent the RGB (Red/Green/Blue) values to be used when colouring the faces of an object by constant colour. Overlay Size : A factor by which to scale the size of a two-dimensional overlay. Font : The font name for an item of text. Page 524

CCL Objects

CFX-5.6

CFX-5 Reference Guide CFX-Post CCL Details

Visibility : Toggles the visibility of this graphics object in the viewer. Context Sensitive Settings Context Controlling Parameter: Position Mode Allowed Context Settings: Two Coords, Three Coords Position Mode = Two Coords Optional Parameters X Justification : Specifies the horizontal justification of a text or overlay item. Y Justification : Specifies the vertical justification of a text or overlay item.

COORD FRAME Description Named Object: Defines a coordinate frame which can be used for setting direction and axis specifications. Allowed Parameters Optional Parameters Reference Coord Frame : The Coordinate Frame in which the physical locations used to set this coordinate frame are described. Coord Frame Type : The orthonormal space used to define the coordinate frame. Origin X Coord : The X location of the coordinate frame origin. Origin Y Coord : The Y location of the coordinate frame origin. Origin Z Coord : The Z location of the coordinate frame origin. Axis 3 Point X Coord : The X location of the point in the Z axis of the coordinate frame. Axis 3 Point Y Coord : The Y location of the point in the Z axis of the coordinate frame. Axis 3 Point Z Coord : The Z location of the point in the Z axis of the coordinate frame. CFX-5.6

CCL Objects

Page 525

CFX-5 Reference Guide CFX-Post CCL Details

Plane 13 Point X Coord : The X location of the a point in the XZ plane of the coordinate frame. Plane 13 Point Y Coord : The Y location of the a point in the XZ plane of the coordinate frame. Plane 13 Point Z Coord : The Z location of the a point in the XZ plane of the coordinate frame. Visibility : Toggles the visibility of this graphics object in the viewer.

CHART Description Named Object: This object is used to create a chart and specify general chart parameters, including the CHART LINE objects that define the chart lines. Allowed Parameters Essential Parameters Chart Type : Specifies the kind of chart to create. Optional Parameters Chart Title : Specifies the title for the chart. Chart Font : The name of the font to use for this chart. Chart Text Colour : The colour of the chart title and X & Y Axis Labels. Chart Viewport Colour : The colour of the chart viewport including axes, tick marks, and axis numbering. Context Sensitive Settings Context Controlling Parameter: Chart Type Allowed Context Settings: XY Chart Type = XY Optional Parameters Chart Line List : A comma delimited list of names of CHART LINE objects that the user wishes to have displayed on the chart. Chart Legend : Specifies whether a legend should be displayed or not. Page 526

CCL Objects

CFX-5.6

CFX-5 Reference Guide CFX-Post CCL Details

Chart Legend Margin : Indicates a proportion of the screen space that should be used to display the Legend. The default value of 0.2 indicates that 20% of the chart, at the right side of the window, should be allocated to the Legend. Chart Axes : Indicates whether the X=0 or Y=0 lines should be displayed on the chart. Neither, either or both may be displayed. Chart X Axis Label : The label to use for the X-Axis. Chart Y Axis Label : The label to use for the Y-Axis. Range Selection : Indicates whether the Min/Max X and Y values shown on the chart will be automatically or manually selected. Max X : If the Range Selection parameter is set to "Manual", this parameter will indicate the maximum X value to display. Min X : If the Range Selection parameter is set to "Manual", this parameter will indicate the minimum X value to display. Max Y : If the Range Selection parameter is set to "Manual", this parameter will indicate the maximum Y value to display. Min Y : If the Range Selection parameter is set to "Manual", this parameter will indicate the minimum Y value to display.

CHART LINE Description Named Object: This object defines the variable, line style, symbol style, and colours to use for a chart line. Allowed Parameters Optional Parameters Line Name : The name of this chart line. This string will be used as the label in the Legend if one is displayed. Location : A locator name. Chart X Variable : Specifies the name of the X-Axis variable to chart. The default value of "Chart Count" indicates that the X-Axis will be a locator point counter. Chart Y Variable : Specifies the name of the Y-Axis variable to chart.

CFX-5.6

CCL Objects

Page 527

CFX-5 Reference Guide CFX-Post CCL Details

Display Chart Line : Indicates whether or not to display a line connecting the data points. Chart Line Style : Specifies the line style to use if the Chart Line Toggle is True. Chart Line Colour : Specifies the colour of the line. The Default value of "Auto" will cause the Engine to automatically pick a colour different from any colour already used. Display Chart Symbol : Indicates whether or not to display a symbol at each data point on the chart. Chart Symbol Style : Specifies the symbol style to use if the Chart Symbol Toggle is True. Chart Symbol Colour : Specifies the colour of the symbol. The Default value of "Auto" will cause the Engine to automatically pick a colour different from any colour already used.

CALCULATOR Description Singleton Object: This singleton is used by the calculate action to define the function and arguments to be evaluated, and store the Result. Allowed Parameters Essential Parameters Function : The context controlling parameter for the CALCULATOR object, which defines the name of the function to be evaluated. Location : A locator name. Optional Parameters Verbose : Controls if the result of a calculation is written to the screen. Internal Parameters Result : The internal parameter for the CALCULATOR and EXPRESSION EVALUATOR object used to store the results of a function evaluation. Result Units : The internal parameter for the CALCULATOR and EXPRESSION EVALUATOR object used to store the units of the results of a function evaluation. Page 528

CCL Objects

CFX-5.6

CFX-5 Reference Guide CFX-Post CCL Details

Context Sensitive Settings Context Controlling Parameter: Function Allowed Context Settings: area, areaAve, areaInt, ave, count, force, forceNorm, length, lengthAve, lengthInt, massFlow, massFlowAve, massFlowInt, maxVal, minVal, probe, sum, torque, volume, volumeAve, volumeInt Function = massFlow Optional Parameters Fluid : The fluid specification for multiphase quantitative calculations. Function = massFlowAve Essential Parameters Expression : A CFX Expression Language expression. Optional Parameters Fluid : The fluid specification for multiphase quantitative calculations. Function = area Optional Parameters Axis : The axis specification for directional quantitative calculations. Function = areaAve Essential Parameters Expression : A CFX Expression Language expression. Function = areaInt Essential Parameters Expression : A CFX Expression Language expression. Optional Parameters Axis : The axis specification for directional quantitative calculations. Function = ave Essential Parameters Expression : A CFX Expression Language expression.

CFX-5.6

CCL Objects

Page 529

CFX-5 Reference Guide CFX-Post CCL Details

Function = sum Essential Parameters Expression : A CFX Expression Language expression. Function = minVal Essential Parameters Expression : A CFX Expression Language expression. Function = maxVal Essential Parameters Expression : A CFX Expression Language expression. Function = probe Essential Parameters Expression : A CFX Expression Language expression. Function = force Essential Parameters Axis : The axis specification for directional quantitative calculations. Optional Parameters Fluid : The fluid specification for multiphase quantitative calculations. Function = forceNorm Optional Parameters Fluid : The fluid specification for multiphase quantitative calculations. Function = torque Essential Parameters Axis : The axis specification for directional quantitative calculations. Optional Parameters Fluid : The fluid specification for multiphase quantitative calculations. Function = lengthInt Essential Parameters Expression : A CFX Expression Language expression. Page 530

CCL Objects

CFX-5.6

CFX-5 Reference Guide CFX-Post CCL Details

Function = lengthAve Essential Parameters Expression : A CFX Expression Language expression.

MESH CALCULATOR Description Singleton Object: This singleton is used by the mesh calculate action to define the function to be evaluated, and store the max and min Results. Allowed Parameters Essential Parameters Mesh Function : The context controlling parameter for the MESH CALCULATOR object, which defines the name of the function to be evaluated. Internal Parameters Max Result : The internal parameter for the MESH CALCULATOR object used to store the max result of evaluation. Min Result : The internal parameter for the MESH CALCULATOR object used to store the min result of evaluation. Result Units : The internal parameter for the CALCULATOR and EXPRESSION EVALUATOR object used to store the units of the results of a function evaluation. Number of Nodes : The internal parameter for the MESH CALCULATOR object used to store the number of nodes. Number of Elements : The internal parameter for the MESH CALCULATOR object used to store the number of elements. Number of Tetrahedra : The internal parameter for the MESH CALCULATOR object used to store the number of tetrahedra. Number of Wedges : The internal parameter for the MESH CALCULATOR object used to store the number of wedges. Number of Pyramids : The internal parameter for the MESH CALCULATOR object used to store the number of pyramids. Number of Hexahedra : The internal parameter for the MESH CALCULATOR object used to store the number of hexahedra. CFX-5.6

CCL Objects

Page 531

CFX-5 Reference Guide CFX-Post CCL Details

EXPRESSION EVALUATOR Description Singleton Object: This singleton evaluates the specified Expression and stores the Result. Allowed Parameters Essential Parameters Evaluated Expression : A CFX Expression Language expression for usage in EXPRESSION EVALUATOR. Internal Parameters Result : The internal parameter for the CALCULATOR and EXPRESSION EVALUATOR object used to store the results of a function evaluation. Result Units : The internal parameter for the CALCULATOR and EXPRESSION EVALUATOR object used to store the units of the results of a function evaluation.

EXPRESSION PREVIEW Description Singleton Object: This singleton is used to generate data for expression preview graphs. Allowed Parameters Essential Parameters Preview Expression : Optional Parameters Preview Mode : Preview Variable Values : Preview Variable Ranges : Preview Range Steps : Internal Parameters Page 532

CCL Objects

CFX-5.6

CFX-5 Reference Guide CFX-Post CCL Details

Preview Required Variables : Preview Varying Variable : Preview Evaluated Units : Preview Input Units :

CFX-5.6

CCL Objects

Page 533

CFX-5 Reference Guide CFX-Post CCL Details

CCL Parameters Absolute Tolerance Description: Length to use as a maximum step tolerance Parameter Type: Real

Activate Filter Description: A Logical field indicating whether to use the filter to select which tracks to display. Parameter Type: Logical Default Value: Off

Angle Definition Method Description: Specifies angle definition method. If it is set to "Value", parameter Rotation Angle value will be used for angular instancing. If it is set to "Instances in 360", parameter "Number of Components in 360" will be used. Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: Value, Instances in 360 Default Value: Instances in 360

Angular Velocity Description: the rotational speed of a turbo component Parameter Type: Real Default Value: 0.0

Animate Camera Description: Indicates whether to animate the camera (flythrough)along with the other objects, or leave the camera at the current position. Parameter Type: Logical Default Value: On Page 534

CCL Parameters

CFX-5.6

CFX-5 Reference Guide CFX-Post CCL Details

Animation Bit Rate Description: The number of Bits per Second maximum rate. Parameter Type: Integer Default Value: 5152000

Animation Filename Description: The name of the file to save this animation to. Parameter Type: String

Animation Frame Pattern Description: The MPEG frame type pattern. This must be a list of B, P and I characters. If any of the characters are not B, P or I, then the default value will be used. I ("intra-frame") encoded frames are complete frames (i.e. contain all the data to completely render themselves). P ("predicted") encoded frames use data from previous frames to render themselves. B ("bi-directional") frames use data from previous and following frames to render themselves. Parameter Type: String Default Value: IPPPPBBBBPBBBPIPPPPBBBBPIPPPBB

Animation Frame Rate Description: The Frame Rate at which to generate the Animation MPEG. Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: 23.976, 24, 25, 29.97, 30, 50, 59.94, 60 Default Value: 24

Animation Hardcopy Filename Description: The path of the file to save a hardcopy to. Parameter Type: String Default Value: cfxMovie.mpg

CFX-5.6

CCL Parameters

Page 535

CFX-5 Reference Guide CFX-Post CCL Details

Animation Name Description: The name of this animation. Parameter Type: String

Any All Condition Description: The way the Filtering conditions should be combined. "Any" means that all tracks that meet any of the conditions will be displayed. "All" means that only the tracks that meet all of the conditions will be displayed. Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: Match ANY, Match ALL Default Value: Match ALL

Apply Instancing Transform Description: Toggles the instancing transformation for this graphics object in the viewer. Parameter Type: Logical Default Value: On

Apply Reflection Description: Toggles reflection in the transformation. Parameter Type: Logical Default Value: false

Apply Rotation Description: Toggles rotation in the transformation. Parameter Type: Logical Default Value: true

Apply Scale Description: Toggles scale in the transformation. Page 536

CCL Parameters

CFX-5.6

CFX-5 Reference Guide CFX-Post CCL Details

Parameter Type: Logical Default Value: true

Apply Translation Description: Toggles translation in the transformation. Parameter Type: Logical Default Value: false

Axis Description: The axis specification for directional quantitative calculations. Parameter Type: String

Axis 3 Point X Coord Description: The X location of the point in the Z axis of the coordinate frame. Parameter Type: Real Default Value: 0

Axis 3 Point Y Coord Description: The Y location of the point in the Z axis of the coordinate frame. Parameter Type: Real Default Value: 0

Axis 3 Point Z Coord Description: The Z location of the point in the Z axis of the coordinate frame. Parameter Type: Real Default Value: 1

CFX-5.6

CCL Parameters

Page 537

CFX-5 Reference Guide CFX-Post CCL Details

Axis From File Description: Logical parameter indicating if axis of rotation is defined in the res file. Parameter Type: Logical Default Value: true

Axis Visibility Description: Toggles the axis visibility in the viewer. Parameter Type: Logical Default Value: true

Background Colour Description: Defines the R, G and B values for the viewer background colour. Parameter Type: Real List Default Value: 0, 0, 0

Background Mesh Density Description: background mesh density for turbo component Parameter Type: Integer Default Value: 2000

Background Mesh Generation Method Description: The method that TurboTransform module will use to generate the background mesh Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: Linear, Quasi Orthogonal Default Value: Quasi Orthogonal

Base Units Description: The base units of a variable. Page 538

CCL Parameters

CFX-5.6

CFX-5 Reference Guide CFX-Post CCL Details

Parameter Type: String

Blade Region Description: A comma delimited list of locator names. Parameter Type: String List

Border Visibility Description: Toggles the viewport border visibility in the viewer. Parameter Type: Logical Default Value: false

Bound Radius Description: Radius of Circular Plane Bound. Parameter Type: Real Default Value: 0.5

Boundary List Description: A list of boundary objects Parameter Type: String List

Boundary Only Description: Parameter indicating whether or not the particular variable has only values on the boundary. Parameter Type: Logical Default Value: false

Boundary Type Description: Internal parameter tells the type of the boundary. Parameter Type: String

CFX-5.6

CCL Parameters

Page 539

CFX-5 Reference Guide CFX-Post CCL Details

Boundary Values Description: Sets the type of boundary values to be presented for this variable (Conservative or Hybrid). Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: Conservative, Hybrid Default Value: Conservative

Calculate Global Ranges Description: If this parameter is enabled, variable ranges in non-CFX5 files will be calculated during load. Parameter Type: Logical Default Value: true

Camera Mode Description: Defines the current viewer camera mode. It can be either Standard (specified by Standard View parameter) or User Specified, in which case a CAMERA object has to be defined and specified in User Camera parameter. Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: Standard, User Specified Default Value: Standard

Chart Axes Description: Indicates whether the X=0 or Y=0 lines should be displayed on the chart. Neither, either or both may be displayed. Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: None, X Only, Y Only, Both Default Value: Both

Chart Font Description: The name of the font to use for this chart. Parameter Type: String Page 540

CCL Parameters

CFX-5.6

CFX-5 Reference Guide CFX-Post CCL Details

Default Value: Roman

Chart Legend Description: Specifies whether a legend should be displayed or not. Parameter Type: Logical Default Value: False

Chart Legend Margin Description: Indicates a proportion of the screen space that should be used to display the Legend. The default value of 0.2 indicates that 20% of the chart, at the right side of the window, should be allocated to the Legend. Parameter Type: Real Default Value: 0.2

Chart Line Colour Description: Specifies the colour of the line. The Default value of "Auto" will cause the Engine to automatically pick a colour different from any colour already used. Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: Auto, Black, Red, Yellow, Green, Aquamarine, Pink, Wheat, Grey, Brown, Blue, Blueviolet, Cyan, Turquoise, Magenta, Salmon, White Default Value: Auto

Chart Line List Description: A comma delimited list of names of CHART LINE objects that the user wishes to have displayed on the chart. Parameter Type: String

Chart Line Style Description: Specifies the line style to use if the Chart Line Toggle is True. CFX-5.6

CCL Parameters

Page 541

CFX-5 Reference Guide CFX-Post CCL Details

Parameter Type: String Default Value: 1

Chart Symbol Colour Description: Specifies the colour of the symbol. The Default value of "Auto" will cause the Engine to automatically pick a colour different from any colour already used. Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: Auto, Black, Red, Yellow, Green, Aquamarine, Pink, Wheat, Grey, Brown, Blue, Blueviolet, Cyan, Turquoise, Magenta, Salmon, White Default Value: Auto

Chart Symbol Style Description: Specifies the symbol style to use if the Chart Symbol Toggle is True. Parameter Type: String Default Value: 1

Chart Text Colour Description: The colour of the chart title and X & Y Axis Labels. Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: Black, Red, Yellow, Green, Aquamarine, Pink, Wheat, Grey, Brown, Blue, Blueviolet, Cyan, Turquoise, Magenta, Salmon, White Default Value: White

Chart Title Description: Specifies the title for the chart. Parameter Type: String Default Value: Title

Page 542

CCL Parameters

CFX-5.6

CFX-5 Reference Guide CFX-Post CCL Details

Chart Type Description: Specifies the kind of chart to create. Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: XY Default Value: XY

Chart Viewport Colour Description: The colour of the chart viewport including axes, tick marks, and axis numbering. Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: Black, Red, Yellow, Green, Aquamarine, Pink, Wheat, Grey, Brown, Blue, Blueviolet, Cyan, Turquoise, Magenta, Salmon, White Default Value: Yellow

Chart X Axis Label Description: The label to use for the X-Axis. Parameter Type: String Default Value: X Axis

Chart X Variable Description: Specifies the name of the X-Axis variable to chart. The default value of "Chart Count" indicates that the X-Axis will be a locator point counter. Parameter Type: String Default Value: Chart Count

Chart Y Axis Label Description: The label to use for the Y-Axis. Parameter Type: String Default Value: Y Axis

CFX-5.6

CCL Parameters

Page 543

CFX-5 Reference Guide CFX-Post CCL Details

Chart Y Variable Description: Specifies the name of the Y-Axis variable to chart. Parameter Type: String

Circumferential Average Mode Description: method used to calculate circumferential average for colouring variable on a turbo object Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: None, Length, Area, Mass Default Value: None

Clear All Objects Description: Parameter indicating whether or not to remove all objects in the system before loading the new res file. Parameter Type: Logical Default Value: false

Clip Cone Description: Enables/disables clipping in a cone surface Parameter Type: Logical Default Value: On

Clip Contour Description: Enables/disables clipping in a contour plot. Parameter Type: Logical Default Value: Off

Clip Plane Description: Defines the CLIP PLANE object that is used for scene clipping. Parameter Type: String Page 544

CCL Parameters

CFX-5.6

CFX-5 Reference Guide CFX-Post CCL Details

Clip Scene Description: Toggles the scene clipping plane in the viewer. Parameter Type: Logical Default Value: false

Colour Description: A list of three numbers between 0 and 1, which represent the RGB (Red/Green/Blue) values to be used when colouring the faces of an object by constant colour. Parameter Type: Real List Default Value: 1.0, 1.0, 1.0

Colour Mode Description: Sets the mode used to colour the object. If set equal to "Constant" then the "Colour" parameter is used to determine the plot colour. If set equal to "Variable", then the "Colour Variable" parameter is used. Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: Use Plot Variable, Constant, Variable, Time, Unique Default Value: Constant

Colour Scale Description: Sets whether to colour the object with a Linear or Logarithmic scale. By default, the colour scale is Linear. Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: Linear, Logarithmic Default Value: Linear

Colour Variable Description: The name of the variable to be used in colouring the object. Should be set equal to the name of a currently defined VARIABLE object. Parameter Type: String CFX-5.6

CCL Parameters

Page 545

CFX-5 Reference Guide CFX-Post CCL Details

Colour Variable Boundary Values Description: Sets the type of boundary values to be presented for colour variables in this object (Conservative or Hybrid). Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: Conservative, Hybrid Default Value: Hybrid

Component Bounds Flag Parameter Type: String

Component Clip Factors Parameter Type: Real List

Component Index Description: Specifies vector component to be used for the variable. Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: 1, 2, 3 Default Value: 1

Component Long Names Parameter Type: String List

Component Lower Bounds Parameter Type: Real List

Component MMS Names Parameter Type: String List

Component Short Names Parameter Type: String List Page 546

CCL Parameters

CFX-5.6

CFX-5 Reference Guide CFX-Post CCL Details

Component Upper Bounds Parameter Type: Real List

Constant Contour Colour Description: If set to On, then the "Line Colour" parameter is used to determine the contour colour. Otherwise, the contour is coloured by the contour variable. Parameter Type: Logical Default Value: Off

Contour Level Description: The contour level specified in a user surface. Parameter Type: Integer Default Value: 1

Contour Name Description: The name of the contour object specified in a user surface. Parameter Type: String

Contour Range Description: Sets the method used to calculate a contour plot."Global" uses the range of variable values in the problem domain. "Local" uses the range of values on the specified list of objects. "User Specified" uses Min and Max parameter value. "Value List" plots contours on the values specified in Value List parameter. Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: Global, Local, User Specified, Value List Default Value: Global

CFX-5.6

CCL Parameters

Page 547

CFX-5 Reference Guide CFX-Post CCL Details

Convert to CFX5 Variable Names Description: If this parameter is enabled, variable names in non-CFX5 files will be converted to CFX5 names during load. Parameter Type: Logical Default Value: false

Coord Frame Type Description: The orthonormal space used to define the coordinate frame. Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: Cartesian Default Value: Cartesian

Coord Transform Description: Specifies the coordinate transformation to apply to all objects shown in this viewport. Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: Cartesian, Meridional, Blade-to-blade, 2D Meridional, 2D Blade-to-blade Default Value: Cartesian

Cross Periodics Description: If true allows a streamline to cross a periodic boundary Parameter Type: Logical Default Value: Yes

Culling Mode Description: Controls the face culling of this object in the viewer. Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: No Culling, Back Faces, Front Faces Default Value: No Culling Page 548

CCL Parameters

CFX-5.6

CFX-5 Reference Guide CFX-Post CCL Details

Current Case Name Description: Internal CFX-Post name for the currently analysed problem. Parameter Type: String

Current File Type Description: The type of the results file to be read into the postprocessor. This is an internal parameter. Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: CFX5, CFX4, TASCflow

Current Frame Description: The current frame that is displayed or calculated. This is useful to determine where in the animation you are when stepping through the frames. This is an internal parameter for status display purposes only. Parameter Type: Integer

Current Results File Description: The name of the results file to be read into the postprocessor. Parameter Type: String

Current Results File Version Description: The version of the current results file. Parameter Type: Integer

Current Rotation Axis From Description: An XYZ triple defining the first point of the rotation axis used currently in this domain. Parameter Type: String List Default Value: 0.0, 0.0, 0.0 CFX-5.6

CCL Parameters

Page 549

CFX-5 Reference Guide CFX-Post CCL Details

Current Rotation Axis To Description: An XYZ triple defining the second point of the rotation axis used currently in this domain. Parameter Type: String List Default Value: 0.0, 0.0, 1.0

Current Timestep Description: The timestep to be used when reading a transient results file. Parameter Type: Integer Default Value: -1

Current Timevalue Description: The time value to be used when reading a transient results file. Parameter Type: Real Default Value: 1

Custom Units Setting Description: This is a comma delimited list of Quantities and their selected units for the Custom Units Setting. The list will contain both Quantities and the units: e.g. Acceleration, m s^-2, Angle, radian, ... Parameter Type: String List

Default Vulnerability Description: Default vulnerability for non-permanent solver data. Parameter Type: Integer

Diameter Max Description: The maximum diameter of all tracks read from the file. Parameter Type: Real Page 550

CCL Parameters

CFX-5.6

CFX-5 Reference Guide CFX-Post CCL Details

Diameter Min Description: The minimum diameter of all tracks read from the file. Parameter Type: Real

Direction Description: The direction specification for vector coord frame projection. Parameter Type: String

Direction 1 Bound Description: Length of Rectangular Plane Bound. Parameter Type: Real Default Value: 1.0

Direction 1 Orientation Description: Orientation of Rectangular Plane Bound length. Parameter Type: Real Default Value: 0 [degree]

Direction 1 Points Description: Number of Sample points in direction 1. Parameter Type: Integer Default Value: 10

Direction 2 Bound Description: Width of Rectangular Plane Bound. Parameter Type: Real Default Value: 1.0

CFX-5.6

CCL Parameters

Page 551

CFX-5 Reference Guide CFX-Post CCL Details

Direction 2 Points Description: Number of Sample points in direction 2. Parameter Type: Integer Default Value: 10

Display Chart Line Description: Indicates whether or not to display a line connecting the data points. Parameter Type: Logical Default Value: True

Display Chart Symbol Description: Indicates whether or not to display a symbol at each data point on the chart. Parameter Type: Logical Default Value: False

Do Turbo Initialization Description: flag indicating whether turbo initialisation will be performed on the domain. Parameter Type: Logical Default Value: true

Domain List Description: The list of domains over which to define this object. Parameter Type: String List Default Value: All Domains

Domain Type Description: The type of the domain. Parameter Type: String Page 552

CCL Parameters

CFX-5.6

CFX-5 Reference Guide CFX-Post CCL Details

Allowed Values: Normal, Turbo Component Default Value: Normal

DownStream Domain Description: downstream domain for the domain. Parameter Type: String

Draw All Objects Description: If enabled, all visible objects are drawn in this viewport Parameter Type: Logical Default Value: true

Draw Contours Description: Enables/disables drawing of the contour lines. Parameter Type: Logical Default Value: On

Draw Faces Description: Toggles the visibility filled faces for this graphics objectin the viewer. Parameter Type: Logical Default Value: On

Draw Lines Description: Toggles the visibility of lines around each face of this graphics object. Parameter Type: Logical Default Value: Off

CFX-5.6

CCL Parameters

Page 553

CFX-5 Reference Guide CFX-Post CCL Details

Draw Streams Description: If false do not draw streams, but allow drawing of symbols Parameter Type: Logical Default Value: Yes

Draw Symbols Description: Draw symbols on the streams at specified times Parameter Type: Logical Default Value: No

Draw Tracks Description: If false do not draw tracks, but allow drawing of symbols Parameter Type: Logical Default Value: Yes

Edge Angle Description: The angle between two faces used to limit visible edges in a wireframe. Parameter Type: Real Default Value: 30 [degree]

Element Type List Description: The element type(s) to include in the volume (Tet, Pyramid, Wedge, Hex). If left blank, all types are included. Parameter Type: String List

End Boundary List Description: A string list containing the list of valid ending boundaries for this track. Parameter Type: String List Page 554

CCL Parameters

CFX-5.6

CFX-5 Reference Guide CFX-Post CCL Details

Ending Boundary Description: A list of Boundary names to filter particle tracks that end on the specified boundaries. Parameter Type: String List

Evaluated Expression Description: A CFX Expression Language expression for usage in EXPRESSION EVALUATOR. Parameter Type: String

Export File Description: The filename to which the exported data will be written. Parameter Type: String Default Value: export.dat

Expression Description: A CFX Expression Language expression. Parameter Type: String

Expression List Description: A list of Expressions that were loaded with the res file.These expressions must be deleted when a new RES file is loaded. Parameter Type: String List

File Angle Units Description: Angle units read from the file. Parameter Type: String Default Value: rad

File Chemical Amount Units Description: Chemical Amount units read from the file. CFX-5.6

CCL Parameters

Page 555

CFX-5 Reference Guide CFX-Post CCL Details

Parameter Type: String Default Value: mol

File Current Units Description: Current units read from the file. Parameter Type: String Default Value: A

File Is Turbo Description: Parameter indicating whether it is a turbo problem Parameter Type: Logical Default Value: false

File Length Units Description: Length units read from the file. Parameter Type: String Default Value: m

File Light Units Description: Light units read from the file. Parameter Type: String Default Value: cd

File Mass Units Description: Mass units read from the file. Parameter Type: String Default Value: kg

File Money Units Description: Money units read from the file. Parameter Type: String Page 556

CCL Parameters

CFX-5.6

CFX-5 Reference Guide CFX-Post CCL Details

Default Value: GBP

File Solid Angle Units Description: Solid Angle units read from the file. Parameter Type: String Default Value: sr

File Temperature Units Description: Temperature units read from the file. Parameter Type: String Default Value: K

File Time Units Description: Time units read from the file. Parameter Type: String Default Value: s

Filter On Diameter Description: A Logical field indicating whether to use Particle Diameter when filtering. Parameter Type: Logical Default Value: Off

Filter On End Description: A Logical field indicating whether to use the Ending Boundary when filtering. Parameter Type: Logical Default Value: Off

CFX-5.6

CCL Parameters

Page 557

CFX-5 Reference Guide CFX-Post CCL Details

Filter On Start Description: A Logical field indicating whether to use the Starting Boundary when filtering. Parameter Type: Logical Default Value: Off

Filter On Track Selection Description: A Logical field indicating whether to use the Track Selection when filtering. Parameter Type: Logical Default Value: Off

Flip Normal Description: If this parameter is set to true, the normal of the clip plane will be flipped, effectively inverting the clipping region. Parameter Type: Logical Default Value: false

Fluid Description: The fluid specification for multiphase quantitative calculations. Parameter Type: String

Font Description: The font name for an item of text. Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: Serif, Sans Serif Default Value: Sans Serif

Force File Reload Description: Parameter indicating whether or not to force a reload of the file even if the filename is the same as that currently loaded. Page 558

CCL Parameters

CFX-5.6

CFX-5 Reference Guide CFX-Post CCL Details

Parameter Type: Logical Default Value: false

Frame Increment Description: The number of frames to increment the frame counter by when incrementing to go to the next frame. Parameter Type: Integer Default Value: 1

Fringe Fill Description: If set to On, the space between contours in a contour plot is filled with fringe bands. Parameter Type: Logical Default Value: On

Full Circle Description: If set to On, the instances are placed uniformly about the instance rotation axis. Note that the Number of Copies has to be greater than two when this option is used. Parameter Type: Logical Default Value: Off

Function Description: The context controlling parameter for the CALCULATOR object, which defines the name of the function to be evaluated. Parameter Type: String

General Availability Parameter Type: String List Default Value: No

CFX-5.6

CCL Parameters

Page 559

CFX-5 Reference Guide CFX-Post CCL Details

Grid Tolerance Description: Fraction of local grid size to use as a maximum step tolerance Parameter Type: Real Default Value: 0.01

Hardcopy Filename Description: Sets the file name for the output from "print". Parameter Type: String Default Value: cfxOutput

Hardcopy Format Description: Sets the format of hardcopy output from "print". Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: ps, eps, jpg, ppm, bmp, png, vrml Default Value: png

Hardcopy Tolerance Description: A non-dimensional tolerance used in face-sorting when generating hardcopy output. Higher values will result in faster printing times, but may cause defects in the resulting output. Parameter Type: String Default Value: 0.0001

Has Axis of Rotation Description: Boolean indicating whether axis of rotation is defined in the result file or not Parameter Type: Logical Default Value: false

Page 560

CCL Parameters

CFX-5.6

CFX-5 Reference Guide CFX-Post CCL Details

Has Hybrid Values Description: Internal parameter specifying whether a variable can load Hybrid Values on boundary nodes. Parameter Type: Logical Default Value: Yes

Highlight Type Description: Indicates whether to highlight an object with a bounding box or to use a wireframe of the object. Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: Bounding Box, Wireframe Default Value: Bounding Box

Hub Curve Mode Description: The type of line used to define Hub curve. The Hub line is needed for calculation of the Background Mesh. By default it is calculated from the corresponding Hub Region(s), but optionally it can be defined via a line or a polyline. Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: From Turbo Region, From Line Default Value: From Turbo Region

Hub Line Object Description: Specifies the line object(s) to be used for the definition of the Hub curve. This parameter is used when Hub Curve Mode is set to From Line. Parameter Type: String List

Hub Region Description: A comma delimited list of locator names. Parameter Type: String List

CFX-5.6

CCL Parameters

Page 561

CFX-5 Reference Guide CFX-Post CCL Details

HybridMax Description: The global hybrid maximum value from this variable as read from the RES file. Parameter Type: Real

HybridMin Description: The global hybrid minimum value from this variable as read from the RES file. Parameter Type: Real

Image Height Description: The image height (used when Use Screen Size is set to Off) Parameter Type: Integer Default Value: 600

Image Scale Description: Scales the size of bitmap images to a fraction (in percent) of the current viewer window size. Parameter Type: Integer Default Value: 100

Image Width Description: The image width (used when Use Screen Size is set to Off) Parameter Type: Integer Default Value: 600

Include Header Description: Indicates whether a pre-defined header is appended to the top of the export file, using " Parameter Type: Logical Page 562

CCL Parameters

CFX-5.6

CFX-5 Reference Guide CFX-Post CCL Details

Default Value: True

Inclusive Description: If this parameter set to true, then the volume for above or below intersection includes intersections . Parameter Type: Logical Default Value: false

Inlet Curve Mode Description: The type of line used to define Inlet curve. The Inlet line is needed for calculation of the Background Mesh. By default it is calculated from the corresponding Inlet Region(s), but optionally it can be defined via a line or a polyline. Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: From Turbo Region, From Line Default Value: From Turbo Region

Inlet Line Object Description: Specifies the line object(s) to be used for the definition of the Inlet curve. This parameter is used when Inlet Curve Mode is set to From Line. Parameter Type: String List

Inlet Region Description: A comma delimited list of locator names. Parameter Type: String List

Input File Description: The name of the file to be read that contains the definition of one or more polylines and associated path variables. Parameter Type: String Default Value: data.txt CFX-5.6

CCL Parameters

Page 563

CFX-5 Reference Guide CFX-Post CCL Details

Instancing Info From Domain Description: logical parameter indicating if instancing info should come from each domain for a geometric object. Parameter Type: Logical Default Value: false

Instancing Transform Description: Defines the TRANSFORM object that is used for the object instancing. Parameter Type: String Default Value: Default Transform

Interface Type Description: Matches the solver CCL parameter, saying what kind of GGI interface this is Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: Fluid Fluid, Fluid Solid, Solid Solid, Periodic

Intermediate File Format Description: The format in which to save intermediate files when generating animation MPEGs. Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: jpg, ppm Default Value: jpg

Invert Line Bound Description: Reverses the line bounds by selecting line outside line bound. Parameter Type: Logical Default Value: Off

Page 564

CCL Parameters

CFX-5.6

CFX-5 Reference Guide CFX-Post CCL Details

Invert Plane Bound Description: Reverses the plane bounds by selecting region outside plane bound. Parameter Type: Logical Default Value: Off

Invert Surface Bound Description: Reverses the surface bounds by selecting region outside surface bound. Parameter Type: Logical Default Value: Off

Is Rotating Description: flag indicating if the domain is rotating. Parameter Type: Logical Default Value: false

Isovolume Intersection Mode Description: A parameter used to define the context setting for isovolume object. Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: At Value, Below Value, Above Value, Between Values Default Value: At Value

JPEG Image Quality Description: The quality factor for jpeg image output. Higher values results in clearer, but larger, files. Parameter Type: Integer Default Value: 80

CFX-5.6

CCL Parameters

Page 565

CFX-5 Reference Guide CFX-Post CCL Details

Keep Camera Position Description: Parameter indicating whether or not to reset the camera position after loading the new res file. Parameter Type: Logical Default Value: true

Keep Intermediate Files Description: Boolean indicating whether or not CFX-Post should delete the intermediate files after the MPEG generation is complete. Parameter Type: Logical Default Value: Off

Keyframe Filename Description: A string containing the name of the state file associated with this keyframe. Parameter Type: String

Keyframe List Description: An ordered list of keyframe names to be used for this animation. Parameter Type: String List

Keyframe Name Description: A string containing the name of the keyframe to display to the user. Parameter Type: String

Legend Aspect Description: Legend bar width control parameter Parameter Type: Real Default Value: 0.06 Page 566

CCL Parameters

CFX-5.6

CFX-5 Reference Guide CFX-Post CCL Details

Legend Format Description: Parameter to modify string format of values on legend. Parameter Type: String Default Value: %10.3e

Legend Object List Description: Specifies a list of objects to use for the Default (auto) Legend, and the order in which to use them. Parameter Type: String List

Legend Orientation Description: Specifies whether to display the legend Vertically or Horizontally. Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: Vertical, Horizontal Default Value: Vertical

Legend Plot Description: Name of the locator for which to provide information. Parameter Type: String

Legend Position Description: XY position of the legend. Parameter Type: Real List Default Value: 0.02, 0.15

Legend Resolution Description: Number of colour subdivisions on the legend bar. Parameter Type: Integer Default Value: 256

CFX-5.6

CCL Parameters

Page 567

CFX-5 Reference Guide CFX-Post CCL Details

Legend Shading Description: Controls interpolated shading of colour on the legend bar. Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: Smooth, Flat Default Value: Smooth

Legend Size Description: Scale factor to apply to legend. Parameter Type: Real Default Value: 0.75

Legend Ticks Description: Number of points to provide variable values next to the Legend bar. Parameter Type: Integer Default Value: 5

Legend Title Description: Specifies the legend title when Legend Title Mode is set to User Specified. Parameter Type: String Default Value: Legend

Legend Title Mode Description: Controls the legend title type. Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: No Title, Variable, Variable and Location, User Specified Default Value: Variable and Location

Page 568

CCL Parameters

CFX-5.6

CFX-5 Reference Guide CFX-Post CCL Details

Legend X Justification Description: Specifies the horizontal justification of a text or overlay item. Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: None, Center, Left, Right Default Value: Right

Legend Y Justification Description: Specifies the vertical justification of a text or overlay item. Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: None, Center, Top, Bottom Default Value: Center

Light Angle Description: Defines the viewer light angles in degrees. The first angle goes from left (0) to right (180), and the second goes from up (0) to down (180). Parameter Type: Real List Default Value: 110, 110

Lighting Description: Toggles the lighting of this graphics object in the viewer. Parameter Type: Logical Default Value: true

Line Bound Description: Defines line bounding (End Points, None). Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: None, End Points Default Value: None

CFX-5.6

CCL Parameters

Page 569

CFX-5 Reference Guide CFX-Post CCL Details

Line Colour Description: A list of three numbers between 0 and 1, which represent the RGB (Red/Green/Blue) values to be used for colouring the lines on a graphics object. Parameter Type: String List Default Value: 1.0, 1.0, 1.0

Line Name Description: The name of this chart line. This string will be used as the label in the Legend if one is displayed. Parameter Type: String Default Value: New Line

Line Samples Description: Number of points in the sample line. Parameter Type: Integer Default Value: 10

Line Type Description: Indicates if the line is a cut or sample line. Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: Cut, Sample Default Value: Sample

Line Width Description: Controls the width (in pixels) of lines drawn for this graphics object. Parameter Type: Integer Default Value: 1

Page 570

CCL Parameters

CFX-5.6

CFX-5 Reference Guide CFX-Post CCL Details

Load Data Description: This parameter indicates whether to load the results file or not if a DATA READER object exists in the STATE File for a READSTATE action. Parameter Type: Logical Default Value: True

Local Variable Ranges Description: A list of Variable Local Range data in base units. Each element in the list contains: "
Location Description: A locator name. Parameter Type: String

Location List Description: A comma delimited list of locator names. Parameter Type: String List

Long Name Parameter Type: String

Looping Description: Indicates the type of looping to perform for the animation. Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: Bounce, Loop Default Value: Loop

CFX-5.6

CCL Parameters

Page 571

CFX-5 Reference Guide CFX-Post CCL Details

Looping Cycles Description: Indicates the number of cycles that the Animation loop should complete before stopping automatically. A value of -1 will repeat the cycles forever. Parameter Type: Integer Default Value: 1

MMS Name Parameter Type: String

MPEG Height Description: The image height (used when Use Screen MPEG Size is set to Off) Parameter Type: Integer Default Value: 240

MPEG Scale Description: The amount to scale the viewer image for the Animation MPEG output. Parameter Type: Integer Default Value: 100

MPEG Width Description: The image width (used when Use Screen MPEG Size is set to Off) Parameter Type: Integer Default Value: 320

Material Description: Specifies the type of material that this particle track is made out of. This parameter differentiates it from other particle tracks stored in the same RES file. Page 572

CCL Parameters

CFX-5.6

CFX-5 Reference Guide CFX-Post CCL Details

Parameter Type: String

Max Description: The maximum value of a variable in the colourmap when using a "User Specified" range. Parameter Type: Real

Max Result Description: The internal parameter for the MESH CALCULATOR object used to store the max result of evaluation. Parameter Type: String

Max X Description: If the Range Selection parameter is set to "Manual", this parameter will indicate the maximum X value to display. Parameter Type: Real Default Value: 1.0

Max Y Description: If the Range Selection parameter is set to "Manual", this parameter will indicate the maximum Y value to display. Parameter Type: Real Default Value: 1.0

Maximize Viewport Description: If set to true, this viewport will be maximised to fill up the screen, regardless of the viewport layout. Parameter Type: Logical Default Value: Off

CFX-5.6

CCL Parameters

Page 573

CFX-5 Reference Guide CFX-Post CCL Details

Maximum Number of Sampling Points Description: Specifies the maximum number of sampling points for circumferential averaging. Parameter Type: Integer Default Value: 18

Maximum Number of Tracks Description: Specifies the maximum number of tracks that should be displayed. This parameter is mutually exclusive with the Reduction Factor Parameter. Parameter Type: Integer Default Value: 10

Member List Description: A list of objects included in the group. Parameter Type: String List

Mesh Function Description: The context controlling parameter for the MESH CALCULATOR object, which defines the name of the function to be evaluated. Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: Maximum Face Angle, Minimum Face Angle, Edge Length Ratio, Connectivity Number, Element Volume Ratio, Mesh Statistics Default Value: Maximum Face Angle

Min Description: The minimum value of a variable in the colourmap when using a "User Specified" range. Parameter Type: Real

Page 574

CCL Parameters

CFX-5.6

CFX-5 Reference Guide CFX-Post CCL Details

Min Result Description: The internal parameter for the MESH CALCULATOR object used to store the min result of evaluation. Parameter Type: String

Min X Description: If the Range Selection parameter is set to "Manual", this parameter will indicate the minimum X value to display. Parameter Type: Real Default Value: -1.0

Min Y Description: If the Range Selection parameter is set to "Manual", this parameter will indicate the minimum Y value to display. Parameter Type: Real Default Value: -1.0

Node Number Description: the node number which the point plot will be drawn Parameter Type: Integer Default Value: 0

Normal Description: An XYZ triple describing the normal vector. Parameter Type: String List Default Value: 1.0,0.0,0.0

Normalized Description: If set On, all vectors are plotted with the same length (show direction only). Parameter Type: Logical CFX-5.6

CCL Parameters

Page 575

CFX-5 Reference Guide CFX-Post CCL Details

Default Value: Off

Null Token Description: The string that should be used in the export file if no data exists for a variable at a node. Parameter Type: String Default Value:
Number Of Frames Description: The number of frames in the animation to insert between this keyframe and the next. Parameter Type: Integer Default Value: 10

Number of Components in 360 Description: Number of Components in 360 degrees Parameter Type: Real Default Value: 12

Number of Contours Description: Specifies number of contour lines in a contour plot. Parameter Type: Integer Default Value: 10

Number of Copies Description: Specifies the number of transformed copies. Parameter Type: Integer Default Value: 1

Page 576

CCL Parameters

CFX-5.6

CFX-5 Reference Guide CFX-Post CCL Details

Number of Displayed Tracks Description: The number of tracks filtered to be displayed in the viewer. Parameter Type: Integer

Number of Elements Description: The internal parameter for the MESH CALCULATOR object used to store the number of elements. Parameter Type: String

Number of Hexahedra Description: The internal parameter for the MESH CALCULATOR object used to store the number of hexahedra. Parameter Type: String

Number of Nodes Description: The internal parameter for the MESH CALCULATOR object used to store the number of nodes. Parameter Type: String

Number of Pyramids Description: The internal parameter for the MESH CALCULATOR object used to store the number of pyramids. Parameter Type: String

Number of Samples Description: The number of random samples to be taken in the plot. Parameter Type: Integer Default Value: 10

CFX-5.6

CCL Parameters

Page 577

CFX-5 Reference Guide CFX-Post CCL Details

Number of Sides Description: The number of sides of a "round" tube Parameter Type: Integer Default Value: 8

Number of Tetrahedra Description: The internal parameter for the MESH CALCULATOR object used to store the number of tetrahedra. Parameter Type: String

Number of Tracks Description: The total number of tracks that are available for viewing. Parameter Type: Integer

Number of Wedges Description: The internal parameter for the MESH CALCULATOR object used to store the number of wedges. Parameter Type: String

Object Name Exclusion List Description: Specifies the list of objects NOT to show in this viewport. If left empty (and Object Name List is empty too), all object types are shown. Parameter Type: String

Object Name List Description: Specifies the list of objects to show in this viewport. If left empty, all objects are shown. Parameter Type: String

Page 578

CCL Parameters

CFX-5.6

CFX-5 Reference Guide CFX-Post CCL Details

Object State Description: Indicates the colour state of item. Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: unavailable,incomplete,complete,invalid Default Value: incomplete

Object Type Exclusion List Description: Specifies the list of object types NOT to show in this viewport. If left empty (and Object Name List is empty too), all object types are shown. Parameter Type: String

Object Type List Description: Specifies the list of object types to show in this viewport. If left empty (and Object Name List is empty too), all object types are shown. Parameter Type: String

Offset Direction Description: Specifies the offset direction vector (used in Offset From Surface mode). Parameter Type: Real List Default Value: 1.0, 0.0, 0.0

Offset Distance Description: The offset distance (used in Offset From Surface mode). Parameter Type: Real Default Value: 0.0

Offset Mode Description: Specifies the offset mode (used in Offset From Surface mode). CFX-5.6

CCL Parameters

Page 579

CFX-5 Reference Guide CFX-Post CCL Details

Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: Uniform, Variable Default Value: Uniform

Offset Type Description: Specifies the offset type (used in Offset From Surface mode). Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: Normal, Translational Default Value: Normal

Offset Variable Description: Specifies the variable to be used for the offset (used in Offset From Surface mode). Parameter Type: String

Opposite Boundary List Description: The boundaries that form the other side of a periodic link Parameter Type: String List

Option Description: A generic parameter used to define the context setting for a variety of objects. Parameter Type: String

Origin X Coord Description: The X location of the coordinate frame origin. Parameter Type: Real Default Value: 0

Page 580

CCL Parameters

CFX-5.6

CFX-5 Reference Guide CFX-Post CCL Details

Origin Y Coord Description: The Y location of the coordinate frame origin. Parameter Type: Real Default Value: 0

Origin Z Coord Description: The Z location of the coordinate frame origin. Parameter Type: Real Default Value: 0

Outlet Curve Mode Description: The type of line used to define Outlet curve. The Outlet line is needed for calculation of the Background Mesh. By default it is calculated from the corresponding Outlet Region(s), but optionally it can be defined via a line or a polyline. Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: From Turbo Region, From Line Default Value: From Turbo Region

Outlet Line Object Description: Specifies the line object(s) to be used for the definition of the Outlet curve. This parameter is used when Outlet Curve Mode is set to From Line. Parameter Type: String List

Outlet Region Description: A comma delimited list of locator names. Parameter Type: String List

Output to Jobfile Parameter Type: Logical Default Value: No CFX-5.6

CCL Parameters

Page 581

CFX-5 Reference Guide CFX-Post CCL Details

Output to Postprocessor Parameter Type: Logical Default Value: No

Overlay Size Description: A factor by which to scale the size of a two-dimensional overlay. Parameter Type: Real Default Value: 1

Overwrite Description: Indicates whether, if the specified filename exists, the file should be overwritten with the new data. Parameter Type: Logical Default Value: False

Pan Description: Defines the camera pan in screen (X, Y) coordinates, with positive X pointing right and positive Y pointing up. Parameter Type: Real List Default Value: 0.0, 0.0

Paper Orientation Description: Sets the rotation of the image on the printed page. Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: Landscape, Portrait Default Value: Landscape

Paper Size Description: Scales hardcopy output to the specified paper size. Parameter Type: String Page 582

CCL Parameters

CFX-5.6

CFX-5 Reference Guide CFX-Post CCL Details

Allowed Values: Letter, A4 Default Value: Letter

Particle Diameter Description: The Particle Diameter to use in filtering tracks. Parameter Type: Real

Particle Diameter Condition Description: The condition to test for when filtering with Particle Diameter. Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: Default Value:

Particle Track Material List Description: A list of Particle Track Materials that exist in the RES file. This parameter is empty if no Particle Tracks exist. Parameter Type: String List

Periodic 1 Region Description: A comma delimited list of locator names. Parameter Type: String List

Periodic 2 Region Description: A comma delimited list of locator names. Parameter Type: String List

Periodicity Type Description: Says whether the boundary is periodic in rotation or translation Parameter Type: String CFX-5.6

CCL Parameters

Page 583

CFX-5 Reference Guide CFX-Post CCL Details

Allowed Values: Rotation,Translation

Physical Availability Parameter Type: String List Default Value: No

Pivot Point Description: Defines the center of rotation (pivot point) for the camera. Parameter Type: String List Default Value: 0.0, 0.0, 0.0

Plane 13 Point X Coord Description: The X location of the a point in the XZ plane of the coordinate frame. Parameter Type: Real Default Value: 1

Plane 13 Point Y Coord Description: The Y location of the a point in the XZ plane of the coordinate frame. Parameter Type: Real Default Value: 0

Plane 13 Point Z Coord Description: The Z location of the a point in the XZ plane of the coordinate frame. Parameter Type: Real Default Value: 0

Plane Bound Description: Defines plane bounding (Circular, Rectangular, None). Page 584

CCL Parameters

CFX-5.6

CFX-5 Reference Guide CFX-Post CCL Details

Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: None, Circular, Rectangular Default Value: None

Plane Type Description: Indicates if the plane is a slice or sample plane. Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: Slice, Sample Default Value: Slice

Playback Status Description: This parameter indicates whether the animation is stopped or playing forward or backward. This is an internal parameter for status display purposes only. Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: Stopped, Forward, Backward, Paused Default Value: Stopped

Point Description: An XYZ triple which defines a point in space. Parameter Type: Real List Default Value: 0.0, 0.0, 0.0

Point 1 Description: An XYZ triple defining the first point for this object. Parameter Type: String List Default Value: 0.0, 0.0, 0.0

Point 2 Description: An XYZ triple defining the second point for this object. Parameter Type: String List CFX-5.6

CCL Parameters

Page 585

CFX-5 Reference Guide CFX-Post CCL Details

Default Value: 1.0, 0.0, 0.0

Point 3 Description: An XYZ triple defining the third point for this object. Parameter Type: String List Default Value: 0.0, 1.0, 0.0

Point Coord System Description: Specifies the coordinate system in which the points are specified. Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: Cartesian, Cylindrical Default Value: Cartesian

Point Symbol Description: Name of point symbol (non-directional) to be used for plot. Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: Crosshair, Octahedron, Cube, Ball Default Value: Crosshair

Position Mode Description: Defines whether a text item is attached to twodimensional screen coordinate, or a three-dimensional spatial coordinate. Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: Two Coords, Three Coords Default Value: Two Coords

Precision Description: Indicates the number of decimal points of precision to display the exported data to. Page 586

CCL Parameters

CFX-5.6

CFX-5 Reference Guide CFX-Post CCL Details

Parameter Type: Integer Default Value: 8

Preferred Units System Description: This specifies the Units System to use. Parameter Type: String Default Value: SI

Preview Evaluated Units Parameter Type: String

Preview Expression Parameter Type: String

Preview Input Units Parameter Type: String

Preview Mode Parameter Type: String Default Value: Query

Preview Range Steps Parameter Type: Integer

Preview Required Variables Parameter Type: String List

Preview Variable Ranges Parameter Type: String List

CFX-5.6

CCL Parameters

Page 587

CFX-5 Reference Guide CFX-Post CCL Details

Preview Variable Values Parameter Type: String List

Preview Varying Variable Parameter Type: String

Principal Axis Description: Specifies the principal axis used in instance rotation. Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: X, Y, Z Default Value: Z

Print Line Width Description: The width of lines in hardcopy output. Increasing this value may give better results on high-resolution printers. Parameter Type: Integer Default Value: 1

Print Quality Description: Controls quality vs. speed of hardcopy output. Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: Draft, Medium, High Default Value: High

Projection Description: Defines the current projection mode in the viewer. It can be either Perspective or Orthographic. Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: Perspective, Orthographic Default Value: Perspective

Page 588

CCL Parameters

CFX-5.6

CFX-5 Reference Guide CFX-Post CCL Details

Projection Type Description: The vector projection type to be used in creating this plot. Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: None, Coord Frame, Normal, Tangential, Streamwise, Span, Axial, Radial, Circumferential Default Value: None

Quantity Parameter Type: String

Quantity Type Description: Specifies the Quantity Type of the variable. Parameter Type: String

Radius Description: Radius distance for sphere volume. Parameter Type: Real Default Value: 1.0

Random Seed Description: The seed to be used in the sampling of points on the plot. Parameter Type: Integer Default Value: 1

Range Description: Sets the method used to calculate the extents of the colour map on an object. "Global" uses the range of values in the problem domain. "Local" uses the range of values on the current object. Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: Global, Local, User Specified CFX-5.6

CCL Parameters

Page 589

CFX-5 Reference Guide CFX-Post CCL Details

Default Value: Global

Range Selection Description: Indicates whether the Min/Max X and Y values shown on the chart will be automatically or manually selected. Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: Automatic, Manual Default Value: Automatic

Read State Mode Description: This parameter indicates whether the current system state information should be overwritten or appended to. Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: Overwrite, Append Default Value: Overwrite

Recipe Description: Contains instructions on how to build a value list for the variable. Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: Standard, Vector Component, Expression Default Value: Standard

Reduction Factor Description: Reduces the number of nodes of a locator to use Parameter Type: Real Default Value: 1.0

Reduction or Max Tracks Description: This indicates whether to use "Reduction Factor" to reduce the number of tracks, or to use "Maximum Number of Tracks" Parameter Type: String Page 590

CCL Parameters

CFX-5.6

CFX-5 Reference Guide CFX-Post CCL Details

Allowed Values: Max Tracks, Reduction Default Value: Max Tracks

Reference Coord Frame Description: The Coordinate Frame in which the physical locations used to set this coordinate frame are described. Parameter Type: String Default Value: Coord 0

Reference Pressure Description: reference pressure for a domain Parameter Type: Real Default Value: 0.0

Reflection Plane Description: Specifies the REFLECTION PLANE object to use in a transformation. Parameter Type: String

Related Object Description: Specifies the Object that this variable is related to. This is only applicable for Variables that are defined as Local to a specific geometry. Parameter Type: String

Render Edge Angle Description: The angle between two faces used to limit visible edges in a wireframe. Parameter Type: Real Default Value: 0 [degree]

CFX-5.6

CCL Parameters

Page 591

CFX-5 Reference Guide CFX-Post CCL Details

Result Description: The internal parameter for the CALCULATOR and EXPRESSION EVALUATOR object used to store the results of a function evaluation. Parameter Type: String

Result Units Description: The internal parameter for the CALCULATOR and EXPRESSION EVALUATOR object used to store the units of the results of a function evaluation. Parameter Type: String

Rotation Description: Defines the camera rotation in terms of angles about X, Y and Z axis, respectively. X axis is pointing right, Y is pointing up and Z towards the user. Parameter Type: Real List Default Value: -90, 0, 0

Rotation Angle Description: Specifies the rotation angle. Parameter Type: Real Default Value: 0 [degree]

Rotation Axis From Description: An XYZ triple defining the first point of the rotation axis. Parameter Type: String List Default Value: 0.0, 0.0, 0.0

Rotation Axis To Description: An XYZ triple defining the second point of the rotation axis. Page 592

CCL Parameters

CFX-5.6

CFX-5 Reference Guide CFX-Post CCL Details

Parameter Type: String List Default Value: 1.0, 0.0, 0.0

Rotation Axis Type Description: Specifies the rotation axis type in the transformation. If it is set to "Principal Axis", Principal Axis parameter setting is used. It it is set to "Rotation Axis", parameters Rotation Axis From and Rotation Axis To are used for the axis definition. Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: Principal Axis, Rotation Axis Default Value: Principal Axis

Rotation Quaternion Description: Defines the camera rotation quaternion. Parameter Type: Real List Default Value: -0.707107, 0, 0, 0.707107

Save Hardcopy Description: Boolean indicating whether to save the current animation to a file, as it progresses. A filename needs to be specified. Parameter Type: Logical Default Value: Off

Save State Mode Description: This parameter indicates whether the state file should be overwritten if it exists. Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: None, Overwrite Default Value: None

CFX-5.6

CCL Parameters

Page 593

CFX-5 Reference Guide CFX-Post CCL Details

Save State Objects Description: A list of objects to save to the state file. If this list is empty, then all user created objects will be saved. Parameter Type: String List

Scale Description: Defines the relative scale of the camera view. With the default scale (1.0), the scene completely fills the viewer window. Parameter Type: Real Default Value: 1.0

Scale Factor Description: The object scale factor used in the transformation Parameter Type: Real Default Value: 1.0

Screen Capture Description: Enables the screen capture mode for producing image output. Parameter Type: Logical Default Value: Off

Separator Description: Indicates the string to use between each variable. The string must be delimited by quotation marks. Parameter Type: String Default Value: " "

Session Filename Description: The name of the session file to which session data will be saved. Parameter Type: String Page 594

CCL Parameters

CFX-5.6

CFX-5 Reference Guide CFX-Post CCL Details

Default Value: session.cse

Show Legend Units Description: Toggles display of units in the legend. Parameter Type: Logical Default Value: On

Show Numbers Description: Toggles contour numbering. Parameter Type: Logical Default Value: Off

Show Track Labels Description: Indicates whether or not to show the track number labels. Parameter Type: Logical Default Value: No

Shroud Curve Mode Description: The type of line used to define Shroud curve. The Shroud line is needed for calculation of the Background Mesh. By default it is calculated from the corresponding Shroud Region(s), but optionally it can be defined via a line or a polyline. Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: From Turbo Region, From Line Default Value: From Turbo Region

Shroud Line Object Description: Specifies the line object(s) to be used for the definition of the Shroud curve. This parameter is used when Shroud Curve Mode is set to From Line. Parameter Type: String List

CFX-5.6

CCL Parameters

Page 595

CFX-5 Reference Guide CFX-Post CCL Details

Shroud Region Description: A comma delimited list of locator names. Parameter Type: String List

Slice Plane Description: Specifies the name of the PLANE object to use for the clip plane definition. Parameter Type: String

Solver Name Description: The name of this object inside the RES file. Parameter Type: String

Span Description: The normalised Span turbo coordinate value for the location of this object. Parameter Type: Real Default Value: 0.5

Span Max Description: Upper bound of Span coordinate for a turbo surface. Parameter Type: Real Default Value: 1.0

Span Min Description: Lower bound of Span coordinate for a turbo surface. Parameter Type: Real Default Value: 0.0

Page 596

CCL Parameters

CFX-5.6

CFX-5 Reference Guide CFX-Post CCL Details

Span Points Description: Number of Sample points in S direction (turbo coordinate). Parameter Type: Integer Default Value: 10

Specular Lighting Description: Toggles the specular lighting of this object in the viewer. Parameter Type: Logical Default Value: Off

Standard View Description: Defines one of the standard views in the viewer (Note that Camera Mode has to be set to Standard for this parameter to have effect). Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: +X, +Y, +Z, -X, -Y, -Z, Isometric, Isometric X, Isometric Y, Isometric Z Default Value: +Y

Start Boundary List Description: A string list containing the list of valid starting boundaries for this track. Parameter Type: String List

Starting Boundary Description: A list of Boundary names to filter particle tracks that start on the specified boundaries. Parameter Type: String List

CFX-5.6

CCL Parameters

Page 597

CFX-5 Reference Guide CFX-Post CCL Details

State Filename Description: The name of the state file to which state data will be saved. Parameter Type: String Default Value: state.cst

Status Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: P,D,DR,M

Stream Drawing Mode Description: The streamline drawing mode. Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: Line, Tube, Ribbon Default Value: Line

Stream Initial Direction Description: Defines the initial plane of a stream ribbon Parameter Type: Direction Default Value: 0.0, 1.0, 0.0

Stream Size Description: The initial width of stream ribbons or tubes Parameter Type: Real Default Value: 1.0

Stream Symbol Description: Name of streamline symbol to be used for plot. Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: Crosshair, Octahedron, Cube, Ball, Arrow2D, Arrow3D, Line Arrow, Arrowhead, Fish3D Page 598

CCL Parameters

CFX-5.6

CFX-5 Reference Guide CFX-Post CCL Details

Default Value: Ball

Streamline Direction Description: The direction in which streams are to be calculated Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: Forward, Backward, Forward and Backward Default Value: Forward

Streamline Maximum Periods Description: Limits the number of times a streamline may cross a periodic boundary Parameter Type: Integer Default Value: 20

Streamline Maximum Segments Description: Stops streamline calculation when number of segments exceeds this Parameter Type: Integer Default Value: 10000

Streamline Maximum Time Description: Stops streamline calculation when particle age exceeds this Parameter Type: Real

Streamline Solver Type Description: The solver to use to calculate the streamlines Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: Euler, RungeKutta2, RungeKutta4 Default Value: RungeKutta2

CFX-5.6

CCL Parameters

Page 599

CFX-5 Reference Guide CFX-Post CCL Details

Streamline Width Description: The width of the streamline. Parameter Type: Integer Default Value: 1

Streamwise Location Description: The normalised M" turbo coordinate value for the location of this object. Parameter Type: Real Default Value: 0.5

Streamwise Max Description: Upper bound of M" coordinate for a turbo surface. Parameter Type: Real Default Value: 1.0

Streamwise Min Description: Lower bound of M" coordinate for a turbo surface. Parameter Type: Real Default Value: 0.0

Streamwise Points Description: Number of Sample points in M direction (turbo coordinate). Parameter Type: Integer Default Value: 10

Surface Bound Description: Defines surface bounding (Rectangular, None). Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: None, Rectangular Page 600

CCL Parameters

CFX-5.6

CFX-5 Reference Guide CFX-Post CCL Details

Default Value: None

Surface Drawing Description: Sets the algorithm used to shade the faces for this graphics object. Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: None, Flat Shading, Smooth Shading Default Value: Smooth Shading

Surface Name Description: The name of the surface object to offset from. Parameter Type: String

Surface Sampling Description: If set On, results are displayed at a subset of points in the plot. Parameter Type: Logical Default Value: Off

Surface Type Description: Indicates if the surface is a slice or sample surface. Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: Slice, Sample Default Value: Slice

Symbol Description: Name of symbol to be used for the vector plot. Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: Arrow2D, Arrow3D, Ball, Crosshair, Line Arrow, Arrowhead, Fish3D, Octahedron, Cube Default Value: Line Arrow CFX-5.6

CCL Parameters

Page 601

CFX-5 Reference Guide CFX-Post CCL Details

Symbol Size Description: A scaling factor for all symbols in the plot. Parameter Type: Real Default Value: 1.0

Symbol Start Time Description: The particle age at which to draw the first symbol Parameter Type: Real Default Value: 10.0 [s]

Symbol Stop Time Description: Draw no symbols with particle age lower than this Parameter Type: Real Default Value: 0.0 [s]

Symbol Time Interval Description: Draw symbols at regular times separated by this value Parameter Type: Real Default Value: 1.0 [s]

Symbol Type Description: The category a symbol falls under. Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: Arrow2D, Arrow3D, Crosshair, Octahedron, Line Arrow, Arrowhead Default Value: Line Arrow

Page 602

CCL Parameters

CFX-5.6

CFX-5 Reference Guide CFX-Post CCL Details

Temporary Directory Description: The path to a temporary working directory which CFXPost can use for placing temporary files. This directory does not have to exist between runs of CFX-Post, and the contents will be deleted when Post shuts down. Parameter Type: String

Tensor Type Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: SCALAR,VECTOR,SYMTEN2 Default Value: SCALAR

Text Colour Description: A list of three numbers between 0 and 1, which represent the RGB (Red/Green/Blue) values to be used when colouring the text. Parameter Type: Real List Default Value: 1.0, 1.0, 1.0

Text Height Description: The height an item of text should be, proportional to the screen. Parameter Type: Real Default Value: 0.018

Text Position Description: The location an item of text should be placed. Parameter Type: Real List Default Value: 0, 0.96, 0

Text Rotation Description: Counter-clockwise rotation, in degrees, to be applied to a text item. CFX-5.6

CCL Parameters

Page 603

CFX-5 Reference Guide CFX-Post CCL Details

Parameter Type: Real Default Value: 0

Text String Description: The contents of an item of text. Parameter Type: String Default Value: Text

Theta Description: The Theta coordinate value for the location of this object. Parameter Type: Real Default Value: 0.0 [degree]

Theta Max Description: Upper bound of Theta coordinate for a turbo surface. Parameter Type: Real Default Value: 180.0 [degree]

Theta Min Description: Lower bound of Theta coordinate for a turbo surface. Parameter Type: Real Default Value: -180.0 [degree]

Theta Points Description: Number of Sample points in T direction (turbo coordinate). Parameter Type: Integer Default Value: 10

Page 604

CCL Parameters

CFX-5.6

CFX-5 Reference Guide CFX-Post CCL Details

Timestep Interpolation Method Description: Indicates what timestep information to interpolate if timesteps are to be animated. Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: Timestep, TimeValue, Sequential Default Value: Timestep

Timestep List Description: A list of all the timesteps that exist for the loaded file. Parameter Type: String List

Tolerance Mode Description: whether Grid Tolerance or Absolute Tolerance are used Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: Grid Relative, Absolute Default Value: Grid Relative

Track Drawing Mode Description: The streamline drawing mode. Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: Line, Tube, Ribbon Default Value: Line

Track File Type Description: The type of file to read the particle tracks from. This is only available if the Particle Track Option is "From File". Currently only supports CFX4 files. Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: CFX4 Default Value: CFX4

CFX-5.6

CCL Parameters

Page 605

CFX-5 Reference Guide CFX-Post CCL Details

Track Filename Description: The path and filename of the Particle Track File to load. Parameter Type: String

Track Index Range Description: The range of valid track indices. The indices may extend beyond the number of tracks, specifically when track reduction was selected for the solver. Parameter Type: String

Track Initial Direction Description: Defines the initial plane of a stream ribbon Parameter Type: Direction Default Value: 0.0, 1.0, 0.0

Track Line Width Description: The width of the streamline. Parameter Type: Integer Default Value: 1

Track Material Description: Specifies the material of the track for this object. Parameter Type: String List

Track Selection Description: A string list containing a subset of track numbers to select the tracks to display. Parameter Type: String List

Track Size Description: The initial width of stream ribbons or tubes Page 606

CCL Parameters

CFX-5.6

CFX-5 Reference Guide CFX-Post CCL Details

Parameter Type: Real Default Value: 1.0

Track Symbol Description: Name of streamline symbol to be used for plot. Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: Crosshair, Octahedron, Cube, Ball, Arrow2D, Arrow3D, Line Arrow, Arrowhead, Fish3D Default Value: Ball

Tracks Displayed Description: A list of the track numbers that are displayed in the viewer. Parameter Type: String List

Translation Vector Description: Specifies the translation vector. Parameter Type: Real List Default Value: 0.0, 0.0, 0.0

Transparency Description: Set between 0.0 (fully opaque) and 1.0 (fully transparent) to control the transparency of this graphics object in the viewer. Parameter Type: Real Default Value: 0.0

Turbo Domain List Description: The list of domains over which to define this object. Parameter Type: String List Default Value: All Domains

CFX-5.6

CCL Parameters

Page 607

CFX-5 Reference Guide CFX-Post CCL Details

Turbo Line Mode Description: The method of generation of "Hub to Shroud" Turbo Line Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: Linear, Quasi Orthogonal Default Value: Quasi Orthogonal

Turbo Principal Axis Description: Specifies the principal axis used in turbo setup Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: X, Y, Z Default Value: Z

Turbo Rotation Axis From Description: An XYZ triple defining the first point of the rotation axis. Parameter Type: String List Default Value: 0.0, 0.0, 0.0

Turbo Rotation Axis To Description: An XYZ triple defining the second point of the rotation axis. Parameter Type: String List Default Value: 0.0, 0.0, 1.0

Turbo Rotation Axis Type Description: Specifies the rotation axis type in the transformation. If it is set to "Principal Axis", Principal Axis parameter setting is used. It it is set to "Rotation Axis", parameters Rotation Axis From and Rotation Axis To are used for the axis definition. Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: Principal Axis, Rotation Axis Default Value: Principal Axis Page 608

CCL Parameters

CFX-5.6

CFX-5 Reference Guide CFX-Post CCL Details

Under Relaxation Factor Parameter Type: Real

UpStream Domain Description: upstream domain for the domain. Parameter Type: String

Update Units to Preferred Description: This logical indicates whether all displayed units should always be updated to display the preferred units. If this is "false", quantities will be converted to preferred types. Parameter Type: Logical Default Value: false

Use Screen MPEG Size Description: When set to On, the current screen size is used as the MPEG size Parameter Type: Logical Default Value: Off

Use Screen Size Description: When set to On, the current screen size is used as the image size Parameter Type: Logical Default Value: On

User Camera Description: Defines the CAMERA object that is used to set up the camera view in the viewer (Note that Camera Mode has to be set to User Specified for this parameter to have effect). Parameter Type: String

CFX-5.6

CCL Parameters

Page 609

CFX-5 Reference Guide CFX-Post CCL Details

User Level Description: Specifies the user level of the variable. Parameter Type: Integer Allowed Values: 1, 2, 3 Default Value: 1

User Units Description: Specifies the preferred units to display this variable in if different from the default units setting. To use the default units, this parameter must be empty (blank). Parameter Type: String

Value Description: The value of the variable at which the isosurface is to be plotted. Parameter Type: Real Default Value: 0.0

Value 1 Description: The value of the variable at which the isovolume is to be plotted. Parameter Type: Real Default Value: 0.0

Value 2 Description: The value of the variable at which the isovolume is to be plotted it is used when the isovolume mode is between values. Parameter Type: Real Default Value: 0.0

Page 610

CCL Parameters

CFX-5.6

CFX-5 Reference Guide CFX-Post CCL Details

Value List Description: Specifies a list of variable values for a contour plot. In order for this list to be used, Contour Range has to be set to "Value List". Parameter Type: Real List Default Value: 0.0, 1.0

VarMax Description: The global maximum value from this variable as read from the RES file. Parameter Type: Real

VarMin Description: The global minimum value from this variable as read from the RES file. Parameter Type: Real

Variable Description: The name of the variable used to create the object. Should be set equal to the name of a currently defined VARIABLE object. Parameter Type: String

Variable Bit Rate Description: Boolean indicating whether to apply the specified Bit Rate. If this parameter is "false", then a specified Bit Rate will not be sent to the encoder which will then use a variable bit rate. Parameter Type: Logical Default Value: On

Variable Boundary Values Description: Sets the type of boundary values to be presented for variables in this object (Conservative or Hybrid). CFX-5.6

CCL Parameters

Page 611

CFX-5 Reference Guide CFX-Post CCL Details

Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: Conservative, Hybrid Default Value: Hybrid

Variable Class Description: Solver variable class Parameter Type: String

Variable Description Parameter Type: String Default Value: Long Name

Variable Dimensions Description: The dimensions of the variable as read from the results file. Parameter Type: Real List

Variable Is Turbo Description: Parameter indicating whether it is a turbo variable Parameter Type: Logical Default Value: false

Variable List Description: A comma delimited list of variables whose data is to be exported. Parameter Type: String List Default Value: X, Y, Z

Variable Type Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: Unspecified, Volumetric, Specific Page 612

CCL Parameters

CFX-5.6

CFX-5 Reference Guide CFX-Post CCL Details

Default Value: Unspecified

Vector Brackets Description: Indicates the kind of brackets to use around vector data when displayed as components. Any two character combination is valid, where the first character will be used as the open-bracket, and the second as the close-bracket. If "-" is specified (no quotes), no brackets will be displayed. Parameter Type: String Default Value: ()

Vector Display Description: Indicates the way that vector variables are to be displayed. Choices are: Components | Scalar. Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: Components, Scalar Default Value: Components

Vector Variable Description: The vector variable to be used in creating this plot. Parameter Type: String Default Value: Velocity

Verbose Description: Controls if the result of a calculation is written to the screen. Parameter Type: Logical Default Value: Off

Viewport Layout Description: Specifies the layout of viewports. Parameter Type: String CFX-5.6

CCL Parameters

Page 613

CFX-5 Reference Guide CFX-Post CCL Details

Allowed Values: Horizontal, Vertical, Horizontal Left Split, Vertical Top Split Default Value: Horizontal

Viewport List Description: Specifies the list of viewports to be used in the layout. Parameter Type: String

Visibility Description: Toggles the visibility of this graphics object in the viewer. Parameter Type: Logical Default Value: true

Volume Intersection Mode Description: A parameter used to define the context setting for volume object. Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: Intersection, Below Intersection, Above Intersection Default Value: Intersection

White Background Description: Toggles if hardcopy output is produced on a white or black background. Parameter Type: Logical Default Value: Off

Write Session Mode Description: This parameter indicates whether the session file should be overwritten or appended to if it exists. Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: None, Overwrite, Append Default Value: None Page 614

CCL Parameters

CFX-5.6

CFX-5 Reference Guide CFX-Post CCL Details

X Description: The X coordinate value for the location of this object. Parameter Type: Real Default Value: 0.0

X Justification Description: Specifies the horizontal justification of a text or overlay item. Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: None, Center, Left, Right Default Value: Center

X Split Description: The normalised location of the vertical viewport splitter. Parameter Type: Real Default Value: 0.5

Y Description: The Y coordinate value for the location of this object. Parameter Type: Real Default Value: 0.0

Y Justification Description: Specifies the vertical justification of a text or overlay item. Parameter Type: String Allowed Values: None, Center, Top, Bottom Default Value: None

Y Split Description: The normalised location of the horizontal viewport splitter. CFX-5.6

CCL Parameters

Page 615

CFX-5 Reference Guide CFX-Post CCL Details

Parameter Type: Real Default Value: 0.5

Z Description: The Z coordinate value for the location of this object. Parameter Type: Real Default Value: 0.0

Page 616

CCL Parameters

CFX-5.6

CFX-5 Reference Guide

CFX-5 Reference Guide

Frequently Asked Questions • The Questions p. 619 • The Answers p. 624

CFX-5.6

Page 617

CFX-5 Reference Guide Frequently Asked Questions

Introduction This chapter is comprised of questions that are frequently asked by CFX customers. The questions are categorised into 6 sections: General (p. 619) Help Documentation (p. 619) CFX-Build (p. 619) CFX-Pre (p. 621) CFX-5 Solver and Solver Manager (p. 622) CFX-Post (p. 622) If you cannot find the answer to your question here, you have other alternatives: • Look for the subject of your question in the online Master Index. • Search the online PDF files for keywords that relate to your question. See Searching PDF Help (p. 225) for help on searching. • You can obtain further support online from our CFX Community Website. Visit www.ansys.com/cfx and follow the Community link. This site contains searchable questions and answers and is available to all registered CFX users. To obtain your CFX community Site password, email [email protected]. • Contact the CFX technical support centre nearest to you. See Contact Information (p. 235) for addresses.

Page 618

Introduction

CFX-5.6

CFX-5 Reference Guide Frequently Asked Questions

The Questions General • What does it mean when menu items in the Top Window have a character which is underlined or three dots at the end? • What is meant by and how can I find it out for my installation? • Where should my CFX-5 setup files be placed if I’m using a Windows machine? • How can I print my files on a Windows system if I don’t have a PostScript printer?

Help Documentation • How can I browse the online help without opening CFX-Build, CFX-Pre, the CFX-5 Solver Manager or CFX-Post? • How can I obtain a good quality printed document? • How do I search the PDF online documentation? • What are search indexes and how do I add and remove them from the PDF searches? • I can’t find the Search icon in Acrobat Reader. • Nothing happens when I click the Search button in the Acrobat Reader Search panel. • When I press F1 nothing happens. • I’m running Windows 2000/XP and some of my fonts display incorrectly in FrameViewer. • CFX-Build online help fails with the message “No response from FrameViewer RPC server...”

CFX-Build Session files, journal files and databases • What is the difference between a Journal File (.jou) and a Session File (.ses)? CFX-5.6

The Questions

Page 619

CFX-5 Reference Guide Frequently Asked Questions

• I’m having trouble playing back a Session File. • Can I use old CFX-Build 5 databases with the current version of CFX-Build? • How can I use a database created on one machine type on a machine of a different type? Geometry Modelling • I can’t mesh imported Parasolid solids when using multiple solids. • Why can’t I pick a particular Curve/Edge/Surface/Face? • I can only select some geometry entities when I use the mouse. • A message appeared about “visible entity picking” and then when I wanted to select something from the viewport, nothing was highlighted as I moved the mouse over it. • I tried to create a B-rep and I get a gap warning message. • I’ve lost objects, but I know I haven’t deleted them. • Entities (particularly Curves) do not meet at end points: Gap of Zero. • The surface/curve/solid I have created is the wrong shape. • CFX-Build complains of a ‘Duplicate Entry in Table’. • Chained curves do not appear as expected. • Surface Edge Matching says ‘No Geometry Edited’. • Creating a surface from curves does not work. • Cannot Manifold curve/surface. • When I try to import a Parasolid file, CFX-Build locks up. Meshing • What do the meshing error messages mean? • Why can’t I see inflated elements (prisms) in CFX-Build? • The mesher fails trying to create a surface mesh. • The mesher fails trying to create a mesh with inflation. • How can I ask to see the warning messages that the mesher produces? • How can I make the mesh fine in the interior of the flow? Page 620

The Questions

CFX-5.6

CFX-5 Reference Guide Frequently Asked Questions

• I can’t mesh imported Parasolid solids when using multiple solids. General CFX-Build • My forms keep disappearing and I don’t know why. • How can I use my mouse to transform my geometry in different ways without having to keep using the Toolbar icons? • Why do the colours flash when I move the mouse between application windows? • How do I create a 2D model? • I have to click twice in databoxes before I can enter data. • How can I use the keyboard to perform actions such as selecting Iso 3 View? • How do I get CFX-Build to add lines to the bottom of the History List window instead of the top? • How can I change the default setting of the AutoExecute toggles? • How can I make CFX-Build on Windows use my window colours? • How can I copy the Build Viewport into another Windows application? • Why doesn’t mouse-rotation work?

CFX-Pre • Why do I need to specify a Domain Temperature for an isothermal simulation? • How can I add my fluid to the list of template fluids? • How do I create thin surfaces? • How does the multi-select, drop-down menu work? • How do I set up a multiphase problem? • When should I use multiple domains? • How can I move a boundary condition to a different domain?

CFX-5.6

The Questions

Page 621

CFX-5 Reference Guide Frequently Asked Questions

CFX-5 Solver and Solver Manager • What is a reasonable timestep to use for my problem? • Why does a steady state simulation require a timestep? • How does the Solver compute the Auto Timestep? • What is the 'Auto timestep User Max'? • How do I restart a calculation without changing the physics? • I want to change some parameters and/or physics without restarting CFX-Pre. How do I do this? • Is there maximum file size limit for my results file? • Why does the Solver fail when I try to run my problem? • I get a message saying that a wall has been placed at one of my boundaries. What does this mean? • How can I create backup files during the run? • How can I view the mass balances at each iteration? • Can I add a subdomain or change the geometry/mesh density on a restart? • How can I stop a run of the CFX-5 Solver and Solver Manager? • My simulation doesn’t converge. What can I do? • Auto Timestep option gives an excessively large timestep. • The CFX-5 Solver complains about my mesh. What has happened? • The Solver tells me to "Increase vector parallel tolerance”. What does this mean?

CFX-Post • When using power syntax with variables or locators that contain spaces, I receive error messages. • I can’t select individual surfaces for plotting results. • My isosurface does not display. Why not? • How can I create a Line Locator (a line of points)? • How can I change the font of the numbers on my Legend? • How can I show/hide numbers on my contour plot? • How can I create a Linegraph (XY plot) in CFX-Post? Page 622

The Questions

CFX-5.6

CFX-5 Reference Guide Frequently Asked Questions

• How can I view the residuals? • How can I view the values of YPLUS? • The list of variables which appear in CFX-Post doesn’t seem to include what I need to use. What can I do? • There are lots of variables in the Variables list that aren’t familiar. Where can I find out what they all are? • How do I display all of the surface mesh? • How can I show a single mesh element?

CFX-5.6

The Questions

Page 623

CFX-5 Reference Guide Frequently Asked Questions

The Answers General • What does it mean when menu items in the Top Window have a character which is underlined or three dots at the end? The underlined character is there to provide a keyboard short-cut so that you can select an item from the menu without using the mouse. See Using Keyboard Mnemonics to Open a Menu (p. 34 in CFX-Build). The three dots at the end of the names listed in the menus signify that clicking upon that name will open up a form. If you select a menu item without three dots at the end, then that will usually result in a single action which is performed immediately. • What is meant by and how can I find it out for my installation?

is the directory in which CFX is installed. If you are asked to type something which includes the symbol , you should substitute this directory name for the symbol. To find out what this directory is for your installation, see Specific Directory Names (p. 4 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5). • Where should my CFX-5 setup files be placed if I’m using a Windows machine? If you have a “home” directory on a Windows machine, then you can place your setup files in this directory. On Windows NT, some files can also be placed in c:\winnt\profiles\<user>\Application Data\CFX-5\ (where <user> is your user name) or in the current directory. On Windows 2000, files can be placed in Settings\<user>\Application Data\CFX-5\. CFX-5 setup files are described in Customising CFX-5 (p. 159 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5). • How can I print my files on a Windows system if I don’t have a PostScript printer? There are various viewers of PostScript files for Windows systems which will allow you to print PostScript files without a PostScriptcapable printer. You can find one available for downloading at http:// www.cs.wisc.edu/~ghost/ and others are available. Note that we cannot provide any support for the use of these products.

Page 624

The Answers

CFX-5.6

CFX-5 Reference Guide Frequently Asked Questions

Help Documentation • Do I have to purchase FrameViewer to look at the online help? No, CFX-5 online help can be viewed in PDF format with Adobe Acrobat Reader, which is supplied with your installation. The only aspect of the documentation that needs FrameViewer is CFX-Build context-sensitive help. • How can I browse the online help without opening CFX-Build, CFX-Pre, the CFX-5 Solver Manager or CFX-Post? You can open the online help from the Help menu on the CFX-5 Launcher. See Accessing PDF Online Help (p. 224 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5) for more details. You can also type the command cfx5help in a UNIX terminal or a suitable Windows command line and press the Return key. (Windows command lines are discussed in Command line (p. 216 in Installation & Introduction to CFX-5).) The Master Contents page of the online help will be opened, and you can navigate to any place you require by following the links on this page. • How can I obtain a good quality printed document? In the CFX-5 Help menu, click on Printable Books. For CFX-Build, you can find Printable Books in the Tools menu. In the books.pdf file that opens, select the book you wish to print and click on File > Print in Adobe Acrobat Reader. Please check the number of pages in the book you choose before you print it as some of the books contain over 1000 pages. See Printing PDF Documents (p. 229 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5) for more details. • How do I search the PDF online documentation? You must have Adobe Acrobat Reader with Search. Click the Search icon on the Reader main menu. In the Adobe Acrobat Search panel, type a keyword and click the Search button. A list of files showing your results will appear. For more information on help, searching and documentation, see Help On Help (p. 219). • What are search indexes and how do I add and remove them from the PDF searches?

CFX-5.6

The Answers

Page 625

CFX-5 Reference Guide Frequently Asked Questions

A search index is a file created using Adobe Acrobat that contains an organised list of all the keywords in the documentation. Search index files have the suffix .pdx. These files allow you to search the thousands of pages of CFX-5 documentation in seconds. Each version of CFX-5 has its own search index and you can search any number of indexes at one time. To load a search index, click the Search icon on the Acrobat Reader main menu. In the Adobe Acrobat Search panel, click the Indexes button. In the Index Selection panel, check the box next to the index you want to search and click OK. If you cannot find the index you want, click the Add... button and browse for the search.pdx file. You will find it in the same directory as your CFX-5 PDF files. To remove a search index, highlight it in the Index Selection panel and click the Remove button. • I can’t find the

Search icon in Acrobat Reader. If you have Adobe Acrobat Reader open, and there is no Search icon on the main menu bar, you have a version of Reader that does not support the search capability. In order to provide full help functionality, you should download the version of Adobe Acrobat Reader WITH SEARCH that is available on the CFX-5 CD.

• Nothing happens when I click the Search button in the Acrobat Reader Search panel. You have no search index loaded. The following message will be at the bottom of the Adobe Acrobat Search panel: “No selected indexes are available for search.” For information on how to load search indexes, see the question above What are search indexes and how do I add and remove them from the PDF searches? • When I press F1 nothing happens. If you are in a component other than CFX-Build, you are probably trying to use PDF context help with no Acrobat Reader installed. If no Acrobat Reader is installed on your system, you will get an error similar to: Error returned from help viewer: initialiseReader: unable to find a valid path to the reader. Please set CFX_PDF_READCMD to the path of a valid reader executable. For UNIX systems, it is highly recommended that you install Adobe Acrobat Reader with Search when you install the CFX-5.6 software. You must use the Adobe Acrobat Reader supplied with CFX-5.6 to provide full help functionality.This contains additional plug-ins to allow context sensitive help to function. These plug-ins will not be included with any other installation of Adobe Acrobat Reader. Page 626

The Answers

CFX-5.6

CFX-5 Reference Guide Frequently Asked Questions

In order to use F1 help (also called context-sensitive help) in CFX-Build, you need to have FrameViewer. If you do not have FrameViewer and you pressed F1 in CFX-Build, a message appeared in the command line window: Waiting for FrameViewer to become available. then another message: No response from FrameViewer RPC server after 60 seconds. FrameViewer was available with the CFX-5.5.1 CD, but is no longer supplied with CFX-5. If you do not have FrameViewer, Help in PDF format is still available in CFX-Build through the Tools menu, but F1 help with CFX-Build will not work. • I’m running Windows 2000/XP and some of my fonts display incorrectly in FrameViewer. A workaround for this problem is documented in Odd Characters in FrameViewer Files with Windows 2000/XP (p. 232 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5). • CFX-Build online help fails with the message “No response from FrameViewer RPC server...” If you receive the error message “No response from FrameViewer RPC server after 60 seconds” when you try to open CFX-Build FrameViewer online help, check the host settings by typing the commands uname n and hostname. The output from both of these commands must be identical. Inform your systems administrator of the problem if this is not the case. These settings are most often incorrect on IRIX systems when running CFX-5.4 or earlier.

CFX-Build Session files, journal files and databases • What is the difference between a Journal File (.jou) and a Session File (.ses)? The Journal File contains all the commands required to recreate your CFX-Build model database, i.e. it is specific to a particular model. It can therefore contain commands from many CFX-Build sessions. CFX-5.6

The Answers

Page 627

CFX-5 Reference Guide Frequently Asked Questions

The Session File is a record of all the commands (and CFX-Build responses) from a particular CFX-Build session. It can therefore contain commands which relate to operations on more than one database. For example, if you open a database, close it, and then open another database, all of these actions will be recorded in the Session File. • I’m having trouble playing back a Session File. It may be that you are trying to play back a Session File which was created on a different computer platform. If you transported your session file from one platform to another, then you must first edit your Session File to change the machine name part of the template name argument for the command which starts the playback. Alternatively, you can use the File>Rebuild command from the CFX-Build Main Menu to rebuild your model from a Journal File. Journal Files are machine independent. • Can I use old CFX-Build 5 databases with the current version of CFX-Build? You can open a CFX-Build 5.4 UNIX (or later) or CFX-Build 5.3 Windows (or later) database on any operating system in CFX-Build by selecting File > Open. No explicit conversion is required. You should note that after opening the database in CFX-5.6, you will not be able to open it again in earlier versions. If you need to be able to do this, you should make a copy of the old database before opening it. • How can I use a database created on one machine type on a machine of a different type? CFX-5.6 databases can be opened on any operating system without conversion. However, you should note that if you open databases created on a Windows or Compaq Tru 64 Unix machine on any other UNIX platform (or vice versa), the process of opening the database will take longer than usual. Geometry modelling • I can’t mesh imported Parasolid solids when using multiple solids. When you import Parasolid solids into CFX-Build that apparently share boundaries, you must be very careful in checking the shared faces between solids and surfaces which reference the underlying CAD geometry.

Page 628

The Answers

CFX-5.6

CFX-5 Reference Guide Frequently Asked Questions

The key to this problem is to disassemble the solids and carefully examine the surfaces produced. It is often the case that two apparently common surfaces between two solids are referencing different surfaces. This causes a topological error and trips up the meshing algorithms. To solve the problem, first disassemble the solids that appear to be sharing a face. Next, recreate the solids ensuring that both solids use the exact same surface at the bounding interface. One of the surfaces at the boundary can be deleted to aid this process. • Why can’t I pick a particular Curve/Edge/Surface/Face? Before picking a geometric entity, you should choose which type of entity you want to pick, using the Select Menu form. The most common problem new users have is trying to pick an edge of a surface which is not an explicit curve. ? Pick Any point Pick an existing Point Pick an existing Node

For details, see Using the Select Menus (p. 45 in CFX-Build). • I can only select some geometry entities when I use the mouse. You can change the way you select entities by using the Picking Preferences form, available by selecting Preferences > Picking from the CFX-Build Main Menu. This setting determines whether an entity is ‘picked’ depending on the location of the cursor.

CFX-5.6

The Answers

Page 629

CFX-5 Reference Guide Frequently Asked Questions

An additional picking utility is provided on the Select Menu form, which accompanies many of the forms in CFX-Build. The “Pick Visible Entities” icon disables Preselection Highlighting and allows you to pick only those entities which you would normally be able to view. Pick Visible Entities

?

For instance, enabling this icon would allow you to pick only the three visible surfaces of a solid cube. For details, see Using the Select Menus (p. 45 in CFX-Build). • A message appeared about “visible entity picking” and then when I wanted to select something from the viewport, nothing was highlighted as I moved the mouse over it. You have accidentally changed the picking mode from “Pre-selection highlighting” to “Visible entity picking”. By default, if you click in a databox which requires you to select a geometrical object or a mesh entity (e.g. a surface), then when you move the mouse over the viewport, each object of the appropriate type is highlighted as the mouse passes over it. In this way, you can see which object you would pick if you were to click the mouse button in that position - this is called “pre-selection highlighting”. You can pick any object of an appropriate type, even if there is another entity in front of it. However, CFX-Build has a different mode of operation in which there is no pre-selection highlighting and where you can only pick entities that are at the front of the viewport - entities which are entirely behind another entity of the same sort cannot be selected.

Page 630

The Answers

CFX-5.6

CFX-5 Reference Guide Frequently Asked Questions

To toggle between these two modes, use the toggle on the Select menu, as shown below. Toggle to switch ON/ OFF visible entity picking mode.

Also see I can only select some geometry entities when I use the mouse. (p. 629). • I tried to create a B-rep and I get a gap warning message. CFX-Build gives the following warning: A Gap exists between two of the faces in the Body. This may be due to edges not matching directly or a missing face. Edges are hilighted. Use Edit/Surface/Edge Match to close the gaps, then use Create/Solid/B-rep to create the solid.

and the B-rep solid is not created. When you press OK, the problem edges are highlighted with red coloured markers at the vertices. The reason for this is that CFX-Build has found gaps in your model between original surfaces, or those which were created by breaking other surfaces. This problem is called incongruency, and can occur when surfaces do not meet exactly at their edges, which is a requirement for defining a fully enclosed volume. Fortunately, CFX-Build provides a function which allows you to correct this problem automatically. The sew function (Edit/Surface/Sew) is a composite geometry action which first equivalences (or merges) surface edge points, and then merges the associated edges using an edge matching procedure. Use this first, and then create your B-rep solid. Refer to Text Files in the section Transferring and Upgrading CFX-Build Files (p. 127 in CFX-Build). Also see Play Session File (p. 222 in CFX-Build). • I’ve lost objects, but I know I haven’t deleted them. If you delete a group, it is possible for objects to become ‘orphans’, i.e. they don’t belong to any group. You can only display objects which are in a group, so orphan objects cannot be displayed. To overcome this problem, create a new group and select Add All Orphans as the selection type. CFX-5.6

The Answers

Page 631

CFX-5 Reference Guide Frequently Asked Questions

• Entities (particularly Curves) do not meet at end points: Gap of Zero. When entities are created, CFX-Build uses existing points if they lie within a distance smaller than the global tolerance from the vertices of the new entity. Use Show//Attributes to determine if this is the problem. To fix it, first reduce the global tolerance then use Edit/Curve/Extend using the ‘through point’ option to extend the curve to the end point. Reset the tolerance. For surfaces, extend the edge which does not meet the vertex, and rebuild the surface using the extended curve. • The surface/curve/solid I have created is the wrong shape. This is because the underlying mathematics which describes the object cannot match what you are trying to do. Typically, vertices are placed correctly, but surface/solid edges do not match up with the objects used for their creation. This occurs most often when objects are created using the Parametric Cubic option, or when parametric solids are used. If you created the object using the Parametric Cubic option, try rebuilding it with Parametric Cubic toggled OFF. If this is unsuccessful, it may be that the construction objects are not well parametrised. Refit the construction objects or create new construction objects using B-spline curves. To do this, you can extract four or more points from an edge using Create/Point/Extract and use these to create a B-spline curve. • CFX-Build complains of a ‘Duplicate Entry in Table’. This problem usually occurs when you try to build a surface or solid using another curve or surface. The cause is poor parametrisation of the construction object, usually when a complex shaped surface has been split into several smaller shapes. To fix this problem, re-parametrise the construction objects using Edit/ /Refit, or rebuild them using the surrounding geometry. • Chained curves do not appear as expected. For example: 3 2

1

Page 632

The Answers

CFX-5.6

CFX-5 Reference Guide Frequently Asked Questions

There are two possible causes of this problem: 1. If one of the constituent curves is smaller than the global tolerance, then the chained curve may join the constituent curves in the wrong order, or you may get a ‘Gap of X’ message. To overcome this, reduce the global tolerance and chain the small curve with a neighbouring larger curve. Then reset the tolerance and complete the chaining operation. 2. If the parametric direction of one curve is different to its neighbours, the chaining function may not work correctly. (To show the parametric direction, select Display properties from the Display menu, toggle Parametric Direction ON and press Apply.) For example: ξ

ξ

ξ 1

1

0

1

0

0 Picking the curves to chain in a different order can prevent the problem. Alternatively, use Edit/Curve/Reverse, to reverse the parametric direction of the odd curve. If this fails to solve the problem, it may be possible to create a new curve using a Bspline based on the vertices of the curves you are trying to chain. • Surface Edge Matching says ‘No Geometry Edited’. Gaps can be fixed only when the surface edges use the same vertices (use Show/Surface/Attributes to check), and it is more reliable when the surfaces can be extended without distorting the overall surface shape. For example, to match the edges of the following surfaces,

S1

S2

the two surfaces should not overlap: S2

S1 OK

CFX-5.6

S1 S2 May cause problems

The Answers

Page 633

CFX-5 Reference Guide Frequently Asked Questions

If this fails, you must rebuild one or both of the surfaces using the required edge as a construction object. • Creating a surface from curves does not work. It is easy to confuse these two similar methods of creating surfaces: Use Create/Surface/Curve if you wish to create a surface using two curves:

Use Create/Surface/Edge if you wish to create a surface from existing edges:

• Cannot Manifold curve/surface. This is a problem with tolerances, and has two possible causes: 1. Manifold functions are carried out in two stages. In the first stage, the edges of the surface are created from the specified curves. Next, the shape of the new surface is matched to the manifold surface. If the first operation results in a surface which already matches within the tolerance limit, then the second stage ‘fails’. In this case, you do not need to manifold, since the construction objects give an acceptable result. 2. There may be a compounding of tolerances: If you create objects on an existing surface, then they are coincident with the surface to within the tolerance. If you subsequently make another object from the created objects and manifold to the surface, the new object matches the created object to within the tolerance, but its underlying equation cannot be fitted to the manifold surface within the tolerance.

Page 634

The Answers

CFX-5.6

CFX-5 Reference Guide Frequently Asked Questions

Try refitting the construction objects and then manifolding; or create non-manifolded simple construction objects and project the resulting object onto the manifold surface. • When I try to import a Parasolid file, CFX-Build locks up. Check that the following environment variables have not been set. PARASOLID, P_LISP, P_SCHEMA These can cause problems if they are pointing an old version of Parasolid. Meshing What do the meshing error messages mean? Edge is periodic.

In this release of the software, edges of surfaces that form closed loops must not be made up of a single curve. See Surface Topology For Surface Meshing (p. 1266 in CFX-Build) for help on working around this problem.

face has less than 2 edges

Surface has less than 2 edges. This usually occurs when a surface has a periodic edge. See Surface Topology For Surface Meshing (p. 1266 in CFX-Build) for help on working around this problem.

face for edge is periodic

Surface is closed. In this release of the software, two ends of a surface may not share the same curve. See Surface Topology For Surface Meshing (p. 1266 in CFX-Build) for help on working around this problem.

Two or more CAD edges between non-inflated surfaces meet at a CAD vertex on a inflated surface.

This is currently an invalid topology. See Surface Topology for Inflation (p. 1279 in CFX-Build) for help on working around this problem.

Surface topology problem in CAD model. CAD vertex referred to n times by CAD face.

See Surface Topology For Surface Meshing (p. 1266 in CFX-Build) for help on working around this problem.

CFX-Meshgen has run out of memory.

The volume mesher has run out of memory. See Messages During Meshing with CFX-Meshgen (p. 1476 in CFX-Build) for help on working around this problem.

CFX-Meshgen has attempted to generate too many elements

This may because you require more elements to fill your problem Domain to the specified mesh density than you have allowed for. See Messages During Meshing with CFX-Meshgen (p. 1476 in CFX-Build) for help on working around this problem.

CFX-5.6

The Answers

Page 635

CFX-5 Reference Guide Frequently Asked Questions

CFX-Meshgen has run out of problem dependent memory

The volume mesher has run out of problem dependent memory. See Messages During Meshing with CFX-Meshgen (p. 1476 in CFX-Build) for help on working around this problem.

cfxImportFixElement: invalid element node ordering

This occurs if you try to import an invalid volume mesh. See cfxImportElementList (p. 53 in CFX-5 Reference Guide).

• Why can’t I see inflated elements (prisms) in CFX-Build? Inflation is a volume mesh generation process. Inflated elements, and other volume mesh elements, are only generated when the GTM File is written. The mesh generated and visualised in the Mesh forms is the surface mesh generated using a triangulation algorithm. This surface mesh is generated as the volume mesh generation algorithms take into account those surfaces marked for inflation. If you want to view the volume mesh, including inflated elements, you can do so in CFX-Post by loading either the GTM File or the Results File. • The mesher fails trying to create a surface mesh. There are several reasons why this could occur: 1. You may be trying to mesh closed surfaces on which the AF surface mesher cannot produce a surface mesh. Closed surfaces are defined by having two separate edges occupying the same location in space, such as a single cylindrical surface. The simplest solution to this problem is to use the Delaunay surface mesher which is selected by default. If the AF surface mesher is used there are two possible solutions to this problem. • For relatively simple geometries you can recreate your model without closed surfaces, for example using two curved surfaces to define a cylinder. • For larger, more complicated, or imported models, you can break closed surfaces into one or more non-closed surfaces using the Edit/Surface/Break action in the Geometry forms. You can then use the Edit/Surface/Sew action to close any surface edge gaps in your model. 2. You may be trying to mesh an invalid surface topology. Some non-manifold topologies cannot be meshed with the surface mesher. For tips on how to use the surface mesher most effectively see Surface Topology For Surface Meshing (p. 1266 in CFX-Build). Page 636

The Answers

CFX-5.6

CFX-5 Reference Guide Frequently Asked Questions

• The mesher fails trying to create a mesh with inflation. Check your geometry model to make sure adjoining non-inflation surfaces do not contain two or more edges which meet at an intermediate edge point. If they do, you can overcome this problem, either by making the adjoining surfaces inflation surfaces, or by merging surfaces together to remove the problem edges. For tips on how to use the mesher most effectively see Surface Topology For Surface Meshing (p. 1266 in CFX-Build). • How can I ask to see the warning messages that the mesher produces? By default, warning messages from the mesher are ignored to allow meshing to continue uninterrupted unless a fatal error occurs. To change this, select Preferences>Meshing from the Main Menu in CFX-Build, and toggle Ignore Warning Messages OFF. Then, when you create the mesh, you will be warned of any potential problems and can take appropriate action. • How can I make the mesh fine in the interior of the flow? If you are using the AFI volume mesher then you can specify areas for refinement using mesh controls. Mesh controls are sources which control the local element size and its growth away from the locality. See Mesh Controls (p. 1256 in CFX-Build). General CFX-Build • My forms keep disappearing and I don’t know why. Pressing the space bar or the Return key over a form will often close the form. This feature is one of the keyboard short-cuts described in Using the Keyboard to Navigate Through Forms (p. 34 in CFX-Build). • How can I use my mouse to transform my geometry in different ways without having to keep using the Toolbar icons? There are various short-cuts that can be used to change how the mouse behaves. These are described in Using the Mouse to Manipulate Objects in the Viewport (p. 32 in CFX-Build). • Why do the colours flash when I move the mouse between application windows?

CFX-5.6

The Answers

Page 637

CFX-5 Reference Guide Frequently Asked Questions

This problem is not specific to CFX-Build. It can occur with any application which uses a lot of colours on an 8-bit colour system. One solution is to reduce the number of colours required by CFX-Build by editing the following line in the settings.pcl file: pref_env_set_integer( "graphics_colors", 150 )

For further details, see Changing the Number of Colours Used (p. 171 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5). • How do I create a 2D model? You can create 2D models in the following way: • Create your region using a thin solid of finite thickness. The thickness should be chosen so that it is approximately equal to the length scale of the smallest mesh length scale you want to use. • Use an element Edge Length Scale equal to the thickness of your solid to create your mesh. This ensures that your mesh is only one element thick. You will have to use this length scale for the whole of your mesh. • Create Symmetry Plane boundary conditions in CFX-Pre on the sides of the solid which are normal to the coordinate direction which is not modelled (e.g. surfaces normal to the Z direction if your model is 2 dimensional in XY). For an example of a 2D model, see Buoyant Flow in a Partitioned Cavity (p. 217 in CFX-5 Tutorials). • I have to click twice in databoxes before I can enter data. You probably have your desktop environment set up in ‘click-to-focus’ mode. This is the default setting for window managers running CDE (5 top Environment) and is available on most UNIX systems (except Silicon Graphics). Click-to-focus mode means you have to click the left mouse button on a form to make it currently active or ‘in focus’. Generally when forms are opened, focus automatically shifts from that form to the Select Menu (if one is available), so you have to click in the form area to make it active. You then have to make a second click in a databox to make that databox active before you can enter any data. This behaviour can have implications for context sensitive help if the currently active form is not the one you want help on.

Page 638

The Answers

CFX-5.6

CFX-5 Reference Guide Frequently Asked Questions

CFX-Build works best when in ‘point-to-focus’ mode, and in this mode forms become currently active by simply placing the mouse cursor over the form. You then only require one mouse click to make a databox active on any form. Note, this also means that you don’t have to explicitly select a form for context sensitive help - it is always available for the form beneath the mouse. If you are running CDE you can change the focus behaviour by doing the following: • Select the Style Manager from the CDE ‘dashboard’. • Click on the Window icon. • Set Window Behaviour to Point In Window to Make Active. • Press OK, then OK on the confirmation dialogue box. • How can I use the keyboard to perform actions such as selecting Iso 3 View? CFX-Build allows you to specify a set of key mappings to enable you to use the keys on the keyboard to perform various actions. See Key Map Preferences (p. 358 in CFX-Build) for more details. • How do I get CFX-Build to add lines to the bottom of the History List window instead of the top? Select Preferences > Main Form from the CFX-Build main menu, and disable “Add latest history line at top”. The change is recorded in your settings.pcl file and is effective from the next CFX-Build session. See Main Form Preferences (p. 362 in CFX-Build) for more details. • How can I change the default setting of the AutoExecute toggles? On UNIX systems, the default setting for most AutoExecute toggles is ON. However, on Windows, the default setting is OFF. You can change the default setting by adding the following line to your cfx5rc file: AUTO_EXECUTE_DEFAULT_STATE=ON or AUTO_EXECUTE_DEFAULT_STATE=OFF See CFX-5 Resource Configuration Files (p. 160 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5) for more details about cfx5rc files. • How can I make CFX-Build on Windows use my window colours? On Windows, the colours of CFX-Build are not picked up directly from the Windows settings, but are instead set in an application defaults file. By default, the colours are chosen to mimic the Windows default colours. However, if you have changed your Windows window colours, CFX-Build colours will not change to match them. CFX-5.6

The Answers

Page 639

CFX-5 Reference Guide Frequently Asked Questions

You can change the colours of CFX-Build to match your windows colours using your cfx5.ad file; this is described in CFX-5 X Defaults (p. 165 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5). • How can I copy the Build Viewport into another Windows application? The way to paste Build viewports, or any other window, into a MS Windows application, is to click on the window that you’re interested in, making sure that it rises to the top. Then select Alt-Print Scrn to copy the window to the clipboard. You can then paste the selection into any Windows application. This functionality is provided by Windows and help on capturing images of windows can be found in the standard Windows help. • Why doesn’t mouse-rotation work? On some systems, the Caps Lock and Num Lock keys can cause the mouse-rotation function to work incorrectly. To prevent this, make sure that you have both the Caps Lock and Num Lock turned off.

CFX-Pre • Why do I need to specify a Domain Temperature for an isothermal simulation? In CFX-5, fluid properties can vary according to temperature, pressure and other variables. Even for an isothermal simulation, a Domain Temperature may be required for evaluating fluid properties. • How can I add my fluid to the list of template fluids? In general, it is recommended that you use the Export CCL feature in CFX-Pre to save new materials to a file which can later be imported into new simulations (see Library Materials and Reactions (p. 133 in CFX-Pre) for details). You may also edit the MATERIALS file, but this is considered an advanced option. See Adding to the MATERIALS file (p. 45 in Solver Modelling). • How do I create thin surfaces? A Thin Surface is used to model a two-dimensional wall boundary within a fluid region. You can create a thin surface by defining a 3D SubRegion in CFX-Build and then using one or more of its exterior faces to describe the location of a thin surface by creating a 2D region in CFX-Build for each surface that is required to be a thin surface. After importing the mesh into CFX-Pre, you will find that two regions will exist - one for each side of the thin surface. You can then assign boundary conditions to both sides to create a thin surface. You must assign Page 640

The Answers

CFX-5.6

CFX-5 Reference Guide Frequently Asked Questions

boundary conditions to both sides. If only one side has a boundary condition, the CFX-5 Solver will fail. To assist with creating boundary conditions on both sides, you can select only one side of a thin surface and then enable the Create Thin Surface Partner toggle. See Create Thin Surface Partner (p. 251 in CFX-Pre). CFX-Pre will then try to automatically create another boundary condition for the other side. The CFX-5 Solver treats each side of a thin surface uniquely and computes the flow variables for both sides separately. • How does the multi-select, drop-down menu work? There are many examples of multi-select, drop-down menus in CFXPre, such as the selection of multiple regions for a domain or boundary condition. After you make a selection, the drop-down menu does not automatically close. It is possible to make multiple selections using the and <Shift> keys. Pressing the key allows you to make extra selections one at a time. Pressing the <Shift> key allows you to select a range of items. The menu will close when you click away from the menu or on any other widget. • How do I set up a multiphase problem? In the Domain Definition panel, under General Options, select the fluids you need from the Fluids List. Tabs for the additional multiphase physics will then be shown in the Domain Definition panel. • When should I use multiple domains? It is only necessary to use multiple domains when the physics in different locations is different. The two primary reasons are for Conjugate Heat Transfer and Multiple Frame of Reference cases. This is an improvement over CFX-5.5.1, when each grid had to be in a different domain, even if the physics was the same. If you have multiple grids with the same physics, you do not need multiple domains and you can include all grids in a single domain. If necessary, you can define an interface between grids within the domain. • How can I move a boundary condition to a different domain? You can use the CFX-Pre Object Selector Copy and Paste capability to move or replicate any valid CCL objects except singletons. Rightclick on any object in the Object Selector and select Copy. Highlight the parent object in the CCL tree, right-click and select Paste. An example of a parent object would be the Flow object for a domain.

CFX-5.6

The Answers

Page 641

CFX-5 Reference Guide Frequently Asked Questions

CFX-5 Solver and Solver Manager • What is a reasonable timestep to use for my problem? In general, it is advisable to use About 1/3 to 1/5 of the residence time. For rotating cases, try 1 ⁄ ω , and for buoyant simulations, l ⁄ ( β × g × ∆T ) is recommended. For detailed help on timestep selection, please see Timestep Selection (p. 305 in Solver Modelling). • Why does a steady state simulation require a timestep? All simulations run in CFX-5 are obtained by a transient evolution of the flow from the initial conditions provided by the user (or automatically generated by the solver if requested) to the steady state conditions desired. In most cases the converged steady state solution does not depend on the initial conditions, nor on the timestep used to arrive at the steady state (exceptions include physical flows that exhibit hysteresis, closed systems, and some compressible flow situations). The use of a timestep to evolve from initial conditions to steady state conditions is a useful way to obtain the steady state answer in the minimum CPU time. The general idea is to evolve the flow in a physical manner, and thereby avoid non-physical flow situations that might hamper or prevent convergence to the steady state. In general, when one is interested in the steady state simulation, one should choose a timestep that is as large as possible, defined as the timestep that minimises the number of iterations required to obtain the steady state flow. A general rule of thumb is to estimate the flow residence time and try and take a timestep that is similar to this (large) timescale. For example, the residence time for flow through a long duct is the duct length (L) divided by the mean flow velocity (V). A good timestep to use might be 20% of L/V for this case. • How does the Solver compute the Auto Timestep? Detailed information on this topic is given in Automatic Timescale Calculation (p. 49 in Solver Theory). • What is the 'Auto timestep User Max'? If you want to use an internally calculated timestep size initially to get your solution going, but generally want larger timesteps to accelerate the convergence, you can use the Auto Timestep, User Max. option. The Solver will start with an automatic timescale (for details please see Automatic Timescale Calculation (p. 49 in Solver Theory)) and steadily ramp up to the value you enter as the maximum. Page 642

The Answers

CFX-5.6

CFX-5 Reference Guide Frequently Asked Questions

• How do I restart a calculation without changing the physics? Use the previous CFX-5 Results File as the Definition File. The calculation will continue from the latest solution for the number of iterations originally specified, or until the calculation converges. See Restarting a Run (p. 55 in CFX-5 Solver Manager) for more details. • I want to change some parameters and/or physics without restarting CFX-Pre. How do I do this? Many parameters can be changed using the Command File Editor or using a text editor, by using the cfx5cmds command. For full details, please see Editing a Definition File (p. 75 in CFX-5 Solver Manager). After writing a new Definition file, you can use your latest Results file as an initial values file for the new problem. • Is there maximum file size limit for my results file? On Windows platforms, the maximum file size is limited to 2GB. On UNIX systems, the file size is restricted only by the available disk space on your system. For more details on results files, please see The CFX-5 Results File (p. 95 in CFX-5 Solver Manager). • Why does the Solver fail when I try to run my problem? Solver overflow can often occur when an inappropriate timestep has been selected. For advice on choosing a timestep, please see Timestep Selection (p. 305 in Solver Modelling). It is also worth opening the out file (The CFX-5 Output File (p. 96 in CFX-5 Solver Manager)) in a text editor to check your boundary conditions. Errors in choosing units or entering values can seriously affect the solution. For more help on solving problems, refer to Advice on Flow Modelling (p. 301 in Solver Modelling). • I get a message saying that a wall has been placed at one of my boundaries. What does this mean? There is detailed help available for this issue in Using Inlets, Outlets and Openings (p. 53 in Solver Modelling). • How can I create backup files during the run? You can enter a backup frequency on the Output Control form in CFX-Pre (Backup Results (p. 309 in CFX-Pre)), or you can enter the expert parameter backup frequency using the Command File Editor in the Solver Manager (CFX-5 Solver Expert Control Parameters (p. 355 in Solver Modelling)). You can also make manual backups during the run by clicking the backup icon in the Solver Manager. For help on the Command File Editor, refer to Edit Definition File (p. 40 in CFX-5 Solver Manager). CFX-5.6

The Answers

Page 643

CFX-5 Reference Guide Frequently Asked Questions

• How can I view the mass balances at each iteration? Open the Definition file using the Command File Editor in the Solver Manager. Add the expert parameters monitor totals, monitor ranges, monitor forces, monitor residuals and monitor scales as required. For help on the Command File Editor, refer to Edit Definition File (p. 40 in CFX-5 Solver Manager). For an explanation of the above parameters, refer to CFX-5 Solver Expert Control Parameters (p. 355 in Solver Modelling). • Can I add a subdomain or change the geometry/mesh density on a restart? It is possible to interpolate one set of results onto a new grid by using the Interpolate feature in the Solver Manager. For more details, please see Interpolate (p. 40 in CFX-5 Solver Manager). This can be used, for example, when you wish to run one set of results on a finer grid. If you wish to add a source and require a new subdomain then you can also use this feature since a new subdomain will change the mesh. If there are changes to the geometry, it is recommended that you restart the calculation from the beginning. • How can I stop a run of the CFX-5 Solver and Solver Manager? If you have the CFX-5 Solver Manager open, make sure that the Run you wish to stop is the current Run. Then you can just click on the Stop button (see Stop Current Run (p. 34 in CFX-5 Solver Manager) for more details). Otherwise you can use the cfx5stop command at the command line. See cfx5stop (p. 73 in CFX-5 Solver Manager) for more details. • My simulation doesn’t converge. What can I do? Suggestions of how to overcome difficulties with convergence are given in Advice on Flow Modelling (p. 301 in Solver Modelling). • Auto Timestep option gives an excessively large timestep. In some cases, the Auto Timestep option fails to give a reasonable timestep size for a steady state simulation. This may occur if there is no available velocity or temperature scale on which to base the timestep size. To solve this problem, either, • use an Initial Guess with a non-zero velocity and/or temperature field so that the Auto Timestep calculation gives a more reasonable value, or, • use a fixed physical timestep size. Page 644

The Answers

CFX-5.6

CFX-5 Reference Guide Frequently Asked Questions

For more information on timestep size selection see Timestep Selection (p. 305 in Solver Modelling). • The CFX-5 Solver complains about my mesh. What has happened? If the CFX-5 Solver complains about the quality of some of your mesh elements, it may continue to solve your CFD problem despite these warnings. However, you may have convergence difficulties or you may find that the results are poor, particularly if the bad mesh elements are in regions where the flow pattern is changing rapidly. To overcome this problem, you will have to go back into CFX-Build and make suitable changes (i.e. decrease the mesh length scale in problematic regions) to the settings on the various mesh forms, before meshing again. If the CFX-5 Solver does not give you enough information to be able to pinpoint the region which is causing the problems, then you will have to re-mesh with the original settings and ask to see the warning messages the mesher produces. By default, warning messages from the mesher are ignored to allow meshing to continue uninterrupted unless a fatal error occurs. To change this, select Preferences>Meshing from the Main Menu in CFX-Build, and toggle Ignore Warning Messages OFF. Then, when you create the mesh, you will be warned of any problems and can take appropriate action. • The Solver tells me to "Increase vector parallel tolerance”. What does this mean? The value of this parameter is the number of degrees tolerated by the solver in determining the maximum deviation of any element face normal from the calculated average element face normal in a Symmetry Plane boundary condition. This error may occur when element inflation is used on surfaces adjacent to the Symmetry Plane boundary. For more information on this parameter please see vector parallel tolerance (p. 372 in Solver Modelling). For help on adding and changing expert parameters, please see The Command File Editor Main Menu (p. 78 in CFX-5 Solver Manager).

CFX-Post • When using power syntax with variables or locators that contain spaces, I receive error messages. Wherever variables or locators contain spaces, for example Plane 1, the variables or locators must be passed as string literals. i.e Plane 1 should be entered as “Plane 1”, and Eddy Viscosity should be entered as “Eddy Viscosity”. For more help on Power Syntax please see Power Syntax Overview (p. 232 in CFX-Post). CFX-5.6

The Answers

Page 645

CFX-5 Reference Guide Frequently Asked Questions

• I can’t select individual surfaces for plotting results. CFX-Post recognises the boundary condition locations that were defined in CFX-Pre. For instance, if you apply a certain boundary condition to a surface you call ‘inlet’, then when you load the results file there is a default locator called ‘inlet’. If you leave a large part of the surface with the default Wall boundary condition (‘Default’), then you get a large surface locator in CFX-Post called ‘Default’. If you specifically want to view your results on individual surfaces, then you should define individual boundaries for these in CFX-Build before generating your results. • My isosurface does not display. Why not? This could be due to several reasons. Check that the value specified for the isosurface is not the minimum or maximum value in the range. If you are viewing a transient solution the range of values on the slider is the global range over all timesteps. Check that the value you specified is within the range in the current timestep. You can do this by opening the Statistics panel and select the appropriate variable to see the variable range in the current timestep. • How can I create a Line Locator (a line of points)? You can now create a Line directly using Create>Line, but other methods are available. You can create a Polyline using two methods:. One way is to create a “points file” which contains all the points you want, and then create a Polyline locator using that file. See Polyline (p. 47 in CFX-Post) for more details on creating Polylines, and POLYLINE Data Format (p. 219 in CFX-Post) for help on setting up your data file. An alternative method is to use the Boundary intersection method, where a boundary intersects with a locator that has been created. For more information, please see Polyline (p. 47 in CFX-Post). • How can I change the font of the numbers on my Legend? This can easily be done by selecting the Appearance toggle and selecting a font style, size and colour. • How can I show/hide numbers on my contour plot?

Page 646

The Answers

CFX-5.6

CFX-5 Reference Guide Frequently Asked Questions

Click on the Labels tab menu in the Object Editor and toggle the Show Numbers checkbox on or off. If you wish to see actual variable values at each contour, create a Legend of the Contour Plot. • How can I create a Linegraph (XY plot) in CFX-Post? Select Create->Chart. For further details, please refer to Chart (p. 92 in CFX-Post). • How can I view the residuals? You can view residuals for any run at any time using the CFX-5 Solver Manager, provided that you still have the relevant Output File. For details on how to do this, see Residual plotting (p. 65 in CFX-5 Solver Manager). The residuals are not usually available for viewing in CFX-Post as they are not stored in the Results File (in order to reduce the size of this file). However, it is possible to use the CFX-5 Command File Editor (Editing the Definition File from the CFX-5 Solver Manager (p. 77 in CFX-5 Solver Manager)) to specify that residuals should be stored in the Results File, in which case they will be available for viewing in CFX-Post. More information can be found in Expert Control Parameters (p. 353 in Solver Modelling). • How can I view the values of YPLUS? Yplus will appear in the list of variables which are loaded into CFX-Post, if it is appropriate for your calculation. It is a user level 2 variable which can be found by clicking on the - icon next to the Variable selection drop-down menu in the Object Editor. This parameter is only specified on the boundary. See Boundary Value Only Variables (p. 150 in CFX-Post) for more details on what you can do to display it. The difference between Yplus and Solver Yplus should be noted, see Scalable Wall-Functions (p. 86). • The list of variables which appear in CFX-Post doesn’t seem to include what I need to use. What can I do? By default, only those variables which are tagged as “User Level 1” appear in the Variable selection drop-down list. A full list of variables can be viewed by clicking on the icon (just to the right) instead. See The CFX-5 Output File (p. 96 in CFX-5 Solver Manager) for a complete list of variables and their user levels. • There are lots of variables in the Variables list that aren’t familiar. Where can I find out what they all are? See The CFX-5 Output File (p. 96 in CFX-5 Solver Manager) for more details. CFX-5.6

The Answers

Page 647

CFX-5 Reference Guide Frequently Asked Questions

• How do I display all of the surface mesh? Set the edge angle to 0 on the Definition tab menu for the Wireframe object editor. See Wireframe (p. 100 in CFX-Post) for further details. • How can I show a single mesh element? Use the Spherevolume locator with a very small radius. The result will be the display of the single mesh element containing the specified point. See Volume (p. 41 in CFX-Post) for more details.

Page 648

The Answers

CFX-5.6

CFX-5 Reference Guide

CFX-5 Reference Guide

Bibliography

CFX-5.6

Page 649

CFX-5 Reference Guide Bibliography

The CFX-5 Bibliography The bibliography contains entries that were referenced in the CFX-5 Documentation. [1] Schneider, G.E. and Raw, M.J., “Control-Volume Finite Element Method for Heat Transfer and Fluid Flow Using Co-located Variables - 1. Computational Procedure.”, Numerical Heat Transfer, Vol. 11, pp. 363-390, 1987. [2] Hutchinson, B.R. and Raithby, G.D., “A Multigrid method Based on the Additive Correction Strategy”, Numerical Heat Transfer, Vol. 9, pp. 511-537, 1986. [3] Rhie, C.M. and Chow, W.L., “A Numerical Study of the Turbulent Flow Past an Isolated Airfoil with Trailing Edge Separation”, AIAA Paper 82-0998, 1982 [4] Raw, M.J., “A Coupled Algebraic Multigrid Method for the 3D Navier Stokes Equations”, 10th GAMM Seminar, Kiel, 1994. [5] Launder, B.E., Reece, G.J. and Rodi, W. “Progress in the developments of a Reynolds-stress turbulence closure”. J. Fluid Mechanics, Vol. 68, pp.537-566, 1975. [6] Speziale, C.G., Sarkar, S. and Gatski, T.B., “Modelling the pressure-strain correlation of turbulence: an invariant dynamical systems approach” J. Fluid Mechanics, Vol. 277, pp. 245-272, 1991. [7] Schiller, L. and Naumann, A. VDI Zeits, 77, p 318, 1933. [8] Ranz, W.E. and Marshall, W.R. Chem. Eng. Prog. 48(3), p 141, 1952. [9] Hughmark, G.A. AIChE J., 13 p 1219, 1967. [10] Baker, J. L. L. and Chao, B. T. American Institute of Chemical Engineers Journal, Vol. 11, p. 268. American Institute of Chemical Engineers, 1965. [11] Bello, R. A., Robinson, C. W., and Moo-Young, M. Canadian Journal of Chemical Engineering, Vol. 62, pp. 573. Chemical Institute of Canada and Canadian Society for Chemical Engineering, 1984. [12] García-Calvo, E. and Letón, P. “Prediction of gas hold-up and liquid velocity in airlift reactors using two-phase flow friction coefficients”. Journal of Chemical Technology & Biotechnology, Vol. 67, pp. 388–396. Wiley Interscience, 1996. [13] Hughmark, G. A. Industrial Engineering and Chemical Process Design and Development, Volume 6, page 218. 1967. Page 650

The CFX-5 Bibliography

CFX-5.6

CFX-5 Reference Guide Bibliography

[14] Maneri, C. C. and Mendelson, H. D. American Institute of Chemical Engineers Journal, Vol. 14, p. 295. American Institute of Chemical Engineers, 1968. [15] Mijnbeek, G. “Bubble column, airlift reactors and other reactor designs.'' Operational Modes of Bioreactors, Chapter 4. Butterworth and Heinemann, 1992. [16] N. H. Kandamby, F. C. Lockwood, and M. A. Yehia. Fafnir: “A computer code for two-dimensional turbulent reacting flows.” Technical report, Imperial College, London, 1990 [17] S. M. A. Rizvi. “Prediction of Flow, Combustion and Heat Transfer in Pulverized Coal Flames”. Doctoral Thesis, Imperial College, London, 1985 [18] P. J. Hughes and E. Chui. Private communication. [19] CFX Limited, Waterloo, Ontario, Canada. CFX-TASCflow User Documentation Version 2.8, January 1999. [20] R. Siegel and J. R. Howell. Thermal Radiation Heat Transfer. McGraw-Hill, New York, 1972. [21] G. D. Raithby. “Equations of motion for reacting, particle-laden flows”. Progress report, Thermal Science Ltd., 1991. provided to EMR. [22] F.R. Menter. “Two-equation eddy-viscosity turbulence models for engineering applications”. AIAA-Journal., 32(8), 1994. [23] H. Grotjans and F.R. Menter. “Wall functions for general application CFD codes”. In K.D.Papailiou et al., editor, ECCOMAS 98 Proceedings of the Fourth European Computational Fluid Dynamics Conference, pages 1112-1117. John Wiley & Sons, 1998. [24] D.C. Wilcox. “Multiscale model for turbulent flows”. In AIAA 24th Aerospace Sciences Meeting. American Institute of Aeronautics and Astronautics, 1986. [25] F.R. Menter. Multiscale model for turbulent flows. In 24th Fluid Dynamics Conference. American Institute of Aeronautics and Astronautics, 1993. [26] B. E. Launder and D. B. Spalding. “The numerical computation of turbulent flows”. Comp Meth Appl Mech Eng, 3:269-289, 1974.

CFX-5.6

The CFX-5 Bibliography

Page 651

CFX-5 Reference Guide Bibliography

[27] F. M. White. “Viscous Fluid Flow”. McGraw-Hill, 1979. [28] H. Schlichting. “Boundary Layer Theory”. McGraw-Hill, 1979. [29] B. A. Kader. “Temperature and concentration profiles in fully turbulent boundary layers”. International Journal of Heat and Mass Transfer, 24(9):1541-1544, 1981. [30] P. G. Huang, P. Bradshaw, and T. J. Coakley. “Skin friction and velocity profile family for compressible turbulent boundary layers.” American Institute of Aeronautics and Astronautics Journal, 31(9):1600-1604, 1993. [31] J. X. Bouillard, R. W. Lyczkowski, and D. Gidaspow. “Porosity Distribution in a Fluidised Bed with an Immersed Obstacle.” AIChE J., 35, 908-922, 1989. [32] D. Gidaspow, “Multiphase Flow and Fluidisation”, Academic Press, 1994. [33] M. Ishii and N. Zuber. “Drag Coefficient and Relative Velocity in Bubbly, Droplet or Particulate Flows”. AIChE J., 25, 843-855, 1979. [34] M. Lopez de Bertodano. “Turbulent Bubbly Flow in a Triangular Duct” Ph. D. Thesis, Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute, Troy New York, 1991. [35] M. Lopez de Bertodano. “Two Fluid Model for Two-Phase Turbulent Jet” Nucl. Eng. Des. 179, 65-74, 1998. [36] Y. Sato and K. Sekoguchi. “Liquid Velocity Distribution in Two-Phase Bubbly Flow” Int. J. Multiphase Flow, 2, p.79, 1975. [37] C.K. Westbrook and F.L. Dryer “Simplified Reaction Mechanisms for the Oxidation of Hydrocarbon Fuels in Flames” Combustion Science and Technology Vol. 27, 31-43, 1981. [38] B. F. Magnussen and B. H. Hjertager “Mathematical Modelling of Turbulent Combustion with a Special Emphasis on Soot Formation and Combustion” Sixteenth Symposium (International) on Combustion, The Combustion Institute, Pittsburgh, pp. 719729. [39] Robert Siegel and John R. Howell “Thermal Radiation Heat Transfer” ISBN 0-89116-506-1. [40] M. Goldstein and John R Howell “Boundary Conditions for the Diffusion Solution of Coupled Conduction-Radiation Problems” NASA Technical Note, NASA TN D-4618. Page 652

The CFX-5 Bibliography

CFX-5.6

CFX-5 Reference Guide Bibliography

[41] M. Raw “Robustness of Coupled Algebraic Multigrid for the Navier-Stokes Equations” AIAA 96-0297, 34th Aerospace and Sciences Meeting & Exhibit, January 15-18 1996, Reno, NV. [42] N. Peters. “A spectral closure for premixed turbulent combustion in the flamelet regime”. Journal of Fluid Mechanics, 242:611-629, 1992. [43] C. M. Müller and N. Peters. “Partially premixed turbulent flame propagation in jet flames”. In Proceedings of the 25th Symposium (International) on Combustion, 1994. [44] Kee, R. J., Rupley, F. M. and Miller,J. A., “Chemkin -II: A Fortran Chemical Kinetics Package for the Analysis of Gas-Phase Chemical Kinetics," Sandia National Laboratories Report,SAND89-8009,(1991). [45] J. U. Brackbill, D. B. Kothe and C. Zemach. “A Continuum Method for Modelling Surface Tension”. Journal of Computational Physics 100:335-354, 1992. [46] S. Lo, R. Bagatin and M. Masi. “The Development of a CFD Analysis and Design Tool for Air-lift Reactors”. Proceedings of the SAIChE 2000 Conference, Secunda, South Africa, 2000. [47] T. J. Barth and D. C. Jesperson. “The Design and Application of Upwind Schemes on Unstructured Meshes”. AIAA Paper 89-0366, 1989. [48] R. B. Bird, W. E. Stewart and E. N. Lightfoot. “Transport Phenomena”. John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 1960. [49] Wilcox, D. C., “Turbulence Modelling for CFD”. DCW Industries, 2000, p. 314. [50] Launder, B. E., Tselepidakis, D. P., Younis, B. A., “A second-moment closure study of rotating channel flow”, J. Fluid Mech., vol. 183, pp. 63-75, 1987. [51] Menter, F. R., “Eddy Viscosity Transport Equations and their Relation to the k-ε Model.” NASA Technical Memorandum 108854, November 1994. [52] Menter, F. R., “Eddy Viscosity Transport Equations and their Relation to the k-ε Model.” ASME J. Fluids Engineering, vol. 119, pp. 876-884, 1997. [53] Bardina, J.E., Huang, P.G. and Coakley, T.J., “Turbulence Modeling Validation Testing and Development.” NASA Technical Memorandum 110446, 1997. (See also Bardina, J.E., Huang, P.G. and Coakley, T.J., “Turbulence Modeling Validation”, AIAA Paper 97-2121.)

CFX-5.6

The CFX-5 Bibliography

Page 653

CFX-5 Reference Guide Bibliography

[54] Smagorinsky, J., “General Circulation Experiments with the Primitive Equations.” Month. Weath. Rev. Vol.93, pp. 99-165, 1963. [55] Polifke, W., Dobbeling, K., and Sattelmayer, T. “A NOx prediction scheme for lean-premixed gas turbine combustion based on detailed chemical kinetics.” In “International Gas Turbine and Aeroengine Congress and Exposition”, Houston TX, 1995. [56] De Soete, G.G. “Fundamental chemistry of NOx and N2O formation and destruction.” 3rd flame research course on fuel utilisation and environment Int Flame Research Foundation, 1990. [57] Faeth, G. M. “Mixing, transport and combustion in sprays.” Process Energy Combustion Science, Vol. 13, pp. 293-345, 1987. [58] Clift, R., Grace, J.R., Weber, M.E. “Bubbles, Drops and Particles.” Academic Press, New York, U.S.A., 1978. [59] Liang, L., Michaelides, E. E. “The magnitude of Basset forces in unsteady multiphase flow computations.” Journal of Fluids Engineering, Vol. 114, pp. 417-419, 1992. [60] Peters, N. “Turbulent Combustion”. Cambridge monographs on mechanics, Cambridge University Press, 2000. [61] Zimont, V.L.,Polifke, W., Bettelini, M. and Weisenstein, W. “An efficient Computational Model for Premixed Turbulent Combustion at High Reynolds Numbers Based on a Turbulent Flame Speed Closure”. J. Engineering for Gas Turbines and Power (Transactions of the ASME), vol 120, pp. 526-532, 1998. [62] Hinze, J. O. “Turbulence.” McGraw-Hill, New York, U.S.A., 1975. [63] Zimont, V.L. “Gas Premixed Combustion at High Turbulence. Turbulent Flame Closure Combustion Model”. Proceedings of the Mediterranean Combustion Symposium, Instituto di Richerche sulla Combustione - CNR, Italy, pp. 1155-1165, 1999. [64] Zimont, V.L.,Polifke, Biagioli, F. and Syed, Khawar “Modelling turbulent premixed combustion in the intermediate steady propagation regime”. Progress in Computational Fluid Dynamics, Vol. 1, pp. 14-28, 2001 [65] Linan, A. “On the internal structure of laminar diffusion flames”. Technical note, Inst. nac. de tec. aeron., Esteban Terradas, Madrid, Spain, 1961. [66] Warnatz, J., Mass, U. and Dibble, R. W. “Combustion” Springer, Varlag, 1996, pp.219-221.

Page 654

The CFX-5 Bibliography

CFX-5.6

CFX-5 Reference Guide Bibliography

[67] Magnussen, B. F. “The Eddy Dissipation Concept for Turbulent Combustion Modelling. Its Physical and Practical Implications” Presented at the First Topic Oriented Technical Meeting,International Flame Research Foundation, IJmuiden, The Netherlands,Oct. 1989. [68] Tesner, P. A., Snegirova, T. D., and Knorre, V. G. “Kinetics of Dispersed Carbon Formation” Combustion and Flame, Vol 17, pp 253-260, 1971. [69] Magnussen, B. F., and Hjertager, B. H. “On Mathematical Modeling of Turbulent Combustion with Special Emphasis on Soot Formation and Combustion” Sixteenth Symp. (Int.) on Combustion, The Combustion Institute, p 719, 1976 [70] Vukalovich, M. P. “Thermodynamic Properties of Water and Steam” Mashgis, Moscow, 6th ed., 1958. [71] Hottel, H.C. and Sarofim, A.F. “Radiative transfer” McGraw-Hill, New York 1967. [72] Hadvig, S. “Gas emissivity and absorptivity” J. Inst. Fuel, 43, pp 129-135., 1970 [73] Leckner, B. “Spectral and total emissivity of water vapour and carbon dioxide” Comb. Flame, 19, pp 33-48., 1972 [74] Taylor, P.B. and Foster, P.J. “The total emissivities of luminous and non-luminous flames” Int. J. Heat Mass Transfer, 17, pp 1591-1605., 1974 [75] Beer, J.M., Foster, P.J. and Siddall, R.G. “Calculation methods of radiative heat transfer” HTFS Design Report No. 22, AEA Technology (Commercial)., 1971 [76] Prakash, C. “Two phase model for binary liquid-solid phase change” Parts I and II, Numerical Heat Transfer, B 15, p. 171. [77] CFX Limited, Waterloo, Ontario, Canada. CFX-TASCflow Theory Documentation, section 4.1.2, Version 2.12, 2002.

CFX-5.6

The CFX-5 Bibliography

Page 655

CFX-5 Reference Guide Bibliography

Page 656

The CFX-5 Bibliography

CFX-5.6

CFX-5 Reference Guide

CFX-5 Reference Guide

Master Index Master Index

Numerics 1D interpolation .................................................................... 159 in CFX-Pre 2D models ............................................................................ 638 in CFX-5 Reference Guide 2D regions............................................................................ 1219 in CFX-Build Chapter 5 creating .......................................................................... 1222 in CFX-Build Chapter 5 deleting .......................................................................... 1222 in CFX-Build Chapter 5 modifying ....................................................................... 1222 in CFX-Build Chapter 5 showing.......................................................................... 1222 in CFX-Build Chapter 5 topology of ..................................................................... 1220 in CFX-Build Chapter 5 3D regions............................................................................ 1193 in CFX-Build Chapter 4 creating .......................................................................... 1194 in CFX-Build Chapter 4 deleting .......................................................................... 1198 in CFX-Build Chapter 4 modifying ....................................................................... 1194 in CFX-Build Chapter 4 topology of ..................................................................... 1199 in CFX-Build Chapter 4 3D subregions creating .......................................................................... 1195 in CFX-Build Chapter 4 deleting .......................................................................... 1198 in CFX-Build Chapter 4 modifying ....................................................................... 1195 in CFX-Build Chapter 4

A abort ..................................................................................... 395 in Solver Modelling abort effects ......................................................................... 222 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 abort icon ............................................................................. 19 in CFX-Build Chapter 1 accessing online help documentation .......................................................... 224 in Installation & Introduction to CFX-5 ACIS..................................................................................... 154 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5 converting ...................................................................... 193 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 importing features ..................................................................... 191 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 files ........................................................................... 190 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 generating groups ..................................................... 195 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 limitations .................................................................. 192 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 options ...................................................................... 194 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 scale factor .................................................................... 195 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 Acrobat Reader .................................................................... 225 in Installation & Introduction to CFX-5 installing on Windows .................................................... 78 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5 adaption Adapt to Geometry......................................................... 297 in CFX-Pre Adapt to Geometry toggle.............................................. 299 in CFX-Pre convergence criteria ...................................................... 293 in CFX-Pre, 296 in CFX-Pre criteria ............................................................................ 293 in CFX-Pre, 294 in CFX-Pre, 51 in Solver Theory criteria method ............................................................... 295 in CFX-Pre level ............................................................................... 290 in CFX-Pre maximum number of levels............................................ 297 in CFX-Pre, 298 in CFX-Pre CFX-5.6

Master Index

Page 657

CFX-5 Reference Guide

maximum number of steps ............................................ 294 in CFX-Pre mesh .............................................................................. 290 in CFX-Pre node allocation parameter ............................................. 297 in CFX-Pre number of nodes in adapted mesh ................................ 294 in CFX-Pre solution variation............................................................ 295 in CFX-Pre step ................................................................................ 290 in CFX-Pre, 297 in CFX-Pre to geometry.................................................................... 54 in Solver Theory variation * edge length ................................................... 295 in CFX-Pre additional variable pairs ............................................................................... 216 in CFX-Pre additional variables .............................................................. 151 in CFX-5 Tutorials, 63 in CFX-5 Solver Manager, 20 in Solver Modelling definition ........................................................................ 16 in Solver Modelling editor.............................................................................. 128 in CFX-Pre in expressions................................................................ 152 in CFX-Pre models ........................................................................... 202 in CFX-Pre scalar transport equation ............................................... 32 in Solver Theory Schmidt number........................................................ 32 in Solver Theory sources .......................................................................... 29 in Solver Modelling specification inlet ........................................................................... 64 in Solver Modelling opening ..................................................................... 73 in Solver Modelling outlet ......................................................................... 68 in Solver Modelling wall............................................................................ 79 in Solver Modelling to model pH creating ..................................................................... 396 in CFX-5 Tutorials units ............................................................................... 21 in Solver Modelling use of in tutorials............................................................ 10 in CFX-5 Tutorials wall function model ........................................................ 91 in Solver Theory adiabatic............................................................................... 47 in Solver Theory Adobe Acrobat Reader......................................................... 225 in Installation & Introduction to CFX-5 installing on Windows .................................................... 78 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5 advection scheme ................................................................ 213 in Solver Theory, 317 in Solver Modelling central difference ........................................................... 318 in Solver Modelling first order........................................................................ 317 in Solver Modelling second order high resolution ......................................... 317 in Solver Modelling specify blend.................................................................. 317 in Solver Modelling AFI mesher........................................................................... 1233 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 warning and error messages ......................................... 341 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 AFLR .................................................................................... 1475 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 air inlet.................................................................................. 428 in CFX-5 Tutorials airlift reactor, example .......................................................... 449 in CFX-5 Tutorials aitern .................................................................................... 18 in CFX-5 Reference Guide algebraic equation................................................................ 17 in Solver Modelling algebraic multigrid ................................................................ 218 in Solver Theory aliasing PCL commands ...................................................... 105 in CFX-Build Chapter 1 alised.................................................................................... 1413 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 allocation of nodes per step ................................................. 297 in CFX-Pre allowed arguments ............................................................... 151 in CFX-5 Solver Manager analysis, quantitative ............................................................ 457 in CFX-5 Tutorials angular resolution (AFI)........................................................ 1239 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 animation editor.............................................................................. 132 in CFX-Post control buttons .......................................................... 135 in CFX-Post Page 658

Master Index

CFX-5.6

CFX-5 Reference Guide

options panel ............................................................ 136 in CFX-Post of a plot in postprocessing ............................................. 69 in CFX-5 Tutorials tools ............................................................................... 131 in CFX-Post annotation ............................................................................ 90 in CFX-Post ANSYS ................................................................................. 101 in CFX-Pre AP203 support ..................................................................... 196 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 AP209 support ..................................................................... 196 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 append when loading CCL files .................................................. 39 in CFX-Pre when loading state files ................................................. 20 in CFX-Post Apply button ......................................................................... 24 in CFX-Build Chapter 1 undo............................................................................... 20 in CFX-Build Chapter 1 arc method ........................................................................... 1355 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 Arc2Point parameters subordinate form .............................. 705 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 architecture, determining...................................................... 6 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5 area function ........................................................................ 119 in CFX-Post, 202 in CFX-Post, 226 in CFX-Post areaAve function .................................................................. 120 in CFX-Post, 202 in CFX-Post, 227 in CFX-Post areaInt function .................................................................... 120 in CFX-Post, 203 in CFX-Post, 227 in CFX-Post ARGS ................................................................................... 379 in Solver Modelling argument units input ............................................................................... 166 in CFX-Pre return ............................................................................. 166 in CFX-Pre aspect ratio........................................................................... 1413 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 assembly mesh .............................................................................. 83 in CFX-Pre preview and access ....................................................... 508 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 associate curve .............................................................................. 1181 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 forms.............................................................................. 1179 in CFX-Build Chapter 3, 1379 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 point ............................................................................... 1179 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 associate action, meshing .................................................... 1298 in CFX-Build Chapter 6, 1379 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 associate element (PI) curve .............................................................................. 1380 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 point ............................................................................... 1379 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 solid ............................................................................... 1382 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 surface ........................................................................... 1381 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 associated curve select menu .............................................. 49 in CFX-Build Chapter 1 associated point select menu ............................................... 49 in CFX-Build Chapter 1 atstep ................................................................................... 18 in CFX-5 Reference Guide attribute automation ............................................................. 509 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 attributes (PI), definition ....................................................... 1294 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 Auto Execute toggle ............................................................. 24 in CFX-Build Chapter 1 default setting ................................................................ 639 in CFX-5 Reference Guide auto hard points form ........................................................... 1332 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 auto timestep........................................................................ 306 in Solver Modelling automatic near-wall treatment .............................................. 118 in Solver Modelling automotive catalytic converter.............................................. 303 in CFX-5 Tutorials Available button.................................................................... 104 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5 ave function.......................................................................... 121 in CFX-Post, CFX-5.6

Master Index

Page 659

CFX-5 Reference Guide

203 in CFX-Post, 227 in CFX-Post axes of rotation..................................................................... 293 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 axis select menu .................................................................. 50 in CFX-Build Chapter 1 axi-symmetric modelling example ........................................ 381 in CFX-5 Tutorials

B background .......................................................................... 55 in CFX-Pre backup file in CFX-Build ....................................................... 138 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 backup file in Solver ............................................................. 34 in CFX-5 Solver Manager baffles................................................................................... 428 in CFX-5 Tutorials baseline (BSL) k-omega model ............................................ 68 in Solver Theory batch mode in CFX-Post ................................................................... 249 in CFX-Post in CFX-Pre ..................................................................... 6 in CFX-Pre bibliography further general reading .................................................. 30 in CFX-5 Reference Guide bi-parametric surface ........................................................... 464 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 bitmap (bmp) ........................................................................ 42 in CFX-Pre, 26 in CFX-Post black body energy spectrum ............................................................ 191 in Solver Theory blade, impeller ...................................................................... 428 in CFX-5 Tutorials blend factor .......................................................................... 317 in Solver Modelling first order........................................................................ 317 in Solver Modelling second order high resolution ......................................... 317 in Solver Modelling blend method curve .............................................................................. 889 in CFX-Build Chapter 3, 891 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 solid ............................................................................... 1004 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 surface ........................................................................... 940 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 blending functions ................................................................ 70 in Solver Theory blockoff, retaining during mesh import ................................. 93 in CFX-Pre Boltzmann’s constant ........................................................... 191 in Solver Theory boolean ................................................................................ 367 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 boundary corrected node values ................................................... 137 in CFX-5 Solver Manager, 139 in CFX-5 Solver Manager node only data ............................................................... 138 in CFX-5 Solver Manager, 140 in CFX-5 Solver Manager object ............................................................................. 103 in CFX-Post value only variables ....................................................... 123 in CFX-5 Solver Manager, 150 in CFX-Post boundary conditions ............................................................. 52 in Solver Modelling adiabatic ........................................................................ 47 in Solver Theory default ............................................................................ 247 in CFX-Pre degassing ...................................................................... 68 in Solver Modelling for free surface flows ..................................................... 230 in CFX-5 Tutorials in user export ................................................................. 164 in CFX-5 Solver Manager inlet ................................................................................ 57 in Solver Modelling inlet (supersonic) ........................................................... 64 in Solver Modelling mathematical models..................................................... 36 in Solver Theory inlet (subsonic).......................................................... 36 in Solver Theory inlet (supersonic)....................................................... 41 in Solver Theory opening ..................................................................... 44 in Solver Theory Page 660

Master Index

CFX-5.6

CFX-5 Reference Guide

outlet (subsonic)........................................................ 41 in Solver Theory outlet (supersonic) .................................................... 44 in Solver Theory symmetry plane......................................................... 48 in Solver Theory wall............................................................................ 46 in Solver Theory modify ............................................................................ 159 in CFX-5 Tutorials opening .......................................................................... 70 in Solver Modelling outlet .............................................................................. 65 in Solver Modelling outlet (supersonic) ......................................................... 69 in Solver Modelling recommended types ...................................................... 52 in Solver Modelling symmetry plane ............................................................. 80 in Solver Modelling use of in tutorials............................................................ 9 in CFX-5 Tutorials wall................................................................................. 74 in Solver Modelling boundary face ...................................................................... 456 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 bounding solids .................................................................... 1194 in CFX-Build Chapter 4 Boussinesq model ................................................................ 26 in Solver Theory buoyancy reference temperature................................... 26 in Solver Theory thermal expansivity ........................................................ 26 in Solver Theory break method curve .............................................................................. 883 in CFX-Build Chapter 3, 887 in CFX-Build Chapter 3, 889 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 making a model congruent ............................................ 477 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 solid ............................................................................... 987 in CFX-Build Chapter 3, 991 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 surface ........................................................................... 926 in CFX-Build Chapter 3, 930 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 breaking a b-rep solid........................................................... 270 in CFX-5 Tutorials b-rep solid ............................................................................ 35 in CFX-5 Tutorials definition ........................................................................ 469 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 parameterising ............................................................... 453 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 shell ............................................................................... 469 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 warning message........................................................... 631 in CFX-5 Reference Guide browser environment variable .............................................. 162 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5 building b-rep solids .................................................................... 486 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 congruent models .......................................................... 476 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 edge match method .................................................. 477 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 example .................................................................... 477 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 degenerate solids .......................................................... 488 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 degenerate surfaces ...................................................... 487 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 geometry........................................................................ 476 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 optimal surfaces............................................................. 479 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 buoyancy.............................................................................. 26 in Solver Theory, 11 in Solver Modelling Boussinesq model ......................................................... 26 in Solver Theory, 13 in Solver Modelling example ......................................................................... 217 in CFX-5 Tutorials full buoyancy model ....................................................... 26 in Solver Theory, 12 in Solver Modelling in multiphase flows ........................................................ 151 in Solver Modelling reference temperature ................................................... 13 in Solver Modelling buoyant flow use of in tutorials............................................................ 8 in CFX-5 Tutorials butterfly valve example ........................................................ 265 in CFX-5 Tutorials

CFX-5.6

Master Index

Page 661

CFX-5 Reference Guide

C CAD access............................................................................ 503 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 access modules ............................................................. 501 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 file access ...................................................................... 139 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5 ACIS ......................................................................... 154 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5 CADDS 5 .................................................................. 142 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5 CATIA ....................................................................... 144 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5, 146 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5 Pro/Engineer ............................................................. 150 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5 testing ....................................................................... 139 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5 Unigraphics ............................................................... 149 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5 links to............................................................................ 2 in CFX-Build Chapter 1 user file accessing trimmed surfaces ..................................... 464 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 direct geometry access ............................................. 501 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 importing/exporting files ............................................ 500 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 support of CAD systems ........................................... 447 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 CADDS 5.............................................................................. 142 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5 files ................................................................................ 177 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 CAE solid modelling ............................................................. 490 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 calculation transient ......................................................................... 150 in CFX-5 Tutorials calculator.............................................................................. 117 in CFX-Post calling name ......................................................................... 166 in CFX-Pre, 394 in Solver Modelling camera ................................................................................. 75 in CFX-Pre cancel button........................................................................ 25 in CFX-Build Chapter 1 capacity, specific heat .......................................................... 124 in CFX-5 Solver Manager capping................................................................................. 295 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 case file ................................................................................ 4 in CFX-Pre case sensitivity, in CCL syntax............................................. 192 in CFX-Post catalytic converter automotive ..................................................................... 303 in CFX-5 Tutorials example ......................................................................... 303 in CFX-5 Tutorials CATIA CAD direct access ......................................................... 144 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5 CATXPRES ................................................................... 146 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5 file import form ............................................................... 168 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 cavity example ..................................................................... 217 in CFX-5 Tutorials CCL object creation ............................................................... 197 in CFX-Post CCL (CFX command language) ........................................... 189 in CFX-Post file append option ........................................................... 39 in CFX-Pre extracting from def file............................................... 84 in CFX-5 Solver Manager replace option ........................................................... 40 in CFX-Pre names definition............................................................. 192 in CFX-Post object deletion................................................................ 197 in CFX-Post overview......................................................................... 190 in CFX-Post syntax ............................................................................ 191 in CFX-Post cd ejecting .......................................................................... 24 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5 mounting ........................................................................ 9 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5 mounting on UNIX ......................................................... 54 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5 unmounting .................................................................... 17 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5 Page 662

Master Index

CFX-5.6

CFX-5 Reference Guide

CEL (CFX expression language) ......................................... 10 in CFX-5 Reference Guide available system variables............................................. 20 in CFX-5 Reference Guide constants ....................................................................... 13 in CFX-5 Reference Guide, 25 in CFX-5 Reference Guide examples ....................................................................... 28 in CFX-5 Reference Guide expression names.......................................................... 19 in CFX-5 Reference Guide expression properties .................................................... 20 in CFX-5 Reference Guide expression syntax .......................................................... 13 in CFX-5 Reference Guide expressions.................................................................... 11 in CFX-5 Reference Guide, 26 in CFX-5 Reference Guide functions and constants ................................................. 14 in CFX-5 Reference Guide fundamentals ................................................................. 11 in CFX-5 Reference Guide introduction .................................................................... 10 in CFX-5 Reference Guide multiple-line expressions ............................................... 13 in CFX-5 Reference Guide offset temperature.......................................................... 26 in CFX-5 Reference Guide operators and built-in functions...................................... 21 in CFX-5 Reference Guide scalar expressions ......................................................... 19 in CFX-5 Reference Guide statements ..................................................................... 12 in CFX-5 Reference Guide technical details ............................................................. 33 in CFX-5 Reference Guide unavailable system variables......................................... 20 in CFX-5 Reference Guide units ............................................................................... 12 in CFX-5 Reference Guide use of in tutorials............................................................ 10 in CFX-5 Tutorials user functions ................................................................ 378 in Solver Modelling values dimensionless ........................................................... 11 in CFX-5 Reference Guide variables ........................................................................ 14 in CFX-5 Reference Guide center point option adding a hole to a surface ............................................. 975 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 central difference advection scheme.................................... 318 in Solver Modelling centroid and entity selection methods .................................. 42 in CFX-Build Chapter 1 CFD (computational fluid dynamics) applications.................................................................... 25 in CFX-5 Reference Guide definition ........................................................................ 24 in CFX-5 Reference Guide job information ............................................................... 97 in CFX-5 Solver Manager methodology .................................................................. 25 in CFX-5 Reference Guide CFX website........................................................................... 241 in Installation & Introduction to CFX-5 CFX command language (CCL) ........................................... 189 in CFX-Post names definition............................................................. 192 in CFX-Post object creation ............................................................... 197 in CFX-Post object deletion................................................................ 197 in CFX-Post overview......................................................................... 190 in CFX-Post syntax ............................................................................ 191 in CFX-Post CFX-4 mesh import .............................................................. 97 in CFX-Pre CFX-5 memory management system ....................................... 421 in Solver Modelling CFX-5 command file editing ....................................................................... 84 in CFX-5 Solver Manager generating ................................................................. 84 in CFX-5 Solver Manager structure .................................................................... 84 in CFX-5 Solver Manager commands ..................................................................... 195 in Installation & Introduction to CFX-5 cfx5cmds................................................................... 84 in CFX-5 Solver Manager cfx5export ................................................................. 136 in CFX-5 Solver Manager cfx5interp .................................................................. 42 in CFX-5 Solver Manager cfx5solve ................................................................... 68 in CFX-5 Solver Manager cfx5stop .................................................................... 73 in CFX-5 Solver Manager CFX-5.6

Master Index

Page 663

CFX-5 Reference Guide

configuring ..................................................................... 132 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5 customer support ........................................................... 236 in Installation & Introduction to CFX-5 customising.................................................................... 159 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5 def/res file mesh import ................................................. 92 in CFX-Pre definition file expert control parameters ......................................... 326 in CFX-Pre versions supported ................................................... 11 in CFX-Post definitions....................................................................... 6 in Solver Theory directory on UNIX .......................................................... 55 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5 directory on Windows NT............................................... 80 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5 directory structure .......................................................... 191 in Installation & Introduction to CFX-5 environment variables.................................................... 162 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5 export user-defined export routines ..................................... 173 in CFX-5 Solver Manager with transient results ................................................. 134 in CFX-5 Solver Manager files ................................................................................ 193 in Installation & Introduction to CFX-5 cfx5.ad ...................................................................... 165 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5 cfx5info ..................................................................... 215 in Installation & Introduction to CFX-5 cfx5rc ........................................................................ 160 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5 interfaces ....................................................................... 186 in Installation & Introduction to CFX-5 new features .................................................................. 197 in Installation & Introduction to CFX-5 offices ............................................................................ 238 in Installation & Introduction to CFX-5 output file command file............................................................. 98 in CFX-5 Solver Manager completed job information (parallel).......................... 115 in CFX-5 Solver Manager computed model constants ....................................... 104 in CFX-5 Solver Manager conjugate heat transfer ............................................. 117 in CFX-5 Solver Manager convergence history.................................................. 102 in CFX-5 Solver Manager adaption............................................................... 116 in CFX-5 Solver Manager transient............................................................... 111 in CFX-5 Solver Manager cpu requirements ...................................................... 111 in CFX-5 Solver Manager false transient information......................................... 109 in CFX-5 Solver Manager final average scales .................................................. 109 in CFX-5 Solver Manager global conservation statistics .................................... 105 in CFX-5 Solver Manager header....................................................................... 96 in CFX-5 Solver Manager host information (parallel) ......................................... 114 in CFX-5 Solver Manager initial average scales................................................. 101 in CFX-5 Solver Manager job information .......................................................... 111 in CFX-5 Solver Manager linear solution............................................................ 104 in CFX-5 Solver Manager maximum residual..................................................... 104 in CFX-5 Solver Manager, 108 in CFX-5 Solver Manager overview......................................................................... 183 in Installation & Introduction to CFX-5 parallel running in .......................................................... 201 in CFX-5 Tutorials quick test........................................................................ 176 in Installation & Introduction to CFX-5 setting path UNIX........................................................... 133 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5 testing ............................................................................ 176 in Installation & Introduction to CFX-5 X defaults....................................................................... 165 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5 CFX-5 output file job information ............................................................... 97 in CFX-5 Solver Manager memory usage ............................................................... 98 in CFX-5 Solver Manager memory usage (parallel) ................................................ 114 in CFX-5 Solver Manager mesh adaption ............................................................... 116 in CFX-5 Solver Manager mesh refinement ............................................................ 116 in CFX-5 Solver Manager mesh statistics ............................................................... 97 in CFX-5 Solver Manager partitioning information (parallel) ................................... 113 in CFX-5 Solver Manager rate................................................................................. 103 in CFX-5 Solver Manager rms residual ................................................................... 104 in CFX-5 Solver Manager Page 664

Master Index

CFX-5.6

CFX-5 Reference Guide

solved equations............................................................ 102 in CFX-5 Solver Manager starting job information (parallel) ................................... 113 in CFX-5 Solver Manager thermal energy (solid) .................................................... 117 in CFX-5 Solver Manager wall forces and moments ............................................... 107 in CFX-5 Solver Manager CFX-5 results file versions supported ........................................................ 11 in CFX-Post CFX-5 Solver FAQ ............................................................................... 622 in CFX-5 Reference Guide CFX-5 Solver Manager expert control parameters.............................................. 355 in Solver Modelling FAQ ............................................................................... 622 in CFX-5 Reference Guide parallel ........................................................................... 334 in Solver Modelling starting ........................................................................... 4 in CFX-5 Solver Manager starting from command line ........................................... 68 in CFX-5 Solver Manager step-by-step instructions................................................ 48 in CFX-5 Solver Manager CFX-5.1 mesh import ........................................................... 105 in CFX-Pre cfx5dfile ................................................................................ 321 in CFX-Pre cfx5mkext ............................................................................. 409 in Solver Modelling cfx5post................................................................................ 249 in CFX-Post CFX-Build directory names ............................................................. 218 in Installation & Introduction to CFX-5 FAQ ............................................................................... 619 in CFX-5 Reference Guide hard copy ....................................................................... 172 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5 CFX-Build tutorial features ................................................... 6 in CFX-5 Tutorials cfxepilog.pcl ......................................................................... 113 in CFX-Build Chapter 1 cfxmidilog.pcl........................................................................ 113 in CFX-Build Chapter 1 CFX-Post, introduction ......................................................... 2 in CFX-Post cfxprolog.pcl ......................................................................... 113 in CFX-Build Chapter 1 cfxprolog.pcl, cfxmidilog.pcl and cfxepilog.pcl...................... 113 in CFX-Build Chapter 1 CFXROOT directory ............................................................. 4 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5 CFX-TASCflow v2 importing mesh from ...................................................... 93 in CFX-Pre CFX-TfC 1.3 ......................................................................... 105 in CFX-Pre CFX-TurboGrid, importing grids from ................................... 94 in CFX-Pre chain method, curve ............................................................. 595 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 chained curve....................................................................... 466 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 changing appearance of definition file editor................................. 83 in CFX-5 Solver Manager colours in CFX-Build ...................................................... 166 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5 fonts in CFX-Build.......................................................... 165 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5 timestep ......................................................................... 165 in CFX-5 Tutorials chart creating .......................................................................... 92 in CFX-Post viewing using the command line.................................... 230 in CFX-Post checking file names.............................................................. 154 in CFX-5 Solver Manager Checkout button ................................................................... 103 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5 Checksum button ................................................................. 103 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5 chemical reaction example................................................... 381 in CFX-5 Tutorials chordal tolerance.................................................................. 329 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 CHT conjugate heat transfer .................................................. 25 in Solver Theory example ......................................................................... 405 in CFX-5 Tutorials use of in tutorials............................................................ 8 in CFX-5 Tutorials CHT example ....................................................................... 405 in CFX-5 Tutorials circular vent example ........................................................... 135 in CFX-5 Tutorials citern .................................................................................... 18 in CFX-5 Reference Guide Clear option (file menu) ........................................................ 100 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5 CFX-5.6

Master Index

Page 665

CFX-5 Reference Guide

Clipping Plane.............................................................................. 80 in CFX-Pre, 66 in CFX-Post clipping ................................................................................. 295 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 arbitrary.......................................................................... 293 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 arbitrary clipping form .................................................... 314 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 clipping/perspective form ............................................... 312 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 plane .............................................................................. 297 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 view menu features........................................................ 293 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 cloud of points ...................................................................... 162 in CFX-Pre Coanda effect....................................................................... 80 in Solver Modelling coarsening the mesh ............................................................ 1284 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 coefficient of thermal expansion........................................... 5 in Solver Theory, 43 in Solver Modelling coefficient, heat transfer ....................................................... 125 in CFX-5 Solver Manager colour object editor ................................................................... 109 in CFX-Post undefined ....................................................................... 111 in CFX-Post colour configuration .............................................................. 321 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 combined eddy dissipation and finite rate chemistry model . 235 in Solver Modelling combustion........................................................................... 63 in CFX-5 Solver Manager combined eddy dissipation and finite rate chemistry model235 in Solver Modelling combined eddy dissipation/finite rate chemistry model . 165 in Solver Theory eddy dissipation model .................................................. 229 in Solver Modelling finite rate chemistry model............................................. 162 in Solver Theory, 232 in Solver Modelling introduction .................................................................... 226 in Solver Modelling laminar flamelet model................................................... 166 in Solver Theory, 237 in Solver Modelling modelling ....................................................................... 225 in Solver Modelling modelling advice ............................................................ 251 in Solver Modelling NO model....................................................................... 244 in Solver Modelling NOx model..................................................................... 179 in Solver Theory phasic ............................................................................ 178 in Solver Theory premixed and partially premixed (Zimont) model........... 174 in Solver Theory soot model ..................................................................... 185 in Solver Theory, 247 in Solver Modelling use of in tutorials............................................................ 8 in CFX-5 Tutorials command editor ................................................................... 354 in CFX-Pre, 152 in CFX-Post action commands........................................................... 208 in CFX-Post creating session files ..................................................... 210 in CFX-Post exporting data ................................................................ 222 in CFX-Post file operations ................................................................ 210 in CFX-Post function calculation ........................................................ 224 in CFX-Post importing data from........................................................ 219 in CFX-Post loading a results file ....................................................... 210 in CFX-Post printing from................................................................... 218 in CFX-Post quantitative calculations................................................. 224 in CFX-Post reading session files ...................................................... 213 in CFX-Post reading state files........................................................... 215 in CFX-Post readstate option actions................................................. 217 in CFX-Post saving state file .............................................................. 214 in CFX-Post command file ........................................................................ 98 in CFX-5 Solver Manager command file editing using the definition file editor ......................................... 80 in CFX-5 Solver Manager Command File Editor ........................................................... 77 in CFX-5 Solver Manager Page 666

Master Index

CFX-5.6

CFX-5 Reference Guide

command line ....................................................................... 104 in CFX-Build Chapter 1, 6 in CFX-Post, 189 in CFX-Post comments ...................................................................... 105 in CFX-Build Chapter 1 interface ......................................................................... 104 in CFX-Build Chapter 1 mode.............................................................................. 245 in CFX-Post object creation and deletion........................................... 197 in CFX-Post windows ......................................................................... 216 in Installation & Introduction to CFX-5 command line environment variable .................................... 162 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5 command window ................................................................ 104 in CFX-Build Chapter 1 comment character, in CCL syntax ...................................... 193 in CFX-Post common panels and features ............................................... 8 in CFX-5 Solver Manager common problems with the license daemon ........................ 127 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5 Compaq Tru64 UNIX, requirements..................................... 33 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5 comparing slice plane .......................................................... 90 in CFX-5 Tutorials compatibility, see converting complete geometry............................................................... 454 in CFX-5 Tutorials, 479 in CFX-5 Tutorials completed job information .................................................... 115 in CFX-5 Solver Manager component definition ........................................................................ 15 in Solver Modelling sources .......................................................................... 29 in Solver Modelling composite regions ................................................................ 83 in CFX-Pre compressing CFX-Build files ................................................ 129 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 computed model constants .................................................. 104 in CFX-5 Solver Manager concepts............................................................................... 449 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 conditions boundary........................................................................ 9 in CFX-5 Tutorials conducting solids.................................................................. 193 in Solver Theory conductivity, thermal ............................................................ 124 in CFX-5 Solver Manager configuration file ................................................................... 160 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5 conjugate heat transfer CHT ............................................................................... 25 in Solver Theory example ......................................................................... 405 in CFX-5 Tutorials connectivity curve .............................................................................. 460 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 definition ........................................................................ 460 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 modifying ....................................................................... 462 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 number........................................................................... 129 in CFX-Post solid ............................................................................... 461 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 surface ........................................................................... 461 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 connectivity (PI), definition ................................................... 1294 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 conservation target............................................................... 324 in Solver Modelling conservative variable values ................................................ 148 in CFX-Post considerations for visualisation ................................................................... 245 in CFX-Pre constants CEL................................................................................ 25 in CFX-5 Reference Guide constants in CEL .................................................................. 13 in CFX-5 Reference Guide constitutive equation ............................................................ 23 in Solver Theory constraint equation............................................................... 17 in Solver Modelling contact via internet ..................................................................... 241 in Installation & Introduction to CFX-5 contact information ............................................................... 236 in Installation & Introduction to CFX-5 continuation character, in CCL syntax ................................. 193 in CFX-Post continuing the transient run .................................................. 171 in CFX-5 Tutorials continuity equation ............................................................... 21 in Solver Theory CFX-5.6

Master Index

Page 667

CFX-5 Reference Guide

continuity source .................................................................. 35 in Solver Theory contour plot, creating............................................................ 58 in CFX-Post contours adding to surface plot .................................................... 68 in CFX-5 Tutorials contours, adding................................................................... 68 in CFX-5 Tutorials control volume ........................................................................... 25 in CFX-5 Reference Guide control buttons, in animation editor ...................................... 135 in CFX-Post control panel icons repaint graphics ............................................................. 32 in CFX-5 Tutorials control parameters adding ............................................................................ 81 in CFX-5 Solver Manager controlling inflation layer thickness....................................... 1281 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 convergence......................................................................... 28 in CFX-5 Reference Guide hardcopy form................................................................ 20 in CFX-5 Solver Manager history ............................................................................ 102 in CFX-5 Solver Manager, 111 in CFX-5 Solver Manager, 116 in CFX-5 Solver Manager rate................................................................................. 325 in Solver Modelling convergence control equation class settings .................................................. 304 in CFX-Pre maximum number of timesteps...................................... 308 in Solver Modelling transient simulations ...................................................... 303 in CFX-Pre convergence criteria ............................................................. 323 in Solver Modelling for mesh adaption .......................................................... 290 in CFX-Pre, 293 in CFX-Pre, 296 in CFX-Pre conversion to parasolid ........................................................ 497 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 convert 3d region labels ....................................................... 93 in CFX-Pre converting CFX-Build databases..................................................... 127 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 from previous CFX-5 releases ....................................... 128 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 converting CFX-Build databases from a different machine type ........................................ 628 in CFX-5 Reference Guide from previous CFX-5 releases ....................................... 628 in CFX-5 Reference Guide coordinate frame.............................................................................. 26 in CFX-Build Chapter 1, 321 in CFX-Build Chapter 2, 24 in Solver Modelling angles ....................................................................... 522 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 axis method overview ............................................... 526 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 create method overview............................................ 525 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 creating ..................................................................... 180 in CFX-Pre, 62 in CFX-Post definitions.................................................................. 522 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 delete action ............................................................. 875 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 rotate method............................................................ 1166 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 rotating frame of reference (RFR)............................. 26 in Solver Modelling translate method ....................................................... 1163 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 frames form.................................................................... 334 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 system ........................................................................... 294 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 copy object ........................................................................... 16 in CFX-Pre corrected boundary node values .......................................... 137 in CFX-5 Solver Manager, 139 in CFX-5 Solver Manager, 148 in CFX-Post count entries......................................................................... 177 in CFX-5 Solver Manager count function....................................................................... 121 in CFX-Post, Page 668

Master Index

CFX-5.6

CFX-5 Reference Guide

203 in CFX-Post, 227 in CFX-Post counter-rotating wall................................................................................. 75 in Solver Modelling coupled solver ...................................................................... 187 in Installation & Introduction to CFX-5 cp polar macro ..................................................................... 157 in CFX-Post cpu requirements ................................................................. 111 in CFX-5 Solver Manager create 2D region ....................................................................... 1222 in CFX-Build Chapter 5 2d regions ...................................................................... 317 in CFX-5 Tutorials 3D region ....................................................................... 1194 in CFX-Build Chapter 4 3d regions ...................................................................... 482 in CFX-5 Tutorials 3D subregion ................................................................. 1195 in CFX-Build Chapter 4 a surface or curve mesh ................................................ 1324 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 boundary conditions....................................................... 195 in CFX-5 Tutorials, 419 in CFX-5 Tutorials chart............................................................................... 92 in CFX-Post contour plot .................................................................... 58 in CFX-Post contour plot icon ............................................................ 68 in CFX-5 Tutorials coordinate frame............................................................ 180 in CFX-Pre, 62 in CFX-Post curve offset ......................................................................... 635 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 database ........................................................................ 175 in CFX-5 Tutorials definition file................................................................... 80 in CFX-5 Tutorials element .......................................................................... 1340 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 by mirroring elements ............................................... 1350 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 by rotating elements.................................................. 1349 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 by translating elements ............................................. 1348 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 fluid domain ................................................................... 322 in CFX-5 Tutorials geometry........................................................................ 175 in CFX-5 Tutorials, 306 in CFX-5 Tutorials, 473 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 coord frames (3 point method).................................. 525 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 methods .................................................................... 532 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 inflated boundary ........................................................... 1254 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 instancing transformation............................................... 209 in CFX-5 Tutorials, 81 in CFX-Post isosurface ...................................................................... 165 in CFX-5 Tutorials, 45 in CFX-Post legend ............................................................................ 87 in CFX-Post menu.............................................................................. 29 in CFX-Post mesh .............................................................................. 113 in CFX-5 Tutorials, 146 in CFX-5 Tutorials, 317 in CFX-5 Tutorials, 482 in CFX-5 Tutorials mesh control .................................................................. 1256 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 meshing curves.............................................................. 1302 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 meshing solids ............................................................... 1305 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 midsurface automatic..................................................... 775 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 midsurface manual ........................................................ 777 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 model ............................................................................. 16 in CFX-5 Tutorials model for the steady-state calculation ........................... 138 in CFX-5 Tutorials nodes ............................................................................. 1339 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 by mirroring nodes .................................................... 1346 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 by rotating nodes ...................................................... 1344 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 by translating nodes.................................................. 1343 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 CFX-5.6

Master Index

Page 669

CFX-5 Reference Guide

pipe and flange mesh .................................................... 306 in CFX-5 Tutorials plane .............................................................................. 37 in CFX-Post plane icon ...................................................................... 60 in CFX-5 Tutorials point ............................................................................... 32 in CFX-Post point arccenter ............................................................... 542 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 points at xyz coordinates or point locations (xyz method)537 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 polyline........................................................................... 47 in CFX-Post pressure and volume fraction expressions .................... 230 in CFX-5 Tutorials refined surface mesh ..................................................... 78 in CFX-5 Tutorials slice plane...................................................................... 60 in CFX-5 Tutorials streamlines .................................................................... 69 in CFX-Post subdomain ..................................................................... 323 in CFX-5 Tutorials surface ........................................................................... 50 in CFX-Post offset ......................................................................... 740 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 surface mesh ................................................................. 254 in CFX-5 Tutorials, 341 in CFX-5 Tutorials, 1263 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 surface plot of y+ ........................................................... 213 in CFX-5 Tutorials text ................................................................................. 90 in CFX-Post vector ............................................................................. 54 in CFX-Post vectors ........................................................................... 210 in CFX-5 Tutorials view................................................................................ 18 in CFX-5 Tutorials volume ........................................................................... 41 in CFX-Post volume icon.................................................................... 94 in CFX-5 Tutorials create (PI) element edit ............................................................................ 1340 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 mesh seeding ................................................................ 1306 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 meshing surfaces........................................................... 1303 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 node edit ............................................................................ 1339 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 remeshing/reseeding ..................................................... 1308 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 creating object using the command line ...................................... 197 in CFX-Post creating and modifying streamlines...................................... 131 in CFX-5 Tutorials ctstep.................................................................................... 18 in CFX-5 Reference Guide current group.............................................................................. 4 in CFX-Build Chapter 1, 248 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 view................................................................................ 294 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 viewport ......................................................................... 5 in CFX-Build Chapter 1, 274 in CFX-Build Chapter 2, 294 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 curvature based mesh seed ................................................. 1319 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 curve angle show action ............................................................... 1055 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 arc show action ............................................................... 1054 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 arc3point method ........................................................... 592 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 attributes show action ............................................................... 1053 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 blend method ................................................................. 891 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 break method................................................................. 883 in CFX-Build Chapter 3, 887 in CFX-Build Chapter 3, 889 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 chain method ................................................................. 595 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 Page 670

Master Index

CFX-5.6

CFX-5 Reference Guide

conic method ................................................................. 597 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 delete action .................................................................. 874 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 disassemble method...................................................... 894 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 extend method ............................................................... 896 in CFX-Build Chapter 3, 901 in CFX-Build Chapter 3, 902 in CFX-Build Chapter 3, 904 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 extract method ............................................................... 601 in CFX-Build Chapter 3, 606 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 extruding ........................................................................ 23 in CFX-5 Tutorials fillet method ................................................................... 608 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 fit method ....................................................................... 612 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 intersect method ............................................................ 614 in CFX-Build Chapter 3, 618 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 2 plane ...................................................................... 622 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 length range show action ............................................................... 1057 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 manifold method ............................................................ 624 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 mcoord method.............................................................. 1120 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 merge method................................................................ 908 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 method........................................................................... 487 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 mirror method ................................................................ 1113 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 mscale method .............................................................. 1156 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 normal method............................................................... 834 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 pivot method .................................................................. 1129 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 point method .................................................................. 581 in CFX-Build Chapter 3, 583 in CFX-Build Chapter 3, 586 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 4 point option ............................................................ 591 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 position method ............................................................. 1138 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 refit method.................................................................... 912 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 reverse method.............................................................. 913 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 rotate method................................................................. 1091 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 scale method ................................................................. 1102 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 select menu ................................................................... 49 in CFX-Build Chapter 1, 51 in CFX-Build Chapter 1 translate method ............................................................ 1076 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 trim method.................................................................... 916 in CFX-Build Chapter 3, 919 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 vsum method ................................................................. 1147 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 XYZ method................................................................... 667 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 curvilinear coordinate frame ................................................. 528 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 cusps.................................................................................... 1276 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 custom export settings ......................................................... 134 in CFX-5 Solver Manager custom toolbar icons ............................................................ 21 in CFX-Build Chapter 1 customer support ................................................................. 236 in Installation & Introduction to CFX-5 customising .......................................................................... 8 in CFX-Build Chapter 1, 382 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 environment ................................................................... 165 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5 select menu orientation.................................................. 46 in CFX-Build Chapter 1 solver manager .............................................................. 9 in CFX-5 Solver Manager top window start-up orientation...................................... 14 in CFX-Build Chapter 1 cutout solids ......................................................................... 1200 in CFX-Build Chapter 4 cycle picking ......................................................................... 42 in CFX-Build Chapter 1 cylindrical coordinate frame ................................................. 523 in CFX-Build Chapter 3

CFX-5.6

Master Index

Page 671

CFX-5 Reference Guide

D data entry boxes................................................................... 23 in CFX-Build Chapter 1 database importing ........................................................................ 141 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 rebuild ............................................................................ 123 in CFX-Build Chapter 2, 140 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 reclaim ........................................................................... 129 in CFX-Build Chapter 2, 139 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 transporting between platforms ..................................... 127 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 upgrading....................................................................... 128 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 database mode .................................................................... 6 in CFX-5 Tutorials decomposed vertex select menu ......................................... 51 in CFX-Build Chapter 1 decomposing trimmed surfaces ........................................... 482 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 default colours ........................................................................... 464 in CFX-Build Chapter 3, 465 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 objects ........................................................................... 103 in CFX-Post values ............................................................................ 27 in CFX-Build Chapter 1 window layering icon...................................................... 18 in CFX-Build Chapter 1 default boundary conditions ................................................. 247 in CFX-Pre default legend....................................................................... 58 in CFX-5 Tutorials default license option file ...................................................... 118 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5 define run form ..................................................................... 11 in CFX-5 Solver Manager defined constants and structures ......................................... 176 in CFX-5 Solver Manager defining a vector .......................................................................... 97 in CFX-Build Chapter 1 an axis ........................................................................... 94 in CFX-Build Chapter 1 the mesh ........................................................................ 412 in CFX-5 Tutorials your own units................................................................ 176 in CFX-Pre definition file compressed ................................................................... 162 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5 editor appearance ............................................................... 83 in CFX-5 Solver Manager main menu ................................................................ 78 in CFX-5 Solver Manager overview.................................................................... 76 in CFX-5 Solver Manager rules .......................................................................... 83 in CFX-5 Solver Manager formatted........................................................................ 162 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5 in CFX-Pre ..................................................................... 4 in CFX-Pre versions supported ........................................................ 11 in CFX-Post degassing boundary condition ............................................. 68 in Solver Modelling degenerate surfaces ............................................................ 1276 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 degenerate surfaces and solids ........................................... 487 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 Delaunay .............................................................................. 1475 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 surface mesher .............................................................. 1235 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 delete 2D region ....................................................................... 1225 in CFX-Build Chapter 5 3D region ....................................................................... 1198 in CFX-Build Chapter 4 3D subregion ................................................................. 1198 in CFX-Build Chapter 4 geometry........................................................................ 872 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 inflated boundary ........................................................... 1255 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 mesh control .................................................................. 1262 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 surface mesh ................................................................. 1264 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 delete (pi) any ................................................................................. 1449 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 element .......................................................................... 1455 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 mesh control .................................................................. 1453 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 Page 672

Master Index

CFX-5.6

CFX-5 Reference Guide

mesh seed ..................................................................... 1451 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 node............................................................................... 1454 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 surface mesh ................................................................. 1452 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 delete action, meshing ......................................................... 1299 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 deleting object using command line ..................................... 197 in CFX-Post density dependencies ................................................................ 38 in Solver Modelling effective density ............................................................. 104 in Solver Theory fluid density.................................................................... 104 in Solver Theory density difference buoyancy model ...................................... 12 in Solver Modelling deselecting entities............................................................... 53 in CFX-Build Chapter 1 differencing scheme blend factor ......................................... 317 in Solver Modelling dimensions ........................................................................... 2 in Solver Theory direct geometry access............................................................................ 3 in CFX-Build Chapter 1 integration ...................................................................... 3 in CFX-Build Chapter 1 direct geometry access ........................................................ 501 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 directory CFXROOT ..................................................................... 4 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5 for CFX on UNIX............................................................ 55 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5 for CFX on Windows NT ................................................ 80 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5 home.............................................................................. 23 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5 installation...................................................................... 4 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5 names ............................................................................ 218 in Installation & Introduction to CFX-5 structure for CFX-5 ........................................................ 191 in Installation & Introduction to CFX-5 subset ............................................................................ 5 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5 disassemble method curve .............................................................................. 894 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 solid ............................................................................... 1007 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 surface ........................................................................... 943 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 disassociate (pi) ................................................................... 1384 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 element .......................................................................... 1385 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 node............................................................................... 1385 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 disassociate action, meshing ............................................... 1298 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 disassociate forms ............................................................... 1185 in CFX-Build Chapter 3, 1384 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 discrete transfer ................................................................... 198 in Solver Theory discrete transfer radiation model .......................................... 265 in Solver Modelling discretisation ........................................................................ 206 in Solver Theory disk-space considerations .................................................... 30 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5 disperse phase..................................................................... 147 in Solver Modelling display boundary conditions....................................................... 244 in CFX-Pre color configurations........................................................ 321 in CFX-Build Chapter 2, 336 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 coordinate frames .......................................................... 321 in CFX-Build Chapter 2, 334 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 entity type ...................................................................... 317 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 forms.............................................................................. 324 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 group.............................................................................. 317 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 highlighting..................................................................... 319 in CFX-Build Chapter 2, 328 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 in viewport...................................................................... 321 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 lighting ........................................................................... 322 in CFX-Build Chapter 2, 339 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 lines ............................................................................... 329 in CFX-Build Chapter 2, 479 in CFX-Build Chapter 3, CFX-5.6

Master Index

Page 673

CFX-5 Reference Guide

485 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 menu.............................................................................. 118 in CFX-Build Chapter 2, 316 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 plot/erase ....................................................................... 319 in CFX-Build Chapter 2, 327 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 properties....................................................................... 320 in CFX-Build Chapter 2, 333 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 quickpick ........................................................................ 378 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 ranges............................................................................ 321 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 rendering........................................................................ 318 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 spectrums ...................................................................... 321 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 titles ............................................................................... 321 in CFX-Build Chapter 2, 335 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 display attributes viewport ......................................................................... 275 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 display cleanup icon ............................................................. 18 in CFX-Build Chapter 1 dissipation, turbulence eddy................................................. 125 in CFX-5 Solver Manager distributed parallel setup .............................................................................. 53 in CFX-5 Solver Manager hosts.ccl file .............................................................. 69 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5, 84 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5 documentation...................................................................... 219 in Installation & Introduction to CFX-5 conventions.................................................................... 230 in Installation & Introduction to CFX-5 conventions for installation ............................................ 3 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5 domain creating .......................................................................... 391 in CFX-5 Tutorials definition ........................................................................ 186 in CFX-Pre in CFX-Post ................................................................... 102 in CFX-Post models, additional variables .......................................... 128 in CFX-Pre modifying ....................................................................... 397 in CFX-5 Tutorials temperature ................................................................... 8 in Solver Theory topology ......................................................................... 83 in CFX-Pre type use of in tutorials....................................................... 7 in CFX-5 Tutorials Domain Interface Modelling ................................................. 121 in Solver Modelling domain interfaces use of in tutorials............................................................ 9 in CFX-5 Tutorials domain temperature ............................................................. 6 in Solver Modelling double buffering ................................................................... 55 in CFX-Pre drag, coefficient.................................................................... 120 in Solver Theory Duplicate Entry in Table message ....................................... 632 in CFX-5 Reference Guide duplicate node checking....................................................... 91 in CFX-Pre dynamic time ........................................................................ 86 in CFX-5 Tutorials dynamic viscosity ................................................................. 41 in Solver Modelling dynamical time ..................................................................... 307 in Solver Modelling

E eddy dissipation and finite rate chemistry combined model . 235 in Solver Modelling eddy dissipation model......................................................... 229 in Solver Modelling eddy viscosity ....................................................................... 125 in CFX-5 Solver Manager turbulence models ......................................................... 61 in Solver Theory edge length ratio ..................................................................... 129 in CFX-Post match method closing gaps .............................................................. 459 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 Page 674

Master Index

CFX-5.6

CFX-5 Reference Guide

surface ...................................................................... 946 in CFX-Build Chapter 3, 949 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 method........................................................................... 487 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 edge proximity ...................................................................... 1244 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 edit an entry in CCL file ........................................................ 80 in CFX-5 Solver Manager CCL file .......................................................................... 84 in CFX-5 Solver Manager current results file .......................................................... 44 in CFX-5 Solver Manager curves ............................................................................ 883 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 definition file................................................................... 40 in CFX-5 Solver Manager, 77 in CFX-5 Solver Manager feature parameters ........................................................ 1030 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 features.......................................................................... 1028 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 geometry........................................................................ 473 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 methods .................................................................... 878 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 menu options ...................................................................... 51 in CFX-Pre points ............................................................................. 881 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 solid boolean ..................................................................... 1014 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 solids.............................................................................. 987 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 surface extend ....................................................................... 951 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 surfaces ......................................................................... 922 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 edit file.................................................................................. 388 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 edit menu undo and redo................................................................ 51 in CFX-Pre editing mesh entities ............................................................ 1297 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 editor expression ..................................................................... 150 in CFX-Pre editor environment variable .................................................. 162 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5 element ................................................................................ 1416 in CFX-Build Chapter 6, 1425 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 data structure................................................................. 177 in CFX-5 Solver Manager defining connectivity ...................................................... 480 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 hexahedral ..................................................................... 160 in CFX-5 Solver Manager prism .............................................................................. 160 in CFX-5 Solver Manager pyramid .......................................................................... 160 in CFX-5 Solver Manager routines .......................................................................... 183 in CFX-5 Solver Manager skew theory.................................................................... 1412 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 tetrahedral...................................................................... 160 in CFX-5 Solver Manager types .............................................................................. 176 in CFX-5 Solver Manager wedge ............................................................................ 160 in CFX-5 Solver Manager element (PI).......................................................................... 1376 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 aspect ratio, theory ........................................................ 1413 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 associate curve ......................................................................... 1380 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 point .......................................................................... 1379 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 solid .......................................................................... 1382 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 surface ...................................................................... 1381 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 delete ............................................................................. 1455 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 normals definition........................................................... 1294 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 renumber ....................................................................... 1376 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 show attributes ................................................................... 1419 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 coordinate system..................................................... 1420 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 transform CFX-5.6

Master Index

Page 675

CFX-5 Reference Guide

mirror......................................................................... 1350 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 rotate......................................................................... 1349 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 translate .................................................................... 1348 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 element face......................................................................... 456 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 element inflation (AFI) .......................................................... 1235 in CFX-Build Chapter 6, 1248 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 element select menu ............................................................ 52 in CFX-Build Chapter 1 element topology (PI) ........................................................... 1302 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 element types (VMI) ............................................................. 36 in CFX-5 Reference Guide hexahedral ..................................................................... 36 in CFX-5 Reference Guide hybrid meshes ............................................................... 36 in CFX-5 Reference Guide prismatic ........................................................................ 36 in CFX-5 Reference Guide pyramidal ....................................................................... 36 in CFX-5 Reference Guide tetrahedral...................................................................... 36 in CFX-5 Reference Guide element verification (pi) boundaries ..................................................................... 1399 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 connectivity .................................................................... 1402 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 duplicates....................................................................... 1400 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 geometry fit .................................................................... 1403 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 ids .................................................................................. 1406 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 jacobian ratio ................................................................. 1404 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 jacobian zero ................................................................. 1405 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 normals .......................................................................... 1401 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 element volume ratio mesh calculator element volume ratio................................................. 129 in CFX-Post encapsulated PostScript (eps) ............................................. 42 in CFX-Pre, 25 in CFX-Post enclosure picking selection .................................................. 48 in CFX-Build Chapter 1 end of coefficient loop .......................................................... 395 in Solver Modelling end of linear solution ............................................................ 395 in Solver Modelling end of partitioning................................................................. 394 in Solver Modelling end of run ............................................................................. 394 in Solver Modelling end of time step.................................................................... 394 in Solver Modelling energy equation ......................................................................... 21 in Solver Theory multiphase flow, multifluid model .............................. 122 in Solver Theory, 160 in Solver Modelling model thermal ...................................................................... 221 in CFX-5 Tutorials total ........................................................................... 257 in CFX-5 Tutorials sources .......................................................................... 29 in Solver Modelling turbulence kinetic........................................................... 125 in CFX-5 Solver Manager EnSight options ........................................................................... 133 in CFX-5 Solver Manager post-processing ............................................................. 128 in CFX-5 Solver Manager using exported files........................................................ 147 in CFX-5 Solver Manager entering commands.............................................................. 104 in CFX-Build Chapter 1 enthalpy................................................................................ 125 in CFX-5 Solver Manager entity..................................................................................... 367 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 entity ID list........................................................................... 23 in CFX-Build Chapter 1 entity type............................................................................. 317 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 displaying....................................................................... 325 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 environment customising.................................................................... 165 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5 variables ........................................................................ 162 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5 setting ....................................................................... 164 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5 Page 676

Master Index

CFX-5.6

CFX-5 Reference Guide

eps files ................................................................................ 229 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 equation class settings ......................................................... 304 in CFX-Pre equation of state................................................................... 22 in Solver Theory, 36 in Solver Modelling ideal gas ........................................................................ 22 in Solver Theory molecular weight ....................................................... 22 in Solver Theory equations, Navier-Stokes ..................................................... 24 in CFX-5 Reference Guide, 92 in CFX-5 Solver Manager equivalence (pi) forms.............................................................................. 1390 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 group.............................................................................. 1392 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 list .................................................................................. 1393 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 equivalence action, meshing ................................................ 1299 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 equivalence geometry point ................................................. 881 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 equivalencing ....................................................................... 1388 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 equivalencing (PI) definition ........................................................................ 1294 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 error messages meshing ......................................................................... 635 in CFX-5 Reference Guide Euclid 3 import form ............................................................. 172 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 Euler method, overview........................................................ 526 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 Eulerian-Eulerian model ....................................................... 143 in Solver Modelling example license option file ................................................... 118 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5 examples.............................................................................. 1 in CFX-5 Tutorials airlift reactor ................................................................... 449 in CFX-5 Tutorials arc3point curve .............................................................. 593 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 arccenter point ............................................................... 543 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 axi-symmetric................................................................. 381 in CFX-5 Tutorials blend curve ......................................................................... 892 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 solid .......................................................................... 1006 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 surface ...................................................................... 941 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 break curve ......................................................................... 885 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 solid .......................................................................... 988 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 surface ...................................................................... 937 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 buoyancy ....................................................................... 217 in CFX-5 Tutorials butterfly valve................................................................. 265 in CFX-5 Tutorials calculate area ................................................................ 226 in CFX-Post catalytic converter.......................................................... 303 in CFX-5 Tutorials cavity.............................................................................. 217 in CFX-5 Tutorials CEL................................................................................ 28 in CFX-5 Reference Guide chain curve .................................................................... 596 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 chemical reaction........................................................... 381 in CFX-5 Tutorials CHT ............................................................................... 405 in CFX-5 Tutorials circular vent ................................................................... 135 in CFX-5 Tutorials conic curve..................................................................... 599 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 conjugate heat transfer .................................................. 405 in CFX-5 Tutorials curves ............................................................................ 75 in CFX-Build Chapter 1 curves as edges of other entities ................................... 76 in CFX-Build Chapter 1 defining axis................................................................... 94 in CFX-Build Chapter 1, 97 in CFX-Build Chapter 1 defining curves............................................................... 78 in CFX-Build Chapter 1, 80 in CFX-Build Chapter 1 defining points................................................................ 64 in CFX-Build Chapter 1, 68 in CFX-Build Chapter 1, 71 in CFX-Build Chapter 1, CFX-5.6

Master Index

Page 677

CFX-5 Reference Guide

74 in CFX-Build Chapter 1 defining solids between two surfaces ............................ 89 in CFX-Build Chapter 1 defining vector ............................................................... 98 in CFX-Build Chapter 1, 101 in CFX-Build Chapter 1 disassemble curve ......................................................................... 895 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 solid .......................................................................... 1008 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 surface ...................................................................... 944 in CFX-Build Chapter 3, 945 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 edge match .................................................................... 947 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 extend curve .................................................................. 898 in CFX-Build Chapter 3, 906 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 extract point ................................................................... 545 in CFX-Build Chapter 3, 546 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 multiple ..................................................................... 550 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 multiple(parametric) .................................................. 552 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 feedback to control inlet temperature ............................ 29 in CFX-5 Reference Guide fillet curve....................................................................... 611 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 fit curve .......................................................................... 613 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 free surface.................................................................... 227 in CFX-5 Tutorials gas-liquid flow in an airlift reactor .................................. 449 in CFX-5 Tutorials heat exchanger .............................................................. 405 in CFX-5 Tutorials interpolate point ............................................................. 555 in CFX-Build Chapter 3, 558 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 intersect curve ......................................................................... 615 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 point at edge ................................................................ 562 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 with curve and plane ........................................... 566 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 with two curves.................................................... 564 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 with vector and curve .......................................... 568 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 with vector and plane .......................................... 570 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 with vector and surface ....................................... 569 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 load command ............................................................... 210 in CFX-Post manifold curve ............................................................... 626 in CFX-Build Chapter 3, 627 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 mcoord curve ......................................................................... 1124 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 plane ......................................................................... 1127 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 point .......................................................................... 1122 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 solid .......................................................................... 1126 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 surface ...................................................................... 1125 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 vector ........................................................................ 1128 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 merge curve................................................................... 920 in CFX-Build Chapter 3, 921 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 mirror plane ......................................................................... 1119 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 point .......................................................................... 1114 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 solid .......................................................................... 1118 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 surface ...................................................................... 1117 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 vector ........................................................................ 1120 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 mixing tube .................................................................... 381 in CFX-5 Tutorials mscale point .......................................................................... 1158 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 solid .......................................................................... 1162 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 surface ...................................................................... 1161 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 mscale curve.................................................................. 1160 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 Page 678

Master Index

CFX-5.6

CFX-5 Reference Guide

multicomponent flow ...................................................... 381 in CFX-5 Tutorials multiphase flow .............................................................. 449 in CFX-5 Tutorials nodes used as points..................................................... 62 in CFX-Build Chapter 1 offset point ..................................................................... 572 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 pierce point .................................................................... 574 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 pivot curve ......................................................................... 1133 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 plane ......................................................................... 1136 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 point .......................................................................... 1131 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 solid .......................................................................... 1135 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 surface ...................................................................... 1134 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 vector ........................................................................ 1137 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 point curve ..................................................................... 582 in CFX-Build Chapter 3, 585 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 points as vertices of other entities ................................. 61 in CFX-Build Chapter 1 points referring to points in database............................. 60 in CFX-Build Chapter 1 position curve ......................................................................... 1142 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 plane ......................................................................... 1145 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 point .......................................................................... 1140 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 solid .......................................................................... 1144 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 surface ...................................................................... 1143 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 vector ........................................................................ 1146 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 power syntax.................................................................. 233 in CFX-Post project point ................................................................... 580 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 readsession command................................................... 213 in CFX-Post readstate command ....................................................... 217 in CFX-Post referring to coordinate frame ......................................... 94 in CFX-Build Chapter 1 referring to curve/parametric location on the curve ....... 81 in CFX-Build Chapter 1 referring to curves.......................................................... 82 in CFX-Build Chapter 1 referring to elements...................................................... 91 in CFX-Build Chapter 1 referring to elements by attributes ................................. 93 in CFX-Build Chapter 1 referring to nodes........................................................... 90 in CFX-Build Chapter 1 referring to solids ........................................................... 87 in CFX-Build Chapter 1 referring to surface/parametric location on the surface . 86 in CFX-Build Chapter 1 reverse curve ......................................................................... 914 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 solid .......................................................................... 1013 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 surface ...................................................................... 967 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 Reynolds number dependent viscosity .......................... 28 in CFX-5 Reference Guide rotate coordinate frame ....................................................... 1168 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 curve ......................................................................... 1096 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 plane ......................................................................... 1100 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 point .......................................................................... 1094 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 solid .......................................................................... 1099 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 surface ...................................................................... 1097 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 vector ........................................................................ 1101 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 savestate command....................................................... 214 in CFX-Post scale curve ......................................................................... 1107 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 point .......................................................................... 1104 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 solid .......................................................................... 1111 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 surface ...................................................................... 1109 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 vector ........................................................................ 1112 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 session command.......................................................... 211 in CFX-Post sew surface.................................................................... 969 in CFX-Build Chapter 3, CFX-5.6

Master Index

Page 679

CFX-5 Reference Guide

971 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 solid region .................................................................... 405 in CFX-5 Tutorials static mixer..................................................................... 13 in CFX-5 Tutorials steady state simulation .................................................. 381 in CFX-5 Tutorials, 405 in CFX-5 Tutorials supersonic flow .............................................................. 249 in CFX-5 Tutorials surface edge match ....................................................... 950 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 surface equivalence....................................................... 882 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 surfaces as edges of other entities ................................ 83 in CFX-Build Chapter 1 surfaces defined between two curves............................ 85 in CFX-Build Chapter 1 transient simulation........................................................ 217 in CFX-5 Tutorials translate coordinate frame ....................................................... 1164 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 curve ......................................................................... 1083 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 plane ......................................................................... 1089 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 point .......................................................................... 1079 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 solid .......................................................................... 1088 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 surface ...................................................................... 1086 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 vector ........................................................................ 1090 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 trim curve ....................................................................... 917 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 two-dimensional............................................................. 217 in CFX-5 Tutorials user functions ................................................................ 384 in Solver Modelling valve .............................................................................. 265 in CFX-5 Tutorials vent ................................................................................ 135 in CFX-5 Tutorials vsum curve ......................................................................... 1151 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 point .......................................................................... 1150 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 solid .......................................................................... 1155 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 surface ...................................................................... 1154 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 wing ............................................................................... 249 in CFX-5 Tutorials examples menu .................................................................... 399 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 expansion factor................................................................... 1241 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 expansivity, thermal ............................................................. 125 in CFX-5 Solver Manager expert control parameters .................................................... 326 in CFX-Pre adding ............................................................................ 81 in CFX-5 Solver Manager CFX-5 Solver ................................................................. 355 in Solver Modelling modifying ....................................................................... 354 in Solver Modelling usage ............................................................................. 354 in Solver Modelling export ................................................................................... 123 in CFX-Build Chapter 2, 209 in CFX-Build Chapter 2, 40 in CFX-5 Solver Manager boundary conditions to MSC/Patran .............................. 143 in CFX-5 Solver Manager executable ..................................................................... 134 in CFX-5 Solver Manager files in other formats ...................................................... 150 in CFX-5 Solver Manager iges file........................................................................... 211 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 linking programs ............................................................ 169 in CFX-5 Solver Manager parasolid ........................................................................ 218 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 Patran 2.5 neutral file..................................................... 209 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 plot data ......................................................................... 22 in CFX-5 Solver Manager step file .......................................................................... 220 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 transient results file........................................................ 134 in CFX-5 Solver Manager user-defined formats...................................................... 150 in CFX-5 Solver Manager exporting .............................................................................. 20 in CFX-Post data using the command editor ..................................... 222 in CFX-Post express neutral files ............................................................. 155 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 expression properties in CEL ........................................................... 20 in CFX-5 Reference Guide Page 680

Master Index

CFX-5.6

CFX-5 Reference Guide

expression editor .................................................................. 150 in CFX-Pre, 140 in CFX-Post example ......................................................................... 142 in CFX-Post expression language ............................................................ 10 in CFX-5 Reference Guide constants ....................................................................... 25 in CFX-5 Reference Guide expressions.................................................................... 11 in CFX-5 Reference Guide shear rate dependent viscosity ...................................... 343 in CFX-5 Tutorials statements ..................................................................... 12 in CFX-5 Reference Guide multiple-line expressions........................................... 13 in CFX-5 Reference Guide syntax ....................................................................... 13 in CFX-5 Reference Guide temperature dependent viscosity................................... 122 in CFX-5 Tutorials units ............................................................................... 12 in CFX-5 Reference Guide using .............................................................................. 26 in CFX-5 Reference Guide values dimensionless ........................................................... 11 in CFX-5 Reference Guide velocity profile ................................................................ 285 in CFX-5 Tutorials expression method for inlet velocity profile .......................... 285 in CFX-5 Tutorials expression names CEL................................................................................ 19 in CFX-5 Reference Guide expression syntax ................................................................ 13 in CFX-5 Reference Guide expressions in CEL ............................................................................ 26 in CFX-5 Reference Guide expressions to model the reaction creating .......................................................................... 394 in CFX-5 Tutorials extend method, curve........................................................... 901 in CFX-Build Chapter 3, 902 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 extract method multiple points parametric ................................................................. 549 in CFX-Build Chapter 3, 551 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 point ............................................................................... 544 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 single point..................................................................... 547 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 extrude method .................................................................... 1356 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 extruding curves ................................................................... 23 in CFX-5 Tutorials

F face element .......................................................................... 206 in Solver Theory method........................................................................... 488 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 face angle mesh calculator face angle ................................................................. 128 in CFX-Post false transient information .................................................... 109 in CFX-5 Solver Manager FAQ...................................................................................... 617 in CFX-5 Reference Guide CFX-5 Solver and Solver Manager................................ 622 in CFX-5 Reference Guide CFX-Build ...................................................................... 619 in CFX-5 Reference Guide general........................................................................... 619 in CFX-5 Reference Guide online help ..................................................................... 619 in CFX-5 Reference Guide fat file system ....................................................................... 48 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5 feature parameter definition ................................................. 1031 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 field entity select menu......................................................... 53 in CFX-Build Chapter 1 fieldview post-processing ............................................................. 128 in CFX-5 Solver Manager using exported files........................................................ 149 in CFX-5 Solver Manager file......................................................................................... 4 in CFX-Build Chapter 1 CFX-5.6

Master Index

Page 681

CFX-5 Reference Guide

backup ........................................................................... 138 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 cfx5rc ............................................................................. 160 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5 cfxepilog.pcl ................................................................... 113 in CFX-Build Chapter 1 cfxmidilog.pcl ................................................................. 113 in CFX-Build Chapter 1 cfxprolog.pcl................................................................... 113 in CFX-Build Chapter 1 compressing CFX-Build ................................................. 129 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 configuration .................................................................. 160 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5 eps ................................................................................. 229 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 export............................................................................. 20 in CFX-Post express neutral .............................................................. 155 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 filtering ........................................................................... 25 in CFX-Build Chapter 1 format............................................................................. 135 in CFX-5 Solver Manager generating output........................................................... 166 in CFX-5 Tutorials header............................................................................ 151 in CFX-5 Solver Manager import, iges .................................................................... 176 in CFX-5 Tutorials, 269 in CFX-5 Tutorials, 453 in CFX-5 Tutorials, 475 in CFX-5 Tutorials load results .................................................................... 16 in CFX-Post load state ....................................................................... 19 in CFX-Post menu.............................................................................. 118 in CFX-Build Chapter 2, 33 in CFX-Pre, 9 in CFX-Post options ...................................................................... 124 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 overview.................................................................... 122 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 operations, from the command editor ............................ 210 in CFX-Post print................................................................................ 41 in CFX-Pre, 25 in CFX-Post quit ................................................................................. 43 in CFX-Pre, 27 in CFX-Post rules ............................................................................... 87 in CFX-5 Solver Manager save state ...................................................................... 18 in CFX-Post session........................................................................... 114 in CFX-Build Chapter 1 settings.pcl..................................................................... 110 in CFX-Build Chapter 1 template database ......................................................... 116 in CFX-Build Chapter 1 types .............................................................................. 125 in CFX-Build Chapter 2, 11 in CFX-Post hardcopy file ............................................................. 125 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 iges file...................................................................... 126 in CFX-Build Chapter 2, 440 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 journal file ................................................................. 125 in CFX-Build Chapter 2, 438 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 neutral file ................................................................. 412 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 Patran neutral file...................................................... 126 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 printer configuration .................................................. 230 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 session file ................................................................ 125 in CFX-Build Chapter 2, 438 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 variables ........................................................................ 87 in CFX-5 Solver Manager file format ............................................................................. 1475 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 File menu ............................................................................. 100 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5 fillet method curve .............................................................................. 608 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 surface ........................................................................... 734 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 Filter button .......................................................................... 25 in CFX-Build Chapter 1 finite element select menu ................................................... 52 in CFX-Build Chapter 1 finite rate chemistry and eddy dissipation combined model . 235 in Solver Modelling finite rate chemistry model ................................................... 162 in Solver Theory, Page 682

Master Index

CFX-5.6

CFX-5 Reference Guide

232 in Solver Modelling finite volume method ............................................................ 25 in CFX-5 Reference Guide, 206 in Solver Theory first call ................................................................................. 394 in Solver Modelling first call partitioning .............................................................. 394 in Solver Modelling fit method, curve................................................................... 612 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 fixed composition mixture..................................................... 139 in CFX-Pre fixed mass fraction ............................................................... 139 in CFX-Pre flamelet library ...................................................................... 147 in CFX-Pre FLEXlm licensing......................................................................... 98 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5 floating licenses.................................................................... 114 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5 flow direction ........................................................................ 59 in Solver Modelling flow example gas-liquid ....................................................................... 449 in CFX-5 Tutorials multicomponent ............................................................. 381 in CFX-5 Tutorials multiphase ..................................................................... 449 in CFX-5 Tutorials supersonic ..................................................................... 249 in CFX-5 Tutorials flow modelling advice on ....................................................................... 302 in Solver Modelling fluid definition ........................................................................ 16 in Solver Modelling details ............................................................................ 204 in CFX-Pre models ........................................................................... 194 in CFX-Pre properties....................................................................... 39 in Solver Modelling, 44 in Solver Modelling dynamic viscosity ...................................................... 41 in Solver Modelling kinematic diffusivity ................................................... 20 in Solver Modelling molar mass ............................................................... 40 in Solver Modelling specific heat capacity................................................ 41 in Solver Modelling, 44 in Solver Modelling thermal conductivity .................................................. 41 in Solver Modelling, 44 in Solver Modelling thermal expansivity ................................................... 43 in Solver Modelling type use of in tutorials....................................................... 7 in CFX-5 Tutorials fluid domains ........................................................................ 186 in CFX-Pre fluid properties fluid type general fluid .............................................................. 36 in Solver Modelling ideal gas ................................................................... 37 in Solver Modelling ideal mixture.............................................................. 16 in Solver Modelling library fluids.................................................................... 44 in Solver Modelling fluid subdomain creating .......................................................................... 397 in CFX-5 Tutorials flux, heat............................................................................... 124 in CFX-5 Solver Manager focal point............................................................................. 296 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 focus..................................................................................... 34 in CFX-Build Chapter 1 force function........................................................................ 122 in CFX-Post, 204 in CFX-Post, 227 in CFX-Post forceNorm function ............................................................... 123 in CFX-Post, 204 in CFX-Post, 227 in CFX-Post form coordinate frames .......................................................... 334 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 geometric attributes ....................................................... 329 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 CFX-5.6

Master Index

Page 683

CFX-5 Reference Guide

geometry units ............................................................... 363 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 print................................................................................ 224 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 transformations .............................................................. 304 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 forms and widgets ................................................................ 22 in CFX-Build Chapter 1 fortran junction box routines...................................................... 393 in Solver Modelling frames rotating and stationary ................................................... 250 in CFX-Pre FrameViewer options ........................................................................... 232 in Installation & Introduction to CFX-5 printing documentation .................................................. 232 in Installation & Introduction to CFX-5 free edges (PI), definition ..................................................... 1294 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 free slip................................................................................. 75 in Solver Modelling free surface example ......................................................................... 227 in CFX-5 Tutorials flow ................................................................................ 145 in Solver Theory, 191 in Solver Modelling advice ....................................................................... 193 in Solver Modelling setting boundary conditions ........................................... 230 in CFX-5 Tutorials frequently asked questions see FAQ from this installation (set up wizard) ..................................... 108 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5 frozen rotor frame change model ......................................... 129 in Solver Modelling full buoyancy model ............................................................. 26 in Solver Theory full colour mode .................................................................... 170 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5 function calculation using the command editor .................... 224 in CFX-Post function name....................................................................... 165 in CFX-Pre functions user CEL fortran user CEL functions .............................................. 378 in Solver Modelling functions and constants CEL................................................................................ 14 in CFX-5 Reference Guide

G Gap of Zero message .......................................................... 632 in CFX-5 Reference Guide gas compressor performance macro ................................... 157 in CFX-Post gas turbine performance macro ........................................... 158 in CFX-Post gas-liquid flow example ........................................................ 449 in CFX-5 Tutorials general trimmed surface ............................................................. 465 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 general fluid.......................................................................... 36 in Solver Modelling general licensing information ............................................... 112 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5 generating output files.......................................................... 166 in CFX-5 Tutorials geometric attributes form ..................................................... 329 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 geometry .............................................................................. 59 in CFX-Build Chapter 1, 108 in CFX-Post accuracy of original........................................................ 446 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 CFX-Build capabilities.................................................... 446 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 clean up ......................................................................... 177 in CFX-5 Tutorials definition ........................................................................ 60 in CFX-5 Tutorials IGES import/export ........................................................ 447 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 manipulating .................................................................. 53 in CFX-5 Tutorials native ............................................................................. 447 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 PATRAN 2 file import/export.......................................... 447 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 Page 684

Master Index

CFX-5.6

CFX-5 Reference Guide

types of geometry .......................................................... 464 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 use of in tutorials............................................................ 6 in CFX-5 Tutorials geometry select menu .......................................................... 53 in CFX-Build Chapter 1 geometry units form ............................................................. 363 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 geonodal select menu .......................................................... 54 in CFX-Build Chapter 1 GETVAR .............................................................................. 381 in Solver Modelling GGI....................................................................................... 97 in Solver Theory, 121 in Solver Modelling interfaces ....................................................................... 64 in CFX-5 Solver Manager glide control.......................................................................... 1358 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 glide method......................................................................... 1357 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 glide-guide control ................................................................ 1361 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 glide-guide method............................................................... 1359 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 gliding solids.............................................................................. 815 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 surfaces ......................................................................... 762 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 global coordinate frame........................................................ 522 in CFX-Build Chapter 3, 24 in Solver Modelling global dynamic model control............................................... 320 in Solver Modelling global model tolerance importing/exporting CAD files ........................................ 510 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 surface gaps .................................................................. 459 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 use of ............................................................................. 463 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 global preferences form ....................................................... 355 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 global range ......................................................................... 110 in CFX-Post governing equations constitutive equation ...................................................... 23 in Solver Theory continuity equation......................................................... 21 in Solver Theory energy equation ............................................................. 21 in Solver Theory equation of state ............................................................ 22 in Solver Theory momentum equation ...................................................... 21 in Solver Theory multiphase flow .............................................................. 109 in Solver Theory graphic objects ..................................................................... 3 in CFX-Post gravity transient ......................................................................... 12 in Solver Modelling grid generation guidelines..................................................... 95 in Solver Theory importing parametric cubic geometry............................. 470 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 GridPro/az3000 .................................................................... 103 in CFX-Pre group .................................................................................... 248 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 groups .................................................................................. 4 in CFX-Build Chapter 1 attributes ........................................................................ 272 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 capabilities ..................................................................... 249 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 create............................................................................. 255 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 current............................................................................ 248 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 delete ............................................................................. 271 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 display mode.................................................................. 317 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 members........................................................................ 249 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 menu.............................................................................. 248 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 modify ............................................................................ 257 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 move/copy ..................................................................... 259 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 naming conventions....................................................... 120 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 post ................................................................................ 248 in CFX-Build Chapter 2, 256 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 set current...................................................................... 261 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 target.............................................................................. 249 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 transform........................................................................ 262 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 CFX-5.6

Master Index

Page 685

CFX-5 Reference Guide

GTM file writing ............................................................................ 1481 in CFX-Build Chapter 7 gtm file.................................................................................. 4 in CFX-Pre guess or initial values from a file, reading the initial ............. 98 in Solver Modelling GUI Appearance option......................................................... 53 in CFX-Pre introduction .................................................................... 4 in CFX-Post GUI (Graphical User Interface) CFX-Build ...................................................................... 10 in CFX-Build Chapter 1 overview......................................................................... 10 in CFX-Build Chapter 1 guidelines grid generation............................................................... 95 in Solver Theory

H hardcopy device-dependent .......................................................... 405 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 PostScript file................................................................. 405 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 printers/plotters .............................................................. 406 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 setup .............................................................................. 408 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 supported hardware....................................................... 410 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 hardware 3d mode ............................................................... 171 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5 hardware rendering .............................................................. 356 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 heartbeat .............................................................................. 19 in CFX-Build Chapter 1 heat exchanger example ...................................................... 405 in CFX-5 Tutorials heat flux................................................................................ 124 in CFX-5 Solver Manager heat transfer ......................................................................... 6 in Solver Modelling at walls........................................................................... 77 in Solver Modelling coefficient....................................................................... 125 in CFX-5 Solver Manager, 123 in Solver Theory, 130 in Solver Theory, 160 in Solver Modelling, 168 in Solver Modelling use of in tutorials............................................................ 8 in CFX-5 Tutorials wall function model ........................................................ 90 in Solver Theory heat transfer coefficient ........................................................ 150 in CFX-Post heat transfer specification inlet ................................................................................ 62 in Solver Modelling opening .......................................................................... 72 in Solver Modelling outlet .............................................................................. 68 in Solver Modelling wall heat transfer coefficient ............................................................ 77 in Solver Modelling help ...................................................................................... 219 in Installation & Introduction to CFX-5, 224 in Installation & Introduction to CFX-5 FAQ ............................................................................... 619 in CFX-5 Reference Guide navigation ...................................................................... 231 in Installation & Introduction to CFX-5 searching ....................................................................... 225 in Installation & Introduction to CFX-5 Help menu............................................................................ 104 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5 hexahedral element.............................................................. 160 in CFX-5 Solver Manager hidden line rendering............................................................ 318 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 hierarchical refinement ......................................................... 52 in Solver Theory high resolution scheme ........................................................ 213 in Solver Theory highlight type ........................................................................ 55 in CFX-Pre highlighting ........................................................................... 78 in CFX-Pre form................................................................................ 328 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 Page 686

Master Index

CFX-5.6

CFX-5 Reference Guide

geometric entities........................................................... 319 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 selecting highlight colors................................................ 356 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 history window...................................................................... 104 in CFX-Build Chapter 1 history, convergence ............................................................ 102 in CFX-5 Solver Manager hole adding a hole to a surface center point option .................................................... 975 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 adding to a surface center point option .................................................... 975 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 inner loop option ....................................................... 979 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 project vector option.................................................. 977 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 home directory ..................................................................... 23 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5 home variable, setting on Windows NT................................ 137 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5 homogeneous hydrodynamic equations................................................ 110 in Solver Theory homogeneous model............................................................ 108 in Solver Theory homogeneous multiphase model ......................................... 150 in Solver Modelling hostid determining .................................................................... 13 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5, 21 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5 hostname determining .................................................................... 13 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5, 21 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5 hosts files ............................................................................. 339 in Solver Modelling hosts.ccl file.......................................................................... 69 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5, 84 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5 hosts.equiv file ..................................................................... 68 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5, 83 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5 HP graphics boards ............................................................. 35 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5 requirements.................................................................. 35 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5 hybrid mesh (AFI)................................................................. 1237 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 hybrid variable values .......................................................... 148 in CFX-Post hyperpatch importing parametric cubic geometry............................. 470 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 hypertext .............................................................................. 230 in Installation & Introduction to CFX-5

I IBM, requirements ................................................................ 39 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5 ICEM CFD ............................................................................ 100 in CFX-Pre ideal gas............................................................................... 37 in Solver Modelling ideal mixture ......................................................................... 16 in Solver Modelling IDEAS Universal .................................................................. 102 in CFX-Pre identity matrix ....................................................................... 5 in Solver Theory IGES import/export file formats ............................................... 447 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 iges exporting ........................................................................ 211 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 exporting parametric cubic geometry............................. 470 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 file description................................................................ 440 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 importing files................................................................. 161 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 importing parametric cubic geometry............................. 470 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 importing trimmed surfaces ........................................... 464 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 overview of file accessing .............................................. 500 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 supported file types........................................................ 126 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 CFX-5.6

Master Index

Page 687

CFX-5 Reference Guide

ignore connections ............................................................... 93 in CFX-Pre impeller blade ....................................................................... 428 in CFX-5 Tutorials import iges file........................................................................... 176 in CFX-5 Tutorials, 269 in CFX-5 Tutorials, 475 in CFX-5 Tutorials mesh .............................................................................. 89 in CFX-Pre mesh from ANSYS...................................................................... 101 in CFX-Pre CFX-4 ....................................................................... 97 in CFX-Pre CFX-5 def/res file ...................................................... 92 in CFX-Pre CFX-5.1 .................................................................... 105 in CFX-Pre CFX-TASCflow v2..................................................... 93 in CFX-Pre CFX-TfC 1.3.............................................................. 105 in CFX-Pre CGNS ....................................................................... 101 in CFX-Pre GridPro/az3000......................................................... 103 in CFX-Pre ICEM CFD................................................................. 100 in CFX-Pre IDEAS Universal ....................................................... 102 in CFX-Pre MSC/NASTRAN........................................................ 104 in CFX-Pre Patran neutral ........................................................... 100 in CFX-Pre Pointwise Gridgen..................................................... 104 in CFX-Pre user mesh import ...................................................... 105 in CFX-Pre import models ACIS files ....................................................................... 190 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 CADDS 5 files................................................................ 177 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 CATIA files..................................................................... 168 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 Euclid 3 files................................................................... 172 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 Express neutral files ...................................................... 155 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 IGES file......................................................................... 161 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 option ............................................................................. 141 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 Patran 2.5 neutral files................................................... 152 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 preferences.................................................................... 158 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 Pro/ENGINEER files ...................................................... 174 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 Unigraphics files ............................................................ 180 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 importing .............................................................................. 141 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 CFX-Build database....................................................... 141 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 data from the command editor....................................... 219 in CFX-Post polyline data................................................................... 219 in CFX-Post surface data ................................................................... 221 in CFX-Post importing results in CGNS format ............................................................. 141 in CFX-5 Solver Manager to EnSight ...................................................................... 147 in CFX-5 Solver Manager to Fieldview.................................................................... 149 in CFX-5 Solver Manager to MSC/PATRAN ........................................................... 142 in CFX-5 Solver Manager imprint solid on solid............................................................. 1024 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 improving turbulence model ........................................................... 84 in CFX-5 Tutorials incremental adaption ............................................................ 52 in Solver Theory indentation in CCL syntax ................................................................ 192 in CFX-Post index colour mode ................................................................ 170 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5 inflating between thin gaps.......................................................... 1281 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 inside walls of cylindrical pipes ...................................... 1282 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 thin surfaces .................................................................. 1283 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 inflation and mesh adaption ........................................................ 53 in Solver Theory Page 688

Master Index

CFX-5.6

CFX-5 Reference Guide

thickness multiplier ........................................................ 1250 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 inflation (AFI) creating .......................................................................... 1254 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 deleting .......................................................................... 1255 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 modifying ....................................................................... 1254 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 troubleshooting .............................................................. 636 in CFX-5 Reference Guide, 637 in CFX-5 Reference Guide viewing in CFX-Build...................................................... 636 in CFX-5 Reference Guide inflation parameters (AFI) setting ............................................................................ 1251 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 information, false transient ................................................... 109 in CFX-5 Solver Manager inhomogeneous model ......................................................... 149 in Solver Modelling initial setup .............................................................................. 15 in CFX-5 Tutorials initial guess .......................................................................... 48 in CFX-5 Solver Manager reading from a file .......................................................... 98 in Solver Modelling initial time ............................................................................. 313 in Solver Modelling initial value ........................................................................... 48 in CFX-5 Solver Manager initial values reading from a file .......................................................... 98 in Solver Modelling initialisation........................................................................... 281 in CFX-Pre parameters..................................................................... 87 in Solver Modelling recommended................................................................ 87 in Solver Modelling inlet....................................................................................... 57 in Solver Modelling boundary conditions....................................................... 57 in Solver Modelling heat transfer................................................................... 62 in Solver Modelling inlet (subsonic) mathematical model....................................................... 36 in Solver Theory inlet (supersonic) .................................................................. 257 in CFX-5 Tutorials mathematical model....................................................... 41 in Solver Theory inner loop option adding a hole to a surface 979 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 input argument units............................................................. 166 in CFX-Pre install a license service ........................................................ 102 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5 install program...................................................................... 10 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5 install script .......................................................................... 56 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5 installation ............................................................................ 20 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5 directory ......................................................................... 4 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5 install program ............................................................... 10 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5 license keys ................................................................... 13 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5, 21 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5 list program .................................................................... 11 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5 other packages .............................................................. 18 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5 other software ................................................................ 19 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5 quick UNIX ......................................................................... 9 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5 Windows ................................................................... 18 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5 types on Windows.......................................................... 80 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5 UNIX .............................................................................. 56 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5 Windows ........................................................................ 74 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5 PDF reader ............................................................... 78 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5 instancing transformation creating .......................................................................... 81 in CFX-Post integer variables ................................................................... 111 in CFX-Build Chapter 1 interfluid transfer model........................................................ 149 in Solver Modelling interpolate method CFX-5.6

Master Index

Page 689

CFX-5 Reference Guide

point ............................................................................... 554 in CFX-Build Chapter 3, 557 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 interpolating results .............................................................. 40 in CFX-5 Solver Manager interpolation 1D .................................................................................. 159 in CFX-Pre cloud of points................................................................ 162 in CFX-Pre interpolation 1d..................................................................... 159 in CFX-Pre interrupt icon ........................................................................ 19 in CFX-Build Chapter 1, 223 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 intersect................................................................................ 858 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 intersect method curve .............................................................................. 614 in CFX-Build Chapter 3, 618 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 2 planes .................................................................... 622 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 point ............................................................................... 560 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 intersect parameters subordinate form ................................ 621 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 introduction........................................................................... 112 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5, 4 in CFX-Post functionality.................................................................... 2 in CFX-Post graphic objects............................................................... 3 in CFX-Post the command line .......................................................... 6 in CFX-Post introduction to licensing........................................................ 112 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5 In-use button ........................................................................ 104 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5 IRIX versions ........................................................................ 41 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5 isomesh decomposing trimmed surfaces..................................... 482 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 effects of connectivity .................................................... 463 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 effects of parameterisation ............................................ 463 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 meshing tri-parametric solids......................................... 469 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 isomesh (PI) 2 curve ........................................................................... 1325 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 curve .............................................................................. 1324 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 definition ........................................................................ 1294 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 parameters form ............................................................ 1329 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 surface ........................................................................... 1324 in CFX-Build Chapter 6, 1326 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 isomesh method, meshing ................................................... 1297 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 isosurface creating .......................................................................... 45 in CFX-Post displaying....................................................................... 646 in CFX-5 Reference Guide isothermal model .................................................................. 6 in Solver Modelling isovolume ............................................................................. 43 in CFX-Post

J journal file............................................................................. 439 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 jpeg (jpg) .............................................................................. 42 in CFX-Pre, 26 in CFX-Post junction box location............................................................. 394 in Solver Modelling junction box routines ............................................................ 168 in CFX-Pre, 393 in Solver Modelling

K k-epsilon turbulence model .................................................. 63 in Solver Theory, 104 in Solver Modelling Page 690

Master Index

CFX-5.6

CFX-5 Reference Guide

key........................................................................................ 87 in CFX-Post keyboard shortcuts ............................................................... 34 in CFX-Build Chapter 1 kinematic diffusivity .............................................................. 124 in CFX-5 Solver Manager, 20 in Solver Modelling k-omega models baseline(BSL) ................................................................ 68 in Solver Theory shear stress transport (SST).......................................... 69 in Solver Theory k-omega turbulence model................................................... 66 in Solver Theory, 105 in Solver Modelling Kronecker delta function ...................................................... 5 in Solver Theory

L laminar flamelet model ......................................................... 237 in Solver Modelling laminar flow .......................................................................... 104 in Solver Modelling Large Eddy Simulation ......................................................... 109 in Solver Modelling Launcher .............................................................................. 211 in Installation & Introduction to CFX-5 least squares method ........................................................... 842 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 legend creating .......................................................................... 87 in CFX-Post length function...................................................................... 123 in CFX-Post, 204 in CFX-Post, 227 in CFX-Post length scale .......................................................................... 1236 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 lengthAve function................................................................ 123 in CFX-Post, 204 in CFX-Post, 228 in CFX-Post lengthInt function.................................................................. 124 in CFX-Post, 205 in CFX-Post, 228 in CFX-Post LES ...................................................................................... 109 in Solver Modelling library name ......................................................................... 166 in CFX-Pre library path ........................................................................... 166 in CFX-Pre, 394 in Solver Modelling license daemon starting at boot time ....................................................... 119 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5 license file ............................................................................ 115 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5 license manager GUI ........................................................... 99 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5 license options file ................................................................ 117 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5 license server on another computer connecting to ................................................................. 107 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5 licensing ............................................................................... 12 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5, 21 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5 adding new licenses to the license Windows NT.............................................................. 124 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5 checking......................................................................... 15 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5, 23 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5 daemon checking the status on Windows NT......................... 110 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5 stopping on Windows NT .......................................... 123 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5 features.......................................................................... 112 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5 files checking on Windows NT ......................................... 110 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5 merging ..................................................................... 125 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5 FLEXlm .......................................................................... 98 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5 keys ............................................................................... 13 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5, CFX-5.6

Master Index

Page 691

CFX-5 Reference Guide

21 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5 manager installation ................................................................. 20 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5 remote............................................................................ 107 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5 removing on Windows NT.............................................. 124 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5 rereading on Windows NT ............................................. 124 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5 lighting model ....................................................................... 322 in CFX-Build Chapter 2, 339 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 line interface mode ............................................................... 245 in CFX-Post line rendering, hidden........................................................... 318 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 linear equation solution ........................................................ 218 in Solver Theory linear resistance coefficient .................................................. 34 in Solver Theory linear solver failure ............................................................... 330 in Solver Modelling linking code into CFX-5............................................................. 169 in CFX-5 Solver Manager export programs............................................................. 169 in CFX-5 Solver Manager liquid pump performance macro........................................... 158 in CFX-Post liquid turbine performance macro......................................... 159 in CFX-Post list......................................................................................... 367 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 forms.............................................................................. 369 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 how to use ..................................................................... 368 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 list editor............................................................................... 1197 in CFX-Build Chapter 4 list processor ........................................................................ 58 in CFX-Build Chapter 1 list program .......................................................................... 11 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5 listboxes ............................................................................... 22 in CFX-Build Chapter 1 lists in CCL syntax ................................................................ 194 in CFX-Post load command examples ..................................................... 210 in CFX-Post loading results file....................................................................... 16 in CFX-Post results file from the command editor.............................. 210 in CFX-Post state file ......................................................................... 19 in CFX-Post UNIX .............................................................................. 52 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5 Windows NT .................................................................. 74 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5 Loading Recently Accessed Files ........................................ 42 in CFX-Pre local range............................................................................ 110 in CFX-Post local timestep factor ............................................................. 307 in Solver Modelling locators definition ........................................................................ 22 in CFX-Post loft method ........................................................................... 1369 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 logical variables.................................................................... 112 in CFX-Build Chapter 1 login...................................................................................... 133 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5

M mach number ....................................................................... 125 in CFX-5 Solver Manager macro calculator ................................................................... 153 in CFX-Post cp polar .......................................................................... 157 in CFX-Post gas compressor performance ........................................ 157 in CFX-Post gas turbine performance................................................ 158 in CFX-Post liquid pump performance ............................................... 158 in CFX-Post liquid turbine performance ............................................. 159 in CFX-Post magnitude ............................................................................ 856 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 Magnussen soot model ........................................................ 247 in Solver Modelling manifold................................................................................ 533 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 manifold method Page 692

Master Index

CFX-5.6

CFX-5 Reference Guide

curve .............................................................................. 624 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 manipulating the geometry ................................................... 53 in CFX-5 Tutorials mapping of the mouse.......................................................... 56 in CFX-Pre Marangoni effect .................................................................. 192 in Solver Modelling mass and momentum specification inlet ................................................................................ 57 in Solver Modelling inlet (supersonic) ........................................................... 64 in Solver Modelling opening .......................................................................... 70 in Solver Modelling outlet .............................................................................. 65 in Solver Modelling mass fraction algebraic equation ......................................................... 17 in Solver Modelling constraint equation ........................................................ 17 in Solver Modelling definition ........................................................................ 231 in Solver Modelling sources .......................................................................... 29 in Solver Modelling mass source ......................................................................... 35 in Solver Theory multiphase ..................................................................... 112 in Solver Theory, 153 in Solver Modelling massFlow function ............................................................... 124 in CFX-Post, 205 in CFX-Post, 228 in CFX-Post massFlowAve function ......................................................... 124 in CFX-Post, 205 in CFX-Post, 228 in CFX-Post massFlowInt function ........................................................... 124 in CFX-Post, 205 in CFX-Post, 228 in CFX-Post master process..................................................................... 334 in Solver Modelling match method closing gaps................................................................... 459 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 material and reaction selector .............................................. 132 in CFX-Pre material editor ...................................................................... 134 in CFX-Pre material properties ............................................................... 36 in Solver Modelling mathematical formulation, turbulence models...................... 85 in Solver Theory mathematical notation .......................................................... 17 in Solver Theory mathematical representation of geometry ............................ 446 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 maximum edge length (AFI) ................................................. 1239 in CFX-Build Chapter 6, 1240 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 maximum number of timesteps ............................................ 308 in Solver Modelling, 313 in Solver Modelling maximum residual ................................................................ 322 in Solver Modelling maximum timescale ............................................................. 309 in Solver Modelling maxVal function.................................................................... 125 in CFX-Post, 205 in CFX-Post, 228 in CFX-Post mcoord method curve .............................................................................. 1120 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 plane .............................................................................. 1120 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 point ............................................................................... 1120 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 solid ............................................................................... 1120 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 surface ........................................................................... 1120 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 vector ............................................................................. 1120 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 memory management system .............................................. 421 in Solver Modelling memory requirements .......................................................... 30 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5 menu create............................................................................. 29 in CFX-Post display............................................................................ 118 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 examples ....................................................................... 399 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 CFX-5.6

Master Index

Page 693

CFX-5 Reference Guide

file .................................................................................. 118 in CFX-Build Chapter 2, 33 in CFX-Pre, 9 in CFX-Post group.............................................................................. 118 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 preferences.................................................................... 119 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 tools ............................................................................... 105 in CFX-Post merge method curve .............................................................................. 908 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 refit................................................................................. 912 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 mesh .................................................................................... 7 in CFX-Build Chapter 1 creating .......................................................................... 113 in CFX-5 Tutorials element select menu...................................................... 52 in CFX-Build Chapter 1 elements ........................................................................ 89 in CFX-Build Chapter 1 importing ........................................................................ 89 in CFX-Pre mode advancing front and inflation ..................................... 39 in CFX-5 Tutorials object select menu......................................................... 52 in CFX-Build Chapter 1 parameters..................................................................... 1238 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 parameters (AFI)............................................................ 1238 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 refine.............................................................................. 457 in CFX-5 Tutorials refinement...................................................................... 116 in CFX-5 Solver Manager see mesh control (AFI) statistics ......................................................................... 97 in CFX-5 Solver Manager sweep select menu ........................................................ 54 in CFX-Build Chapter 1 topology ......................................................................... 83 in CFX-Pre use of in tutorials............................................................ 6 in CFX-5 Tutorials mesh (PI) surface, delete ............................................................... 1452 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 mesh adaption...................................................................... 1230 in CFX-Build Chapter 6, 290 in CFX-Pre, 51 in Solver Theory Adapt to Geometry......................................................... 297 in CFX-Pre adapting to the geometry ............................................... 54 in Solver Theory advice ............................................................................ 55 in Solver Theory discontinuities ........................................................... 55 in Solver Theory and inflation ................................................................... 53 in Solver Theory basic parameters ........................................................... 293 in CFX-Pre convergence criteria ...................................................... 293 in CFX-Pre, 296 in CFX-Pre implementation .............................................................. 52 in Solver Theory limitations....................................................................... 54 in Solver Theory maximum number of levels............................................ 297 in CFX-Pre, 298 in CFX-Pre node allocation parameter ............................................. 297 in CFX-Pre number of nodes in adapted mesh ................................ 294 in CFX-Pre running in parallel .......................................................... 292 in CFX-Pre solution variation............................................................ 295 in CFX-Pre use of in tutorials............................................................ 10 in CFX-5 Tutorials variation * edge length ................................................... 295 in CFX-Pre Mesh Adaption Advanced Parameters form ........................ 297 in CFX-Pre Mesh Adaption Parameters form ......................................... 293 in CFX-Pre mesh attributes form ............................................................ 331 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 mesh calculator .................................................................... 494 in CFX-5 Tutorials, 128 in CFX-Post connectivity number....................................................... 129 in CFX-Post edge length ratio ............................................................ 129 in CFX-Post mesh checking (PI) .............................................................. 1292 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 Page 694

Master Index

CFX-5.6

CFX-5 Reference Guide

mesh control (PI) .................................................................. 1332 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 delete ............................................................................. 1453 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 mesh control values point, line and triangle.................................................... 1257 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 surface ........................................................................... 1259 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 mesh control values (AFI) expansion factor ............................................................ 1257 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 length scale.................................................................... 1257 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 radius ............................................................................. 1257 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 mesh controls (AFI) .............................................................. 1256 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 creating .......................................................................... 1256 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 deleting .......................................................................... 1262 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 modifying ....................................................................... 1256 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 showing.......................................................................... 1261 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 values form .................................................................... 1257 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 mesh elements (PI) definition ........................................................................ 1294 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 mesh forms accessing....................................................................... 1296 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 mesh generation control ............................................................................ 1237 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 guidelines....................................................................... 120 in Solver Modelling mesh interpolation ................................................................ 40 in CFX-5 Solver Manager using CFX-5 Solver Manager ........................................ 41 in CFX-5 Solver Manager using command line....................................................... 42 in CFX-5 Solver Manager mesh mode form .................................................................. 363 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 mesh mode preferences ...................................................... 1291 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 mesh parameters (AFI) angular resolution .......................................................... 1239 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 constant ......................................................................... 1241 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 edge proximity ............................................................... 1244 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 expansion factor ............................................................ 1241 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 maximum edge length ................................................... 1239 in CFX-Build Chapter 6, 1240 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 relative error................................................................... 1240 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 setting ............................................................................ 1238 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 stretch factor .................................................................. 1238 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 surface proximity............................................................ 1245 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 target number of nodes.................................................. 1238 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 use volume spacing ....................................................... 1239 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 mesh parameters (PI) definition ........................................................................ 1294 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 mesh paths........................................................................... 1305 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 mesh paths (PI) .................................................................... 1304 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 definition ........................................................................ 1294 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 mesh quality ......................................................................... 303 in Solver Modelling mesh quality checking in the inflated layers ......................... 1286 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 mesh refinement implementation .............................................................. 52 in Solver Theory mesh resolution near the wall .............................................. 303 in Solver Modelling mesh seed............................................................................ 1416 in CFX-Build Chapter 6, 1425 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 mesh seed (PI) ..................................................................... 1316 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 curvature based ............................................................. 1319 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 one way bias.................................................................. 1317 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 PCL based ..................................................................... 1322 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 tabular............................................................................ 1320 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 CFX-5.6

Master Index

Page 695

CFX-5 Reference Guide

two way bias .................................................................. 1318 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 uniform........................................................................... 1316 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 mesh seed (pi) attributes ........................................................................ 1421 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 delete ............................................................................. 1451 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 mesh seeding (PI) ................................................................ 1306 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 mesh selector ....................................................................... 86 in CFX-Pre mesh statistics mesh calculator mesh statistics .......................................................... 129 in CFX-Post mesh transitions (PI) ............................................................ 1306 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 Meshgen control file (PI) ...................................................... 1475 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 controls .......................................................................... 1476 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 file format ....................................................................... 1475 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 meshing cutout solids and subdomains ....................................... 1284 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 degenerate entities ........................................................ 1284 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 effects of topological congruency .................................. 457 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 error messages.............................................................. 635 in CFX-5 Reference Guide error messages and limitation........................................ 1288 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 length scale.................................................................... 1236 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 other surfaces ................................................................ 1277 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 parallel ........................................................................... 1482 in CFX-Build Chapter 7 parametric surfaces ....................................................... 1269 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 periodic pair boundary surfaces..................................... 1266 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 poorly-parametrised surfaces ........................................ 1269 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 preferences.................................................................... 364 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 thin surfaces .................................................................. 1269 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 meshing curves .................................................................... 1302 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 meshing solids ..................................................................... 1305 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 meshing surfaces (PI) .......................................................... 1303 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 Meta key............................................................................... 34 in CFX-Build Chapter 1 method for the inlet velocity profile, expression ................... 285 in CFX-5 Tutorials method, finite volume ........................................................... 25 in CFX-5 Reference Guide MFR ..................................................................................... 97 in Solver Theory, 98 in Solver Theory, 121 in Solver Modelling midsurface extraction ........................................................... 496 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 minimal results file................................................................ 316 in CFX-Pre minimum edge length (AFI) .................................................. 1239 in CFX-Build Chapter 6, 1240 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 minVal function..................................................................... 125 in CFX-Post, 205 in CFX-Post, 228 in CFX-Post mirror method curve .............................................................................. 1113 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 plane .............................................................................. 1113 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 point ............................................................................... 1113 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 solid ............................................................................... 1113 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 surface ........................................................................... 1113 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 vector ............................................................................. 1113 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 mixed element mesh (AFI) ................................................... 1237 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 mixer static mixer example ...................................................... 13 in CFX-5 Tutorials with refined mesh...................................................... 75 in CFX-5 Tutorials mixing tank walls .................................................................. 428 in CFX-5 Tutorials mixing tube example ............................................................ 381 in CFX-5 Tutorials Page 696

Master Index

CFX-5.6

CFX-5 Reference Guide

mixture fixed composition ........................................................... 139 in CFX-Pre variable composition ...................................................... 140 in CFX-Pre MMS routines ....................................................................... 421 in Solver Modelling model centre............................................................................. 295 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 creating .......................................................................... 81 in CFX-5 Tutorials, 452 in CFX-5 Tutorials preferences form, new ................................................... 17 in CFX-5 Tutorials space ............................................................................. 295 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 thermal energy............................................................... 221 in CFX-5 Tutorials total energy .................................................................... 257 in CFX-5 Tutorials turbulence ...................................................................... 7 in CFX-5 Tutorials modelling 2D flow........................................................................... 638 in CFX-5 Reference Guide buoyant flow................................................................... 11 in Solver Modelling combustion .................................................................... 225 in Solver Modelling example axi-symmetric............................................................ 381 in CFX-5 Tutorials two-dimensional ........................................................ 217 in CFX-5 Tutorials flow at the wall additional variables ................................................... 91 in Solver Theory heat transfer.............................................................. 90 in Solver Theory flow near the wall ........................................................... 85 in Solver Theory, 116 in Solver Modelling flow, advice on ............................................................... 302 in Solver Modelling Non-Newtonian flow....................................................... 23 in Solver Modelling modified pressure................................................................. 7 in Solver Theory modify 3D region ....................................................................... 1194 in CFX-Build Chapter 4 3D subregion ................................................................. 1195 in CFX-Build Chapter 4 a solid mesh................................................................... 1429 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 a surface mesh .............................................................. 1426 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 boundary conditions....................................................... 85 in CFX-5 Tutorials elements edit method ............................................................... 1437 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 reverse method ......................................................... 1438 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 separate method ....................................................... 1438 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 mesh seed ..................................................................... 1436 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 nodes edit method ............................................................... 1444 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 move method ............................................................ 1442 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 offset method ............................................................ 1443 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 project method .......................................................... 1445 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 outline of the geometry .................................................. 55 in CFX-5 Tutorials, 131 in CFX-5 Tutorials streamlines .................................................................... 131 in CFX-5 Tutorials trias split ........................................................................... 1439 in CFX-Build Chapter 6, 1440 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 modify (pi) action ............................................................................. 1425 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 elements ........................................................................ 1437 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 edit ............................................................................ 1437 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 reverse ...................................................................... 1438 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 separate .................................................................... 1438 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 forms.............................................................................. 1425 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 CFX-5.6

Master Index

Page 697

CFX-5 Reference Guide

mesh .............................................................................. 1426 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 smoothing parameters .............................................. 1427 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 mesh seed ..................................................................... 1436 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 nodes ............................................................................. 1442 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 edit ............................................................................ 1444 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 move ......................................................................... 1442 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 offset ......................................................................... 1443 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 project ....................................................................... 1445 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 trias ................................................................................ 1439 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 split ........................................................................... 1439 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 modify action, meshing ........................................................ 1299 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 modify, 2D region ................................................................. 1222 in CFX-Build Chapter 5 molar mass........................................................................... 40 in Solver Modelling momentum equation ............................................................ 21 in Solver Theory multiphase flow, multifluid model ................................... 109 in Solver Theory momentum sources.............................................................. 34 in Solver Theory monitor points....................................................................... 318 in CFX-Pre plotting ........................................................................... 33 in CFX-5 Solver Manager monitoring the run ................................................................ 373 in CFX-5 Tutorials monitors general settings ............................................................. 29 in CFX-5 Solver Manager plot lines......................................................................... 32 in CFX-5 Solver Manager range settings ................................................................ 31 in CFX-5 Solver Manager Monte Carlo.......................................................................... 199 in Solver Theory Monte Carlo radiation model ................................................ 267 in Solver Modelling morphology .......................................................................... 147 in Solver Modelling mouse modes ............................................................................ 32 in CFX-Build Chapter 1 two-button ...................................................................... 33 in CFX-Build Chapter 1 mouse actions ...................................................................... 31 in CFX-Build Chapter 1 mouse mapping.................................................................... 56 in CFX-Pre mouse settings ..................................................................... 357 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 move light............................................................................. 58 in CFX-Pre MSC/Nastran mesh import ................................................... 104 in CFX-Pre MSC/Patran.......................................................................... 186 in Installation & Introduction to CFX-5 options ........................................................................... 132 in CFX-5 Solver Manager post-processing ............................................................. 128 in CFX-5 Solver Manager using exported files........................................................ 142 in CFX-5 Solver Manager mscale method curve .............................................................................. 1156 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 point ............................................................................... 1156 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 solid ............................................................................... 1156 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 surface ........................................................................... 1156 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 multi step reaction ................................................................ 146 in CFX-Pre multicomponent flow boundary conditions....................................................... 20 in Solver Modelling components algebraic equation .................................................... 29 in Solver Theory constraint equation ................................................... 29 in Solver Theory transport equation ..................................................... 27 in Solver Theory example ......................................................................... 17 in Solver Modelling, 144 in Solver Modelling fluid properties ............................................................... 29 in Solver Theory multiphase ..................................................................... 112 in Solver Theory, 153 in Solver Modelling restrictions ..................................................................... 196 in Solver Modelling terminology .................................................................... 15 in Solver Modelling Page 698

Master Index

CFX-5.6

CFX-5 Reference Guide

multicomponent flow example .............................................. 381 in CFX-5 Tutorials multicomponent fluid definition ........................................................................ 15 in Solver Modelling multigrid, algebraic ............................................................... 218 in Solver Theory multiphase convergence advice....................................................... 189 in Solver Modelling flow example.................................................................. 449 in CFX-5 Tutorials free surface.................................................................... 145 in Solver Theory, 191 in Solver Modelling initial conditions ............................................................. 188 in Solver Modelling minimum volume fraction setting ................................... 188 in Solver Modelling mixer example ............................................................... 427 in CFX-5 Tutorials modelling advice ............................................................ 188 in Solver Modelling timestep settings............................................................ 189 in Solver Modelling turbulence modelling tips ............................................... 188 in Solver Modelling use of in tutorials............................................................ 8 in CFX-5 Tutorials multiphase flow .................................................................... 103 in Solver Theory, 141 in Solver Modelling boundary conditions....................................................... 185 in Solver Modelling buoyancy ....................................................................... 151 in Solver Modelling definition ........................................................................ 142 in Solver Modelling example ......................................................................... 144 in Solver Modelling interfluid transfer model ................................................. 149 in Solver Modelling inter-phase drag............................................................. 113 in Solver Theory, 154 in Solver Modelling drag curve ................................................................. 154 in Solver Modelling form drag .................................................................. 154 in Solver Modelling skin friction ................................................................ 154 in Solver Modelling inter-phase drag models drag coefficient ......................................................... 154 in Solver Modelling Schiller-Naumann drag model .................................. 116 in Solver Theory, 155 in Solver Modelling inter-phase heat transfer models heat transfer coefficient............................................. 162 in Solver Modelling, 169 in Solver Modelling Hughmark Correlation............................................... 161 in Solver Modelling, 169 in Solver Modelling Nusselt number......................................................... 162 in Solver Modelling, 169 in Solver Modelling Ranz-Marshall Correlation ........................................ 161 in Solver Modelling, 169 in Solver Modelling inter-phase transfer........................................................ 113 in Solver Theory, 154 in Solver Modelling mixture model ................................................................ 113 in Solver Theory, 154 in Solver Modelling interfacial area equation............................................ 107 in Solver Theory Prandtl number ......................................................... 107 in Solver Theory Reynolds number...................................................... 107 in Solver Theory morphology .................................................................... 147 in Solver Modelling disperse phase ......................................................... 147 in Solver Modelling multicomponent multiphase flow.................................... 112 in Solver Theory, 153 in Solver Modelling particle model ................................................................ 113 in Solver Theory, 154 in Solver Modelling interfacial area equation............................................ 106 in Solver Theory restrictions ..................................................................... 196 in Solver Modelling terminology .................................................................... 142 in Solver Modelling CFX-5.6

Master Index

Page 699

CFX-5 Reference Guide

transport equations, multifluid model ............................. 109 in Solver Theory turbulence ...................................................................... 126 in Solver Theory, 165 in Solver Modelling multiple entities .................................................................... 39 in CFX-Build Chapter 1 multiple-line expressions ...................................................... 13 in CFX-5 Reference Guide

N name function .......................................................................... 165 in CFX-Pre library ............................................................................. 166 in CFX-Pre named objects in CCL syntax ................................................................ 193 in CFX-Post named view definition ........................................................................ 294 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 menu features................................................................ 294 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 options form ................................................................... 311 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 using named views ........................................................ 301 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 using with viewports....................................................... 280 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 NARG................................................................................... 379 in Solver Modelling native geometry.................................................................... 447 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 Navier-Stokes equations ...................................................... 24 in CFX-5 Reference Guide, 92 in CFX-5 Solver Manager, 21 in Solver Theory navigating through the menus .............................................. 100 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5 navigation menu................................................................... 231 in Installation & Introduction to CFX-5 network adapter ................................................................... 76 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5 neutral file definition ........................................................................ 126 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 description ..................................................................... 412 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 importing and exporting ................................................. 447 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 overview of accessing geometry.................................... 500 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 Patran 2 support ............................................................ 520 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 using parametric cubic geometry................................... 470 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 new database ........................................................................ 133 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 features in CFX-5........................................................... 197 in Installation & Introduction to CFX-5 model preferences ......................................................... 135 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 session........................................................................... 68 in CFX-Pre new model preferences ........................................................ 134 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 new model preferences form................................................ 17 in CFX-5 Tutorials nfs CFX on a network .......................................................... 52 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5 using CFX-5 with ........................................................... 31 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5 NLOC ................................................................................... 379 in Solver Modelling NO model ............................................................................. 244 in Solver Modelling node ..................................................................................... 1398 in CFX-Build Chapter 6, 1416 in CFX-Build Chapter 6, 1425 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 node (pi) delete ............................................................................. 1454 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 distance show ......................................................................... 1418 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 location show ......................................................................... 1417 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 transform Page 700

Master Index

CFX-5.6

CFX-5 Reference Guide

mirror......................................................................... 1346 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 rotate......................................................................... 1344 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 translate .................................................................... 1343 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 node allocation parameter.................................................... 297 in CFX-Pre node coordinate frames ....................................................... 1331 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 node removal tolerance........................................................ 91 in CFX-Pre node verification (pi) ids .................................................................................. 1411 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 node-locked licenses............................................................ 115 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5 nodes ................................................................................... 1385 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 data structure................................................................. 177 in CFX-5 Solver Manager renumber ....................................................................... 1192 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 routines .......................................................................... 182 in CFX-5 Solver Manager nodes (pi) ............................................................................. 1375 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 renumber ....................................................................... 1375 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 nodes on curve show action.................................................................... 1058 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 nodes on point show action.................................................................... 1052 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 nodes on surface show action.................................................................... 1061 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 Non-Newtonian flow ............................................................. 23 in Solver Modelling non-uniform seed (PI) definition ........................................................................ 1294 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 normal definition ........................................................................ 295 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 normal method ..................................................................... 1362 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 overview......................................................................... 527 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 normalised log residual ........................................................ 325 in Solver Modelling normalised residual .............................................................. 322 in Solver Modelling normalised residuals ............................................................ 220 in Solver Theory normalised shape ratio ......................................................... 1413 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 NOx model ........................................................................... 179 in Solver Theory NRET ................................................................................... 380 in Solver Modelling number of timesteps per run ................................................ 313 in Solver Modelling numerical advection correction scheme ............................... 213 in Solver Theory numerical diffusion ............................................................... 222 in Solver Theory numerical discretisation........................................................ 206 in Solver Theory numerical dispersion ............................................................ 224 in Solver Theory NURBS................................................................................. 360 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 accelerator toggle .......................................................... 351 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 refitting a surface ........................................................... 965 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 Nusselt number .................................................................... 123 in Solver Theory

O object.................................................................................... 1375 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 object editor.......................................................................... 108 in CFX-Post geometry........................................................................ 108 in CFX-Post render ............................................................................ 112 in CFX-Post object selector ...................................................................... 14 in CFX-Pre, 107 in CFX-Post observer position .................................................................. 297 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 obtaining a solution in parallel ....................................................................... 201 in CFX-5 Tutorials in serial .......................................................................... 201 in CFX-5 Tutorials CFX-5.6

Master Index

Page 701

CFX-5 Reference Guide

offset method point ............................................................................... 571 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 offset temperature in CEL ............................................................................ 26 in CFX-5 Reference Guide OK button ............................................................................. 24 in CFX-Build Chapter 1 one way bias mesh seed...................................................... 1317 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 online help............................................................................ 219 in Installation & Introduction to CFX-5 FAQ ............................................................................... 619 in CFX-5 Reference Guide searching ....................................................................... 225 in Installation & Introduction to CFX-5 open command window .......................................................... 389 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 database ........................................................................ 137 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 expression editor form ................................................... 150 in CFX-Pre opening ................................................................................ 153 in CFX-5 Tutorials, 70 in Solver Modelling existing simulation ......................................................... 158 in CFX-5 Tutorials mathematical model....................................................... 44 in Solver Theory operating system determining .................................................................... 5 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5 operators and built-in functions CEL................................................................................ 21 in CFX-5 Reference Guide options Appearance of the GUI .................................................. 53 in CFX-Pre background .................................................................... 55 in CFX-Pre double buffering ............................................................. 55 in CFX-Pre edit menu ....................................................................... 51 in CFX-Pre orientation vectors ................................................................ 296 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 OSF/1 operating system ...................................................... 35 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5 outlet .................................................................................... 65 in Solver Modelling outlet (subsonic) mathematical model....................................................... 41 in Solver Theory outlet (supersonic)................................................................ 258 in CFX-5 Tutorials mathematical model....................................................... 44 in Solver Theory outline plot............................................................................ 55 in CFX-5 Tutorials output control use of in tutorials............................................................ 10 in CFX-5 Tutorials output files generating...................................................................... 166 in CFX-5 Tutorials interpretation.................................................................. 96 in CFX-5 Solver Manager output id list .......................................................................... 28 in CFX-Build Chapter 1 overview ............................................................................... 248 in CFX-Build Chapter 2, 316 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 CFX-Build ...................................................................... 4 in CFX-Build Chapter 1 overwrite when loading state files ................................................. 20 in CFX-Post

P p-1 radiation model .............................................................. 197 in Solver Theory, 263 in Solver Modelling p3_printers.def file................................................................ 173 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5 p3_proe ................................................................................ 517 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 p3_quickpick.def file ............................................................. 173 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5 p3epilog.pcl .......................................................................... 110 in CFX-Build Chapter 1 p3prolog.pcl.......................................................................... 110 in CFX-Build Chapter 1 p3toolbar.def control ............................................................ 20 in CFX-Build Chapter 1 Page 702

Master Index

CFX-5.6

CFX-5 Reference Guide

p3toolbar.def file................................................................... 173 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5 page setup form ................................................................... 225 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 pan current viewport............................................................. 11 in CFX-Build Chapter 1 parallel advice on running in parallel .......................................... 345 in Solver Modelling errors ............................................................................. 347 in Solver Modelling hosts files....................................................................... 339 in Solver Modelling initial setup..................................................................... 67 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5 UNIX ......................................................................... 67 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5 Windows NT.............................................................. 82 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5 introduction .................................................................... 334 in Solver Modelling memory efficiency.......................................................... 351 in Solver Modelling running........................................................................... 201 in CFX-5 Tutorials solution .......................................................................... 373 in CFX-5 Tutorials solver ............................................................................. 334 in Solver Modelling system hosts file ............................................................ 339 in Solver Modelling user setup ...................................................................... 339 in Solver Modelling visualising mesh partitions............................................. 351 in Solver Modelling wall clock performance .................................................. 350 in Solver Modelling with mesh adaption........................................................ 292 in CFX-Pre parallel processing use of in tutorials............................................................ 10 in CFX-5 Tutorials Parallel Virtual Machine (PVM) ............................................ 138 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5, 334 in Solver Modelling parallel volume meshing ...................................................... 1482 in CFX-Build Chapter 7 parameter definition, view ............................................................... 297 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 values, in CCL syntax .................................................... 194 in CFX-Post parameterisation b-rep solid ...................................................................... 453 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 curve .............................................................................. 450 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 definition ........................................................................ 449 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 point ............................................................................... 450 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 solid ............................................................................... 453 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 surface ........................................................................... 451 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 trimmed surface ............................................................. 452 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 parameters adding ............................................................................ 81 in CFX-5 Solver Manager in CCL syntax ................................................................ 193 in CFX-Post parametric axes plotting ........................................................................... 462 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 use in geometry modelling............................................. 460 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 parametric cubic geometry definition ........................................................................ 470 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 limitations....................................................................... 471 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 neutral file support ......................................................... 520 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 recommendations .......................................................... 470 in CFX-Build Chapter 3, 472 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 subtended arc accuracy................................................. 471 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 the parametric cubic equation........................................ 470 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 parametric curve types of geometry .......................................................... 464 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 parametric direction,showing ............................................... 329 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 parametric surfaces meshing problems ......................................................... 1269 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 parasolid environment variable setting.......................................... 635 in CFX-5 Reference Guide CFX-5.6

Master Index

Page 703

CFX-5 Reference Guide

export............................................................................. 218 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 importing xmt files.......................................................... 188 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 meshing problems ......................................................... 628 in CFX-5 Reference Guide tips for accessing ........................................................... 510 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 topology problems ......................................................... 628 in CFX-5 Reference Guide Unigraphics group classification .................................... 185 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 Unigraphics import options ............................................ 181 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 particle Reynolds number .................................................... 106 in Solver Theory particle tracking use of in tutorials............................................................ 8 in CFX-5 Tutorials partitioning............................................................................ 334 in Solver Modelling, 335 in Solver Modelling information ..................................................................... 113 in CFX-5 Solver Manager methods MeTiS ....................................................................... 336 in Solver Modelling recursive coordinate bisection .................................. 337 in Solver Modelling user-defined direction ............................................... 337 in Solver Modelling model only ..................................................................... 54 in CFX-5 Solver Manager viewing........................................................................... 115 in CFX-5 Solver Manager paste object.......................................................................... 16 in CFX-Pre patch .................................................................................... 470 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 paths mesh, definition.............................................................. 1294 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 Patran 2.5 neutral file exporting ................................................................... 209 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 importing ................................................................... 152 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 overview.................................................................... 500 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 command language (PCL)............................................. 8 in CFX-Build Chapter 1 neutral mesh import ....................................................... 100 in CFX-Pre overview......................................................................... 4 in CFX-Build Chapter 1 Patran 2 convention ..................................................................... 473 in CFX-Build Chapter 3, 474 in CFX-Build Chapter 3, 475 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 neutral file support ......................................................... 520 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 PATRAN 2 file import/export ................................................ 447 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 Patran volume meshing ....................................................... 352 in CFX-Build Chapter 2, 1290 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 paver meshing trimmed surfaces............................................. 482 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 paver (PI) ............................................................................. 1304 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 definition ........................................................................ 1294 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 paver parameters form ......................................................... 1327 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 paver, meshing with ............................................................. 1297 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 paving and isomeshing (PI).................................................. 1290 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 pbm (portable bitmap) graphic file........................................ 94 in CFX-Post PCL (PATRAN Command Language).................................. 8 in CFX-Build Chapter 1 commands ..................................................................... 105 in CFX-Build Chapter 1 PDF reader installing on Windows .................................................... 78 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5 pentahedron ......................................................................... 488 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 periodic interfaces meshing for .................................................................... 1266 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 periodic pair.......................................................................... 1266 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 perspective views ................................................................. 293 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 pH, calculating...................................................................... 393 in CFX-5 Tutorials Page 704

Master Index

CFX-5.6

CFX-5 Reference Guide

phasic combustion ............................................................... 178 in Solver Theory physical models.................................................................... 4 in Solver Modelling additional variables ........................................................ 20 in Solver Modelling units .......................................................................... 21 in Solver Modelling heat transfer................................................................... 6 in Solver Modelling physical timestep.................................................................. 307 in Solver Modelling selection......................................................................... 305 in Solver Modelling PI mesher............................................................................. 1290 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 pick list ................................................................................. 58 in CFX-Build Chapter 1, 367 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 picking methods ................................................................... 38 in CFX-Build Chapter 1 picking mode ........................................................................ 77 in CFX-Pre pierce method point ............................................................................... 573 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 pivot method curve .............................................................................. 1129 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 plane .............................................................................. 1129 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 point ............................................................................... 1129 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 solid ............................................................................... 1129 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 surface ........................................................................... 1129 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 vector ............................................................................. 1129 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 Planck’s constant ................................................................. 191 in Solver Theory plane angle show action ............................................................... 1067 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 creating .......................................................................... 37 in CFX-Post delete action .................................................................. 874 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 mcoord method.............................................................. 1120 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 mirror method ................................................................ 1113 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 pivot method .................................................................. 1129 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 position method ............................................................. 1138 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 rotate method................................................................. 1091 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 sample ........................................................................... 183 in CFX-Post slice................................................................................ 183 in CFX-Post translate method ............................................................ 1076 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 planevolume......................................................................... 496 in CFX-5 Tutorials play session........................................................................... 67 in CFX-Pre session file form............................................................. 222 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 session file initialisation ................................................. 115 in CFX-Build Chapter 1 plot/erase display attributes............................................................ 319 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 form................................................................................ 327 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 plots animating ....................................................................... 69 in CFX-5 Tutorials use of in tutorials............................................................ 10 in CFX-5 Tutorials png (portable network graphics)........................................... 42 in CFX-Pre, 26 in CFX-Post point ..................................................................................... 464 in CFX-Build Chapter 3, 1416 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 arc center method.......................................................... 542 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 creating .......................................................................... 32 in CFX-Post creating with XYZ method.............................................. 537 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 delete action .................................................................. 874 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 equivalence method....................................................... 881 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 extract method ............................................................... 544 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 interpolate method ......................................................... 554 in CFX-Build Chapter 3, CFX-5.6

Master Index

Page 705

CFX-5 Reference Guide

557 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 intersect method ............................................................ 560 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 mcoord method.............................................................. 1120 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 mirror method ................................................................ 1113 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 mscale method .............................................................. 1156 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 multiple point extract method parametric ................................................................. 549 in CFX-Build Chapter 3, 551 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 offset method ................................................................. 571 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 pierce method ................................................................ 573 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 pivot method .................................................................. 1129 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 position method ............................................................. 1138 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 project method ............................................................... 576 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 rotate method................................................................. 1091 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 scale method ................................................................. 1102 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 show point distance ....................................................... 1039 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 show point location ........................................................ 1038 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 single point extract method............................................ 547 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 translate method ............................................................ 1076 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 vector method ................................................................ 830 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 vsum method ................................................................. 1147 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 point equivalence ................................................................. 881 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 point method curve .............................................................................. 581 in CFX-Build Chapter 3, 583 in CFX-Build Chapter 3, 586 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 4 point option ............................................................ 591 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 point select menu ................................................................. 49 in CFX-Build Chapter 1, 54 in CFX-Build Chapter 1 pointers to stacks......................................................................... 422 in Solver Modelling points.................................................................................... 59 in CFX-Build Chapter 1 Pointwise Gridgen ................................................................ 104 in CFX-Pre polyline creating .......................................................................... 47 in CFX-Post importing data for........................................................... 219 in CFX-Post porous media ....................................................................... 29 in Solver Modelling portable bitmap graphic file (.pbm)....................................... 94 in CFX-Post portable network graphics (png)........................................... 42 in CFX-Pre, 26 in CFX-Post portable pixel map (ppm) ..................................................... 42 in CFX-Pre, 26 in CFX-Post position method curve .............................................................................. 1138 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 plane .............................................................................. 1138 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 point ............................................................................... 1138 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 solid ............................................................................... 1138 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 surface ........................................................................... 1138 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 vector ............................................................................. 1138 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 post group ............................................................................ 248 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 posted viewport .................................................................... 274 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 post-processing EnSight .......................................................................... 128 in CFX-5 Solver Manager fieldview ......................................................................... 128 in CFX-5 Solver Manager MSC/Patran ................................................................... 128 in CFX-5 Solver Manager results ............................................................................ 44 in CFX-5 Solver Manager using MSC/Patran.......................................................... 142 in CFX-5 Solver Manager Page 706

Master Index

CFX-5.6

CFX-5 Reference Guide

post-processor ..................................................................... 29 in CFX-5 Reference Guide PostScript file .................................................................................. 405 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 hardcopy defaults .......................................................... 405 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 options ........................................................................... 226 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 PostScript (ps)...................................................................... 42 in CFX-Pre, 25 in CFX-Post power syntax ........................................................................ 215 in CFX-5 Tutorials, 231 in CFX-Post examples ....................................................................... 233 in CFX-Post overview......................................................................... 232 in CFX-Post subroutines .................................................................... 237 in CFX-Post ppm (portable pixel map) ..................................................... 42 in CFX-Pre, 26 in CFX-Post Prandtl number multiphase ..................................................................... 106 in Solver Theory preferences .......................................................................... 6 in CFX-Build Chapter 1 forms.............................................................................. 354 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 geometry........................................................................ 351 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 geometry preferences form............................................ 360 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 global ............................................................................. 345 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 global preferences form ................................................. 355 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 graphics ......................................................................... 345 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 graphics preferences form ............................................. 356 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 managing tips ................................................................ 353 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 menu.............................................................................. 119 in CFX-Build Chapter 2, 344 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 mesh .............................................................................. 351 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 mesh preferences form.................................................. 361 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 picking............................................................................ 350 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 picking preferences form ............................................... 359 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 report format .................................................................. 360 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 pre-processor ....................................................................... 27 in CFX-5 Reference Guide preselection highlighting....................................................... 44 in CFX-Build Chapter 1 pressure total ................................................................................ 124 in CFX-5 Solver Manager pressure-strain terms, Reynolds stress model ..................... 75 in Solver Theory primitive regions ................................................................... 83 in CFX-Pre print file menu options............................................................ 124 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 page setup ..................................................................... 225 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 PostScript options.......................................................... 226 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 setup .............................................................................. 408 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 to a printer from CFX-Build (UNIX) ................................ 230 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 troubleshooting .............................................................. 407 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 print control form .................................................................. 226 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 printer configuration file ........................................................ 230 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 printing ................................................................................. 41 in CFX-Pre, 25 in CFX-Post documentation ............................................................... 229 in Installation & Introduction to CFX-5 from the command editor............................................... 218 in CFX-Post multiple documents........................................................ 229 in Installation & Introduction to CFX-5 to a file ........................................................................... 22 in CFX-5 Solver Manager to a printer...................................................................... 20 in CFX-5 Solver Manager prism element....................................................................... 160 in CFX-5 Solver Manager prismatic elements (AFI) ...................................................... 1235 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 Pro/ENGINEER .................................................................... 150 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5 CFX-5.6

Master Index

Page 707

CFX-5 Reference Guide

.geo intermediate file ..................................................... 518 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 accessing Pro/ENGINEER geometry ............................ 517 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 executing from CFX-Build.............................................. 517 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 executing from Pro/ENGINEER..................................... 517 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 setting up CAD access on Windows NT ........................ 151 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5 Pro/ENGINEER files ............................................................ 174 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 probe function ...................................................................... 125 in CFX-Post, 205 in CFX-Post, 228 in CFX-Post problem definition ................................................................. 355 in CFX-5 Tutorials profile ................................................................................... 133 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5 project method point ............................................................................... 576 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 project vector option adding a hole to a surface ............................................. 977 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 proximity meshing ................................................................ 1244 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 ps (PostScript)...................................................................... 42 in CFX-Pre, 25 in CFX-Post pure substance..................................................................... 135 in CFX-Pre PVM (Parallel Virtual Machine) ............................................ 138 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5, 334 in Solver Modelling pyramid element................................................................... 160 in CFX-5 Solver Manager pyramidal elements (AFI) ..................................................... 1235 in CFX-Build Chapter 6

Q quadratic resistance coefficient ............................................ 34 in Solver Theory quantitative analysis.......................................................................... 457 in CFX-5 Tutorials calculations using the command editor.......................... 224 in CFX-Post functions ........................................................................ 117 in CFX-Post in macro calculator.................................................... 153 in CFX-Post subroutines .................................................................... 237 in CFX-Post quickpick form ...................................................................... 378 in CFX-Build Chapter 2, 382 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 quitting from the file menu .......................................................... 43 in CFX-Pre, 27 in CFX-Post

R radial cylindrical method....................................................... 1363 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 radial spherical method ........................................................ 1364 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 radiation comparison of models.................................................... 257 in Solver Modelling discrete transfer model .................................................. 265 in Solver Modelling general considerations................................................... 269 in Solver Modelling introduction .................................................................... 256 in Solver Modelling Monte Carlo model ........................................................ 267 in Solver Modelling P1 model........................................................................ 263 in Solver Modelling Rosseland model ........................................................... 195 in Solver Theory, 261 in Solver Modelling scattering model ............................................................ 275 in Solver Modelling sources .......................................................................... 270 in Solver Modelling spectral model ............................................................... 273 in Solver Modelling terminology .................................................................... 258 in Solver Modelling Page 708

Master Index

CFX-5.6

CFX-5 Reference Guide

theory............................................................................. 189 in Solver Theory, 255 in Solver Modelling thermal radiation control ................................................ 271 in Solver Modelling through conducting solids .............................................. 193 in Solver Theory use of in tutorials............................................................ 8 in CFX-5 Tutorials radio button .......................................................................... 14 in CFX-Build Chapter 1 range, global, local, user specified ....................................... 110 in CFX-Post ranges, description ............................................................... 321 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 RANS equations................................................................... 59 in Solver Theory rate, shear strain .................................................................. 124 in CFX-5 Solver Manager reaction defining .......................................................................... 392 in CFX-5 Tutorials reaction editor ...................................................................... 142 in CFX-Pre reaction selector ................................................................... 132 in CFX-Pre Reader Adobe Acrobat ............................................................... 225 in Installation & Introduction to CFX-5 installing on Windows ............................................... 78 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5 reading state files using the command editor....................... 215 in CFX-Post reading the initial guess or initial values from a file .............. 98 in Solver Modelling readsession command examples......................................... 213 in CFX-Post readstate option actions................................................................. 217 in CFX-Post readstate command examples ............................................. 217 in CFX-Post real fluids.............................................................................. 277 in Solver Modelling gas data tables .............................................................. 282 in Solver Modelling introduction .................................................................... 278 in Solver Modelling real gas model parameters ............................................ 298 in Solver Modelling real gas property (RGP) file ........................................... 285 in Solver Modelling restrictions ..................................................................... 300 in Solver Modelling using in CFX-5 ............................................................... 279 in Solver Modelling real gas model parameters .................................................. 298 in Solver Modelling real partition number ............................................................ 351 in Solver Modelling record session file ................................................................ 123 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 recording start and stop ................................................................. 69 in CFX-Pre recording session file initialisation ........................................ 115 in CFX-Build Chapter 1 rectangular coordinate frame definition ........................................................................ 522 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 redo and undo ...................................................................... 51 in CFX-Pre redundant servers ................................................................ 114 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5 refer to curves in the database............................................. 75 in CFX-Build Chapter 1 reference coordinate frame............................................................ 24 in Solver Modelling, 26 in Solver Modelling reference coordinate frame (PI), definition ........................... 1295 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 reference density for compressible flow ..................................................... 13 in Solver Modelling for multiphase flows ....................................................... 151 in Solver Modelling reference pressure ............................................................... 6 in Solver Theory, 9 in Solver Modelling refine the mesh .................................................................... 457 in CFX-5 Tutorials refit method solid ............................................................................... 1009 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 surface ........................................................................... 965 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 refresh icon .......................................................................... 18 in CFX-Build Chapter 1 region topology ......................................................................... 83 in CFX-Pre CFX-5.6

Master Index

Page 709

CFX-5 Reference Guide

relative error (AFI) ................................................................ 1240 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 remeshing/reseeding (PI) ..................................................... 1308 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 remote display Silicon Graphics............................................................. 43 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5 remove short edges .................................................................... 485 in CFX-5 Tutorials sliver surfaces................................................................ 485 in CFX-5 Tutorials render................................................................................... 112 in CFX-Post rendering hardware........................................................................ 356 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 hidden line ..................................................................... 318 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 hidden line⁄accurate ....................................................... 318 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 shaded⁄flat...................................................................... 319 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 shaded⁄smooth............................................................... 319 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 software ......................................................................... 356 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 wireframe ....................................................................... 318 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 rendering styles .................................................................... 318 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 hidden line ..................................................................... 318 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 hidden line⁄accurate ....................................................... 318 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 shaded⁄flat...................................................................... 319 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 shaded⁄smooth............................................................... 319 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 wireframe ....................................................................... 318 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 wireframe⁄accurate......................................................... 318 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 renumber action ............................................................................. 1191 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 renumber (PI) action definition ................................................................... 1295 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 renumber (pi) action ............................................................................. 1375 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 elements ........................................................................ 1376 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 forms.............................................................................. 1375 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 nodes ............................................................................. 1375 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 renumber action, meshing.................................................... 1298 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 renumber object ................................................................... 1192 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 repaint (refresh).................................................................... 18 in CFX-Build Chapter 1 repeat count ......................................................................... 504 in CFX-5 Tutorials replace, when loading CCL files........................................... 40 in CFX-Pre report file .............................................................................. 243 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 requesting license keys ........................................................ 108 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5 requirements Compaq Tru64 UNIX ..................................................... 33 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5 HP.................................................................................. 35 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5 IBM ................................................................................ 39 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5 memory.......................................................................... 30 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5 Silicon Graphics............................................................. 41 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5 SUN ............................................................................... 44 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5 Windows NT .................................................................. 47 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5 requirements, disk-space ..................................................... 30 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5 reset button .......................................................................... 25 in CFX-Build Chapter 1 residual................................................................................. 28 in CFX-5 Reference Guide, 322 in Solver Modelling residual plot examples ....................................................................... 66 in CFX-5 Solver Manager hardcopy output ............................................................. 20 in CFX-5 Solver Manager obtaining for old runs ..................................................... 67 in CFX-5 Solver Manager residual target ...................................................................... 322 in Solver Modelling Page 710

Master Index

CFX-5.6

CFX-5 Reference Guide

residual type......................................................................... 322 in Solver Modelling residual, definition ................................................................ 65 in CFX-5 Solver Manager resistance coefficients .......................................................... 34 in Solver Theory restart use of in tutorials............................................................ 10 in CFX-5 Tutorials restarting a run ..................................................................... 55 in CFX-5 Solver Manager results file ............................................................................. 95 in CFX-5 Solver Manager loading ........................................................................... 16 in CFX-Post loading from the command editor .................................. 210 in CFX-Post versions supported ........................................................ 11 in CFX-Post results, interpolating ............................................................. 40 in CFX-5 Solver Manager RET ...................................................................................... 380 in Solver Modelling retain blockoff....................................................................... 93 in CFX-Pre return argument units ........................................................... 166 in CFX-Pre reverse method curve .............................................................................. 913 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 modifying connectivity.................................................... 462 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 solid ............................................................................... 1012 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 surface ........................................................................... 966 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 verifying/aligning surface normals ................................. 480 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 Reynolds Averaged Navier Stokes (RANS) equations ........ 59 in Solver Theory Reynolds number particle ........................................................................... 106 in Solver Theory Reynolds stress model ......................................................... 74 in Solver Theory, 75 in Solver Theory Reynolds stress turbulence model ....................................... 106 in Solver Modelling RFR (rotating frame of reference) ........................................ 26 in Solver Modelling RGP file................................................................................ 285 in Solver Modelling Rhie-Chow discretisation errors ........................................... 225 in Solver Theory rms residual.......................................................................... 322 in Solver Modelling RNG k-epsilon model ........................................................... 65 in Solver Theory root userid ............................................................................ 52 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5 Rosseland radiation model................................................... 261 in Solver Modelling rotate .................................................................................... 57 in CFX-Pre rotate method coordinate frame............................................................ 1166 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 curve .............................................................................. 1091 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 point ............................................................................... 1091 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 solid ............................................................................... 1091 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 surface ........................................................................... 1091 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 rotating wall................................................................................. 76 in Solver Modelling rotating and stationary frames.............................................. 250 in CFX-Pre rotating current viewport....................................................... 11 in CFX-Build Chapter 1 rotating frame of reference (RFR) ........................................ 26 in Solver Modelling rotating frame quantities....................................................... 15 in Solver Theory rotating, view rotation ........................................................... 299 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 rotation axes of ........................................................................... 293 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 rotation, axes of.................................................................... 293 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 rough walls ........................................................................... 119 in Solver Modelling rsh protocol .......................................................................... 339 in Solver Modelling rsh service security .......................................................................... 88 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5 setting up on Windows NT............................................. 88 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5 rules file................................................................................ 87 in CFX-5 Solver Manager run CFX-5.6

Master Index

Page 711

CFX-5 Reference Guide

in parallel ....................................................................... 201 in CFX-5 Tutorials managing ....................................................................... 1 in CFX-5 Solver Manager monitoring ...................................................................... 373 in CFX-5 Tutorials

S sample plane .............................................................................. 183 in CFX-Post save a copy (file) .................................................................... 138 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 file .................................................................................. 122 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 Save as... option (File menu) ............................................... 100 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5 savestate command examples............................................. 214 in CFX-Post Saving .................................................................................. 67 in CFX-5 Tutorials saving save state ...................................................................... 18 in CFX-Post state file using the command editor ............................... 214 in CFX-Post scalable wall functions ......................................................... 116 in Solver Modelling scalable wall-functions ......................................................... 86 in Solver Theory scalar dynamic diffusivity ..................................................... 5 in Solver Theory scalar expressions CEL................................................................................ 19 in CFX-5 Reference Guide scalar variables .................................................................... 29 in CFX-5 Reference Guide scale factors form................................................................................ 309 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 view parameters ............................................................ 297 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 scale method curve .............................................................................. 1102 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 point ............................................................................... 1102 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 solid ............................................................................... 1102 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 surface ........................................................................... 1102 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 vector ............................................................................. 1102 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 screen picking methods ....................................................... 38 in CFX-Build Chapter 1 cycle picking .................................................................. 42 in CFX-Build Chapter 1 polygon picking .............................................................. 40 in CFX-Build Chapter 1 rectangle picking............................................................ 39 in CFX-Build Chapter 1 script, install ......................................................................... 56 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5 search index......................................................................... 625 in CFX-5 Reference Guide loading ........................................................................... 626 in CFX-5 Reference Guide removing ........................................................................ 626 in CFX-5 Reference Guide searching the documentation ............................................... 225 in Installation & Introduction to CFX-5 second order high resolution ................................................ 317 in Solver Modelling seeding (PI) definition ........................................................................ 1295 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 surface ........................................................................... 1306 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 seeding solid ........................................................................ 1306 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 seeds.................................................................................... 54 in CFX-Post select entities ........................................................................... 39 in CFX-Build Chapter 1 immediate geometry ...................................................... 42 in CFX-Build Chapter 1 mechanism .................................................................... 5 in CFX-Build Chapter 1 menu.............................................................................. 45 in CFX-Build Chapter 1 operations ...................................................................... 40 in CFX-Build Chapter 1 visible entities ................................................................ 43 in CFX-Build Chapter 1 select font panel ................................................................... 54 in CFX-Pre separated flow...................................................................... 305 in Solver Modelling Page 712

Master Index

CFX-5.6

CFX-5 Reference Guide

serial solution ....................................................................... 373 in CFX-5 Tutorials Server menu......................................................................... 101 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5 ses........................................................................................ 628 in CFX-5 Reference Guide session new ................................................................................ 68 in CFX-Pre play ................................................................................ 67 in CFX-Pre session command examples ................................................ 211 in CFX-Post session files.......................................................................... 114 in CFX-Build Chapter 1 creating .......................................................................... 210 in CFX-Post formats........................................................................... 438 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 in CFX-Post ................................................................... 65 in CFX-Pre in CFX-Pre ..................................................................... 65 in CFX-Pre menu options ................................................................. 123 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 play ................................................................................ 222 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 reading........................................................................... 213 in CFX-Post record............................................................................. 123 in CFX-Build Chapter 2, 223 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 type description.............................................................. 125 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 undo............................................................................... 223 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 set boundary conditions....................................................... 513 in CFX-5 Tutorials, 527 in CFX-5 Tutorials buoyancy reference density........................................... 232 in CFX-5 Tutorials height of the first prism .................................................. 1251 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 inflation parameters ....................................................... 1251 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 initial values ................................................................... 259 in CFX-5 Tutorials mesh param................................................................... 1238 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 pivot ............................................................................... 57 in CFX-Pre to run in parallel ............................................................. 202 in CFX-5 Tutorials transient rotor-stator calculation .................................... 370 in CFX-5 Tutorials set up local licensing ............................................................ 106 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5 settings, window manager.................................................... 167 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5 settings.pcl ........................................................................... 110 in CFX-Build Chapter 1 settings.pcl file create............................................................................. 169 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5 graphics_colors.............................................................. 638 in CFX-5 Reference Guide setup files UNIX ......................................................................... 133 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5, 134 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5 parallel remote access (UNIX)............................................... 67 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5, 82 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5 UNIX ......................................................................... 67 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5 Windows NT.............................................................. 82 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5 user................................................................................ 132 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5 sew form............................................................................... 1434 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 sew method surface ........................................................................... 968 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 SGM (single geometry model) ............................................. 446 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 shaded⁄flat rendering............................................................ 319 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 shading................................................................................. 322 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 shading properties form ....................................................... 337 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 shape functions .................................................................... 210 in Solver Theory shared libraries..................................................................... 409 in Solver Modelling shear strain rate ................................................................... 124 in CFX-5 Solver Manager shear stress transport (SST) k-omega based model ........... 69 in Solver Theory CFX-5.6

Master Index

Page 713

CFX-5 Reference Guide

shear stress transport turbulence model .............................. 105 in Solver Modelling short edge removal sliver surface removal.................................................... 485 in CFX-5 Tutorials shortcut creating on Windows NT................................................ 81 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5 show 2D region ....................................................................... 1225 in CFX-Build Chapter 5 action plane angle ............................................................... 1067 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 action information form .................................................. 1037 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 curve arc ........................................................................ 1054 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 geometry........................................................................ 1035 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 coordinate frame attributes ....................................... 1065 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 curve angle ............................................................... 1055 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 curve arc ................................................................... 1054 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 curve attributes ......................................................... 1053 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 length range .............................................................. 1057 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 nodes on curve ......................................................... 1058 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 nodes on point .......................................................... 1052 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 nodes on surface ...................................................... 1061 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 plane attributes ......................................................... 1066 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 point distance............................................................ 1039 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 point location............................................................. 1038 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 solid attributes........................................................... 1064 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 surface area range.................................................... 1060 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 surface attributes ...................................................... 1059 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 surface normals ........................................................ 1062 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 vector attributes ........................................................ 1070 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 information about Windows NT system ......................... 215 in Installation & Introduction to CFX-5 mesh control .................................................................. 1261 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 surface mesh ................................................................. 1265 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 show (pi) action ............................................................................. 1416 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 element attributes .......................................................... 1419 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 element coordinate system............................................ 1420 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 forms.............................................................................. 1416 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 mesh control attributes .................................................. 1422 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 mesh seed attributes ..................................................... 1421 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 node distance ................................................................ 1418 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 node location ................................................................. 1417 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 show action, meshing........................................................... 1299 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 Silicon Graphics graphics boards ............................................................. 41 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5 requirements.................................................................. 41 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5 simply trimmed surface ........................................................ 466 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 simulation example steady state ................................................................... 381 in CFX-5 Tutorials, 405 in CFX-5 Tutorials transient ......................................................................... 217 in CFX-5 Tutorials simulation type ..................................................................... 184 in CFX-Pre use of in tutorials............................................................ 7 in CFX-5 Tutorials single entities ....................................................................... 39 in CFX-Build Chapter 1 single geometry model (SGM) ............................................. 446 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 single step reaction .............................................................. 143 in CFX-Pre singleton objects CCL syntax .................................................................... 193 in CFX-Post skew ..................................................................................... 1412 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 Page 714

Master Index

CFX-5.6

CFX-5 Reference Guide

slave process ....................................................................... 334 in Solver Modelling slice plane ............................................................................ 183 in CFX-Post sliver factor.............................................................................. 390 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 surfaces ......................................................................... 390 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 smoothing parameters ......................................................... 1427 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 software 3d mode................................................................. 172 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5 software rendering ............................................................... 356 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 solid...................................................................................... 86 in CFX-Build Chapter 1 attributes show action ............................................................... 1064 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 blend method ................................................................. 1004 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 break method................................................................. 987 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 b-rep .............................................................................. 35 in CFX-5 Tutorials creating with XYZ method.............................................. 669 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 definition ........................................................................ 453 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 delete action .................................................................. 874 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 disassemble method...................................................... 1007 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 mcoord method.............................................................. 1120 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 mirror method ................................................................ 1113 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 mscale method .............................................................. 1156 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 pivot method .................................................................. 1129 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 position method ............................................................. 1138 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 refit method.................................................................... 1009 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 region example .............................................................. 405 in CFX-5 Tutorials reverse method.............................................................. 1012 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 rotate method................................................................. 1091 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 scale method ................................................................. 1102 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 select menu ................................................................... 55 in CFX-Build Chapter 1 side heat transfer coefficient.......................................... 77 in Solver Modelling sources .......................................................................... 230 in CFX-Pre translate method ............................................................ 1076 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 types of geometric solids ............................................... 469 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 vsum method ................................................................. 1147 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 solid domain ......................................................................... 25 in Solver Theory, 51 in Solver Modelling solid face .............................................................................. 456 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 solid properties library solids................................................................... 44 in Solver Modelling solid timescale control .......................................................... 309 in Solver Modelling solution and geometry units ................................................. 177 in CFX-Pre solution units ........................................................................ 177 in CFX-Pre solver coupled .......................................................................... 187 in Installation & Introduction to CFX-5 parameters timestep size ............................................................. 86 in CFX-5 Tutorials yplus and yplus .............................................................. 87 in Solver Theory solver controls ...................................................................... 302 in CFX-Pre solver manager .................................................................... 1 in CFX-5 Solver Manager Solver Yplus ......................................................................... 119 in Solver Modelling soot model............................................................................ 185 in Solver Theory, 247 in Solver Modelling source coefficient ................................................................. 30 in Solver Modelling sources................................................................................. 34 in Solver Theory momentum..................................................................... 34 in Solver Theory radiation ......................................................................... 270 in Solver Modelling subdomain ..................................................................... 225 in CFX-Pre CFX-5.6

Master Index

Page 715

CFX-5 Reference Guide

specific data - tria3 ............................................................... 1461 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 specific heat capacity ........................................................... 124 in CFX-5 Solver Manager, 41 in Solver Modelling, 44 in Solver Modelling dependencies ................................................................ 38 in Solver Modelling specify blend ........................................................................ 213 in Solver Theory, 317 in Solver Modelling spectral model ...................................................................... 273 in Solver Modelling spherevolume....................................................................... 43 in CFX-Post spherical coordinate frame definition ........................................................................ 524 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 spherical theta method ......................................................... 1365 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 splitting tet elements ............................................................ 1441 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 SPMD model ........................................................................ 334 in Solver Modelling spreadsheet ......................................................................... 29 in CFX-Build Chapter 1 SST k-omega based model.................................................. 69 in Solver Theory SST turbulence model.......................................................... 105 in Solver Modelling stack pointers ....................................................................... 422 in Solver Modelling stacks ................................................................................... 380 in Solver Modelling stage frame change model................................................... 130 in Solver Modelling standard temperature and pressure (STP) .......................... 45 in Solver Modelling Starbase 3d graphics library ................................................ 35 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5 start recording........................................................................ 69 in CFX-Pre start of coefficient loop ......................................................... 395 in Solver Modelling start of linear solution ........................................................... 395 in Solver Modelling start of partitioning................................................................ 394 in Solver Modelling start of run ............................................................................ 394 in Solver Modelling start of time step................................................................... 394 in Solver Modelling startup files ................................................................................ 110 in CFX-Build Chapter 1 from the command line .................................................. 115 in CFX-Build Chapter 1 options ........................................................................... 108 in CFX-Build Chapter 1 session files ................................................................... 114 in CFX-Build Chapter 1 using system files .......................................................... 114 in CFX-Build Chapter 1 state file append option ................................................................ 20 in CFX-Post load res file option.......................................................... 20 in CFX-Post loading ........................................................................... 19 in CFX-Post overwrite option ............................................................. 20 in CFX-Post reading........................................................................... 215 in CFX-Post saving using the command editor .................................. 214 in CFX-Post saving using the save state form ................................... 18 in CFX-Post static enthalpy ......................................................................... 125 in CFX-5 Solver Manager mixer example ............................................................... 13 in CFX-5 Tutorials refined mesh ............................................................. 75 in CFX-5 Tutorials static pressure ...................................................................... 6 in Solver Theory static temperature ................................................................ 8 in Solver Theory stationary frames, rotating and............................................. 250 in CFX-Pre statistical turbulence models ................................................ 58 in Solver Theory status indicator ..................................................................... 19 in CFX-Build Chapter 1 status, of a run ..................................................................... 19 in CFX-5 Solver Manager steady state.......................................................................... 184 in CFX-Pre steady state simulation example .......................................... 381 in CFX-5 Tutorials, 405 in CFX-5 Tutorials steady state simulations ....................................................... 5 in Solver Modelling Page 716

Master Index

CFX-5.6

CFX-5 Reference Guide

STEP support....................................................................... 196 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 stop recording........................................................................ 69 in CFX-Pre stop current run .................................................................... 34 in CFX-5 Solver Manager STP (standard temperature and pressure) .......................... 45 in Solver Modelling streamline plots .................................................................... 447 in CFX-5 Reference Guide streamlines creating .......................................................................... 69 in CFX-Post creating and modifying................................................... 131 in CFX-5 Tutorials stretch factor (AFI) ............................................................... 1238 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 stretching.............................................................................. 1242 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 structure of .mst file .............................................................. 36 in CFX-5 Solver Manager styles, rendering ................................................................... 318 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 subdomain energy sources .............................................................. 7 in Solver Modelling in user export ................................................................. 164 in CFX-5 Solver Manager momentum sources ....................................................... 28 in Solver Modelling object ............................................................................. 103 in CFX-Post resistances..................................................................... 28 in Solver Modelling sources .......................................................................... 225 in CFX-Pre, 34 in Solver Theory topology ......................................................................... 83 in CFX-Pre use of in tutorials............................................................ 8 in CFX-5 Tutorials sub-regions for thin surfaces ............................................................. 1209 in CFX-Build Chapter 4 subroutines........................................................................... 237 in CFX-Post junction boxes................................................................ 393 in Solver Modelling user CEL functions ........................................................ 378 in Solver Modelling subset directory .................................................................... 5 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5 subsets UNIX .............................................................................. 57 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5, 58 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5 Windows NT .................................................................. 80 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5 subsonic flow........................................................................ 7 in Solver Modelling sum function......................................................................... 125 in CFX-Post, 206 in CFX-Post, 229 in CFX-Post SUN graphics boards ............................................................. 44 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5 requirements.................................................................. 44 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5 superficial velocity ................................................................ 472 in CFX-5 Tutorials supersonic flow .................................................................... 7 in Solver Modelling compressible flow .......................................................... 7 in Solver Modelling example ......................................................................... 249 in CFX-5 Tutorials supported platforms ............................................................. 29 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5 suppressing a feature........................................................... 1028 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 surface area range show action ............................................................... 1060 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 attributes show action ............................................................... 1059 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 blend method ................................................................. 940 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 boundaries verify action............................................................... 1172 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 break method................................................................. 926 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 creating .......................................................................... 50 in CFX-Post delete action .................................................................. 874 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 CFX-5.6

Master Index

Page 717

CFX-5 Reference Guide

disassemble method...................................................... 943 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 edge match method ....................................................... 946 in CFX-Build Chapter 3, 949 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 fillet method ................................................................... 734 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 importing data for........................................................... 221 in CFX-Post mcoord method.............................................................. 1120 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 method........................................................................... 488 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 mirror method ................................................................ 1113 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 mscale method .............................................................. 1156 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 normals .......................................................................... 480 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 example of aligning ................................................... 480 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 geometric parameterisation ...................................... 462 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 show action ............................................................... 1062 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 pivot method .................................................................. 1129 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 position method ............................................................. 1138 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 proximity ........................................................................ 1245 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 refit method.................................................................... 965 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 reverse method.............................................................. 966 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 rotate method................................................................. 1091 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 scale method ................................................................. 1102 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 select menu ................................................................... 55 in CFX-Build Chapter 1 sew method ................................................................... 968 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 sharp corners................................................................. 479 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 topology for inflation (AFI) non-manifold surfaces............................................... 1279 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 topology for surface meshing (AFI) non-manifold surfaces............................................... 1277 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 translate method ............................................................ 1076 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 trim method.................................................................... 970 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 trimmed.......................................................................... 31 in CFX-5 Tutorials vsum method ................................................................. 1147 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 surface mesh spacing .......................................................................... 1239 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 surface mesh (AFI) creating .......................................................................... 1263 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 delete ............................................................................. 1264 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 show .............................................................................. 1265 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 verify .............................................................................. 1264 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 surface mesh (PI) creating .......................................................................... 1291 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 surface mesh control ............................................................ 1307 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 surface plot........................................................................... 214 in CFX-5 Tutorials surface proximity .................................................................. 1245 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 surface tension in free surface flows....................................................... 145 in Solver Theory, 192 in Solver Modelling surface, creating with XYZ method ...................................... 668 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 surfaces................................................................................ 81 in CFX-Build Chapter 1 swap space Silicon Graphics............................................................. 43 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5 sweep arc.................................................................................. 1355 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 extrude........................................................................... 1356 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 glide ............................................................................... 1357 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 glide-guide ..................................................................... 1359 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 loft .................................................................................. 1369 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 mesh parameters........................................................... 1370 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 Page 718

Master Index

CFX-5.6

CFX-5 Reference Guide

normal............................................................................ 1362 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 radial cylindrical ............................................................. 1363 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 radial spherical............................................................... 1364 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 spherical theta ............................................................... 1365 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 vector field ..................................................................... 1367 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 sweep action (pi) .................................................................. 1353 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 sweep action, meshing......................................................... 1298 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 sweepable element select menu .......................................... 56 in CFX-Build Chapter 1 sweepable fem select menu................................................. 56 in CFX-Build Chapter 1 sweepable mesh select menu .............................................. 56 in CFX-Build Chapter 1 symbols list of .............................................................................. 2 in Solver Theory symmetry plane .................................................................... 80 in Solver Modelling mathematical model....................................................... 48 in Solver Theory symmetry planes .................................................................. 346 in CFX-5 Tutorials syntax case sensitivity............................................................... 192 in CFX-Post continuation character ................................................... 193 in CFX-Post end of line comment character ...................................... 193 in CFX-Post for units .......................................................................... 172 in CFX-Pre indentation ..................................................................... 192 in CFX-Post lists................................................................................. 194 in CFX-Post name objects ................................................................. 193 in CFX-Post parameter values ........................................................... 194 in CFX-Post parameters..................................................................... 193 in CFX-Post singleton objects ............................................................ 193 in CFX-Post syntax, power ....................................................................... 215 in CFX-5 Tutorials system variable prefixes....................................................... 17 in CFX-5 Reference Guide system variables available......................................................................... 20 in CFX-5 Reference Guide unavailable..................................................................... 20 in CFX-5 Reference Guide system, X windows............................................................... 12 in CFX-Build Chapter 1

T tabular mesh seed................................................................ 1320 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 target group.......................................................................... 249 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 target number of nodes (AFI) ............................................... 1238 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 target viewport...................................................................... 274 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 TCP/IP enabling on Windows..................................................... 105 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5 enabling on Windows NT............................................... 76 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5 networking ..................................................................... 18 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5 requirements for Windows NT ....................................... 48 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5 temperature.......................................................................... 124 in CFX-5 Solver Manager in CEL expressions........................................................ 26 in CFX-5 Reference Guide template database file .......................................................... 116 in CFX-Build Chapter 1 tetrahedral element .............................................................. 160 in CFX-5 Solver Manager tetrahedral elements (AFI) ................................................... 1235 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 tetrahedrons creating .......................................................................... 488 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 text creating .......................................................................... 90 in CFX-Post thermal conductivity ............................................................. 124 in CFX-5 Solver Manager, 41 in Solver Modelling, 44 in Solver Modelling CFX-5.6

Master Index

Page 719

CFX-5 Reference Guide

thermal energy model .......................................................... 221 in CFX-5 Tutorials, 6 in Solver Modelling thermal expansivity .............................................................. 125 in CFX-5 Solver Manager, 43 in Solver Modelling thin surfaces default boundary objects................................................ 103 in CFX-Post examples of ................................................................... 1211 in CFX-Build Chapter 4 how to create ................................................................. 640 in CFX-5 Reference Guide inflating .......................................................................... 1283 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 meshing ......................................................................... 1269 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 specifying sub-regions for.............................................. 1209 in CFX-Build Chapter 4 wall type......................................................................... 74 in Solver Modelling time per run .......................................................................... 313 in Solver Modelling timescale control .................................................................. 306 in Solver Modelling timestep for advection flows ......................................................... 307 in Solver Modelling for buoyant flows............................................................ 308 in Solver Modelling selector .......................................................................... 139 in CFX-Post setup .............................................................................. 156 in CFX-5 Solver Manager size for transient problems............................................. 311 in Solver Modelling use of in tutorials............................................................ 10 in CFX-5 Tutorials titles display attributes .......................................................... 321 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 titles form.............................................................................. 335 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 toggles defined..................................................................... 23 in CFX-Build Chapter 1 tolerance chordal ........................................................................... 329 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 global model .................................................................. 463 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 new model preferences ................................................. 135 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 selection......................................................................... 135 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 setting global model....................................................... 355 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 use of global model tolerance........................................ 463 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 tolerance cube...................................................................... 1391 in CFX-Build Chapter 6, 1392 in CFX-Build Chapter 6, 1393 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 tolerance sphere .................................................................. 1391 in CFX-Build Chapter 6, 1392 in CFX-Build Chapter 6, 1393 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 toolbar display lines ................................................................... 24 in CFX-5 Tutorials iso 3 view ....................................................................... 18 in CFX-5 Tutorials label control ................................................................... 22 in CFX-5 Tutorials, 36 in CFX-5 Tutorials toolbar icons......................................................................... 15 in CFX-Build Chapter 1 tools calculator ....................................................................... 117 in CFX-Post command editor ............................................................. 354 in CFX-Pre, 152 in CFX-Post expression editor ........................................................... 140 in CFX-Post macro calculator ............................................................ 153 in CFX-Post menu.............................................................................. 119 in CFX-Build Chapter 2, 105 in CFX-Post menu overview............................................................... 366 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 mesh calculator.............................................................. 128 in CFX-Post object editor ................................................................... 108 in CFX-Post object selector................................................................ 14 in CFX-Pre, 107 in CFX-Post timestep selector............................................................ 139 in CFX-Post Page 720

Master Index

CFX-5.6

CFX-5 Reference Guide

variable editor ................................................................ 146 in CFX-Post tools menu overview......................................................................... 39 in CFX-5 Solver Manager topology 2D region ....................................................................... 1220 in CFX-Build Chapter 5 3D region ....................................................................... 1199 in CFX-Build Chapter 4 congruency .................................................................... 457 in CFX-Build Chapter 3, 476 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 gaps .......................................................................... 459 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 definition ........................................................................ 454 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 entities ........................................................................... 455 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 for domains and subdomains......................................... 83 in CFX-Pre id assignment................................................................. 456 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 order of id assignments ................................................. 462 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 verifying ......................................................................... 1198 in CFX-Build Chapter 4 topology (PI) definition ........................................................................ 1295 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 topology (pi) triangular element .......................................................... 1461 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 torque function ..................................................................... 126 in CFX-Post, 206 in CFX-Post, 229 in CFX-Post total enthalpy ......................................................................... 125 in CFX-5 Solver Manager, 21 in Solver Theory pressure......................................................................... 124 in CFX-5 Solver Manager temperature ................................................................... 124 in CFX-5 Solver Manager total energy model................................................................ 257 in CFX-5 Tutorials, 7 in Solver Modelling total pressure ....................................................................... 14 in Solver Theory, 105 in Solver Theory total temperature .................................................................. 9 in Solver Theory total time............................................................................... 312 in Solver Modelling transform geometry actions ........................................................... 1072 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 transform (pi) element mirror......................................................................... 1350 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 translate .................................................................... 1348 in CFX-Build Chapter 6, 1349 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 node mirror......................................................................... 1346 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 rotate......................................................................... 1344 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 translate .................................................................... 1343 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 transform action (pi) ............................................................. 1342 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 transform action, meshing .................................................... 1298 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 transformation type .............................................................. 132 in Solver Modelling transformations form ............................................................ 304 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 transforming elements.......................................................... 1348 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 transforming nodes .............................................................. 1343 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 transient ............................................................................... 184 in CFX-Pre gravity ............................................................................ 12 in Solver Modelling transient calculations............................................................ 150 in CFX-5 Tutorials transient flow ........................................................................ 5 in Solver Modelling transient information, false ................................................... 109 in CFX-5 Solver Manager transient results .................................................................... 310 in CFX-Pre transient rotor-stator CFX-5.6

Master Index

Page 721

CFX-5 Reference Guide

frame change................................................................. 131 in Solver Modelling transient simulations coefficient iterations ....................................................... 311 in Solver Modelling convergence control ...................................................... 303 in CFX-Pre example ......................................................................... 135 in CFX-5 Tutorials, 217 in CFX-5 Tutorials exporting data from........................................................ 134 in CFX-5 Solver Manager timestep size ........................................................................... 311 in Solver Modelling transitions (PI) definition ........................................................................ 1295 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 translate ............................................................................... 57 in CFX-Pre translate method coordinate frame............................................................ 1163 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 curve .............................................................................. 1076 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 plane .............................................................................. 1076 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 point ............................................................................... 1076 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 solid ............................................................................... 1076 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 surface ........................................................................... 1076 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 vector ............................................................................. 1076 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 transonic flow ....................................................................... 7 in Solver Modelling transport equation multicomponent fluid definition ................................................................... 16 in Solver Modelling transport equations .............................................................. 21 in Solver Theory transporting CFX-Build files ................................................. 127 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 treatment compressibility effects.................................................... 91 in Solver Theory rough walls..................................................................... 89 in Solver Theory tria ........................................................................................ 1398 in CFX-Build Chapter 6, 1425 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 tria verification (pi) all ................................................................................... 1407 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 aspect ratio .................................................................... 1409 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 skew............................................................................... 1410 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 tria3 edge numbering ........................................................... 1462 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 tria3 element topology .......................................................... 1461 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 tria3 face numbering ............................................................ 1461 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 tria3 node parametric coordinates (rectangular) .................. 1462 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 triangular element topology (pi)............................................ 1461 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 trim method curve .............................................................................. 916 in CFX-Build Chapter 3, 919 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 surface ........................................................................... 970 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 trimmed surface ................................................................... 31 in CFX-5 Tutorials decomposing ................................................................. 482 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 default colors ................................................................. 464 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 definition ........................................................................ 464 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 general trimmed............................................................. 465 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 parent surface................................................................ 464 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 simply trimmed............................................................... 466 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 tri-parametric solid definition ........................................................................ 453 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 types of geometry .......................................................... 464 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 use in cfx-build............................................................... 469 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 troubleshooting..................................................................... 127 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5 Troubleshooting option (Help menu) .................................... 104 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5 Page 722

Master Index

CFX-5.6

CFX-5 Reference Guide

Turbo Post use of in tutorials............................................................ 11 in CFX-5 Tutorials TurboGrid, importing grids from ........................................... 94 in CFX-Pre TurboPre importing grids from ....................................................... 96 in CFX-Pre turbulence ............................................................................ 58 in Solver Theory, 104 in Solver Modelling closure models............................................................... 58 in Solver Theory sources .......................................................................... 29 in Solver Modelling turbulence eddy dissipation.................................................. 125 in CFX-5 Solver Manager turbulence kinetic energy ..................................................... 125 in CFX-5 Solver Manager turbulence model k-epsilon turbulence model............................................ 63 in Solver Theory k-omega turbulence model ............................................ 66 in Solver Theory Reynolds stress ............................................................. 74 in Solver Theory RNG k-epsilon turbulence model................................... 65 in Solver Theory rng k-epsilon turbulence model...................................... 105 in Solver Modelling zero equation ................................................................. 62 in Solver Theory, 104 in Solver Modelling turbulence models ................................................................ 58 in Solver Theory, 104 in Solver Modelling use of in tutorials............................................................ 7 in CFX-5 Tutorials turbulence specification Inlet ................................................................................ 60 in Solver Modelling opening .......................................................................... 72 in Solver Modelling outlet .............................................................................. 68 in Solver Modelling turbulent wall functions......................................................... 116 in Solver Modelling tutorial examples .................................................................. 1 in CFX-5 Tutorials see also examples two equation turbulence models .......................................... 63 in Solver Theory two way bias mesh seed ...................................................... 1318 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 two-button mouse................................................................. 33 in CFX-Build Chapter 1 two-dimensional modelling ................................................... 638 in CFX-5 Reference Guide two-dimensional modelling example .................................... 217 in CFX-5 Tutorials type entity .............................................................................. 317 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 file .................................................................................. 125 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 types of geometry................................................................. 472 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 b-rep solid ...................................................................... 464 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 curves ............................................................................ 473 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 solids.............................................................................. 475 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 surfaces ......................................................................... 474 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 trimmed surface ............................................................. 464 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 volume solid................................................................... 464 in CFX-Build Chapter 3

U undefined colour ............................................................................. 111 in CFX-Post values ............................................................................ 111 in CFX-Post undo ..................................................................................... 20 in CFX-Build Chapter 1 undo and redo ...................................................................... 51 in CFX-Pre uneven parametric lines ....................................................... 1275 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 uniform mesh seed............................................................... 1316 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 uniform seed (PI) definition ........................................................................ 1295 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 CFX-5.6

Master Index

Page 723

CFX-5 Reference Guide

Unigraphics .......................................................................... 149 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5, 503 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 assembly preview and access ....................................... 508 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 attribute automation ....................................................... 509 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 features of the CAD reader............................................ 503 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 files ................................................................................ 180 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 interoperability ............................................................... 503 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 tolerances and importing geometry ............................... 509 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 user tips ......................................................................... 509 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 uninstalling CFX-5 on Windows NT ..................................... 95 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5 units...................................................................................... 177 in CFX-Pre in CEL ............................................................................ 12 in CFX-5 Reference Guide input argument............................................................... 166 in CFX-Pre return argument ............................................................. 166 in CFX-Pre strings ............................................................................ 172 in CFX-Pre syntax ............................................................................ 172 in CFX-Pre user defined ................................................................... 176 in CFX-Pre unsuppressing a feature....................................................... 1029 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 update graphics subordinate form........................................ 1175 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 upwind difference scheme (UDS) ........................................ 213 in Solver Theory use volume spacing (AFI)..................................................... 1239 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 user export............................................................................. 134 in CFX-5 Solver Manager input ............................................................................... 396 in Solver Modelling level of variables ............................................................ 123 in CFX-5 Solver Manager mesh import ................................................................... 105 in CFX-Pre output............................................................................. 396 in Solver Modelling setup .............................................................................. 15 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5, 132 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5 parallel remote access (UNIX) ......................................... 138 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5 parallel (UNIX only)................................................... 138 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5 specified range .............................................................. 110 in CFX-Post subroutines .................................................................... 375 in Solver Modelling user CEL function................................................................. 165 in CFX-Pre user fortran use of in tutorials............................................................ 10 in CFX-5 Tutorials user function selector ........................................................... 158 in CFX-Pre user functions CEL................................................................................ 378 in Solver Modelling user interface overview......................................................................... 10 in CFX-Build Chapter 1 user subroutines junction boxes................................................................ 393 in Solver Modelling USER_GETVAR .................................................................. 381 in Solver Modelling user-defined export formats ................................................. 150 in CFX-5 Solver Manager userid, root ........................................................................... 52 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5 using accelerators to select menu items ................................. 34 in CFX-Build Chapter 1 cfx5mkext command...................................................... 286 in CFX-5 Tutorials expressions with initial conditions.................................. 99 in Solver Modelling keyboard mnemonics to open a menu........................... 34 in CFX-Build Chapter 1 keyboard to manipulate objects in the viewport............. 35 in CFX-Build Chapter 1 keyboard to navigate through forms .............................. 34 in CFX-Build Chapter 1 keyboard to select items from option menus ................. 35 in CFX-Build Chapter 1 pref_set_env_real()........................................................ 111 in CFX-Build Chapter 1 Page 724

Master Index

CFX-5.6

CFX-5 Reference Guide

pref_set_env_string()..................................................... 112 in CFX-Build Chapter 1 return key (or space bar) on a form ............................... 35 in CFX-Build Chapter 1 select menus.................................................................. 45 in CFX-Build Chapter 1 session file ..................................................................... 16 in CFX-5 Tutorials symmetry planes............................................................ 208 in CFX-5 Tutorials tab key to manipulate forms and widgets ...................... 35 in CFX-Build Chapter 1 two-button mouse .......................................................... 33 in CFX-Build Chapter 1

V values from a file, reading the initial guess or initial ............. 98 in Solver Modelling valve example ......................................................................... 265 in CFX-5 Tutorials variable composition mixture................................................ 140 in CFX-Pre variable editor....................................................................... 146 in CFX-Post example ......................................................................... 147 in CFX-Post variables additional ....................................................................... 10 in CFX-5 Tutorials boundary value only....................................................... 123 in CFX-5 Solver Manager, 150 in CFX-Post CEL................................................................................ 14 in CFX-5 Reference Guide definition ........................................................................ 123 in CFX-5 Solver Manager environment ................................................................... 162 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5 file .................................................................................. 87 in CFX-5 Solver Manager hybrid and conservative values ..................................... 148 in CFX-Post list of all.......................................................................... 123 in CFX-5 Solver Manager short names ................................................................... 123 in CFX-5 Solver Manager user level ....................................................................... 123 in CFX-5 Solver Manager vector creating .......................................................................... 54 in CFX-Post delete action .................................................................. 874 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 mcoord method.............................................................. 1120 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 mirror method ................................................................ 1113 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 operators........................................................................ 18 in Solver Theory pivot method .................................................................. 1129 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 position method ............................................................. 1138 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 rotate method................................................................. 1091 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 scale method ................................................................. 1102 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 select menu ................................................................... 57 in CFX-Build Chapter 1 translate method ............................................................ 1076 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 vector field method ............................................................... 1367 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 vector plot............................................................................. 54 in CFX-Post velocity superficial....................................................................... 472 in CFX-5 Tutorials vent example........................................................................ 135 in CFX-5 Tutorials verification (PI) definition ........................................................................ 1295 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 verification action, meshing .................................................. 1299 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 verify geometry surface boundaries ................................................... 1172 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 update graphics subordinate form ............................ 1175 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 topology ......................................................................... 1198 in CFX-Build Chapter 4 verify (pi) element boundaries ................................................................ 1399 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 CFX-5.6

Master Index

Page 725

CFX-5 Reference Guide

connectivity ............................................................... 1402 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 duplicates.................................................................. 1400 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 geometry fit ............................................................... 1403 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 ids ............................................................................. 1406 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 jacobian ratio ............................................................ 1404 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 jacobian zero ............................................................ 1405 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 normals ..................................................................... 1401 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 node ids ............................................................................. 1411 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 tria all .............................................................................. 1407 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 aspect ....................................................................... 1409 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 skew.......................................................................... 1410 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 verify action (pi) .................................................................... 1396 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 verify element theory skew............................................................................... 1412 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 verify element theory (pi) aspect ratio .................................................................... 1413 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 verify forms........................................................................... 1398 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 verify, surface mesh ............................................................. 1264 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 vertex adding to a surface ........................................................ 983 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 view arbitrary Clipping Planes................................................ 293 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 automatic centering ....................................................... 293 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 axes of rotation .............................................................. 293 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 clipping........................................................................... 293 in CFX-Build Chapter 2, 314 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 clipping perspective ....................................................... 312 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 clipping plane................................................................. 297 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 clipping/capping ............................................................. 295 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 coordinate system.......................................................... 294 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 current view ................................................................... 294 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 current viewport ............................................................. 294 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 entity type ...................................................................... 325 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 fit view............................................................................ 305 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 fitting the model ............................................................. 293 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 focal point ...................................................................... 296 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 forms.............................................................................. 303 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 from/to............................................................................ 309 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 managing ....................................................................... 302 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 menu.............................................................................. 118 in CFX-Build Chapter 2, 292 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 model center .................................................................. 295 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 model space .................................................................. 295 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 mouse settings............................................................... 357 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 named view definition ................................................................... 294 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 description ................................................................ 301 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 observer position ........................................................... 297 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 orientation vectors ......................................................... 296 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 panning .......................................................................... 293 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 parameter definition ....................................................... 297 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 perspective views .......................................................... 293 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 plane .............................................................................. 294 in CFX-Build Chapter 2, 297 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 projection type ............................................................... 295 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 Page 726

Master Index

CFX-5.6

CFX-5 Reference Guide

rotation........................................................................... 299 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 scale factors................................................................... 297 in CFX-Build Chapter 2, 309 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 screen space ................................................................. 295 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 select center .................................................................. 305 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 select corners ................................................................ 306 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 toggle definitions............................................................ 298 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 transformations .............................................................. 304 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 view angles forms .......................................................... 308 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 viewport ......................................................................... 294 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 viewport corners ............................................................ 294 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 window center................................................................ 296 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 zoom .............................................................................. 306 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 zoom factor .................................................................... 297 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 zooming ......................................................................... 293 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 viewer................................................................................... 72 in CFX-Pre highlight type.................................................................. 55 in CFX-Pre options viewer ....................................................................... 55 in CFX-Pre viewing flow pattern .................................................................... 56 in CFX-5 Tutorials inflated elements............................................................ 94 in CFX-5 Tutorials inflated mesh ................................................................. 92 in CFX-5 Tutorials menu definitions............................................................. 295 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 mesh partitions (parallel only)........................................ 216 in CFX-5 Tutorials results ............................................................................ 242 in CFX-5 Tutorials viewing mode ....................................................................... 77 in CFX-Pre viewport................................................................................ 5 in CFX-Build Chapter 1, 11 in CFX-Build Chapter 1, 274 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 apply named view form.................................................. 287 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 change range................................................................. 289 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 change target................................................................. 284 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 copying into other applications ...................................... 640 in CFX-5 Reference Guide create............................................................................. 275 in CFX-Build Chapter 2, 282 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 current............................................................................ 274 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 current group ................................................................. 286 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 definition ........................................................................ 294 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 delete ............................................................................. 289 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 display attributes............................................................ 275 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 menu.............................................................................. 118 in CFX-Build Chapter 2, 274 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 modify ............................................................................ 283 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 post ................................................................................ 275 in CFX-Build Chapter 2, 282 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 post/unpost groups ........................................................ 285 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 posted ............................................................................ 274 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 rename........................................................................... 288 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 select center option........................................................ 305 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 select corners option...................................................... 306 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 target.............................................................................. 274 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 tiling ............................................................................... 276 in CFX-Build Chapter 2, 290 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 using named views with viewports................................. 280 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 viewport corners definition ............................................. 294 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 viewport, displaying in .......................................................... 321 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 CFX-5.6

Master Index

Page 727

CFX-5 Reference Guide

views, perspective ................................................................ 293 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 virtual reality modelling language (vrml)............................... 42 in CFX-Pre, 26 in CFX-Post viscosity dynamic ......................................................................... 123 in CFX-5 Solver Manager, 41 in Solver Modelling eddy ............................................................................... 125 in CFX-5 Solver Manager visible entities ....................................................................... 43 in CFX-Build Chapter 1 volume creating .......................................................................... 41 in CFX-Post fraction ........................................................................... 104 in Solver Theory function .......................................................................... 126 in CFX-Post, 206 in CFX-Post, 229 in CFX-Post mesh spacing................................................................. 1238 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 meshing ......................................................................... 1235 in CFX-Build Chapter 6, 1286 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 volume mesh generation (PI) Meshgen control file controls ..................................................................... 1476 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 volume mesh generation (pi)................................................ 1475 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 AFLR method................................................................. 1475 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 cfx-meshgen .................................................................. 1475 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 Delaunay method........................................................... 1475 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 meshgen control file....................................................... 1475 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 file format .................................................................. 1475 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 volume mesh import (vmi) custom ........................................................................... 37 in CFX-5 Reference Guide compiling and linking................................................. 43 in CFX-5 Reference Guide example C code ........................................................ 38 in CFX-5 Reference Guide libraries ..................................................................... 43 in CFX-5 Reference Guide volume of finite volume ........................................................ 124 in CFX-5 Solver Manager volumeAve function .............................................................. 126 in CFX-Post, 206 in CFX-Post, 229 in CFX-Post volumeInt function ................................................................ 127 in CFX-Post, 206 in CFX-Post, 229 in CFX-Post Von Karman constant........................................................... 5 in Solver Theory vrml (virtual reality modelling language)............................... 42 in CFX-Pre, 26 in CFX-Post vsum method curve .............................................................................. 1147 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 point ............................................................................... 1147 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 solid ............................................................................... 1147 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 surface ........................................................................... 1147 in CFX-Build Chapter 3

W wall ....................................................................................... 74 in Solver Modelling boundary conditions....................................................... 516 in CFX-5 Tutorials, 531 in CFX-5 Tutorials counter-rotating.............................................................. 75 in Solver Modelling free slip .......................................................................... 196 in CFX-5 Tutorials, 75 in Solver Modelling heat transfer................................................................... 77 in Solver Modelling Page 728

Master Index

CFX-5.6

CFX-5 Reference Guide

mathematical model....................................................... 46 in Solver Theory no slip ............................................................................ 75 in Solver Modelling rotating........................................................................... 76 in Solver Modelling thin surface .................................................................... 74 in Solver Modelling type ................................................................................ 74 in Solver Modelling wall influence on flow..................................................... 75 in Solver Modelling wall functions........................................................................ 116 in Solver Modelling wall heat flux ........................................................................ 124 in CFX-5 Solver Manager, 150 in CFX-Post wall roughness specification wall................................................................................. 76 in Solver Modelling wall scale.............................................................................. 70 in Solver Theory wall shear ............................................................................. 124 in CFX-5 Solver Manager, 150 in CFX-Post wedge element..................................................................... 160 in CFX-5 Solver Manager wedge solid .......................................................................... 488 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 what to do if you have problems .......................................... 129 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5 widgets ................................................................................. 22 in CFX-Build Chapter 1 Wilcox k-omega model ......................................................... 66 in Solver Theory window center............................................................................. 296 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 manager settings ........................................................... 167 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5 Windows quick installation ............................................................ 18 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5 windows 2000 issues ........................................................... 128 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5 Windows NT command line ................................................................ 216 in Installation & Introduction to CFX-5 graphics boards ............................................................. 47 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5 requirements.................................................................. 47 in Installing & Introduction to CFX-5 wing example ....................................................................... 249 in CFX-5 Tutorials wireframe object ............................................................................. 100 in CFX-Post rendering........................................................................ 318 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 working directory setting on Windows NT.................................................. 218 in Installation & Introduction to CFX-5 writing definition file................................................................... 149 in CFX-5 Tutorials, 360 in CFX-5 Tutorials wrl (vrml file extension) ........................................................ 42 in CFX-Pre, 26 in CFX-Post

X X windows resources ....................................................................... 12 in CFX-Build Chapter 1 system ........................................................................... 12 in CFX-Build Chapter 1 xy window printing ........................................................................... 224 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 XYZ method creating curves, surfaces, solids.................................... 665 in CFX-Build Chapter 3 creating points ............................................................... 537 in CFX-Build Chapter 3

Y Yplus .................................................................................... 125 in CFX-5 Solver Manager, 119 in Solver Modelling, CFX-5.6

Master Index

Page 729

CFX-5 Reference Guide

150 in CFX-Post viewing........................................................................... 647 in CFX-5 Reference Guide

Z zero equation turbulence model ........................................... 62 in Solver Theory, 104 in Solver Modelling zero length vector................................................................. 1288 in CFX-Build Chapter 6 zone routines........................................................................ 181 in CFX-5 Solver Manager zoom .................................................................................... 57 in CFX-Pre factor.............................................................................. 297 in CFX-Build Chapter 2 viewing features............................................................. 293 in CFX-Build Chapter 2

Page 730

Master Index

CFX-5.6

Related Documents

Guide
February 2021 4
Guide
February 2021 14
Guide
January 2021 3
Guide Usinage
February 2021 1
Booty Guide
March 2021 0

More Documents from "Geraldyne"